HANDBOOK OF

Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

HANDBOOK OF

Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis
Edited by

LEO M.L. NOLLET FIDEL TOLDRÁ

Boca Raton London New York

CRC Press is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business

CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group 6000 Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite 300 Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742 © 2010 by Taylor and Francis Group, LLC CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis Group, an Informa business No claim to original U.S. Government works Printed in the United States of America on acid-free paper 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 International Standard Book Number: 978-1-4200-4633-5 (Hardback) This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reasonable efforts have been made to publish reliable data and information, but the author and publisher cannot assume responsibility for the validity of all materials or the consequences of their use. The authors and publishers have attempted to trace the copyright holders of all material reproduced in this publication and apologize to copyright holders if permission to publish in this form has not been obtained. If any copyright material has not been acknowledged please write and let us know so we may rectify in any future reprint. Except as permitted under U.S. Copyright Law, no part of this book may be reprinted, reproduced, transmitted, or utilized in any form by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without written permission from the publishers. For permission to photocopy or use material electronically from this work, please access www.copyright.com (http:// www.copyright.com/) or contact the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. (CCC), 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, 978-750-8400. CCC is a not-for-profit organization that provides licenses and registration for a variety of users. For organizations that have been granted a photocopy license by the CCC, a separate system of payment has been arranged. Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Handbook of seafood and seafood products analysis / editors, Leo M.L. Nollet, Fidel Toldrá. p. cm. Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 978-1-4200-4633-5 (hardcover : alk. paper) 1. Seafood--Analysis--Handbooks, manuals, etc. I. Nollet, Leo M. L., 1948- II. Toldrá, Fidel. III. Title. TX385.H36 2010 641.3’92--dc22 Visit the Taylor & Francis Web site at http://www.taylorandfrancis.com and the CRC Press Web site at http://www.crcpress.com 2009034833

Contents
Preface ..................................................................................................................................ix Editors ..................................................................................................................................xi Contributors ...................................................................................................................... xiii

PART I: CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 1 Introduction—Importance of Analysis in Seafood and Seafood Products,
Variability and Basic Concepts.....................................................................................3
JÖRG OEHLENSCHLÄGER

2 Peptides and Proteins .................................................................................................11
TURID RUSTAD

3 Proteomics ..................................................................................................................21
HÓLMFRÍÐUR SVEINSDÓTTIR, ÁGÚSTA GUÐMUNDSDÓTTIR, AND ODDUR VILHELMSSON

4 Seafood Genomics ......................................................................................................43
ASTRID BÖHNE, DELPHINE GALIANA-ARNOUX, CHRISTINA SCHULTHEIS, FRÉDÉRIC BRUNET, AND JEAN-NICOLAS VOLFF

5 Nucleotides and Nucleosides ......................................................................................57
M. CONCEPCIÓN ARISTOY, LETICIA MORA, ALEIDA S. HERNÁNDEZ-CÁZARES, AND FIDEL TOLDRÁ

6 Lipid Compounds.......................................................................................................69
SANTIAGO P. AUBOURG

7 Lipid Oxidation ..........................................................................................................87
TURID RUSTAD

8 Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ...........................................................................97
GUÐRÚN ÓLAFSDÓTTIR AND RÓSA JÓNSDÓTTIR

v

vi ◾

Contents

PART II: PROCESSING CONTROL 9 Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ...............................................................121
HEIDI NILSEN, KARSTEN HEIA, AND MARGRETHE ESAIASSEN

10 Microstructure .........................................................................................................139
ISABEL HERNANDO, EMPAR LLORCA, ANA PUIG, AND MARÍA-ANGELES LLUCH

11 Chemical Sensors .....................................................................................................153
CORRADO DI NATALE

12 Physical Sensors and Techniques .............................................................................169
RUTH DE LOS REYES CÁNOVAS, PEDRO JOSÉ FITO SUÑER, ANA ANDRÉS GRAU, AND PEDRO FITO-MAUPOEY

13 Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration...................................................189
YESIM OZOGUL

14 Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ............................215
ICIAR MARTÍNEZ, INGER BEATE STANDAL, MARIT AURSAND, YUMIKO YAMASHITA, AND MICHIAKI YAMASHITA

15 Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood .................................................................233
VINCENT VARLET, THIERRY SEROT, AND CAROLE PROST

PART III: NUTRITIONAL QUALITY 16 Composition and Calories ........................................................................................257
EVA FALCH, INGRID OVERREIN, CHRISTEL SOLBERG, AND RASA SLIZYTE

17 Essential Amino Acids ..............................................................................................287
M. CONCEPCIÓN ARISTOY AND FIDEL TOLDRÁ

18 Antioxidants .............................................................................................................309
NICK KALOGEROPOULOS AND ANTONIA CHIOU

19 Vitamins ...................................................................................................................327
YOUNG-NAM KIM

20 Minerals and Trace Elements ...................................................................................351
JÖRG OEHLENSCHLÄGER

21 Analysis of n-3 and n-6 Fatty Acids ..........................................................................377
VITTORIO M. MORETTI AND FABIO CAPRINO

PART IV: SENSORY QUALITY 22 Quality Assessment of Fish and Fishery Products by Color Measurement ..............395
REINHARD SCHUBRING

23 Instrumental Texture ...............................................................................................425
ISABEL SÁNCHEZ-ALONSO, MARTA BARROSO, AND MERCEDES CARECHE

Contents ◾

vii

24 Aroma .......................................................................................................................439
JOHN STEPHEN ELMORE

25 Quality Index Methods ............................................................................................463
GRETHE HYLDIG, EMILÍA MARTINSDÓTTIR, KOLBRÚN SVEINSDÓTTIR, RIAN SCHELVIS, AND ALLAN BREMNER

26 Sensory Descriptors ..................................................................................................481
GRETHE HYLDIG

27 Sensory Aspects of Heat-Treated Seafood.................................................................499
GRETHE HYLDIG

PART V: SAFETY 28 Assessment of Seafood Spoilage and the Microorganisms Involved.........................515
ROBERT E. LEVIN

29 Detection of Fish Spoilage........................................................................................537
GEORGE-JOHN E. NYCHAS AND E.H. DROSINOS

30 Detection of the Principal Foodborne Pathogens in Seafoods and
Seafood-Related Environments ................................................................................557
DAVID RODRÍGUEZ-LÁZARO AND MARTA HERNANDEZ

31 Parasites....................................................................................................................579
JUAN ANTONIO BALBUENA AND JUAN ANTONIO RAGA

32 Techniques of Diagnosis of Fish and Shellfish Virus and Viral Diseases .................603
CARLOS PEREIRA DOPAZO AND ISABEL BANDÍN

33 Marine Toxins ..........................................................................................................649
CARA EMPEY CAMPORA AND YOSHITSUGI HOKAMA

34 Detection of Adulterations: Addition of Foreign Proteins .......................................675
VÉRONIQUE VERREZ-BAGNIS

35 Detection of Adulterations: Identification of Seafood Species .................................687
ANTONIO PUYET AND JOSÉ M. BAUTISTA

36 Veterinary Drugs ......................................................................................................713
ANTON KAUFMANN

37 Differentiation of Fresh and Frozen–Thawed Fish ...................................................735
MUSLEH UDDIN

38 Spectrochemical Methods for the Determination of Metals in
Seafood .....................................................................................................................751
JOSEPH SNEDDON AND CHAD A. THIBODEAUX

39 Food Irradiation and Its Detection ..........................................................................773
YIU CHUNG WONG, DELLA WAI MEI SIN, AND WAI YIN YAO

viii ◾

Contents

40 Analysis of Dioxins in Seafood and Seafood Products .............................................797
LUISA RAMOS BORDAJANDI, BELÉN GÓMARA, AND MARÍA JOSÉ GONZÁLEZ

41 Environmental Contaminants: Persistent Organic Pollutants .................................817
MONIA PERUGINI

42 Biogenic Amines in Seafood Products......................................................................833
CLAUDIA RUIZ-CAPILLAS AND FRANCISCO JIMÉNEZ-COLMENERO

43 Residues of Food Contact Materials .........................................................................851
EMMA L. BRADLEY AND LAURENCE CASTLE

44 Detection of GM Ingredients in Fish Feed ...............................................................871
KATHY MESSENS, NICOLAS GRYSON, KRIS AUDENAERT, AND MIA EECKHOUT

Index .................................................................................................................................889

Preface
There are several seafood and seafood products, which represent some of the most important foods in almost all types of societies, including those in developed and developing countries. The intensive production of fish and shellfish has raised some concerns related to the nutritional and sensory qualities of cultured fish in comparison to their wild-catch counterparts. In addition, there are several processing and preservation technologies, from traditional drying or curing to high-pressure processing, and different methods of storage. This increase of variability in products attending the consumers’ demands necessitates the use of adequate analytical methodologies as presented in this book. These analyses will be focused on the chemistry and biochemistry of postmortem seafood; the technological, nutritional, and sensory qualities; as well as the safety aspects related to processing and preservation. This book contains 44 chapters. Part I—Chemistry and Biochemistry (Chapters 1 through 8)—focuses on the analysis of the main chemical and biochemical compounds of seafood. Chapter 1 provides a general introduction to the topics covered in this book. Part II—Processing Control (Chapters 9 through 15)—describes the analysis of technological quality and the use of some nondestructive techniques. Various methods to differentiate between farmed and wild seafood, to check freshness, and to evaluate smoke flavoring are discussed in these chapters. Part III—Nutritional Quality (Chapters 16 through 21)—deals with the analysis of nutrients in muscle foods such as essential amino acids, omega fatty acids, antioxidants, vitamins, minerals, and trace elements. Part IV—Sensory Quality (Chapters 22 through 27)—covers the sensory quality and the main analytical tools to determine the color texture, the flavor and off-flavor, etc. Sensory descriptors and sensory aspects of heat-treated seafood are also discussed. Finally, Part V—Safety (Chapters 28 through 44)—is concerned with safety, especially related to analytical tools, for the detection of pathogens, parasites, viruses, marine toxins, antibiotics, adulterations, and chemical toxic compounds from the environment generated during processing, or intentionally added, that can be found in either cultured or wild-catch seafood. The last chapter also deals with the analysis of genetically modified ingredients in fish feed. This book provides an overview of the analytical tools available for the analysis of seafood, either cultured fish or their wild-catch counterparts, and its derived products. It also provides an extensive description of techniques and methodologies for quality assurance, and describes analytical methodologies for safety control. In summary, this handbook deals with the main types of analytical techniques available worldwide, and the methodologies for the analysis of seafood and seafood products.
ix

x

Preface

We would like to thank all the contributors for their excellent work. Their hard work and dedication have resulted in this comprehensive and prized handbook. We wish them all the very best in their academic and/or scientific careers. Leo M.L. Nollet Fidel Toldrá

Editors
Dr. Leo M.L. Nollet is the editor and associate editor of several books. He edited for Marcel Dekker, New York—now CRC Press of Taylor & Francis Group—the first and second editions of Food Analysis by HPLC and the Handbook of Food Analysis. The Handbook of Food Analysis is a three-volume book. He also edited the third edition of the Handbook of Water Analysis, Chromatographic Analysis of the Environment (CRC Press) and the second edition of the Handbook of Water Analysis (CRC Press) in 2007. He coedited two books with F. Toldrá that were published in 2006: Advanced Technologies for Meat Processing (CRC Press) and Advances in Food Diagnostics (Blackwell Publishing). He also coedited Radionuclide Concentrations in Foods and the Environment with M. Pöschl in 2006 (CRC Press). Nollet has coedited several books with Y.H. Hui and other colleagues: the Handbook of Food Product Manufacturing (Wiley, 2007); the Handbook of Food Science, Technology and Engineering (CRC Press, 2005); and Food Biochemistry and Food Processing (Blackwell Publishing, 2005). Finally, he also edited the Handbook of Meat, Poultry and Seafood Quality (Blackwell Publishing, 2007). He has worked on the following five books on analysis methodologies with F. Toldrá for foods of animal origin, all to be published by CRC Press: Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Handbook of Dairy Foods Analysis Handbook of Analysis of Edible Animal By-Products Handbook of Analysis of Active Compounds in Functional Foods He has worked with Professor H. Rathore on the Handbook of Pesticides: Methods of Pesticides Residues Analysis, which was published by CRC Press in 2009. Dr. Fidel Toldrá is a research professor in the Department of Food Science at the Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos (CSIC) and serves as the European editor of Trends in Food Science & Technology, the editor-in-chief of Current Nutrition & Food Science, and as a member of the Flavorings and Enzymes Panel at the European Food Safety Authority. In recent years, he has served as an editor or associate editor of several books. He was the editor of Research Advances in the Quality of Meat and Meat Products (Research Signpost, 2002) and the associate editor of the Handbook of Food and Beverage Fermentation Technology and the Handbook of Food Science,
xi

xii

Editors

Technology and Engineering published in 2004 and 2006, respectively, by CRC Press. He coedited two books with L. Nollet that were published in 2006: Advanced Technologies for Meat Processing (CRC Press) and Advances in Food Diagnostics (Blackwell Publishing). Both he and Nollet are also associate editors of the Handbook of Food Product Manufacturing published by John Wiley & Sons in 2007. Professor Toldrá has edited Safety of Meat and Processed Meat (Springer, 2009) and has also authored Dry-Cured Meat Products (Food & Nutrition Press—now Wiley-Blackwell, 2002). He has worked on the following five books on analysis methodologies with L. Nollet for foods of animal origin, all to be published by CRC Press: Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Handbook of Dairy Foods Analysis Handbook of Analysis of Edible Animal By-Products Handbook of Analysis of Active Compounds in Functional Foods Toldrá was awarded the 2002 International Prize for Meat Science and Technology by the International Meat Secretariat. He was elected as a fellow of the International Academy of Food Science & Technology in 2008 and as a fellow of the Institute of Food Technologists in 2009.

Contributors
M. Concepción Aristoy Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot, Valencia, Spain Santiago P. Aubourg Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Vigo, Spain Kris Audenaert Department of Plant Production Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent, Belgium Marit Aursand SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture Trondheim, Norway Juan Antonio Balbuena Cavanilles Institute of Biodiversity and Evolutionary Biology University of Valencia Valencia, Spain Isabel Bandín Departamento de Microbiología y Parasitología Instituto de Acuicultura Universidad de Santiago de Compostela Santiago de Compostela, Spain Marta Barroso Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain José M. Bautista Faculty of Veterinary Sciences Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology IV Universidad Complutense de Madrid Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Astrid Böhne Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Luisa Ramos Bordajandi Instrumental Analysis and Environmental Chemistry Department General Organic Chemistry Institute Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain

xiii

xiv

Contributors

Emma L. Bradley Food and Environment Research Agency York, United Kingdom Allan Bremner Allan Bremner and Associates Mount Coolum, Queensland, Australia Frédéric Brunet Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Cara Empey Campora Department of Pathology John A. Burns School of Medicine University of Hawaii Honolulu, Hawaii Fabio Caprino Dipartimento de Scienze e Technologie Veterinari per la Sicurezza Alimentare Università degli Studi di Milano Milan, Italy Mercedes Careche Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain Laurence Castle Food and Environment Research Agency York, United Kingdom Antonia Chiou Department of Science of Dietetics-Nutrition Harokopio University Athens, Greece Ruth De los Reyes Cánovas Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia, Spain

Corrado Di Natale Department of Electronic Engineering University of Rome Tor Vergata Rome, Italy Carlos Pereira Dopazo Departamento de Microbiología y Parasitología Instituto de Acuicultura Universidad de Santiago de Compostela Santiago de Compostela, Spain E.H. Drosinos Laboratory of Food Quality Control and Hygiene Department of Food Science & Technology Agricultural University of Athens Athens, Greece Mia Eeckhout Department of Food Science and Technology Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent University Association Ghent, Belgium John Stephen Elmore Department of Food Biosciences University of Reading Reading, United Kingdom Margrethe Esaiassen Nofima Marked Tromsø, Norway Eva Falch Mills DA Trondheim, Norway Pedro Fito-Maupoey Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia, Spain

Contributors

xv

Delphine Galiana-Arnoux Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Belén Gómara Instrumental Analysis and Environmental Chemistry Department General Organic Chemistry Institute Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain María José González Instrumental Analysis and Environmental Chemistry Department General Organic Chemistry Institute Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain Ana Andrés Grau Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia, Spain Nicolas Gryson Department of Food Science and Technology Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent University Association Ghent, Belgium Ágústa Guðmundsdóttir Department of Food Science and Nutrition School of Health Sciences Science Institute University of Iceland Reykjavik, Iceland Karsten Heia Nofima Marine Tromsø, Norway

Marta Hernandez Molecular Biology and Microbiology Laboratory Instituto Tecnologico Agrario de Castilla y León Valladolid, Spain Aleida S. Hernández-Cázares Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot, Valencia, Spain Isabel Hernando Department of Food Technology Universidad Polite ′cnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain Yoshitsugi Hokama Department of Pathology John A. Burns School of Medicine University of Hawaii Honolulu, Hawaii Grethe Hyldig Aquatic Process and Product Technology National Institute of Aquatic Resources (DTU Aqua) Technical University of Denmark Kongens Lyngby, Denmark Francisco Jiménez-Colmenero Department of Meat and Fish Science and Technology Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Rósa Jónsdóttir Matís Icelandic Food Research Reykjavik, Iceland Nick Kalogeropoulos Department of Science of Dietetics-Nutrition Harokopio University Athens, Greece

xvi

Contributors

Anton Kaufmann Kantonales Labor Zurich Zurich, Switzerland Young-Nam Kim Department of Nutrition and Health Sciences Duksung Women’s University Seoul, South Korea Robert E. Levin Department of Food Science University of Massachusetts Amherst, Massachusetts Empar Llorca Departamento de Tecnología de Alimentos Universidad Politécnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain María-Angeles Lluch Department of Food Technology Universidad Politécnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain Iciar Martínez Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (CSIC) Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Vigo, Spain Emilía Martinsdóttir Matís Iceland Food Research Reykjavík, Iceland Kathy Messens Department of Food Science and Technology Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent University Association Ghent, Belgium Leticia Mora Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot, Valencia, Spain

Vittorio M. Moretti Dipartimento de Scienze e Technologie Veterinari per la Sicurezza Alimentare Università degli Studi di Milano Milan, Italy Heidi Nilsen Nofima Marine Tromsø, Norway George-John E. Nychas Laboratory of Microbiology and Biotechnology of Foods Department of Food Science and Technology Agricultural University of Athens Athens, Greece Jörg Oehlenschläger Max Rubner-Institute Federal Research Centre for Nutrition and Food Hamburg, Germany Guðrún Ólafsdóttir Syni Laboratory Services and University of Iceland Reykjavik, Iceland Ingrid Overrein SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture and Department of Biotechnology Norwegian University of Science and Technology Trondheim, Norway Yesim Ozogul Department of Seafood Processing Technology Faculty of Fisheries Cukurova University Adana, Turkey Monia Perugini Department of Food Science University of Teramo Teramo, Italy

Contributors

xvii

Carole Prost Food Aroma Quality Group LBAI—ENITIAA Rue de la Géraudière Nantes, France Ana Puig Department of Food Technology Universidad Politécnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain Antonio Puyet Faculty of Veterinary Sciences Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology IV Universidad Complutense de Madrid Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Juan Antonio Raga Cavanilles Institute of Biodiversity and Evolutionary Biology University of Valencia Valencia, Spain David Rodríguez-Lázaro Food Safety and Technology Research Group Instituto Tecnologico Agrario de Castilla y León Valladolid, Spain Claudia Ruiz-Capillas Department of Meat and Fish Science and Technology Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Turid Rustad Department of Biotechnology Norwegian University of Science and Technology Trondheim, Norway

Isabel Sánchez-Alonso Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain Rian Schelvis Wageningen IMARES Institute for Marine Resources & Ecosytem Studies IJmuiden, the Netherlands Reinhard Schubring Department of Safety and Quality of Milk and Fish Products Federal Research Institute for Nutrition and Food Max Rubner-Institut Hamburg, Germany Christina Schultheis Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Thierry Serot Food Aroma Quality Group LBAI—ENITIAA Rue de la Géraudière Nantes, France Della Wai Mei Sin Analytical and Advisory Services Division Government Laboratory Hong Kong, People’s Republic of China Rasa Slizyte SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture Trondheim, Norway Joseph Sneddon Department of Chemistry McNeese State University Lake Charles, Louisiana

Louisiana Fidel Toldrá Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot. France Oddur Vilhelmsson Department of Science University of Akureyri Akureyri. Vancouver. Norway Pedro José Fito Suñer Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia. Valencia. Norway Inger Beate Standal SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture Trondheim. People’s Republic of China . France Yiu Chung Wong Analytical and Advisory Services Division Government Laboratory Hong Kong. Iceland Jean-Nicolas Volff Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon. Spain Musleh Uddin Corporate Quality Assurance Albion Fisheries Ltd.xviii ◾ Contributors Christel Solberg Faculty of Biosciences and Aquaculture Bodø University College Bodø. British Columbia. Iceland Chad A. Canada Vincent Varlet Food Aroma Quality Group LBAI—ENITIAA Rue de la Géraudière Nantes. Spain Hólmfríður Sveinsdóttir Division of Biotechnology and Biomolecules Matís Iceland Food Research SauđárkrÓkur. Iceland Kolbrún Sveinsdóttir Matís Iceland Food Research Reykjavik. France Véronique Verrez-Bagnis Ifremer Nantes. People’s Republic of China Michiaki Yamashita Food Biotechnology Section National Research Institute of Fisheries Science Yokohama. Thibodeaux Department of Chemistry McNeese State University Lake Charles. Japan Wai Yin Yao Analytical and Advisory Services Division Government Laboratory Hong Kong. Japan Yumiko Yamashita Food Biotechnology Section National Research Institute of Fisheries Science Yokohama.

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY I .

.

................................................................................................ 5 1.................................. geese.....................................................................6 Analytical Methodologies...............8 Trends and Outlook ........................................Chapter 1 Introduction—Importance of Analysis in Seafood and Seafood Products. fishes and other aquatic animals show an abundant 3 ... and donkey) or poultry (hen............4 Benefits and Risks ........................ lamb...... 9 References .............................................................. goat. 3 1................................................................................................................................1 World Catch and Harvest Seafood has by far the greatest variety of all animal-based foods...... 6 1........... 7 1............ and duck) are represented by very few species.... Whereas the species consumed as warm-blooded mammals (beef....................... 8 1...................................................2 Variability of Aquatic Animals ...1 World Catch and Harvest .....................................................................................3 Special Problems with Aquatic Animals ......7 Analytical Problems ....................10 1........................................... Variability and Basic Concepts Jörg Oehlenschläger Contents 1.............5 Sampling ............ 5 1................................. pork.................................................................................... turkey.......................................................... 6 1........

1 million tons). the United States (4. The fish group alone is represented by 25. Japan (4. nutritional status. . whereof the major part are cyprinids like carp).3 million tons). Largehead hairtail (1. Skipjack tuna (2.4 million tons). aquaculture is dramatically growing (1960: 2 million tons.3% and 14. 1980: 7 million tons. 25% is converted into fishmeal and other nonfood products. By major groupings.000–35. The top 10 species being caught in huge amounts in 2005 were Anchoveta (10. only a little proportion of this large number of about 5% is present in the world’s oceans in amounts huge enough to allow an economical use (catch and following processing).2% but second by value at 20. Russia (3.2 million tons). Atlantic herring (2. respectively.0 million tons). Further.6 million tons).3 million tons). and only correct storage of wet fish in melting ice or of certain products at chilled temperatures can prolong the shelf life up to weeks or months. and another 8% into canned products. Alaska Pollock (2. 1970: 4 million tons. The total world seafood supply for 2007 amounted to 143 million tons. The world’s aquaculture provided 52 million tons (36%). Although land-based animals are today tailor made according to industry’s and consumer’s wishes in weight. Blue whiting (2. Chile (4. and Norway (2. and Thailand (1. Vietnam (1.2 million tons). Thailand (2. 2000: 40 million tons.3 million tons).5 million tons).8 million tons). 1990: 16 million tons. 8% is transformed into cured products.9 million tons). They deteriorate at ambient temperature in a few days. About 75% of the world’s total seafood supply is used for human consumption.) of aquatic animals when captured by fishing techniques is—with few exceptions—completely unknown. India (3. 40% is consumed as wet fish without any further technological processing or preservation. infestation with parasites. However.2%.6 million tons). and sensory properties. The most important primary product producing countries of marine and inland (freshwater) fisheries in 2005 were China (17. fish and other seafood are highly perishable products when stored without chilling. Chilean jack mackerel (1.7 million tons). Peru (9. including plants) [1]. Aquatic plants that are popular in Southeast Asia are second in quantity at 23. Indonesia (1.000 species.4%. whereas crustaceans are fourth by quantity at 6. Although the amount of captured fish is almost constant at a level around 90 million tons/ year since 1990 after a continuous growth for more than 40 years.8 million tons). India (2. only some of these 5% have the desired sensory properties and give a good or satisfying fillet yield that catching and processing them can be justified.1 million tons). Chub mackerel (2.1 million tons). burden of pollutants. and Yellowfin tuna (1. The major aquaculture (excluding plants) producers (>1 million tons) in 2005 were China (32.4 million tons). fish is the top group in aquaculture at 47.4 million tons). state of maturity. Mollusks (bivalves and cephalopods) are the third most important group both by quantity and by value at 22. body composition. about 20% is converted into deep frozen products. in the case of captured seafood we have to accept what we find in the trawl despite modern advanced technology of sonar and echo sounders.4 million tons. Japanese anchovy (1.1 million tons).3 million tons). Further. Another difference compared with land-living animals is the fact that the quality (size. Most fish was caught in the Pacific Ocean (Northeast and Southeast) followed by Northeast Atlantic Ocean.4% by quantity. The stagnation of captured fish is mainly due to fully exploited or partially overfished stocks.4 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis number of species and variability. appearance.4 million tons).4 million tons. 91 million tons (64%) of the total supply. etc. mostly Pangasius species). Indonesia (4.4%.1 million tons). and the captured fish.

When captured during the spawning season. which continues until a state of spoilage is reached. these are all very rough classifications. which are very different from each other in appearance. other parameters such as organic pollutant concentrations vary. in one haul specimen of 5% fat and 35% fat are present. Toxins from dinoflagellates can accumulate in bivalve mollusks. pollution of water. bottom fish. we have different groups such as bony and cartilaginous fishes. or according to their occurrence in the ocean’s water column into pelagic fish. Mackerel is a typical pelagic swarm fish occurring in big schools.. a change in properties starts. and before analyzing fish. which are subject to variations based on state of maturity. Besides this more general aspect. paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP). demersal fish. With all these variations in the raw seafood material before the analysis of any components. and mollusks. This means that each fish can be different and unique. since parallel with fat content. However. Predatory fish species such as sharks. which are at the end of the marine food web. and so forth. When concentrating on fish as the major group contributing to the world’s fish supply. and trace element content. and . In addition. not only spoilage and freshness parameters are changing due to metabolic (autolytic) and microbiological processes but also the microbial flora is changing. Not only weight and length are varying with age but also other factors such as proximate composition. leading to several diseases such as diarrhetic shellfi sh poisoning (DSP). medium fatty fish species (>1% to <10% fat). We can also group them according to their fat content into three groups: lean fish species (<1% fat). we arrange them in order according to their shape into round fish. can accumulate mercury during their long life span to quantities that exceed legal limits. the main difficulty in the analysis of fish and other seafood is that there is not only a big variation between groups of species and species but also within a given species. Also within the fish body. a careful consideration has to be made if the variation is important and if it is worth or essential knowing (leading to analysis of individuals) or if a more general impression about the target component is sufficient (pooled samples). a certain degree of variability is found. mineral. and the spawned fish can exhibit fillet fat contents of down to 5%. composition. The prespawning fish can have a fat content in fillet up to 35%.Introduction ◾ 5 1.3 Special Problems with Aquatic Animals The main problem with aquatic animals is the fact that from the moment that they are caught or harvested. Components like water. and so on. some groups offer special problems to which a lot of attention has to be given: aquatic animals may contain parasites (e. cestodes) that can be harmful to humans when they enter live and intact into the human body. Based on taxonomic criteria. and ground fish. season. fishing area. crustaceans. 1. eellike fishes. and nutritive properties. A drastic example illustrating the variability in fish is the Atlantic mackerel.g. This can lead to extreme problems not only in processing but also in analysis. decisions must be made where the results should be used and how detailed an analysis must be. and protein are not even distributed in the edible part and also trace element concentrations vary from head to tail or back to belly. neurotoxic shellfish poisoning (NSP). fat.2 Variability of Aquatic Animals The variability of aquatic animals can be described and explained in many different ways. nematodes. and fatty fish species (>10% fat). flat fishes. After catch and harvest.

gravad products. and B12. the vitamins A. and sashimi). cadmium from hepatopancreas penetrates into the edible part (mantle) during storage. the well-balanced content of essential amino acids. is very often underestimated..5 Sampling Sampling. Fish and other aquatic animals from areas that are polluted (rivers. especially in their organs responsible for detoxification such as liver and kidney. with the consequence that recommendations are mostly restricted to a few factors being appropriately analyzed but not based on all factors. leading to elevated cadmium concentrations also in this body compartment. persistent organic pollutants). Unfortunately. On the other hand. Mediterranean Sea. and the good digestibility of fish protein due to low amounts of connective tissue are some examples of the many benefits seafood offers when consumed. 1. the high amount of taurine. Vibrio sp. Most errors and most erroneous results arising from analytical methods are based on poor or even wrong sampling plans and practices. seas with no or limited water exchange with world oceans such as Baltic Sea. the body compartments to be dissected. Considering the great variability of seafood described here. we are confronted with toxins in mussels and fish. All of these parameters and substances have to be carefully analyzed and quantified to allow a risk benefit analysis. E. we have sometimes a parasitical problem. The high amount of long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids of the n-3 series such as eicosapentanoic acid (20:5) and docosahexanoic acid (22:6). Caspian Sea. there is an inherent microbial risk. inshore waters. In products that have not undergone thermal treatment and that are offered to the consumer as ready to eat (e. 1. leading to ciguatera or maitotoxin poisoning.) that are harmful to human health and must be destroyed or removed before marketing of the products. we may find high amounts of inorganic toxic elements and organic pollutants (POP. the presence of antioxidants such as tocopherols. only few quantitative analytical data have entered these assessments. which can give reliable advice and guidance for wise and responsible seafood consumption..4 Benefits and Risks Seafood is a rich source for a great number of nutritive and important components. and residues of pharmaceuticals and hormones used in aquaculture can be detected and more. In the digestive glands of mollusks (hepatopancreas) such as cephalopods and mussels. a tremendous amount of analytic work in seafood has to be done. the exceptional concentrations of essential elements such as selenium and iodine. sushi. we have the risk of viruses and microorganisms. which means here the selection of an appropriate number and part of aquatic animals under well-defined conditions. Aquatic animals from some areas of the world can carry viruses and microorganisms (e. and the measures to be taken to avoid any contamination as well as the storage and transport conditions of the samples after sample preparation.g.6 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis amnesic shellfish poisoning (ASP).g. When not eviscerated immediately after catch. D. cadmium is accumulated to amounts that exceed any legal limits by far. a sampling plan has to be developed describing the numbers of samples to be taken. Before starting the sampling procedure. estuaries. or Black Sea) can carry a high burden of environmental pollutants. . and in fish. cold smoked products.

and practical work-ins and allowed on-site measurements. always the whole edible part (fillet. it has to be made under strict hygienic conditions to avoid any microbial contamination.6 Analytical Methodologies The improvement and further development of analytical methods in the field of seafood research in Europe were initiated and brought forward by a number of research projects and concerted actions (CA) financed by the European Union within the research and technological development (RTD) framework programs 3 to 6. . and the second concerted action was “Fish quality labeling and monitoring” (FQLM) from 1998 to 2000.6]. and analysis of biogenic amines as histamine or cadaverine. it is recommended to store all samples (also solutions) in deep frozen conditions (<−18°C. precaution must be taken not to contaminate the sample by instruments used during manipulation (scissors. preferably at −30°C) until analysis. smaller when medium-sized animals are the target. In small specimens that are consumed totally. determination of thiobarbituric acid and formaldehyde. When sampling is done onboard a vessel. The analytical methods used for seafood analyses can be divided into objective methods and sensory methods. These projects brought the scientists together in conferences.14] that form a very rich source of information about seafood analysis. dimethyl amine. The first concerted action in this area was “Evaluation of fish freshness” from 1995 to 1997. Another method that was developed recently is the two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2DE). workshops. To be also mentioned are the research project “Multisensor techniques for monitoring the quality of fish” (MUSTEC) from 1999 to 2002 and the research project SEQUID “A new method for measurement of the quality of seafood” from 2001 to 2003. and total volatile basic nitrogen (TVB-N). After sampling is completed successfully. The main results of these projects have been published in books [2–4. snails). is necessary. or tail end of fillet). tail muscle) must be taken due to intrinsic variations in fillet parts and after homogenization subsamples can be taken. in medium-sized specimen. Methods that are still in use are among others k-value. other species or mud. head end. calibrations. More chemical methods have been developed for differentiation between fresh and frozen/thawed products (see Chapter 48) and for species identification and authenticity (see Chapters 37 and 38). In addition. shark). physical methods. it is advisable to concentrate on a muscle part that is simple to identify and can be dissected without destroying the fish completely (examples are muscle below gill cover. the whole body may be sampled and analyzed (mussels. 1. a careful selection of individuals that have not been mechanically damaged by the catching technique. The objective methods are chemical/biochemical methods. knives) or by protective clothes or gloves. sprat. and so forth. While sampling is done.Introduction ◾ 7 The number of individuals should be big when a small specimen has to be analyzed. When sampling for later microbiological analyses. and comparative analyses with different instruments. ammonia. trimethyl amine oxide. and in big fish (tuna. The chemical/biochemical methods are mostly traditional methods that were developed earlier than the physical (instrumental) methods and have been mostly applied as methods for freshness/spoilage determinations. analysis of trimethyl amine. which is based on ATP breakdown products. and microbiological methods. and only a few samples are taken from big individuals. two books shall be mentioned that have been published earlier but still contain a significant amount of basic knowledge about analytical methods for seafood quality determination [5. sand.

The European seafood sector where the majority of enterprises are small and medium sized (SMEs) hesitate to apply new instrumentation and prefer to rely on the methods they know.g. nuclear magnetic resonance (magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). texture and texture profile analysis (e. Outer inspection is done by the European Union quality-grading scheme and by the quality index method (QIM). near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR). a well-trained sensory panel in which the human senses are used as measuring instruments has been shown to give reliable. always a combination of several methods is necessary to give sufficient information equal to sensory assessment [8]. are time consuming. low-field (LF) NMR.8 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Physical methods comprise microscopy. The main problem is that there is no single method existing that can give sufficient information about the quality (freshness) of seafood. cheap. and have used since many years [9]. Two more systematic methods that involve some analytical methods are the hazard analysis critical control point (HACCP) and traceability. Warner–Bratzler test. and are. viscoelastic methods such as stress relaxation. among others. Sensory methods. However. of utmost importance to introduce the newly developed analytical methods into the industry for better product and raw material analysis and quality assurance. Sensory methods are often considered to be subjective methods. whereas the Torry sensory scheme and the flavor profile analysis are performed on cooked samples. therefore. and can be applied on many species and also on processed seafood products. differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). electronic noses and electronic tongues [14]. The sensory methods can also be divided into two principal methodologies: methods based on outer inspection of the sample (without cooking) and methods based on assessing the cooked sample.7 Analytical Problems Despite the great progress that has been made. puncture. The reasons are the relatively complex and difficult handling of the instruments and the need of being applied and maintained by educated personnel. tensile. An instrumental method that is fast. creep. polymerase chain reaction (PCR). many of them have not graduated from research to seafood industrial application. therefore. Further. oligonucleotide probes. and high-resolution NMR (HR-NMR)). expensive. and compression tests. RT Freshness grader. comparatively cheap. Frequently used microbiological methods are total viable count (TVC). and objective results. Although many instrumental analytical methods have been developed and have been intensively tested and proven in research to be working sufficiently and reliably on seafood and seafood products. with the exception of sensory methods. are experienced in. however. and time domain spectroscopy (TDR) [7]. and bacterial sensors. not harmful for the operator. Kramer test. which is usually not present in seafood industry. determination of specific spoilage organisms (SSO). pH measurement. and can be used after a short training period by nonscientific educated personnel. antibody techniques. Intellectron Fischtester VI. we have color measurement. need trained personal.. analysis of electrical resistance or conductivity by Torrymeter. which are noninvasive and nondestructive techniques for the sample. UV and visible light spectroscopy. with the same degree and quality of information obtained by sensory assessment. and oscillatory measurements). When using instrumental methods nowadays. is still missing. . can be used by untrained personal. and nonpolluting for the environment are. image analysis. It is. Other methods that are rapid. reproducible. there are still many problems left in the analysis of seafood and seafood-based products. 1. Instrumental methods are fast.

Recent findings show that seafood contains important functional proteins and peptides [13]. toxins such as ciguatera. In this field. justification of methods used. bacterial pathogens.8 Trends and Outlook In the future. However. all progress in analytical methods and instrumentation needs an analyst who is responsible and follows the guidelines and advice for analytical quality assurance. allergens. Without a well-documented and traceable analytical quality assurance (reference materials. and contents of all the beneficial components. Analytical instruments that are simple to use. their spoilage characteristics and shelf life. more research is needed to make them simpler to apply and to increase the speed of analysis. and virus contamination in seafood. however. and mollusk species from tropical and subtropical countries enter our markets in large quantities or as single fish specimen and are not thoroughly investigated for their microbiological status including viruses. Although the lipids in seafood are analyzed very intensively. Almost all analytical methods for seafood analysis will be developed further to avoid time and chemicals and to minimize sample preparation and digestion steps. more cost efficient. the protein and peptides are analyzed to a much lesser extent. In the area of sensory methods. and for many methods of trace element and residue analysis. proficiency tests. 1. New methods are also urgently needed for the reduction of microbial risk. robust. inorganic and organic residues. crustacean. QIM will be digitalized and will work in combination with image analysis and electronic nose without sensory experts involved. The QIM will be further developed. sampling strategy) showing that the results obtained are accurate and correct. food additives. There are many seafood products on our markets that have not been characterized by analytical methods at all. More research and development of analytical methodology will be initiated by these new findings. journals will in the near future no longer accept manuscripts in this field. the presence of parasites. for almost all microbiological methods. most chemical and biochemical analytical methods that use a huge amount of chemicals and manpower will be substituted by instrumental methods that are more reliable. and more environmental friendly. and QIM schemes will also be developed for exotic species on our markets and for processed products. This next generation of instruments will then also find its way into the fish industry and fish inspection. . Some methods that are well known such as k-value or TVB-N will disappear. PCR-based methods will soon take the place of the traditional microbiological methods and will enable the checking of microbiologic status of samples in minutes or hours. The method of the future will analyze a well-homogenized sample without any other sample preparatory steps except homogenizing. This holds for all methods for species differentiation. This will shorten delays in seafood trade. own standards.Introduction ◾ 9 For some analytical methods. Th is is a large area where a significant amount of analytical input is needed. Many exotic fish. and have a wide range of applicability will be built. it is necessary that the schemes for the QIM as the quality method of the future are extended to all species on the market (about 100). remarkably developments have occurred very recently [10–12]. sensory characteristics. pharmaceuticals.

G.).. Pommepuy. T. Technol. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality. 13. J. Luten.). Mild processing techniques and development of functional marine protein and peptide ingredients. Fishing News Books. T. 2003. B. Lee. 2008.. Cambridge. 363p. J. Monitoring and Traceability. .J.. 2003.. 1998. Børresen. 8. Luten. WileyBlackwell. (Ed. J. 180p. Woodhead Publishing Limited. J. J. 10. 57p.).. M. Martinsdottir. Bosch. (Ed. L.. Sæbø. Thorkelsson. 15.. Verrez-Bagnis. Wageningen. Cambridge. 1990.. P.K. 567p. 7. (Ed. (Eds. Olafsdottir. Børresen. 6. (Eds. 86. 2008. Control of Fish Quality (3rd edn. 212p. 2008.10 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis References 1. Rehbein. FAO. et al. 194p.K.. Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. Oehlenschläger. U. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer.. and Oehlenschläger. Luten. 2. Trends Food Sci.). Nunes. Børresen. Woodhead Publishing Limited. T. Fishery Products—Quality. Surrey. Detecting virus contamination in seafood. 3.. Paris. G. U..J.). R. and Heia. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer—Labelling.. 477p. Jacobsen C. Oehlenschläger. 1995. M..). SEQUID: A New Method for Measurement of the Quality of Seafood. and Olafsdottir. H. Tejada.. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. et al. VCH. State of world aquaculture 2006. Shaker Verlag GmbH. R. Oehlenschläger.. Multisensor for fish quality determination. A. G. Rome. J. 2008. 134p. Botta. New York. M. K. Woodhead Publishing Limited. Kent. J. K. Woodhead Publishing Limited. M. Aachen. (Ed. G. et al. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. International Institute of Refrigeration. Reducing microbial risk associated with shellfish in European countries. and Oehlenschläger.). 12. Jørgensen.). Barr. 500. et al. 9.. 4... Careche. J. 456p..K.. (Eds. 396p. 2006.-K. U. T. Børresen. J. (Eds. et al.. 227p. J. Wageningen Academic Publishers.). Olafsdottir.K. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper. Farnham.B. Anon. G.).. Wageningen. A... Cambridge. 2005. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. Connell. Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer—Labelling. A study of the attitudes of the European fish sector towards quality monitoring and labeling. 2004... Safety and Authenticity...B. Wageningen Academic Publishers. Wageningen. et al. Dalgaard. 5. 2006. Cambridge. U. 11. (Eds. FAO Fisheries Department.R. 216p. E. Seafood Research from Fish to Dish. Knöchel. Bacterial pathogens in seafood. J. No...B.M. (Eds. Bekaert. Wageningen Academic Publishers.. 247p. and Olafsdottir. Monitoring and Traceability..). Luten. 14. V. U.. 2009.

....... For product and process development it is important to have methods to determine the properties of the proteins and how these change during processing and storage.............................................................................. and how these properties are influenced by food additives and other components...............................................17 References ...................5 Immunoassays ................18 2......1 Introduction Protein analysis is highly important for the food industry............................6 Electrophoresis-Based Methods ..........................................3 Protein Solubility Classes .16 2.........8 Protein Modifications............... Both for quality control and food labeling it is therefore important to have methods to determine not only the total content of proteins in a raw material or a product................................................................................. including the fish industry................................................................................11 2......7 Peptide Characterization ...............1 Introduction ...................................................... Both the amino acid composition and the digestibility of fish proteins are excellent............................4 Analysis of Soluble Proteins ... but it is also important to have methods to determine the type and the origin of the proteins present.................................................16 2....2 Total Content of Proteins ......................................Chapter 2 Peptides and Proteins Turid Rustad Contents 2.............16 2........ Both the content and the properties of the proteins are important for the value and the quality of the products [1]...13 2............. particularly the 11 ................. 12 2.............................. Fish are regarded as an excellent source of high-quality protein.................................................................................................................... Fish provides about 14% of the world’s need for animal proteins and 4%–5% of the total protein requirement [2]....14 2.......................................................................................................................................

emulsification. In addition to the high nutritional value. It is also possible to determine the amount of ammonia by different colorimetric methods [1]. gelling. amines. and urea will also contribute to the calculated protein content. Tables of conversion factors are given in several papers such as [1.25. fish proteins also have good functional properties such as water-holding capacity. When the protein content is calculated based on determination of the nitrogen content. It is important that the methods to analyze food proteins are robust [1]. The advantage of this method is that it gives accurate results for all types of samples. The factor can be calculated from the amino acid composition of the proteins. Retaining the functional properties through preservation and processing operations is therefore of great importance. and textural properties. The Kjel-Foss® instrument mechanizes the entire micro-Kjeldahl procedure while the Kjel-Tec® instrument uses a digestion block together with an apparatus for automated distillation and titration. The method includes sample digestion. The Technicon AutoAnalyzer uses continuous flow analysis [1]. The Kjeldahl method was first published in 1883 but has been extensively modified since then.43 to 5. but other chemicals such as potassium sulfate and mercury oxide are also used. has been shown to be too high for animal proteins. nitrogen from other nitrogen-containing compounds such as free amino acids. assuming a nitrogen content of 16% in the proteins. which gives a factor of 5. and that other components in the food such as lipids and pigments should not interfere with the analysis. the water-holding capacity and the gelling properties which determine the textural attributes of the products are important quality parameters [3]. Originally only sulfuric acid was used for digestion of the samples. For animal proteins the value 6. Many proteins have protein contents that deviate from this. The Kjeldahl method has been automated and several instruments for automated analysis are available. This method is used as a reference method by many national and international organizations. for instance collagen has a nitrogen content of 18%. nucleotides. and the amount of nitrogen is determined by titration [1]. neutralization. The method should also require minimal sample pretreatment to decrease analytical error and reduce costs. values from 5.56 [1]. and the amount of protein is calculated by multiplication with a Kjeldahl factor. The ammonium sulfate is converted into ammonia. This factor is the amount of nitrogen that contains 1 g of nitrogen.12 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis essential amino acids lysine and methionine. . both different types of raw materials and processed foods.2 Total Content of Proteins The total content of proteins is usually determined by the Kjeldahl or the Dumas method. The Dumas method is quicker and cheaper and easier to perform and is therefore now considered on equal terms with the Kjeldahl method [1]. it is difficult to start using other and more correct factors [5]. 2.25 is usually used. and trapping of ammonia and titration steps. For fish. distillation. The disadvantage is that the method requires use of hazardous and toxic chemicals. The Kjeldahl method determines the nitrogen content as ammonia. This means that it should be possible to use the method on different types of foods. It is also possible to determine the nitrogen content using elemental analysis (C/N analyzers) [4].82 are given. For products such as fish mince and surimi. Mariotti and coworkers discuss conversion factors in their critical review and conclude that even if a factor of 6.5]. During digestion the nitrogen in the sample is converted to ammonium sulfate. which is distilled and trapped in boric acid. which has been used for more than 75 years.

3. and LiCl for extraction of protein from fish muscle and concluded that LiCl was a better extractant of fish muscle proteins over a wider range of conditions than NaCl or KCl [16]. pH 7. The connective tissue proteins are often called the insoluble proteins and can be extracted using alkali or acid.86 M NaCl solution (high ionic strength). It can also be used to determine the properties of food proteins [8] and has been used to detect adulteration of beef with animal and plant proteins as well as classify tenderness of beef in two categories. The methods for extraction are not standardized so the amount of proteins extracted will vary with the method used. Quantitative amino acid analysis is one of the most reliable methods for quantification of food proteins. the supernatant was decanted and the volume made up to 100 mL—this was the water-soluble fraction. Martinez-Alvarez and Gomez-Guillen [14] used a modification on the method of Stefansson and Hultin [15]. changes in solubility can be used to measure changes in protein structure caused by denaturation during storage and processing. The advantages of this method are that it is rapid. O2. nondestructive. The volume of the supernatant was made up to 100 mL. but the instrumentation is expensive and the method requires calibration. Hultmann and Rustad [11] used a modification of the method by Anderson and Ravesi [12] and Licciardello and coworkers [13]. 2.10]. However. Kelleher and Hultin compared the use of NaCl. American Oil Chemists’ Society (AOCS). After centrifugation.3 Protein Solubility Classes Fish muscle proteins can be divided into three groups. and several other organizations [1]. the CO2. The precipitate was homogenized in 80 mL phosphate buffer with 0. It is easy to perform. also called the salt-soluble proteins can be extracted in buffers with an ionic strength of >0. The soluble protein was extracted in distilled water (low ionic strength). After cooling of the gas mixture. and in 0. based on differences in solubility [9. The sarcoplasmic proteins consist mainly of enzymes and can be extracted using water or buffers with low ionic strength such as for instance 50 mM phosphate buffer. Fish muscle proteins are more sensitive and less stable than proteins from mammals. A few examples of methods to extract proteins from fish muscle are given here. It is also described in Chapter 16. The myofibrillar proteins. and filled with pure oxygen. sarcoplasmic. then centrifuged (6000 g) for 30 min at 3°C. The combustion method has been calibrated with the Kjeldahl method and this has led to approval of the method by Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC). This procedure involves hydrolyzation of the food sample using concentrated hydrochloric acid. The homogenates of these solutions were stirred constantly for 30 min at 2°C. This was the salt-soluble fraction. the NO2 is reduced to N2 and measured with a thermal conductivity meter [1]. Two grams of minced muscle was homogenized at low temperature for 1 min in 50 mL of distilled water. and calculation of the amount of different amino acids. Today accurate combustion nitrogen analyzers are used. Near infrared spectroscopy can also be used to determine protein content. . myofibrillar. Four grams of muscle was homogenized for 20 s in 80 mL 50 mM phosphate buffer. It has been successfully used to determine protein and water content of salmon fillets [6] as well as of surimi [7].Peptides and Proteins ◾ 13 The Dumas method was first published in 1831 and the first instruments used were not user friendly. The sample is put in a furnace (950°C–1050°C). and water are removed. purged free of atmospheric gas. KCl. and connective proteins. SO2. The principle of quantitative amino acids is described in Owusu-Apenten [1]. and can be used online.5 M KCl and centrifuged as above. determination of the amino acid profile.

giving upper tolerable limits for a long range of these as well as some methods for coping with the effect of these substances. The review also discusses many of the modifications that . Peterson have reviewed the Lowry method [21] and listed interfering substances. The method is not very sensitive. The extraction in NaOH was repeated five times and the supernatants were pooled for the analysis of alkali-soluble collagen content. the complexes react with the Folin-phenol reagent a mixture of phosphotungstic acid and phosphomolybdic acid in phenol. measuring concentrations between 1 and 10 mg/mL. Light scattering because of large particles or aggregates can also lead to errors. one of the simplest methods is to determine absorbance in the far UV range. some of these methods reduce the speed and simplicity of the method [19]. However. Absorption at 280 nm is mainly due to tryptophan and tyrosine residues with smaller contributions from phenylalanine and the sulfur-containing amino acids.5 M acetic acid for 2 days at room temperature and centrifuged as above. but the method is simple and inexpensive. The purple complex is relatively stable and has an absorption maximum at 540–560 nm. Measurement of UV absorption at 280 nm is a simple and popular method to determine protein concentration. and a few of them will be treated here.14 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Solubility of collagen can be determined by extraction in alkali or acid as described by Eckhoff and coworkers [17]. 2. Methods exist to correct for the influence of light scattering and nucleic acids/ nucleotides [19]. by absorbance at 205 nm or from knowledge of amino acid composition [19]. In addition. The Biuret method is based on the formation of complexes between copper salts and peptide bonds under alkaline conditions. However mg quantities of protein are generally required. The sensitivity can be increased by measuring absorbance at 310 nm or by increasing the time for the Biuret reaction. the concentration of the soluble proteins can be analyzed with a wide variety of methods. The reactions are highly pH dependent. After extraction. Since all proteins absorb UV/visible light to varying degrees. This was the acid-soluble collagen. Reducing agents and sucrose as well as several common buffers interfere with the Lowry method. the presence of nonprotein UV-absorbing groups such as nucleic acids and nucleotides which absorb strongly at 260 nm further complicate matters. A standard curve is needed. Samples were homogenized in 0. which is a modification of the method described by Sato et al. [18]. The Lowry method [20] is based on a Biuret-type reaction between protein and copper(II) ions under alkaline conditions. The protein concentration can then be calculated from the Lambert–Beer law: A = ε cl where A is the absorption at a given wavelength c is the molar protein concentration l is the path length for the light (cm) e is the molar absorption or extinction coefficient (M−1 cm−1) The molar absorptivity can be determined by dry weight estimation of a purified protein. The product becomes reduced to molybdenum/tungsten blue and can be measured at 750 nm. the method therefore has protein-to-protein variations.4 Analysis of Soluble Proteins There are many indirect colorimetric methods to determine protein content. The precipitate was stirred with 0.1 M NaOH and centrifuged.

Hydroxylysine is an amino acid that is almost exclusively found in collagen. and acids and alkali cause interference. sensitivity.000–10. small peptides and free amino acids. it uses only one reagent instead of two as in the Lowry procedure [1]. It would be best if the protein being analyzed could be used as the standard protein. reducing agents. for lipids. All the methods discussed above are highly protein dependent and this should be kept in mind when applying these methods for analysis of the protein content. while methods such as Biuret and Biorad only determine peptide chains above a certain length.000 1. and stable reagents and kits are available. Silver binding is also being used as a method to analyze concentration of soluble proteins [19]. Th is figure varies for different collagen types such as collagen from fish skins from different fish species [24]. The Coomassie Brilliant Blue method is also used for visualizing proteins in electrophoretic gels.1). There are different dye-binding methods. Table 2. the method is highly protein dependent (Table 2. and precision. as different amino acids and peptides give different colors in the Lowry method. chelators such as EDTA. an accurate determination requires that the amount of hydroxylysine residues per 100 residues in the collagen is known. and denaturing agents such as urea and guanidine hydrochloride cause less interference. The method is compatible with a wide range of buffers/substances.1 Comparison of Useful Range for Methods to Determine Protein Concentration Method Kjeldahl Biuret Lowry Biorad (Coomassie Brilliant Blue) Biorad (Coomassie Brilliant Blue)—micro Bicinchonic acid Absorption at 280 nm Range (μg) 500–30. buffer salts. and one of the most widely used is the Biorad method based on binding of Coomassie Brilliant Blue G (CBBG) [22]. The ability of proteins to bind silver has also been used as a very sensitive method to visualize proteins in gel electrophoresis. however.Peptides and Proteins ◾ 15 have been suggested for the Lowry method. The silver staining methods are 100 times more sensitive than the CBBG staining. Th is method is faster to perform than the Lowry procedure (5 min development compared to 30–45 min). The amount of collagen can be determined by analysis of the hydroxylysine content by the Neuman and Logan method as modified by Leach [23]. the disadvantages are interfering substances and time—compared to some of the dye-binding methods such as the Coomassie Blue methods. Sensitivity is similar to the Lowry procedure. Finally he compares the Lowry method with other methods to determine protein concentration and concludes that the advantages of the Lowry method are simplicity. Use of bicinchonic acid (BCA) was introduced as an easier way to determine protein.000 10–300 20–140 1–20 1–50 100–300 . but detergents. This method is based on the color change taking place when CBBG binds to proteins under acidic conditions. However. The Lowry method determines both proteins. this is often not possible or practical. However. However.

2. For high-pressure systems. Dithiothreitol (DTT) or mercaptoethanol is often added to reduce disulfide bonds. By using standard proteins of known molecular weight. The most commonly used system is that of Laemmli [25]. while larger ones travel a shorter distance. the proteins are separated based on their size and shape (Stokes’ radii). Since SDS is charged. macroporous silica. It is then necessary to have the antibody of the protein that one seeks to quantify. cellulose.7 Peptide Characterization Studying the composition and properties of peptides in seafood is often of interest. These enzymes can convert a colorless substrate to a colored product which can then be detected. which gives one SDS molecule for every two amino acids. The method is very sensitive but requires available antibodies.and medium-pressure chromatography. smaller proteins will travel farther down the gel. The secondary antibody is usually linked to peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase. or inorganic–organic composites are used as support media [1]. spend more time inside the beads and the larger proteins will emerge from the column first.4.16 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 2. Small proteins can enter all the pores in the beads. using gels of polyacrylamide and denaturing the samples by boiling in a solution of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS). The amount of secondary antibody bound is proportional to the amount of the specific protein in the sample. A polyclonal or monoclonal antibody against the protein of interest is then bound to a film through the Fc region of the antibody. porous glass. a standard curve can be made in the same way as for gel chromatography and the weight of the unknown proteins determined. Bovine serum albumin (BSA) is then added to block nonspecific binding sites. 2. Kav = (Ve − V0)/(Vt − V0). cross-linked three-dimensional polymer networks such as agarose. V0 is the void volume of the column. For low. this results in a charged complex where the charge is proportional to the molecular weight of the protein. smaller proteins will. beads are made of open. Many peptides are bioactive and have physiological properties. a second antibody is bound to the protein bound to the primary antibody. Molecular weight can also be determined by electrophoresis. polyacrylamide.5 Immunoassays The amount of a specific protein in a mixture can be determined by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA). on the average. SDS binds to proteins in a weight ratio of 1:1.6 Electrophoresis-Based Methods The molecular weight of proteins and peptides is often of interest and this can be determined by several different methods. and Vt is the total volume of the column. How a certain protein behaves in a gel filtration column can be described by the coefficient Kav which defines the proportion of pores that are accessible to that molecule. such as immunostimulating or antihypertensive . After washing. The denatured proteins are applied to the gel and an electric current is applied. and combinations of these. a standard curve can be made allowing determination of the molecular weight distribution in a protein mixture. As the protein solution moves down the column. while larger proteins can only enter the largest pores. dextrans. In native gel filtration chromatography. for instance after enzymatic hydrolysis of proteins or during processing and storage of seafood. The proteins will migrate based on their size. where Ve is the elution volume of the molecule. causing the negatively charged proteins to migrate across the gel toward the anode. By using markers of known molecular weight. One of the most commonly used methods is SDS-PAGE.

One of these is the determination of free amino groups after reaction with trinitrobenzene-sulfonic acid (TNBS) [26]. nutritional. Bauchart and coworkers [29] studied the peptides in rainbow trout using precipitation with perchloric acid followed by electrophoresis and MS-analysis in order to study proteolytic degradation. or trichloroacetic acid can be used [28]. Studying the peptide fraction can give a lot of useful information as peptides may have several functions in the food. and changes in these properties may be due to other factors. and water-holding capacity.33] and reduction in SH-groups. In addition to lipids and pigments. Precipitation of the proteins makes it possible to study peptides which are found in lower concentrations using different chromatographic methods such as LC–MS or electrophoretic methods. For characterization of mixtures of peptides. For determination of the amount of peptides below a certain chain length. 2. The peptides may also give valuable information about the quality of the food. The amount of peptides soluble in different concentrations of ethanol was found to be dependent on the chain length as well as on the hydrophobicity of the peptides. muscle proteins are also vulnerable to oxidative attack during processing and storage of muscle foods [30]. selective precipitation using ethanol. gelling and emulsification properties. including gelation. the most used are determination of formation of carbonyl groups [32. especially after enzymatic degradation/ hydrolysis. Oxidation can occur at both the protein backbone and on the amino acid side chains. changes take place in the proteins and it is often of interest to quantify these changes. and formation of aggregates. emulsification. this is spectrophotometric method determining the amount of the chromophore formed when TNBS reacts with primary amines. Several methods to determine this value exist. The content of sulfhydryl groups can be determined using DTNB by the method of [34] with the modification of [35]. Oxidation of protein side chains can give rise to unfolding and conformational changes in protein and also to dimerization or aggregation [31]. The measurement shows the number of specific peptide bonds broken in hydrolysis as a percent of the total number of peptide bonds present in the intact protein. Formaldehyde reacts with unprotonated primary amine groups resulting in loss of protons.8 Protein Modifications During storage and processing of marine raw materials. Changes in proteins during storage and processing will often result in changes in the functional properties of the proteins. The amount of liberated protons can be determined by titration. Mass spectroscopy can be used to determine the molecular mass of the peptides. such as provide information about the enzymes that are active during storage. Oxidative modification often leads to alterations in the functional. In addition oxidation can be measured as loss of functional properties such as loss of solubility.Peptides and Proteins ◾ 17 properties. However. Formation of dityrosine is also used to determine the degree of protein oxidation. and sensory properties of the muscle proteins. viscosity. these properties are not only dependent on the oxidation state of the proteins. the term degree of hydrolysis describes the extent to which peptide bonds are broken by the enzymatic hydrolysis reaction. and by using tandem mass spectroscopy detailed information of the structure of the peptides can be found. One much used definition of functional properties is this: Those physical and chemical properties that influence the behavior of proteins in food systems during . The reaction takes place under slightly alkaline conditions and is stopped by lowering the pH in the solution. Another widely used method is the determination of free amino groups after titration with formaldehyde [27]. and can result in major physical changes in protein structure ranging from fragmentation of the backbone to oxidation of the side chains. loss of water-holding capacity. methanol. Several methods are used to determine protein oxidation. solubility.

Functional properties can be divided in several groups. et al.25 and Jones’ factors. shape. Journal of Food Quality. Anderson. Methods for processing and utilization of low cost fishes: A critical appraisal. and P. T. L. hydrophilicity. Isaksson.18 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis processing. R. Haard. V. moisture and protein in salmon fillets by use of near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. Journal of Fisheries Research Board Of Canada. N. M. Control of chemical composition and food quality attributes of cultured fish. 13. elasticity. W. 9. 1995.A.. amino acid composition and sequence. 10. or interaction with other food constituents. storage. 463. Food Research International. Innovative uses of near-infrared spectroscopy in food processing.K. et al..M. temperature. Bock. O. . Owusu-Apenten. and quaternary). F. Iced storage of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)—Effects on endogenous enzymes and their impact on muscle proteins and texture. It is therefore difficult to compare results from different laboratories. Ravesi. Fennema. p. 2004. 2008. and biological values are sometimes included in the functional properties.J. Hultmann. T. 2006. Methods to determine functional properties are often developed for a particular use in a specific food system resulting in a vast number of different methods. 7. and F. 8. 5. Journal of Food Science. Rustad. Ed. 3.. net charge.P. 51: 1173–1179. 1995. Venugopal. Mariotti.. Uddin. aggregation. hydrogen. New York: Marcel Dekker.. tertiary. 1995. Food Protein Analysis: Quantitative Eff ects on Processing. whippability). D. solubility. Hultin. and H. References 1. Analytical chemistry. 1996. Value added products from underutilised fish species. 87: 31–41. 48: 177–184.. M. 879–942. 5: 215–234. formation of protein–lipid films. 25: 289–307.E.. Mirand. and T. molecular flexibility/rigidity in response to external environment (pH. and E. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 6. and gelation). 2002. 1979. Marcel Dekker: New York. Characteristics of edible muscle tissue.C. 96: 491–495.K. Shahidi. sensory. It is usual to classify them according to mechanism of action into three main groups: (1) properties related with hydration (absorption of water/oil. thickening. Time–temperature tolerance and physical-chemical quality tests for frozen Red Hake. Nondestructive determination of water and protein in surimi by near-infrared spectroscopy.J. et al. Licciardello.. Automatic methods for the simultaneous determination of carbon. wettability). Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition. and (3) properties related with the protein surface (emulsifying and foaming activities. and consumption [36]. hydrophobicity. structures (secondary. 35: 431–435. Non-destructive determination of fat. 1992. 1982. A description of the properties of the proteins important for functional properties was given by Damodaran [37]: The physicochemical properties that influence functional behavior of proteins in food include their size. Converting nitrogen into protein—Beyond 6. 25: 2025–2069. Food Chemistry. in Food Chemistry. Connelly. distribution. Venugopal. 2. salt concentration). Nutritional... 12. 1968. 69: 95–100. and R. Relation between protein extractability and free fatty acid production in cod muscle aged in ice. V. 4. Lanier. 11. adhesiveness. J. (2) properties related with the protein structure and rheological characteristics (viscosity. cooking. sulphur and sulphur alone in organic and inorganic materials. Foegeding. 2008. Journal of Food Science & Nutrition. J. 73: R91–R98.R. pp. The book edited by Hall [38] gives a good overview of methods to determine protein functionality.L. Journal of Food Science & Technology. Kirsten. E.F. Tome. Food Chemistry. 32: 1–12.

Review of the Folin Phenol protein quantitation method of Lowry. 1959. Biochemistry Journal. E. in Dep. 34. Rosebrough. Damodaran and A. On the solubility of cod muscle proteins in water.. Comparative Biochemistry & Physiology. U. Fisheries Science. Bauchart.) and subsequent changes in solubility during storage on ice. Choe. Protein and lipid oxidation during frozen storage of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). Min. 35. Journal of Biological Chemistry.A. VCH: New York. 62: 197–200.P. Lithium chloride as a preferred extractant of fish muscle proteins. Analytical Biochemistry... W. Eds. 72: 248–254.O.M. Baron.. 19. Gomez-Guillen. Taylor. 1981. Protein measurement with the Folin phenol reagent. Martinez-Alvarez.C. 1979. Sompongse. 1998. Kinsella. S. Leach. Norges Tekniske høgskole: Trondheim. 2007. Formol titration: An evaluation of its various modifications. 36. Collagen content in farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L.. Stefansson. S.K. et al.H. K. Davies. G. in Food Proteins: Properties and Characterization. 82: 488–498.. C.: New York. Adler-Nissen. 1988. 33. 16. H. K.O. Effect of brine salting at different pHs on the functional properties of cod muscle proteins after subsequent dry salting. and M.. Rohm. and H. 265. 1976.. G.Y.K. International Dairy Journal. 227: 680–685... p. U. 1951. Notes on a modification of the Neuman & Logan method for the determination of the hydroxyproline. 175. 90B: 155–158. Mechanisms and factors for edible oil oxidation. 6: 1069–1077. 2005. Effect of Cryoprotectants and a reducing reagent on the stability of actomyosin during ice storage. Lowry. 1976.. Farr and Randall. 100: 1566–1572. Y. 1970. and H.L. 1–24. Andersen. A review. 2006. 100: 201–220. 1994. C. Food Proteins: An Overview. 1703: 93–109. in Food Proteins and their applications. 50: 3887–3897. 82: 70–78.. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Ellman. pp.. Muskelcellehylsteret hos torsk: Ultrastruktur og biokjemi.. Food Chemistry. Peterson. Journal of Food Science. 1996.L. The oxidative environment and protein damage. 1997.M. S. 28. 1991. Bradford. Laemmli. Nakai and H.. 15. et al. O. Analyst. 29. 94: 123–129. 20. and H.J. et al. K. 7: 219–280. 27. Eckhoff.E. Isolation of types I and V collagen from carp muscle. .D. et al.. W. Ed. 27(6): 1256–1262. Peptides in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) muscle subjected to ice storage and cooking.. Eds. 30. Determination of the degree of hydrolysis of food protein hydrolysates by trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid. 193: 265–275. Cleavage and structural proteins during assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. 74: 70–71. Almås. Damodaran. J. Yada.. Modler. et al. Methods for Testing Protein Functionality. Inc. Archives in Biochemistry & Biophysics. S. 24.M. 38. 37. 55: 8118–8125. 22. Hall. 25. A rapid and sensitive method for the determination of microgram quantities of protein utilizing the principle of protein-dye binding. Biochimica Biophysica Acta. Sato. G. 62: 73–79. Analytical Biochemitry.. Paraf. 32. G..B. 1996. Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food Safety. et al. Kelleher. 26. 23. et al. Hultin. M.A. Myoglobin-induced lipid oxidation.Peptides and Proteins ◾ 19 14... Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. 17. 2002. Baron. J. Hultin.H. Food Chemistry. 56: 315–317. Functional properties of food proteins: A review. and D. p. Obtake. 1996. Blackie Academic and Professional: London.W. R. Itoh. Marcel Dekker.. 5: 169–186. 21. C. 31. 18. 1996. 2006. A.P. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. 2007. M. Food Chemistry. Nature. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Tissue sulfhydryl groups. 1979. CRC Critical Reviews Food Science & Nutrition. 1957.J.. Technicla Biochemistry. 42: 2656–2664. O. Comparison of ethanol and trichloracetic acid fractionation for measurement of proteolysis in Emmental cheese. 1960. and A. Analysis: Quantitation and physical characterization.

.

......2 Muscle Proteomes ......................2. 27 3....1.................................................1 Sample Extraction and Cleanup ...............................2 Quality Involution .............................................................3 Equilibration ............1 Introduction ......................1 Development ............................... 24 3.....................................2.............................................3...... 22 3........................1 Protein Autolysis and Oxidation during Storage and Processing ..........2..............2.....2........................................................................31 3...... 24 3..........3 Applications of 2DE in Seafood Analysis ........................................................2................................................................................................................................................................. 28 3...............................4 Second-Dimension Electrophoresis ......2....................................25 3....................................... 28 3..2.2........................35 21 .......................2 Aquaculture and Antemortem Effects on Quality and Processability ..........................25 3.2.........3..............3......................................... 22 3..................................................2...................31 3.........3 The Degradome ................ 27 3.......................................................................2.......6 Analysis ...................2....................................... 32 3..........3..............................................Chapter 3 Proteomics Hólmfríður Sveinsdóttir.....3.. 22 3...........35 References .................2 Basic 2DE Methods Overview ...............................2........................................2.... Ágústa Guðmundsdóttir.............................2 First-Dimension Electrophoresis .............................................1..2......... 34 3..........................33 3................ 28 3........... 22 3.......1 Sample Matrix Considerations .........................................25 3..........................1.....2..................... 32 3.....3 Protein Identification by Peptide Mass Fingerprinting .............................................................................................2.................................5 Staining ..3 Species Authentication ................2............................................... 34 Acknowledgments ...2.....................1 Whole Larval Proteomes..........3................4 Allergen Identification ...................................................2 Proteome Analysis by 2DE ... and Oddur Vilhelmsson Contents 3.........................

Proteome analysis allows us to examine the effects of environmental factors on larval global protein expression.12 kidney. This is especially true of fish and meat. that proteome analysis.12. where the bulk of the food matrix is constructed from proteins. 3. the “classic” process of two-dimensional (2D) gel polyacrylamide electrophoresis (2DE) followed by protein identification via peptide mass fingerprinting of trypsin digests (Figure 3. 3. or with the human immune system after consumption.1 Sample Matrix Considerations Unlike the genome. 3. the cornerstone of most proteomics research. largely because of its high resolution. based on liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC–MS/MS).2 Proteome Analysis by 2DE 2DE. is a tool that can be of great value to the food scientist.12. and low survival rate.1 Whole Larval Proteomes The production of good quality larvae is still a challenge in marine fish hatcheries. then. or even thousands. both on the cellular and tissue-wide levels. gel-free methods. . In the following sections.6–8 liver. is regulated and brought about by proteins. we present some issues and challenges related to sample matrices of particular interest to the seafood scientist. succinctly defined as “the study of the entire proteome or a subset thereof”1 is currently a highly active field possessing a wide spectrum of analytical methods that continue to be developed at a brisk pace. of proteins on a 2D polyacrylamide slab gel.2.14–18 gill.2. quality involution within the product before.9–11 heart. Proteomics. the construction of the food matrix. foodstuffs are in large part made up of proteins.2 surface-enhanced laser desorption/ionization3 or protein arrays. the proteome varies from tissue to tissue. for example. as well as with time and in response to environmental stimuli. and after processing or storage. is the simultaneous separation of hundreds. growth depression.4 hold great promise and are deserving of discussion in their own right.12 and rectal gland12 have been reported. This chapter will therefore focus on 2DE. Like other vertebrates. The method most commonly used was originally developed by Patrick O’Farrell and is described in his seminal and thorough 1975 paper5 and briefly outlined.22 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3. the interactions of proteins with one another or with other food components. also known as proteomics.1) remains the workhorse of most proteomics work.13 skeletal muscle. Studies on whole larvae. and mass accuracy. in the following sections.1. fish possess a number of tissues amenable to 2DE-based proteome analysis. along with some of the main improvements that have developed since. Selection of tissues for protein extraction is therefore an important issue that needs to be considered before a seafood proteomic study is embarked upon. Several environmental factors can interfere with the protein expression of larvae leading to poor larval quality like malformations.19 intestine. during. It stands to reason. giving valuable insight into the composition of the raw materials. While high-throughput.12 brain. simplicity.1 Introduction As with all living matter. Furthermore.

22 Three of these publications have focused on the whole larval proteomes in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua)6. it is excised from the gel.23 This is reflected in our studies on whole cod larval proteome. First. cytoskeletal . The axial musculature is the largest tissue in larval fishes as it constitutes approximately 40% of their body mass. there are several drawbacks when working with the whole larval proteome. such as the gastrointestinal tract or the central nervous system. peptides can be dissociated into smaller fragment and small partial sequences obtained by MS/MS.21. subjected to degradation by trypsin (or other suitable protease) and the resulting peptides analyzed by mass spectrometry.Proteomics ◾ 23 2D PAGE Trypsin digestion MS fingerprinting MS/MS sequencing Figure 3.22 Also. Once a protein of interest has been identified. In many cases this is sufficient for identification purposes.7 These studies provided protocols for the production of high-resolution 2D gels.7. like the overwhelming presence of muscle and skin proteins.22 The advantage of working with whole larvae versus distinct tissues is the ease of keeping the sample handling to a minimum in order to avoid loss or modification of the proteins.6. a protein extract (crude or fractionated) from the tissue of choice is subjected to 2D PAGE. posttranslational modifications and redistribution of specific proteins within cells. but if needed. Peptide mass mapping using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-time of flight (MALDI-TOF) mass spectrometry was performed only on the cod larval proteins.1 An overview over the “classic approach” in proteomics. Only a few proteome analysis studies on fish larvae have been published. These proteins may mask subtle changes in proteins expressed in other tissues or systems.6. See text for further details.22 and zebrafish (Danio rerio). allowing identification of ca. Nevertheless. yielding a peptide mass fingerprint. where the majority of the highly abundant proteins were identified as muscle proteins.6.20 all important information for controlling factors influencing the aptitude to continue a normal development until adult stages. 85% of the of the selected protein spots.

45. has profound implications for quality and processability of the fish flesh. fish skeletal muscle is the main component.44 It seems likely that the manner.25. protein turnover is a major regulatory engine of cellular structure. Protein turnover systems.26 3.43 The 20S proteasome has been found to have a role in regulating the efficiency with which rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) deposit protein. it may also result in a loss of other proteins. The fish muscle proteome is therefore likely to be of comparatively high interest to the seafood scientist. No amplification method analogous to PCR exists for proteins.2. are suitable for rigorous investigation using proteomic methods.29. Various strategies have been presented for the removal of highly abundant proteins24 or enrichment of lowabundant proteins. Cellular protein turnover involves at least two major systems: the lysosomal system and the ubiquitin–proteasome system.5 The remaining option. For example. as it will give rise to overloading artifacts in the gels.34–41 3.30 preparative isoelectrofocusing31 or solubility in the presence of various detergents32 or chaotropes33 have been described. which include most regulatory proteins and many important metabolic enzymes. such as the ubiquitin–proteasome or the lysosome systems. and simply increasing the amount of sample is usually not an option. Swamping of low-abundance spots by highly abundant ones may not be a problem for applications relating specifically to structural proteins. preventing identification of holistic alterations in the analyzed proteomes. lysosomes can be isolated and the lysosome subproteome queried to answer the question whether and to what extent lysosome composition varies among fish expected to yield flesh of different quality characteristics. in which protein deposition is regulated. Structural proteins. such as those associated with individual organelles or cell compartments28 or by protein biochemical methods such as affi nity chromatography. function.1. allowing a larger sample of the remaining proteins to be analyzed.46 An exploitable property of proteasome-mediated protein degradation is the phenomenon of polyubiquitination. but for other applications low-abundance proteins.1. such as actin and tubulin. as many textural and other quality factors of muscle foods are related to proteolytic activity in the muscle tissue before. during and after processing. Proteomic analysis on lysosomes has been successfully performed in mammalian (human) systems. However. Fractionation methods for a variety of sample matrices have been reviewed recently.2. is fractionation of the protein sample in order to weed out the high-abundance proteins. An unfractionated 2DE map of the muscle proteome therefore tends to be dominated by comparatively few high-abundance protein spots. whereby proteins are targeted for destruction by the proteasome by covalent . A myriad of methods suitable for subsequent 2DE exist for fractionating the proteome into defined subproteomes. and biochemistry.42.3 The Degradome The degradome may be a subproteome of particular interest to the food scientist. particularly in muscle tissue. Removal of those proteins may increase detection of other proteins present at low concentrations. In addition to having a hand in controlling autolysis determinants. are particularly abundant in the skeletal muscle proteome. then. rendering analysis of low-abundance proteins difficult or impossible.24 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis proteins were prominent among the identified proteins. are of keen interest.2 Muscle Proteomes In most seafood products.

0. such as Coomassie blue.47 By targeting these ubiquitin-labeled proteins.22 and Arctic charr (Salvelinus alpinus) liver.3% (w/v) DTT [dithiothreitol]. Although a number of refinements have been made to 2DE since O’Farrell’s paper.51 the procedure remains essentially as outlined earlier. 3. The tube gel is then transferred onto a polyacrylamide slab gel and the isoelectrically focused proteins are further separated according to their molecular mass by conventional sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE).58 Thorough homogenization is essential to ensure complete and reproducible extraction of the proteome. sample treatment prior to electrophoresis should be minimal in order to minimize in-sample proteolysis and other sources of experimental artifacts. The map can be visualized and individual proteins quantified by radiolabeling or by using any of a host of protein dyes and stains. a general protocol is outlined briefly with some notes of special relevance to the seafood scientist. In the following sections. Ready-made IPG strips are currently available in a variety of linear and . This separates the proteins according to their molecular charge. such as that of the matrix metalloproteases. These strips consist of a dried IPG-containing polyacrylamide gel on a plastic backing. 3..Proteomics ◾ 25 binding to multiple copies of ubiquitin.2 Basic 2DE Methods Overview O’Farrell’s original 2DE method first applies a process called isoelectric focusing (IEF).2. silver stains. where an electric field is applied to a tube gel on which the protein sample and carrier ampholytes have been deposited. Activity of matrix metalloproteases is regulated via a complex network of specific proteases. it is possible to observe the ubiquitin–proteasome “degradome. For more detailed. up-to-date protocols.43.2 Some proteolysis systems.2.2. 0. 2 M thiourea. most notably the introduction of immobilized pH gradients (IPGs) for IEF. Gygi and coworkers have developed methods to study the ubiquitin–proteasome degradome in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae using multidimensional LC–MS/MS. yielding a two-dimensional map (Figure 3. 4% (w/v) CHAPS [3-(3-chloramidopropyl)dimethylamino-1-propanesulfonate]. and how they vary with environmental or dietary variables.5% Pharmalyte ampholytes for the appropriate pH range) supplemented with a protease inhibitor cocktail to give good results for proteome extraction from whole Atlantic cod larvae6. which proteins are being degraded by the proteasome at a given time or under given conditions. which is most conveniently performed using commercial dry IPG gel strips.2.52–57 3. may be less directly amenable to proteomic study.2) rather than the familiar banding pattern observed in one-dimensional (1D) SDS-PAGE. Cleanup of samples using commercial 2D sample cleanup kits may be beneficial for some sample types.2 First-Dimension Electrophoresis The extracted proteins are first separated by IEF. or fluorescent dyes.2.” i.e.1 Sample Extraction and Cleanup For most applications. may be more conveniently carried out using transcriptomic methods. the reader is referred to any of a number of excellent reviews and laboratory manuals. We have found direct extraction into the gel reswelling buffer (7 M urea.48–50 Monitoring of the expression levels of these regulatory enzymes.

000–30. Application of a low voltage current may speed up the reswelling process. but also on .500 V. pH 3–10) are commonly used for whole-proteome analysis of tissue samples.2. the starting voltage is about 150 V. Narrow-range strips also allow for higher sample loads (since part of the sample will run off the gel) and thus may yield improved detection of low-abundance proteins. the dried gel needs to be reswelled to its original volume. usually totaling about 10. The proteins are separated according to their pI in the horizontal dimension and according to their mass in the vertical dimension.. but for many applications narrow-range and/or sigmoidal IPG strips may be more appropriate as these will give a better resolution of proteins in the fairly crowded pI 4–7 range. IEF is normally performed for several hours at high voltage and low current. Isoelectrofocusing was by pH 4–7 IPG strip and the second dimension was in a 12% polyacrylamide slab gel. Optimal conditions for reswelling are normally provided by the IPG strip manufacturer.000 Vh. Before electrophoresis.g.2. although this will depend on the IPG gradient and the length of the strip. sigmoidal pH ranges. Broad-range linear strips (e. The appropriate IEF protocol will depend not only on the sample and IPG strip. extraction directly into the reswelling buffer is recommended. Typically. morhua) larval proteins with pI between 4 and 7 and molecular mass about 10–100 kDa. If the protein sample is to be applied during the reswelling process. Reswelling is normally performed overnight at 4°C.1.2 A 2DE protein map of whole Atlantic cod (G.26 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis MW (kDa) 60 42 30 22 17 4 5 pl 6 7 Figure 3. A recipe for a typical reswelling buffer is presented in Section 3. which is then increased stepwise to about 3. This method is thus suitable for most 2DE applications and has all but completely replaced the older and less reproducible method of IEF by carrier ampholytes in tube gels.

avoiding trapping air bubbles. A second equilibration step in the presence of 2. remains the most popular one. 6 M urea. Care must be taken that the (+) end of the strip is on the same side of all slab gels. This is best performed using a dentist’s tool or other appropriate implement. 3. but for most applications gradient gels or gels of about 10% or 12% polyacrylamide are appropriate.2. During the equilibration step. taking care to put the pressure on the IPG strip’s plastic backing rather than the gel itself.61 using glycine as the trailing ion and the same buffer (25 mM Tris. The gel is run at a constant current of 25 mA until the bromophenol blue dye front has reached the bottom of the gel.2. 1% DTT.56 reviewed IEF for 2DE applications.60 the Laemmli method.3) and cemented in place using a molten agarose solution.Proteomics ◾ 27 the equipment used. trace amount of bromophenol blue.8.2. 30% glycerol. . While some reviewers recommend alternative buffer systems.2.1% SDS) at both electrodes. 2% SDS.59 3. The manufacturer’s instructions should be followed. Figure 3.4 Second-Dimension Electrophoresis Once the gel strip has been equilibrated. A tracking dye for the second electrophoresis step is also normally added at this point. 0. Görg et al. 192 mM glycine. thus reducing vertical streaking. Ready-made gels suitable for analytical 2DE are available commercially. A typical equilibrationbuffer recipe is as follows: 50 mM Tris–HCl at pH 8.3 Orientation and placement of an isoelectrofocused IPG strip onto the top of the second-dimension gel. the SDS–polypeptide complex that affords protein-size-based separation will form and the reducing agent will preserve the reduced state of the proteins. it needs to be equilibrated for 30–45 min in a buffer-containing SDS and a reducing agent such as DTT. Optimal pore size depends on the size of the target proteins. This will alkylate thiol groups and prevent their reoxidation during electrophoresis. and that the strip is pressed gently onto the SDS gel.5% iodoacetamide and without DTT (otherwise identical buffer) may be required for some applications. it is applied to the top edge of an SDS-PAGE slab gel (Figure 3. that the gel side of the IPG strip faces the notched side of the glass plate.3 Equilibration Before the isoelectrofocused gel strip can be applied to the second-dimension slab gel.

2.62 3. Multiple staining with dyes fluorescing at different wavelengths offers the possibility of differential display allowing more than one proteome to be compared on the same gel.63 In particular. followed by staining for several days in 0.1% Coomassie Blue G-250/17% ammonium sulfate/34% methanol/2% ortho-phosphoric acid. Also. has improved by leaps and bounds in recent years. .68 where peptides are suspended in a matrix of small.64 These difficulties arise from several sources of variation among individual gels. Multivariate analysis has been successfully used by several investigators in recent years. organic. such as protein load variability due to varying IPG strip reswelling or protein transfer from strip to slab gel. commercially available colloidal Coomassie staining kits that do not require fi xation or destaining. A typical staining procedure includes fi xing the gel for several hours in 50% ethanol/2% ortho-phosphoric acid.28 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3. These multiple sources of variation has led some investigators63–65 to cast doubt on the suitability of univariate tests. PDQuest (BioRad). however. such as ImageMaster (Amersham). These include radiolabeling. spot matching between gels tends to be time-consuming and has proved difficult to automate. Briefly. Pooling samples may also be an option and this depends on the type of experiment. analysis of the 2DE gel image. and the resulting peptide mixture is analyzed by mass spectrometry. digested with trypsin (or another suitable protease). such as the SYPRO or Cy series of dyes.6 Analysis Although commercial 2DE image analysis software. The most popular mass spectrometry method is MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry.65–67 3.2. A great many alternative visualization methods are available. including protein spot definition. and therefore individual variation is a major concern and needs to be accounted for in any statistical treatment of the data. matching. Patton published a detailed review of visualization techniques for proteomics. or Progenesis (Nonlinear Dynamics). and staining with fluorescent dyes. There are. such as with [35S] methionine. commonly used to assess the significance of observed protein expression differences.5-dihydroxybenzoic acid) followed by ionization by a laser at the excitation wavelength of the matrix molecules and acceleration of the ionized peptides in an electrostatic field into a flight tube where the time of flight of each peptide is measured and this gives its expected mass. and individual protein quantification. many of which are more sensitive than colloidal Coomassie and thus may be more suitable for applications where the visualization of low-abundance proteins is important. followed by incubation for 1 h in 17% ammonium sulfate/34% methanol/2% ortho-phosphoric acid. such as Student’s t-test. such as in difference gel electrophoresis (DIGE).3 Protein Identification by Peptide Mass Fingerprinting Identification of proteins on 2DE gels is most commonly achieved via mass spectrometry of trypsin digests. the spot of interest is excised from the gel.5 Staining Visualization of proteins spots is commonly achieved through staining with colloidal Coomassie Blue G-250 due to its low cost and ease of use. remains the bottleneck of 2DE-based proteome analysis and still requires a substantial amount of subjective input by the investigator. UV-absorbing molecules (such as 2.2.2. gene expression in several tissues varies considerably among the individuals of the same species. followed by several 30 min washing steps in water.2. and followed by destaining for several hours in water.

4 A trypsin digest mass spectrometry fingerprint of an Atlantic cod larval protein spot.54 70 1960. that an identity obtained in this manner is less reliable than that obtained through protein sequences and should be regarded only as tentative in the absence of corroborating evidence (such as 2D immunoblots. Martin et al.90 1822.86 1028. 2506.8 1652.35 1621.63 1258.61 1272.43 .54 50 40 1287. which in many cases is more extensive than the protein sequences available.70 1697.69 1659.06 1575. to obtain a tentative identity.50 20 10 0 741.56 1974.6 Mass (m/z) 2108.71 100 90 80  Intensity 1061. this problem is surprisingly acute for species of commercial importance. In those cases where both the protein and nucleotide databases yielded results. many with a web-based open-access interface.4) is then used for protein identification by searching against expected peptide masses calculated from data in protein sequence databases. identified as b-2 tubulin. therefore. In their work on the rainbow trout liver proteome.00 1196. Several programs are available.org/tools) contains links to most of the available software for protein identification and several other tools. How useful this method is will depend on the length and quality of the available nucleotide sequences.Proteomics ◾ 29 842.9 were able to attain an identification rate of about 80% using a combination of search algorithms that included the open-access Mascot program69 and a licensed version of Protein Prospector MS-Fit70 by searching against both protein databases and a database containing all salmonid nucleotide sequences.4 2212.0 1229. or transcript abundance). It is important to realize.36 2564.07 1131. excluded from the analysis.60 Peptides identified as those derived from Atlantic cod β-tubulin Trypsin autolysis peaks 1159. The resulting spectrum of peptide masses (Figure 3. however.96 60 870. correlated activity measurements.50 30 856. The open markers indicate mass peaks corresponding to trypsin self-digestion products and were.10 and Vilhelmsson et al. To circumvent this problem.25 Figure 3.98 1886.1. The ExPASy Tools web site (http://www. such as the National Centre for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) nonredundant protein sequences database.51 1040.2 2798. it is possible to take advantage of the available nucleotide sequences. The solid markers indicate the peaks that were found to correspond to expected b-2 tubulin peptides.expasy. 100% agreement was observed between the two methods. As can be seen in Table 3.801616. Attaining a high identification rate is problematic in fish and seafood proteomics due to the relative paucity of available protein sequence data for these animals. using the appropriate software.

and wolffish) Pleuronectiformes (flatfishes.380 898.063 3.798 81.158 20. cod.845 999.007 911 303 18. saithe.381 45.287 8.424 2.845 10. 2008 Protein Sequences Nucleotide Sequences Actinopterygii (Ray-Finned Fishes) Anguilliformes (eels and morays) Clupeiformes (herrings) Cypriniformes (carps) Siluriformes (catfishes) Salmoniformes (salmons and trout) Gadiformes (cod-likes.933 3. sole.006 121.344 5. whelks and abalone) Cephalopoda (squid and octopi) 32. and plaice) Zeiformes (dories) Scorpaeniformes (scorpionfishes.1 Families of Some Commercially Important Seafood Species and the Availability of Protein and Nucleotide Sequence Data as of March 27.489 130.210 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) Carcharhiniformes (ground sharks and dogfishes) Lamniformes (mackrel sharks) Rajiformes (skates and rays) 3.442 237 2.245 2.751 Crustacea (Crustaceans) Caridea (shrimps.008 Mollusca (Mollusks) Bivalvia (mussels. sea bass.30 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 3. scallops.353 287 170.122 268 26.208 2. monkfish) Perciformes (perch-likes.864 47. redfish and lumpfishes) 185. incl.592 735 179 585 768.203 467.871 32.138 36. halibut. incl.680 1.237 2.762 726.782. turbot. haddock.086 2. incl.585 1. etc.284 2.557 .533 1. sea bream. etc.) Gastropoda (incl. tuna.656 2. incl.) Astacidea (lobsters and crayfishes) Brachyura (short-tailed crabs) 21.407 84. mackrel.626 138 16.046. and pollock) Lophiiformes (anglerfishes. incl.896 3.

94 Proteome analysis provides valuable information on the variations that occur within the proteome of organisms.85 wheat flour baking quality factors. cytoskeleton. or redistribution of specific proteins within cells.95 resulting in different expression of proteins. if rather more time-consuming. for example.77 Damodaran et al. have gained considerable momentum. In the peptide mass fingerprinting discussed earlier.3 Applications of 2DE in Seafood Analysis The two-dimensional electrophoresis has been in use within food science for at least two decades. way of obtaining protein identities is by direct sequence comparison. and adult) during their life span that coincide with changes in the morphology.79 Rappsilber et al. Early studies focused on relatively small. improved reproducibility and resolving power of electrophoretic separation techniques.72 Today. posttranslational modifications..82 Lin et al. clearly defined subproteomes and included such applications as the characterization of bovine caseins.. by Yates. Until recently..23.93 This is reflected in the variations of global protein expression and posttranslational modifications of the proteins that may cause alterations in protein function.Proteomics ◾ 31 A more direct.3.86 and soybean protein bodies. 3. Recent studies on global protein expression during early developmental stages of zebrafish7 and Atlantic cod6 revealed that distinctive protein profiles characterize the developmental stages of these fishes even though abundant proteins are largely conserved during the experimental period. The larger the mass (and longer the sequence). and development.76 Nyman. for example. In MS/MS one or several peptides are separated from the mixture and dissociated into fragments that are then subjected to a second round of mass spectrometry.89 A brief discussion of a few emerging areas within fish and seafood proteomics is given as follows. Furthermore. this was accomplished by N-terminal or internal (after proteolysis) sequencing by the Edman degradation of eluted or electroblotted protein spots.88. In both these studies. the method of choice is tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS).87 With the lower cost. when combined with the peptide and fragment masses obtained. and vastly superior protein spot identification techniques. as well as in aquaculture. enhances the specificity of the method even further. Proteome analyses in developing organisms have shown that many . and nucleus.83 and Delahunty and Yates. the identified proteins consisted mainly of proteins located in the cytosol.73–75 Mass spectrometry methods in proteomics have been reviewed. the higher the number of possible combinations.71. fish physiology.90–92 The morphological and physiological changes that occur during these developmental stages are characterized by differential cellular and organelle functions.80 Mo and Karger. reflect a response to biological perturbations or external stimuli9–11. Correlating this spectrum with the candidate peptides identified in the first round narrows down the number of candidates. These variations may. yielding a second layer of information.81 Gygi and Aebersold. physiology..84 3.78 Thiede et al. larva. each peptide mass can potentially represent any of a large number of possible amino acid sequence combinations. several short stretches of amino acid sequence will be obtained for each peptide. and behavior of the fish.1 Development Fishes go through different developmental stages (embryo. which.20 To date few studies on fish development exist in which proteome analysis techniques have been applied. proteomic investigations on fish and seafood products.

developmental stage specific muscle protein isoforms have gained a special attention. Thus.21. Furthermore. the embryos fall out of their chorions facilitating the removal of the yolk. where differences are expected to occur in the number. In a recent study on the proteome of embryonic zebrafish.109. in the common sole 2DE revealed two isoforms (larval and adult) of myosin light chain 2 and likewise in dorada larval and adult isoforms of troponin I were sequentially expressed during development.102 common sole (Solea solea). These interfere with any proteomic application that intends to target the cells of the embryo proper.3. whether they be encoded in structural genes or brought about by posttranslational modification. For example. many of which are correlated with specific textural properties in seafood products. be distinguished on 2DE gels.108 3.99.94. a large number of yolk proteins remained prominently present in the embryonic protein profiles. and pI of the protein present in a tissue. fermentation. are among persistent quality problems in the seafood industry and have deleterious effects on fish flesh texture. Proteomic techniques have thus been shown to be applicable for investigating cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in the morphological and physiological changes that occur during fish development.88.3. The major obstacle on the use of proteomics in embryonic fish has been the high proportion of yolk proteins. are well suited for investigation using 2DE-based proteomics.1 Protein Autolysis and Oxidation during Storage and Processing The specifics of fish muscle protein autolysis during storage and processing still remain in large part to be elucidated. such as curing. therefore. Studies on various proteins have shown that during fish development sequential synthesis of different isoforms appear successively. specific isoforms of myofibrillar proteins. The success in the removal of yolk proteins by Link et al. and production of surimi and conserves occur under conditions conducive to endogenous proteolysis.21 and dorada (Brycon moorei). Link et al.32 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis of the identified proteins have multiple isoforms96 that reflect either different gene products97 or posttranslationally modified forms of these proteins.8.99–107 The developmental changes in the composition of muscle protein isoforms have been tracked by proteome analysis in African catfish (Heterobranchus longifilis). usually have different molecular weight or pI and can.27 is probably due to dechorionation prior to the deyolking of the embryos. It is also worth noting that protein isoforms other than proteolytic ones. several commercially important fish muscle processing techniques. molecular mass.98 Different isoforms generated by posttranslational modifications are largely overlooked by studies based on RNA expression.113 .2.110 Problems of this kind. can be observed using 2DE or other proteomic methods.2 Quality Involution Degradation of proteins during chilled storage.8.7 Despite this undertaking.21. the embryos were deyolked to enrich the pool of embryonic proteins and to minimize ions and lipids found in the yolk prior to 2D gel analysis.99–107 In this context. and their oxidation during frozen storage. By dechorionation.111 3. This fact further indicates the importance of the proteome approach to understand cellular mechanisms that underlie fish development. although degradation of myofibrillar proteins by calpains and cathepsins112.27 published a method to efficiently remove the yolk from large batches of embryos without losing cellular proteins.101 These studies demonstrated that the muscle shows the usual sequential synthesis of protein isoforms in the course of development.

and NADPH metabolism.17 used 2DE. 3. Furthermore. With the ever increasing resolving power of molecular techniques. is determined by environmental as well as genetic factors.10. the proteome analysis identified a number of metabolic pathways sensitive to plant protein substitution in rainbow trout feed. differences that can affect postmortem biochemical processes in the product which. such as those governing gaping tendency. are optimized.1 . affect the involution of quality characteristics in the fish product. They found fish muscle proteins to be differentially carbonylated during frozen storage and were able to identify several carbonylated proteins using LC–MS/MS. furthermore.120 and have demonstrated the importance and complexity of proteolysis and oxidative changes in seafood proteins during storage and processing. We are aware of two recent studies where Atlantic cod muscle proteomes have been compared between farmed and wild fish. such as proteomics. 67. the interplay between these physiological parameters and environmental and dietary variables needs to be understood in detail. that these quality changes are species dependent116.123 found these to comprise several members of the glycolytic and Krebs cycle pathways.115 are thought to be among the main culprits. is thought to be responsible for a large fraction of cellular proteolysis.127.Proteomics ◾ 33 and degradation of the extracellular matrix by the matrix metalloproteases and matrix serine proteases114. and the amount and composition of free amino acids in the fish flesh. Olsson et al. therefore raises the tantalizing prospect of managing quality characteristics of the fish flesh antemortem. including quality characteristics. For example.2. Whatever may be the mechanism.128 In rainbow trout.117. The proteasome is a multisubunit enzyme complex that catalyzes proteolysis via the ATP-dependent ubiquitin–proteasome pathway which. appear to display seasonal variations. In the context of this chapter. The diet was found to have a marked effect on product texture. Kjærsgård et al. Indeed.119. The practice of rearing fish in aquaculture. in mammals. such as pathways involved in cellular protein degradation. various quality characteristics of fillet and body were measured124. To achieve that goal.117 and. fatty acid breakdown. In a recent study on the feasibility of substituting fish meal in rainbow trout diets with protein from plant sources.112. it is clear.44 The results led the authors to speculate that the difference in texture and postmortem amino acid-free pool development are affected by antemortem proteasome activity.15.121 used a 2DE approach to demonstrate different protein composition of surimi made from prerigor versus postrigor cod and found that 2DE could distinguish between the two.125 and the liver proteome was analyzed9. the ubiquitin–proteasome pathway has been shown to be downregulated in response to starvation129 and have a role in regulating protein deposition efficiency. in turn.111. Huss noted in his review122 that product quality differences within the same fish species can depend on feeding and rearing conditions.. 2D-immunoblots and LC–MS/MS to study changes in protein oxidation during frozen storage of rainbow trout. as opposed to wild fish catching.118 Several 2DE studies have been performed on postmortem changes in seafood flesh14–17. this is fast becoming feasible. etc.126 in fish fed with the experimental diets.3. the effects on the proteasome are particularly noteworthy. flesh softening during storage. Martinez et al. where individual physiological characteristics.2 Aquaculture and Antemortem Effects on Quality and Processability It is well known that an organism’s phenotype.123 Both studies indicated that several proteins are differentially expressed in farmed versus wild cod.

the presence of stress-factors or contamination levels at the place of breeding.135–137 which was soon followed by methods to identify species in processed or cooked products.5% of young adults are allergic to shrimp.147 at National Taiwan University.3 Species Authentication Processed fish products are increasingly common in the market and. this makes the issue of species authentication an area of increasing economic importance. 2DE-based methods have been developed to distinguish various closely related species. They found the difference to be due to a single T to D amino acid substitution. and Mytilus trossulus. the proteome varies from tissue to tissue and with environmental conditions. the proteomes of even closely related fish species are be easily distinguishable by eye from one another on 2D gels1 indicating that diagnostic protein spots may be used to distinguish closely related species. 1D electrophoretic techniques were developed to identify the raw flesh of various species. From early on. found that M.141 More recently. proteomics-based species identification methods are likely to develop rapidly and find commercial uses within this field.4 Allergen Identification Allergenic potential is food safety issue of particular concern to the seafood producer.143 Indeed.3.134 recently reviewed proteomic and other methods for species authentication in foodstuffs. and probed the membranes with serum from confirmed shrimp allergic patients.142. Martinez et al. demonstrating that it had arginine kinase . During the 1960s. proteomic methods have been recognized as a potential way of fish species identification. While DNA-based species identification130–132 and isotope distribution techniques for determining geographical origin133 are powerful tools in this area and likely to remain the methods of choice in the near term. performed a 2DE on crude protein extracts from the tiger prawn. studying three species of European mussels: Mytilus edulis. studying the cause of shrimp allergy in humans.18.140. The identity was further corroborated by cloning and sequencing the relevant cDNA. 3. Penaeus monodon. Piñeiro and coworkers have found that Cape hake (Merluccius capensis) and European hake (Merluccius merluccius) can be distinguished on 2D gels from other closely related species by the presence of a particular protein spot identified as corresponding to nucleoside diphosphate kinase.143 Lopez and coworkers. as different fish species have different market values. possibly indicating freshness and tissue information in addition to species.139 These early efforts were reviewed in 1980. but also their relative ratios in mixtures of several fish species and muscle types14 would become viable once a suitable number of markers have been identified.145 Seafood allergies are caused by an immunoglobulin E-mediated response to particular proteins. For example.146 Proteome analysis can be a valuable tool for the identification and the characterization of allergens as exemplified by the study of Yu et al. about 0. such as the gadoids or several flat fishes. and postmortem treatment. blotted the 2D gel onto a PVDF membrane. A final proof was obtained by purifying the protein. The allergens were then identified by MALDITOF MS of tryptic digests.144 Martinez and Jakobsen Friis concluded that the identification of not only the species present.138. These authors. Allergic reactions to seafood affect a significant part of the population. Mytilus galloprovincialis.34 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3. The allergen was identified as a protein with close similarity to arginine kinase. trossulus could be distinguished from the other two species on foot extract 2D gels by a difference in a tropomyosin spot. including structural proteins such as tropomyosin. Proteome analysis can therefore potentially yield more information than genomic methods. as well as being relevant from a public health standpoint. particularly for addressing questions on the health status of the fish in question.3.14 Unlike the genome.

Blackwell Publishing. F. K. B. C. B. Roelofs... S. Tay. White. F. the rainbow trout. furthermore.. M.-K. Martin. Cheng. Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 9. Tan. C. D.... S. Schwartz.. Amsterdam. pp. O. P.. Paliyath. S.. Q. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1651. Martin. Basic and Applied Myology 10.. High resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis of proteins. T.. 4.. and Houlihan. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology D 1. Peng... D.Proteomics ◾ 35 activity and reacted to serum IgE from shrimp allergic patients and. 2004. Hogstrand. T. Martin. and Gygi. Expression of myofibrillar proteins and parvalbumin isoforms in white muscle of the developing turbot Scophthalmus maximus (Pisces. 7. Collin.. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology D 3.. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 133. Z.. British Journal of Nutrition 92. N. O. 3. Balesaria. A proteomics approach to understanding protein ubiquitination. Médale. S.. Nip. D. C..... Kaushik. G. J. 1975. Houlihan. and Huriaux. H. 328–343. T. Seow..... O’Farrell. N.. Pleuronectiformes). Lee. A. A. Eds. 269–278. P. T. Hew.. J. Protein microarrays and their applications. Nollet. S. D.. S. 6. K. and Houlihan. Focant. Proteomic analysis of protein profiles during early development of the zebrafish. Fish Physiology and Biochemistry 24.. 2003. S. D. and Nagamune. and Kültz. Y. 71–80. F. Vilhelmsson. 2001. Dietary plant protein substitution affects hepatic metabolism in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). C. M. and Gong. Kaushik.. Vilhelmsson. Proteomics 7(13). L. and Simpson. Á.. Vilhelmsson. and Glover.. Médale. Sveinsdóttir. Proteome analysis of the Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) cell line SHK-1 following recombinant IFN-gamma stimulation. L. M.. D. 2003. 2000. Proteomic sensitivity to dietary manipulations in rainbow trout.. Elias. 4007–4021.. and Gudmundsdóttir. 69–75.. Finley. and Secombes. J. B. 12. 2006. 11. F.. F. and Houlihan. Proteome analysis of abundant proteins in two age groups of early Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) larvae. and the AVS Research Fund. Cash.. Blaney. D.. O. P. 2008. Nature Biotechnology 21. P. S. H. 2007... G. 8.. 259–270. P. J. L. Mohanty.. Thoreen. D.. Marsischky. W. 2006. M. 2275–2286. A. S. M.. 523–535. Danio rerio. F. B.. Journal of Biological Chemistry 250. E. 401–421. 9.. S... 10. O. C. D. 13. M. 2006. A. C. H. P. 5. 2. P. Proteomics 6. Lin.. F. Valkova. and Houlihan. L. F. B. T. Vandewalle. Vilhelmsson. 921–926. Hui... S.. Martin. 17–29. 2004. induced skin reactions in sensitized shrimp allergic patients.. M. the University of Iceland Research Fund. H.. in Food Biochemistry and Food Processing. Application of genomics and proteomics for study of the integrated response to zinc exposure in a non-model fish species. H. J. Watt... Poli. Acknowledgments This work was supported by grants from the Icelandic Graduate Research Fund. Lee. P. 243–250. M. 2002. References 1. the University Research Fund of Eimskipafélag Íslands. K.. A. Proteomics: Methodology and application in fish processing. Martin. 3176–3188. Proteomic identification of processes and pathways characteristic of osmoregulatory tissues in spiny dogfish shark (Squalus acanthias).. . Cash. Proteome analysis of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) liver proteins during short term starvation. J.

2003. G. Ed.. 2000. J. H. 2003... Proteomics 7. J. 39–50. M. 2007. R. High resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis as a tool to differentiate wild from farmed cod (Gadus morhua) and to assess the protein composition of klipfish. in Vísindin heilla: afmælisrit til heiðurs Sigmundi Guðbjarnasyni 75 ára. C. NJ.. V. Enrichment analysis of phosphorylated proteins as a tool for probing the phosphoproteome. Ramsby. the common sole Solea solea: Comparison with the turbot Scophthalmus maximus. 23. and Gallardo. 27. 26. 2007. Huang.-P. Proteomics 4.. M. Q. A. Anderson. 2002. S. Expression of myofibrillar proteins and parvalbumin isoforms during the development of a flatfish. J. 21–34. Identification of carbonylated protein in frozen rainbow trout (Oncrhynchus mykiss) fillets and development of protein oxidation during frozen storage. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 46. G. and Rylatt. T.. Fish larvae. T. and Roberts.. 3985–3991. U. F. M. Sotelo. Oda. Application of proteome analysis to seafood authentication.. 34.. Proteomics 3. M. Yates. A.. and van den Boogaart. C. 193–197. 25.. Wellbrock. Piñeiro. Proteomics 3. and Makowski. L. and Jakobsen Friis. Locke. M.. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. J. 18. 1254–1260. E.. J.. H.. Multi-component immunoaffinity subtraction chromatography: An innovative step towards a comprehensive survey of the human plasma proteome.. Y.. and Heisenberg. M. Haynes. I. I. 347–354. Martinez.. K... Ed. 33. L. 31. 2007.. V. C. pp. S. 2003. and Jessen. Wu. P. Corthals.. Georgiou. 2006. B. Oliva. E. 769–782. Traffic 1.. pp. Pérez-Martín. 2963–2975. Strategies for revealing lower abundance proteins in two-dimensional protein maps. and Jessen. and Steiner. Affinity chromatography: A useful tool in proteomics studies.. G. Fractionated extraction of total tissue proteins from mouse and human for 2-D electrophoresis. T. Huet. Tyers. Thomas. N. Proteome analysis identifies novel protein candidates involved in regeneration of the cerebellum of teleost fish. 2006.. S. N. Quinn. Link. Ed. 9437–9446. Šližyté. G.. Link.. and Mann.. and Howell. Proteomics 2. Haraldsson. Proteomics 6. P. C. 81–90. 29. Nagasu. K. 1999. Looze. 1980–1987... M.. Barker. 2004. T.. R. 425–440. Reykjavík. 24. . and Rice. G. F. Proteomics of early zebrafish embryos.. Schevchenko. K.. Zupanc. and the aquatic environment. Nature Biotechnology 19. F. An approach to remove albumin for the proteomic analysis of low abundance biomarkers in human serum... in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. 1–9.. A. V.. Rýnt í próteinmengi lirfa Atlantshafsþorsks (Gadus morhua). G. 1995. M.. M. J. Garfin.. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Tools for Proteomics 849(1–2). B. Food Chemistry 102. P. 20. C. I... 2001. 1998. 67–85. 15. 422–432. L. Azarkan. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 51.. H. pp. G. Vandewalle. G. 32. V.. M. M. Proteomic analysis of two functional states of the Golgi complex in mammary epithelial cells. 19.. 22. Baeyens-Volant.. B. allometric growth. Guðmundsdóttir. 493–502... C. and Sveinsdóttir. Talmadge. 2003. Link.. J. Gradiflow as a prefractionation tool for two-dimensional electrophoresis. ICES Marine Science Symposia 201. Humana Press. 53–66.. H. E. H. Totowa. R. 17. D.. 1999. L. M... Totowa.. 504–510. and Huriaux. Kjærsgård. G. 21.. H..36 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 14. development.. Differential detergent fractionation of eukaryotic cells.. L. Gibson. and Vandenbussche. Journal of Chromatography B 815. From genomics to proteomics. 2006.. and Zupanc. Ahmed. D. R. Proteome analysis elucidating post-mortem changes in cod (Gadus morhua) muscle proteins. W. G. Focant. Kjærsgård.. Gatlin. 379–382. C. 30. G.. A. Osse. J.. Nature 422. 16. Su. S. Nørrelykke. D. M. Klose. BMC Developmental Biology 6. Neville. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 54(25). N. T. and Chait. Humana Press.. Y. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 135. Ahmed. Baron. 3991–3997. E. NJ. Pieper. 28. I.. Háskólaútgáfan. Martinez. R.. and Rice. 2005.. 2003. M. C. Subcellular shotgun proteomics in plants: Looking beyond the usual suspects. T. K. J. and Daukšas. 677–696. T. Barros-Velázquez... Á. Twodimensional electrophoretic study of the water-soluble protein fraction in white muscle of gadoid fish species. 2006.

58. Electrophoresis 21. Amersham Biosciences. and Weiss. 1986. 52... Jarzebinska. Uppsala.. 1987. and Garin.. The Protein Protocols Handbook. 318. S. Diabetes Metabolism Review 5.. 49. and Veenstra. 3665–3685. Oncorhynchus mykiss. J. J. E. H. I. Efficiency of conversion of ingested proteins into growth. G. 47.. Drabik. 2007.. M. p. 297–319. S. 2002. protein degradation assessed by 20S proteasome activity in rainbow trout. 865–873. Weiss. Okumura. M. NJ. D. Hollung. Wiley-VCH. M.. T. M. D. M. Totowa. A. M. P. Altered regulation of matrix metalloproteinase-2 in aortic remodeling during aging. E. 1026–1040. M. 19–56.. P. B. K. and Krull.. D. Walker. Kieffer. G. 53.... and Garin. H. A. J. Postel. A. J. 2-D proteome Analysis Protocols.. Electrophoresis 8. Proteomic analysis of human lysosomes: application to monocytic and breast cancer cells. Electrophoresis 26. E. Humana Press. 235–258.. and Stenstedt.. Unsworth.. 40. and Ciechanover. 3411–3419... 27–56. Luche. A. Proteolytic activation of the precursor of membrane type 1 matrix metalloproteinase by human plasmin. Methods for fractionation. A. Færgestad. W. R. J.. Veiseth. Wildgruber. Seiki. E. Günther. S. Sato.. The current state of two-dimensional electrophoresis with immobilized pH gradients.. 2002. J. Righetti.. The ubiquitin pathway for the degradation of intracellular proteins. Görg. Prefractionation techniques in proteome analysis: The mining tools of the third millennium. Weser.. Totowa. M. The current state of two-dimensional elelctrophoresis with immobilized pH gradients.. F. Journet... 1037–1053. Scheibe.. M. 1994. Antonioli. A. G. Progress in Nucleic Acid Research and Molecular Biology 33. Mechanism and regulation of protein degradation in liver. Hypertension 39. A. 2004. S.. Application of proteomics to understand the molecular mechanisms behind meat quality. and Somerlot.. R. and Hildrum. Mortimore. 38. and Lardeaux. A. Chapel. and Gallardo. I. M. G. S. M. C. FEBS Letters 402. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 26. Proteomics 19... and Silberring. K.. A. Humana Press. Electrophoresis 23. 1–31. and Kido.. T. Conrads. 2002. separation and profiling of proteins and peptides. E. Hershko.. K.. Kidney International 43. R. D. and Vilhelmsson. W. 2000. 1988.. Jia. 1993. 54. 2003.. Dylag. Pösö... 56. 46. A. 601. 163–170. Piñeiro. E. 49–70. 2195–2224. L. S. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 137. H.. A. T... Dobly. 531–546. 2000. A. F. A possible cell surface activator. Görg. 57. 50. 122–124. 37. A.. Cell 79. and Lakatta. 2nd edn.. Chapel. 39. A. B.... Wang.. Obermaier. R. The ubiquitin-proteasome proteolytic pathway. and Naven. and Boschetti. 55.. Kleiner. 97–104. Electrophoresis 9. 2007. W. Mass Spectrometry Reviews 22. A.. Millea. O. Proteomics 2.... Principles and Methods. Boguth.. W. Dreger. 13–21. R. T. Harder. 75–85. Calvo. Berkelman... 59... Meat Science 77. 3048–3061. Westermeier. J. A. 48. G. 2-D Electrophoresis Using Immobilized pH Gradients. Sweden. and Stetler-Stevenson. 44. and Dunn.. Issaq. Suder. Link.. Kieffer. 2007. 1997. Journal of Chromatography B 849... unpublished results. Electrophoresis 21. Hanash.. 42. J. Trends in sample preparation for classical and second generation proteomics. 36. J. Blaney. M. A. 1998. X.. P. M. J. Roux. C. G. A. S.. p. . S. 45. p. and Gunther. A. 2005. E. 51. Cañas. Methods for samples preparation in proteomic research. 2002.. and Houlihan. E. P. Janini. Görg. Weinheim. Proteomics in Practice. Cellular activation of the 72 kDa type IV procollagenase/TIMP-2 complex. Brown.. 2002. 1989. E. López-Ferrer. W. Castagna... Bodzon-Kulakowska.Proteomics ◾ 37 35.. Görg. 1176. Journet. Journal of Chromatography A 1153.. Subproteomics in analytical chemistry: Chromatographic fractionation techniques in the characterization of proteins and peptides. Postel. B. S. T..... Strahler.. A. Noga.. Martin. 181–184. T. 2003. Subcellular proteomics. Elimination of point streaking on silver stained two-dimensional gels by addition of iodoacetamide to the equilibration buffer... Current two-dimensional electrophoresis technology for proteomics. NJ... Y. 43.. D. Bierczynska-Krysik. J. Ciechanover. J. Coe. 2004. Towards a human repertoire of monocytic lysosomal proteins. 41. P. J. Louwagie. 1999.

64. Huang. A. 2007.. 2003. Nielsen. 2871–2882. and Jungblut. B.. P. Chelius. R.. 1606–1618.. 2005. R. M. Humana Press. S.. K. Brophy. Proteomic studies of macrophagederived foam cell from human U937 cell line using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis and tandem mass spectrometry. Clauser.. T. 782–789.. Ed. M. 2004... Thiede.. R.. Breit. Creasy. 1970. pp. International Journal for Parasitology 35.. J. M. J. M. P.. 65. J. Link. pp. F. NJ. and Patterson. 74. 1999.. Proteomics 5. Totowa... Ed. A. and Rabin. Ceasar. Effects of post-electrophoretic analysis on variance in gel-based proteomics. A. L. J. Schweigerer. Analysing proteomic data. Patton. N. 1998.. 77. 1999. U. Lacomis. 61. M... A. and Burlingame. Krah. S. Totowa. L. and Herbert. 76. Wilm. Podtelejnikov.38 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 60.. W. 1999. C. and Jessen. Hohenwarter. Griffin. Probability-based protein identification by searching sequence databases using mass spectrometry data. A. Nyman. Link. J. S. J. Nørrelykke. L. Y. P.... J.. S. and Tempst. Characterizing proteins from 2-DE gels by internal sequence analysis of peptide fragments. 461–466. Journal of Chromatography B 771. V. Analytical Chemistry 71. 237–247. M.. and Rudemo. L.. D. Methods 35. L. A. Schmidt. 69. Kjærsgård. N-terminal amino acid sequencing of 2-DE spots. R. Zhang. Y. 73. R. 487–511.. Glasbey.. Wang. 2003. 152–157. S. Kamo.. T. Totowa. Casting and running vertical slab-gel electrophoresis for 2D-PAGE. A.. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. Y. Moniatte. M. H.. pp.. Statistical exploration of variation in quantitative two-dimensional gel electrophoresis data. Proteomics 6(5). J. 223–237. 62. Genomics. Houthaeve. H.. 79. Lui. 67. 78.. Nagarajan. 2005. 68.. 245–253.... Link. T.. Electrophoresis 20. B. NJ. Pappin. T. D. 129–142. Link. Ed. P. D. M.. Identification of proteins by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization mass spectrometry using peptide and fragment ion masses. V. Nature 379(6564). Damodaran. Wheelock. and Goto. Humana Press. A. 466–469. E. R. 1–19. B. and Tsugita. 2001. Humana Press. D.. 2005. Evaluating peptide mass fingerprinting-based protein identification. D. I. Gustafson. J. 467–472. Yates. Femtomole sequencing of proteins from polyacrylamide gels by nano-electrospray mass spectrometry. Wood. Changes in cod muscle proteins during frozen storage revealed by proteome analysis and multivariate data analysis. P. Rappsilber. 63. J. Biomolecular Engineering 18. and Hamilton... 1999. Y... Nature 227. 71. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 42. Role of accurate measurement (+/− 10 ppm) in protein identification strategies employing MS or MS/MS and database searching. International Journal of Mass Spectrometry 226. P. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. A.. Schmid. Totowa... The role of mass spectrometry in proteome studies.. Baker. 2006.. Yang... Detection technologies in proteome analysis. 3791–3799. 81–90. R. Mattow. K.. Shevchenko.. G.. 2006. H. W. Humana Press. Courchesne. A. Barrett... Experiences and perspectives of MALDI MS and MS/MS in proteomic research. J. and Lilley. 3–31. 6658–6665. M.. and Yang. Fotsis. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. M. Walsh. Mass spectrometry and the age of the proteome.. 543–553. Karp. A.. 70. 680–685. K. 75... and Mann. and Shen. Rui. Laemmli. N. Journal of Mass Spectrometry 33. A. J. Proteomics 4. and Cottrell. F. Y.. V. Z. M. 2003. Yu.. R. 72.. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols.. A. S. R. Peptide mass fingerprinting. 1996. 80. S. A. Erdjument-Bromage. 221–227. and Mann. Analytical Chemistry 75. 66. Blomberg. Perkins.. L. Ed. 3551–3567.. . Global protein identification and quantification technology using two-dimensional liquid chromatography nanospray mass spectrometry. D. Expert Review of Proteomics 3(1). Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. Proteomics and Bioinformatics 5. NJ.. M. Application of partial least squared discriminant analysis to two-dimensional difference gel studies in expression proteomics.. P. pp.. J.. NJ. P. 1999. A. 1999. L. C. M. C. J. T.. 2002. F.

F. the Atlantic halibut. K. Evaluation of selected baking quality factors of hard red winter wheat flours by two-dimensional electrophoresis. 475–484. Bjarnason... 2000. Paz... B. Proteome profile changes during mouse testis development.. M. 59–77. D.. 1990.. M. 2003. 378–383.. Wehling. B. M. E. and Power. Einarsdóttir. American Zoologist 21. P. Guðmundsdóttir. 2005. Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 6. 287–301. and Björnsson. and Karger... 1992. R. The physiology of digestion in fish larvae. M. L.. A. Melot. K. R. 84. Parvalbumin isotypes in white muscle from three teleost fish: Characterization and their expression during development.. Dougherty. J. Skiftesvik. 1996. C. and Focant... Anatomy and Embryology 211. Journal of Fish Biology 62. O. Guðmundsdóttir. 404–415. Development of organ systems in the northern anchovy Engraulis mordax and other teleosts.. 564–569. G. and Yates. F. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1646. Use of emerging genomic and proteomic technologies in fish physiology. 127–135... 2006. M. 429–446. F.. Huriaux. J. and Partridge.. W. and del Maso.. Two dimensional electrophoretic analysis of isolated soybean protein bodies and of the glycosylation of soybean proteins. R. G. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 37. W.. N. Isolation and characterization of cDNAs from Atlantic cod encoding two different forms of trypsinogen. 2003. 82. 489–494. 33–41. Power. 1989. J.. A. Zeece. C. 193–196. Lei. and Coward. D. High-resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis of bovine caseins. B. 100. Barros-Velázquez. 1981. Silva. J. I. 91. Y. Vandewalle. B. and Focant. and new words. Thyroid and pituitary gland development from hatching through metamorphosis of a teleost flatfish. 2006. R. E. D. 1998. J. M. Wehling. N.. 2006. 1570–1572.. D. Legendre.. 1–10. M. 2004. Huriaux. S. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 35. 92. J.... and Reeck.. B. L. E. 94. T.. 774–792.. 95. Liewen. F. Journal of Proteome Research 2.. 88. 1987. 99.. Morin. A. Analytical aspects of mass spectrometry and proteomics.. Journal of Experimental Biology 209. B. 2002.. 248–255. Large-scale protein identification using mass spectrometry. Proteome and proteomics: New technologies. and Yates. Delahunty. Collin. Figueras. Modification-specific proteomics: Characterization of post-translational modifications by mass spectrometry. Govoni. L. D. and Anderson. and Focant. J. B. and Watanabe. Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 4. L. O’Connell. S. S. Electrophoresis 19. 89.... Environmental Biology of Fishes 16. 87. Vandewalle.. Smáradóttir. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 113. G. 1999. Óskarsson. Mo. D. N. new concepts. A. Methods 35. and Bush. Baras.. Regulation of troponin T expression during muscle development in sea bream Sparus auratus Linnaeus: The potential role of thyroid hormones.Proteomics ◾ 39 81. Expression of myofibrillar proteins and parvalbumin isoforms in white muscle of dorada during development. Vázquez.. R. 1993. 85. Clariidae). Changes in behaviour at onset of exogenous feeding in marine fish larvae.. G. Proteomics as a tool for the investigation of seafood and other marine products. and Aebersold. G. S. M. R. 83. Holt. A. R.... Lin. E... L. Eakin. 90. 296–300. Baras. 47–60. C. J. J... E. M. Fish Physiology and Biochemistry 21.. G. 93. Tabb. Gygi. P. 1853–1861. L. Anderson. . G.. 101.. 96. 666–675. 4751–4767. J.. M. Piñeiro. Boehlert... J. 1986.. Parrington. H. and Gallardo.. 1091–1097. L. 98.. 2002. Campinho. Myofibrillar proteins in white muscle of the developing catfish Heterobranchus longifilis (Siluriforms. P. European Journal of Biochemistry 217. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology D 1. and Craik. B. Mass spectrometry and proteomics. Protein identification using 2D-LC-MS/MS.. Huriaux. C. M. Sweeney. Á. P. 97. P. Vandewalle. Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 8. Aquatic Living Resources 15. Cereal Chemistry 67. E. 86. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49. Zeece. Jensen.. 2003.

S. P. H. Kjørsvik. Pérez-Borla. and Kristbergsson. J. Journal of Fish Biology 55. and Fleurence.. and Fleurence. Roura... F. J. J. 2002. The Zebrafish Book. and Kryvi.. Focant. Y. Ladrat. N. Collin. Osatomi. 240–242. 1031–1036. B. Cole. G.. Hara.. I.. 117. Ingólfsdóttir... University of Ohio Press. 2000. Montecchia. S. J. A. Silva.... 1999. S. Journal of Fish Biology 54.... F. Hall.. 103. Ø. and Olsen.. spotted wolffish (Anarhichas minor) and Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar).. 3187–3200. Molecular. 2003. Galloway. Effect of temperature on viability and axial muscle development in embryos and yolk sac larvae of the Northeast Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). and Kristbergsson. 39–61. N. 26–43.. and Johnston. Chikou. 267–284. Vandewalle. D.. K. M. C. Aranishi. M. 239–244. Morzel. R.40 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 102.. Galloway.. H. 108.. Roldán. T.. L. 1990. Ogata.) muscle: Polymorphism and biochemical studies. 1996.. and Kryvi. 105. 2000. and Huriaux. 109. Noël. L. K. S. Electrophoretic study of myosin isoforms in white muscles of some teleost fishes. Lebensmittelwissenschaft und -Technologie 35. V.. M. 113. Campinho. Heterobranchus longifilis and Chrysichthys auratus: Isolation. and expression during development. Eugene. FASEB Journal 5. and Fleurence. K. 2432–2441. R. I. Dahle. 118. . Westerfield. 325–330. 1998. Sautereau... E. and Crupkin.. W. Verrez-Bagnis. 116.. Kjørsvik.. Proteolytic activity of muscle in pre. J. 104. V. V. H. M. 112. 106.. T. M. 119. F.. T. E. 1998.. C. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 48. Seasonal variations in physicochemical and textural properties of North Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) mince. Temperature and the expression of seven muscle-specific protein genes during embryogenesis in the Atlantic cod Gadus morhua L. 1999. and Ishihara. Bardal.. Somite formation and expression of MyoD. myogenin and myosin in Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus L. G. Neutral calcium-activated proteases from European sea bass (Dicentrachus labrax L.. Marine Biology 132... Sweeney. 2007.. R. Journal of Aquatic Food Product Technology 7. S.and post-spawning hake (Merluccius hubbsi Marini) after frozen storage... Noël. J... Journal of Experimental Biology 206.. Nesse. Martinez.. B. S. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 76.. Melot. I... cellular and histological changes in skin from a larval to an adult phenotype during bony fish metamorphosis. Changes in myofibrillar proteins during processing of salted cod (Gadus morhua) as determined by electrophoresis and differential scanning calorimetry. A Guide for the Laboratory Use of Zebrafish (Danio rerio). M. T. Desmin degradation in postmortem fi sh muscle.. 832–851. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 72. S.. Thorarinsdottir. Post mortem release of fish white muscle a-actinin as a marker of disorganisation. 111. 221–227. Kvam. Geirsdottir. 1998. 377–385. 2002... Gelatinolytic activities in muscle of Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). Fleurence. J.. Matrix metalloproteases and their inhibitors in connective-tissue remodelling. and Anderson. Journal of Experimental Biology 209.. Verrez-Bagnis. M. Lødemel. K. 1991. 1999.... Arason. 83–95. N. J. Journal of Food Science 64. 2000. C. I. H.) embryos incubated at different temperatures: Transient asymmetric expression of MyoD. Chaplet. 2003.. C. Stefánsson. Bogason. E. Papa. 63–70. Use of two-dimensional electrophoresis to evaluate proteolysis in salmon (Salmo salar) muscle as affected by a lactic fermentation. E. Muscle growth in yolk sac larvae of the Atlantic halibut as influenced by temperature in the egg and yolk sac stage. and Benyamin. Cell and Tissue Research 327. Muscle parvalbumin isoforms of Clarias gariepinus. T. G. Verrez-Bagnis.. F. A. T. Woessner. A. K. 547–557.... Randøl. F. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 125. K.... A. I. G.. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 83.. 499–504. 114. 2145–2154. 107. Kjørsvik.. Arendt. Ofstad. characterization. 4th edn. E. Galloway. M. O. J. Proteolytic degradation of myofibrillar components by carp cathepsin L. Food Chemistry 77. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 96. Verrez-Bagnis.. 110. 2006. 115. and Olsen. Alvarez. H. and Power. F. F. V.

. 137. S. M. 133.. 135. 2001. 413–429. an elements: Keys to a comprehensive understanding of fish populations? Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 58. U. G.. F. and Thorrold. W. and Ofstad. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 19. Erikson.. 1997. S. Effect of the addition of CaCl 2 and MgCl2 during the washing procedure. 1994. A. Mackie. D. A. J. and Poli.. malma and S. F. F. L. Roberts.) whole muscle proteins.. G. 1599–1606. M. B.. Martinez. Cowie. Effect of total replacement of dietary fish meal by plant protein sources on early post mortem changes in the biochemical and physical parameters of rainbow trout. R. E. M. 1526–1533. 226–229.. Blaney. L. Electrophoresis 22... Kaushik. Uthe. Martinez. Pflügers Archives European Journal of Physiology 445 (2). Lauritzen. M. H.... I.. C. Olsson.Proteomics ◾ 41 120. 129. S. Rothstein. Inhibitors of the proteasome block the degradation of most cell proteins and the generation of peptides presented on MHC class I molecules... G. 2004.. and Seppola. L.. P. M.. Requirements for the application of protein sodium dedecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and randomly amplified polymorphic DNA analyses to product speciation. I. S. T. and Rock.. G. . T. alpinus. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA 94.. I. Mackie. Aquaculture 236. 1968. Jensen. Kaushik.. I. and Houlihan. E. 126. and Clarke. Cell 78. 123. Effect of long-term feeding with a plant protein mixture based diet on growth and body/fillet quality traits of large rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). 124.. Trends in Food Science and Technology 4. Friis.. 125. C. M. S. 136. Comparative electropherograms of Coregonis clupeoformis. J. in Progress in Research on Energy and Protein Metabolism. Pérez-Martín. Rainbow trout liver proteome—Dietary manipulation and protein metabolism. C.... and Pérez-Martín. Gonzales-Sotelo. S. Martinez. J. 489–498.. increments. Martin. R. Trends in Food Science and Technology 14.. 1199–1208. M. Dick. Goldberg. Identification of fish species by a modified polyacrylamide disc electrophoresis technique. 57–60.. Ubiquitin-proteasome-dependent proteolysis in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss): Effect of food deprivation.. D.. water soluble fraction and surimi. and Metges. H.. A. Souffrant. The Netherlands. B. Gramm. Singstad. M. Parisi. Craiu. Two distinct proteolytic processes in the generation of a major histocompatibility complex class I-presented peptide. Applied and Theoretical Electrophoresis 2. Bowman. Salvelinus namaycush. M. and Goldberg. I. R. 121. Challenges in the identification of species of canned fish. E. S. 2002... Lupi. Rome... Trends in Food Science and Technology 10. I. W. Hwang. Sotelo.. E. Journal of the Association of Public Analysts 5. F.. 237–240. 761–771. 2003. Médale. T. Quality and Quality Changes in Fresh Fish.. 2004. and van den Zwaag.. Fish species identification in seafood products. M. R. Rock. 395–401. and Poli. 201–206. and Cooper. B. Médale. Otoliths. Medina. J. B. 1992. O. 2001. 1993. L. C. 9–14.. Veterinary Research Communications 28. Two-dimensional electrophoretic analyses of cod (Gadus morhua L. A. 83–87. C. Scappini. Jakobsen Friis. Aquaculture Research 38. Jakobsen Friis. Post mortem muscle protein degradation during ice-storage of Arctic (Pandalus borealis) and tropical (Penaeus japonicus and Penaeus monodon) shrimps: A comparative electrophoretic and immunological study. Piñeiro.. 2003.. C. Mecatti. Stein. I. H. R.. Aursand. 10850–10855.. Parisi. Martin.. 1995. C. fontinalis from the family Salmonidae.. M. Rey-Mendez. I.. M... K. Wageningen Academic Publishers. Martinez. M. K. De Francesco. Solberg. 2001. F. P. Vilhelmsson. J. Eds.. Akopian. S.. Metabolic disorders in muscle of farmed Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua)... T. Gallardo.. Identification of fish species by thin slab polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 23. H. D. 130. 1966. M. and Rehbein. K. 30–38. T... A. A... and Houlihan. 1999. E. J. S. and Careche. C. 122. Huss.. L. 128. F.. Clark. 132.. S. S. Destructive and non-destructive analytical techniques for authentication and composition analyses of foodstuffs.. Tsuyuki. L. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 81. 1223–1227. 1969.. C. W.. 131. E. 134. FAO. pp. Pryde. Campana.. 127... De Francesco. Quinteiro.. 257–66.. Wageningen.. 2007. Veliyulin...

145. Ed. Prevalence of food allergies in young adults and their relationship to asthma. A review of some recent applications of electrophoresis and isoelectric focusing in the identification of species of fish in fish and fish products. 143. 1545–1552. G. 183–189.. nasal allergies. H. Connell.. U. C. 142.-L. 1972.-P. E. 2002. I. J. The use of electrophoresis of the water-soluble muscle proteins in the quantitative analysis of the species components of a fish mince mixture. R. 2003. J.. . J... M. Fishing News Books Ltd. J. Annals of Allergy Asthma and Immunology 88. G... Mackie. 339–348. Yu. and Vazquez. J.. C.-F. 141. Zeitschrift für Lebensmitteluntersuchung und -forschung 208. Journal of the Association of Public Analysts 8.. The use of two-dimensional electrophoresis for the identification of commercial flat fish species. Y. I. in Advances in Fish Science and Technology. Woods. 1972. F.. Aberdeen.. and eczema. 144.. J. J. Thien. 609–611. and Gallardo..42 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 138. 342–348. The Journal of Immunology 170. 2002. pen m 2.. and Abramson. Lopez. Hume. Ed. C. Analyst 97. and Reese.K... 140. Marina. M.. 2001. 18–20.K. Electrophoresis 22. Walters. Barros-Velázquez. Raven. Application of proteomics for fast identification of species-specific peptides from marine species. 2003. L. A. and Mackie.. T.. 445–453. B... U.. Marine Biotechnology 5. A. 146. Marina. 147. L. J. 139. Mackie. Mackie. and Taylor. 1999. 1980. Characterization and partial sequencing of species-specific sarcoplasmic polypeptides from commercial hake species by mass spectrometry following two-dimensional electrophoresis. Barros-Velázquez. Lehrer.. I. M.. Connell. M. Fishing News Books Ltd. J. M. 1658–1665. B. Aberdeen. Lin... Proteomics 2. I. J. G. Vázquez. Proteomics and immunological analysis of a novel shrimp allergen.. Piñeiro. and Gallardo.. Piñeiro...-J. Ayuso. Some improvements in the polyacrylamide disc electrophoretic method of identifying species of cooked fish. and Chow. 1980.. Alvarez. Chiang. in Advances in Fish Science and Technology. Seafood allergy and allergens: A review. J...... J. Sotelo. Identification of species of heat-sterilized canned fish by polyacrylamide disc electrophoresis. A. S. I. C. K.. R.

..................5 Genomics and Aquaculture .............. and yellow-tinged gills................... all fish that would be of use to us.............................. Fisheries........................................................................ and the Management of Biodiversity ...................... the flesh of which is unrivalled.................... with bony jaws........* Frédéric Brunet................ some nearly destitute of scales..............Chapter 4 Seafood Genomics Astrid Böhne............................... and Jean-Nicolas Volff Contents 4.......................52 There the nets brought up beautiful specimens of fish: Some with azure fins and tails like gold....................3 Genomic Resources and Genome Projects for Aquatic Species ................* Delphine Galiana-Arnoux.................. but of exquisite flavour.........................................51 Acknowledgments . medicine..... which has revolutionized biology.. as good as bonitos.....................4 Genomics................ Twenty Thousand Leagues under the Sea 4.2 Genetics and Genomics......... 49 4............................................. 43 4................. 43 .. 44 4.6 Concluding Remarks ...........52 References ...45 4.......1 Introduction The development of high-throughput DNA sequencing methods has opened the era of genomics........................................................................ Jules Verne............ and biotechnology over the last decade. others......................................* Christina Schultheis............................................47 4........................................................................ The rise of * Equal contributors...1 Introduction .................

with the distance between markers being directly proportional to the frequency of recombination between them. Gene regulatory and coding sequences are then predicted through bioinformatic analysis involving sequence prediction and database comparisons. but organelles (mitochondria and chloroplasts) have their own genome too. Genomics has important applications for fisheries and aquaculture [1]. and evolution. such as restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs. comparative mapping provides important information on the structure and evolution of genomes in different species. they are likely to be less neutral than other markers from the functional point of view.2 Genetics and Genomics Genetics can be defined as the science of heredity and variation in organisms. In addition. Most genes are located in the nucleus. DNA fragments are amplified enzymatically using primers matching both adaptor and restriction site. In order to investigate gene content. The development of efficient methods in bioinformatics is a condition sine qua non for progresses in the field of genomics. SNP analysis can therefore uncover genes and residues that are targeted by evolution and lead to the identification of disease-associated genes. arrangement. called genetic mapping. and subsequently assembled in “contigs” in silico. nuclear and organelle genomes can be sequenced to (almost) completion. genomes are sequenced using the “shotgun” strategy. Genetic markers must be polymorphic to allow the analysis of their segregation. Amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) markers combine the principle of RFLP with PCR: fragments cut with restriction enzymes are ligated with adaptors. Molecular markers are not only useful for genome mapping but also represent important tools in other domains. Genetic loci and genes of interest can then be mapped relative to these markers. 4. with randomly sheared pieces of DNA massively cloned. Since SNPs can occur not only in noncoding but also in coding sequences. Massive analysis of functional gene variability in many organisms has allowed to better understand the molecular basis of biodiversity and disease. caused by sequence polymorphisms at restriction sites) [2]. genomics is principally used to identify molecular markers. function. and therefore of their linkage. generally orthologous sequences [3]. Traditionally. usually dinucleotides or tetranucleotides). sequenced. . Finally. The science dealing with the analysis of genomes as a whole is called genomics. consists in delineating intervals on the genome with genetic markers.7]. which are carried by chromosomes. One of them. There are different but complementary ways to analyze genomes. can also be used for mapping purposes. which have genomes with very diverse transposable elements [5]. and structure. Other important markers are single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). one nucleotide differences within otherwise identical. Heredity is based on genes. genes and alleles of zootechnical interest for the genetic improvement of economically important species. in population genetics. Such markers might be further developed in fish. Random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) markers are amplified enzymatically by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using short arbitrary oligonucleotide primers. which themselves constitute the genome. This generates a genetic linkage map. polymorphic insertions of retrotransposable elements. In the field of biotechnology. DNA markers with a polymorphic number of tandem repeats are called minisatellites (repeat units up to 25 bp in length) and microsatellites (shorter repeat units. providing an estimation of their localization in the genome. Different types of DNA markers are used for mapping. that is. which are reviewed in this chapter. and to contribute to the management of biodiversity. as done for the human genome [6.44 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis genomics has generated an impressive wave of novel information concerning genome structure. the latter being of wide use in genotyping and mapping experiments. increasingly used for phylogenetic reconstructions [4]. for example.

Seafood Genomics ◾ 45 A clone-by-clone approach can be used as an alternative to. Additional approaches are required to study gene expression (transcriptomics. Parts of the genome. which can be very useful to precisely determine the relative position of sequence contigs assembled “in silico” from whole genome shotgun sequencing data. aquatic model organisms of insignificant importance such as seafood have been developed for other scientific purposes and have been targeted for whole genome-sequencing projects [17]. Of particular interest are expressed sequence tags (ESTs). EST analysis not only provides important data on genes expressed in particular tissues/ organs or at specific stages of development but also allows the characterization of gene structure through comparison with genomic sequences. a 650 bp fragment of the 5′ end of the mitochondrial gene cytochrome c oxidase I is used as a global standard in fish and other animals (for review. Bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs) accepting inserts from several hundreds of kilobases are frequently used as vectors. Physical maps can also be constructed by analyzing the segregation of genomics markers (also called STSs for sequence-tagged sites) in randomly fragmented parts of the genome.3 Genomic Resources and Genome Projects for Aquatic Species Genetic and genomic resources have been generated for many aquatic species of economical interest. for example. For example. cloned in a bacterial vector and constituting a so-called genomic library. obtained through sequencing of complementary DNA (cDNA) libraries. Probes specific to each contig marked with different fluorochromes are cohybridized on chromosome preparations to test if they are located on the same or on different chromosomes. [16]). see Ref. for SNP detection and phylogenetic reconstructions. through the identification of common restriction fragments).. Importantly. with novel methods allowing very rapid and much cheaper sequencing of large amounts of DNA [11–13]. The overlapping between these clones and their relative arrangement in the genome can be determined through fingerprint analysis (e. a new revolution of large-scale sequencing is ushering in a second era of genomics. zebrafish and medaka are two complementary fish models to study . Barcoding is based on a sequence of short standard parts of the genome.g. can be sequenced either to completion or from their ends. shotgun sequencing. for instance. Generally. Such an approach is. 4. or even better in combination with. These fragments are either integrated in the genome of a host cell line from a different organism in radiation hybrid (RH) mapping [9] or diluted to give aliquots containing approximately one haploid genome equivalent (HAPPY mapping [10]). Sequence data can be used among others to identify similarities and differences between species and study genome evolution (comparative genomics [14]) or to infer reliable phylogenetic relationships between organisms (molecular phylogenetics and phylogenomics [15]). hereby contributing to species conservation and management of global fish biodiversity (http://www. The relative position of two contigs can also be estimated cytogenetically using double fluorescent in situ hybridization [8]. A method called “DNA barcoding” should help to identify species and phylogenetic units. This provides a physical map respecting the “real” base pair distance between genes and markers. Large-scale expression studies at the transcriptional level are generally performed using microarrays or other methods of high-throughput expression profiling. useful in the case of regions rich in repetitive sequences posing problems to assembly after whole genome shotgun sequencing. ESTs can also be used.org/).fishbol. proteomics) and function (functional genomics) as well as interactions with the environment (environmental genomics). In addition.

see Refs. the three-spined stickleback Gasterosteus aculeatus (http://www.genome. genomic studies on aquatic species are relatively recent. particularly BAC libraries. an aquaculture species of high economical value. scallop. skate. Other species with advanced or completed genome projects include the medaka Oryzias latipes [37. Aquatic invertebrate species with well-developed EST resources include scallop and oyster (mollusks) as well as blue/green crabs.org/Danio_rerio/). and hagfish.ca/index. For cartilaginous fish. the purple sea urchin Strongylocentrotus purpuratus. and channel catfish [22–28]. Japanese flounder. lamprey.46 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis vertebrate development [18]. Fishes with sequenced genomes include the pufferfish species Takifugu rubripes ([34].38]. For Atlantic salmon and other salmonids.org/) and Tetraodon nigroviridis [35]. these sequencing projects have provided valuable general information on the structure. which occupy strategic taxonomic positions within and relative to vertebrates (http://www.40]. However. abalone. http:// codgene. including fish (sea bream.ensembl. they have revealed some evolutionary peculiarities possibly linked to biodiversity.mdibl. Most genome drafts available so far are for aquatic model species without any real economic importance (for review. A genome project is in the pipeline for another cartilaginous fish.ca/grasp/).gov/10002154). sea urchin.org/research/skategenome. for example. rainbow trout. Other projects aim to enhance genomic resources for economically important species. carp. and lobster (crustaceans).fugu-sg. evolution. possibly followed by the genome of the rainbow trout. such as the high diversity of transposable elements and presence of numerous duplicated genes that are remnants of an ancestral whole genome duplication [30–33].gov/dbEST/). assignment of linkage groups to specific chromosomes has been performed through fluorescent in situ hybridization [29].21]). particularly by the Genomics Research on All Salmon Project consortium (cGRASP) (http://web. shrimp. http:// www. mussel. and gene content of fish genomes.ensembl. tilapia. and others) and invertebrates (oyster. Atlantic salmon. which is relatively compact. http://wfleabase. [17]).sg/).php). (http://www. [1.imcb.20]. the sequencing of the genome of other crustaceans is planned. SNPs and other polymorphic markers as well as linkage maps have now been generated for many aquaculture species.ncbi. see Ref. A genomesequencing project is underway for the tilapia Oreochromis niloticus. http://esharkgenome. Both species have an extremely compact genome with low repeat content and short intronic and intergenic sequences and have been useful to identify conserved genes and noncoding sequences in the human genome [36]. A variety of genomic libraries. sea bass. shrimp. and the zebrafish Danio rerio (http://www.shtml). Atlantic salmon genome should be sequenced soon. as well as RH panels and cDNA microarrays have been constructed for aquatic organisms. gar. but many other genomic resources have been developed.a-star. for the Atlantic cod (Cod Genomics and Broodstock Development Project. has been sequenced at low coverage [39. has been sequenced [41]. including the amphipod . The genome of an echinoderm.org/Gasterosteus_ aculeatus/). Beside the genome of the zooplankton Daphnia pulex (water flea.nlm.gov/10002154). providing useful information on gene sequence and expression in different tissues and organs or at different stages of development (http://www. For some species like the rainbow trout. These models are nevertheless useful to decipher gene content in species targeted by fisheries and aquaculture through comparative genomics [19. Particularly.nih. org/). and other salmonids. Atlantic salmon.uvic.genome. the little skate Leucoraja erinacea. the genome of the elephant shark Callorhinchus milii. and others) (for review. no draft genome is available now. physical maps are available for species such as Nile tilapia. in association with low-coverage sequencing projects for three additional cichlids (http://www. Further projects aim to sequence the genome of coelacanth. catfish. Expressed sequence tags are also available for many fish species. Compared with agricultural plants and terrestrial livestock.edu.

Seafood Genomics ◾ 47 crustacean Jassa slatteryi (http://www.jgi.50]. About 30% of seafood stocks available in 1950 have already collapsed. as well as with a decrease in water quality. population structure and interactions. monitoring. Fisheries. can be considered as conservation units [52]. In addition. [43]).html). for the red alga Porphyra yezoensis (http://est. Seaweed. http://genome. for example.4 Genomics.gov/10002154) as well as the genome of the Atlantic horseshoe crab (chelicerate) (http://www. the estimation of fisheries-induced evolution. provides information relevant to both the ecological and evolutionary time frame [51]. description. to maintain water quality. Genome drafts have been generated for the red alga Cyanidioschyzon merolae. and the definition of conservation units and priorities for sustainable fishery management. Biodiversity decline is associated with a collapse of seafood resource and a reduction in species stability and recovery potential. particularly in East Asia. the marine picoeukaryote Ostreococcus tauri. Harvesting and other forms of stress can cause strong alterations in population structure as well as a reduction in biodiversity.gov/sequencing). fisheries targeting large individuals will select for early maturation at smaller sizes. Characterization of minimum viable population size is required to assess if they are facing a risk of extinction [45]. and perturbations of ocean biogeochemistry [44–47]. constituted by several groups of multicellular algae (red algae. gene flow.or. and brown algae). pedigrees and social structure. introduction of exogenous species. exploitation can act as a selective pressure and induce phenotypical shifts as evolutionary responses. habitat degradation and loss.metazome. Genome projects are performed for the cnidarian species Hydra magnipapillata (green hydra) and Nematostella vectensis (sea anemone) (http://hydrazome. and conservation of biodiversity of aquatic organisms are now high priorities. and the Management of Biodiversity Many aquatic populations have been overexploited through overfishing or collapsed and even become extinct through other factors such as pollution. with a major role for genomics. Hence. the Pacific oyster [42]. including mitochondrial DNA polymorphisms. micro/minisatellites. Consequently.net/. and the haptophyte Emiliania huxleyi (for review. Genetic monitoring. is used as food by coastal populations. it has been predicted that all commercial fish and seafood species will have done so by 2048 [48]. Population genetics is determined using various polymorphic genetic markers. Organelle genome sequences and EST resources are available for many algal species. Restoration of biodiversity increases fisheries productivity.genome.doe.jgi-psf. Genome sequencing should follow for many other aquatic animal species of economical interest. the diatoms Thalassiosira pseudonana and Phaeodactylum tricornutum. AFLP and .kazusa. Nuclear and mitochondrial molecular markers can be used to identify units of management for fisheries and priorities for the conservation of biodiversity. Important demographic and evolutionary parameters to be considered include organism abundance and vital rates. and hybridization. site occupancy. 4. Populations and ecosystems. climate change.home.52]. the quantification of temporal changes in populations using molecular markers. leading to a reduction of fisheries’ yield [49. the green algae or chlorophytes Chlamydomonas reinhardtii and Volvox carteri. see Ref. and invasion of disease and invasive species [51.org/Nemve1/Nemve1.jp/en/plant/porphyra/EST/). the loss of marine biodiversity impairs the ability of ocean to provide food. and to recover from perturbations [48]. with their particular adaptations and contributions to biodiversity. that is. reproductive structure and behavior. For example. green algae. particularly in the assessment and follow-up of biodiversity in wild stocks. for example.

resulting in potentially detrimental effects on survival of these populations [67]. including the European flounder and the brown trout [61. this field will certainly be of major importance in the future of fisheries management and biodiversity conservation. and pike. species-rich groups such as the East African cichlids [64] might be preserved with priority since their evolution potential might predispose them to serve as progenitors of future biodiversity [52]. Population genomics is a form of population genetics extending the analysis of genetic variation in natural populations to the scale of the genome itself. In contrast. turbot. Through pedigree reconstruction with microsatellite markers. The effects of stress factors contributing to species collapse and . see Ref. brown trout. Different types of markers have been used for the estimation of natural population and the determination of conservation genetic parameters in salmonids [54] and to estimate quantitative genetic parameters under wild conditions [55]. Populations of North-East Arctic cod and Norwegian coastal cod have been analyzed. it has been. SNPs. For example.59]. the available population genetic information is insufficient for most other species. Evolutionary genetics and genomics might also help to understand the interplay between fishing and natural selection on population and species targeted by fisheries [65]. thereby identifying loci potentially influenced by natural selection [53]. For example. European eel. for which large annual escapees of farmed Atlantic salmon enhance the risk of extinction of wild populations. For several species. Beside populations. Genomics and transcriptomics can allow assessing the genetic and functional consequences of interbreeding between farmed and wild fish. Gene transcription profiling suggested that interbreeding of fugitive farmed salmon and wild individuals can substantially modify gene transcription in natural populations exposed to high migration from fish farms. phylogenetics and phylogenomics are of major importance for the recognition of endangered taxa from the systematic point of view.62]. heralding a new era in the analysis of adaptive evolution and functional variation [58. Genome-wide gene expression profiling can also be used to detect variations in gene expression within and among natural populations [60]. Finally.48 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis RAPD markers. Quantitative genetics as well as evolutionary genetics and genomics can help to identify such groups of high evolvability and to study the mechanisms driving their adaptability and speciation. observed that reintroduced steelhead trout presented reduced reproductive capabilities caused by genetic effects of domestication [66]. Accordingly. microsatellite data indicated marked genetic changes in declining North Sea cod [57]. taxa can also be considered as conservation units. conservation efforts could focus on the preservation of genetic diversity allowing biota to adapt to new conditions. This type of study has been performed on Atlantic salmon. Genetic monitoring of diversity using polymorphic markers allows monitoring population size and diversity over time. DNA barcoding and other methods have applications not only for species identification and molecular phylogenies but also in the field of population genetics to describe genetic diversity within species [16]. including Atlantic herring. [1]). For example. sufficient genetic data might be available to provide at least basic information on genetic structure and genetic units for biologically sustainable use [56]. With the development of much faster and cheaper high-throughput sequencing methods. with possible detection of DNA sequences promoting evolution in their genomes [17]. with poorly represented phylogenetic groups receiving high conservation priorities [52]. multiple SNPs have been generated for Atlantic cod. and others (for review. Atlantic salmon. Molecular markers can be used to monitor the efficiency of programs aiming to supplement declining wild populations through individuals reared in captivity. for example. with the discovery of new groupings and the determination of divergence times and molecular clocks [63]. This approach has already been used to identify adaptive differences between natural populations in several species.

on its linkage with the locus of interest. The efficiency of the method depends on the predictability provided by the marker. These methods are particularly useful when classical individual tagging is difficult or when individual tanks are not available to separate families. for example. body weight and length in the Kuruma prawn [85]. is also feasible with this method (for review. innate immunity. biochemical parameters of blood and fish size in tilapia [79–81] and growth-related traits in sea bass [82]. texture. but genetics and genomics remain poorly developed for aquaculture species compared with crops and livestocks [70]. Significant improvements have been obtained through efficient breeding programs for several species such as farmed salmon and trout. growth and feed efficiency. as well as the development of resistance mechanisms by the targeted species can be studied using transcriptomics [25. A variation of MAS using markers covering the whole genome to assess the status of multiple QTLs is called genomic selection . Linkage analysis allows determining the segregation of a trait of interest relative to polymorphic molecular markers. body weight and size. pollution (ecotoxicogenomics). and/or are expressed late in development. particularly polymorphic DNA markers such as microsatellites. individuals backcrossed with the “production” parent will be selected for the presence of a molecular marker linked to the resistance locus. Molecular methods have contributed to the significant increase in aquaculture production worldwide. and others must be analyzed to allow efficient breeding and management programs. the most effective markers to perform this method of selection are the functional mutations within the trait genes (“direct” markers). as well as in growth-related traits in the Pacific abalone [83]. This method also allows monitoring the transfer of genes that control desired phenotypes between breeds.68]. disease resistance in oyster [84]. [2]). fillet quality (color. MAS can be performed at early stages of development and is particularly appropriate for traits that are difficult to measure.Seafood Genomics ◾ 49 extinction. exhibit low heritability. especially in developing countries. Aquaculture needs to be further developed in the future. sexual development. Examples include the mapping of QTLs involved in development rate. 4. and fat deposition). response to stress. Selection against an allele. In this case. Accordingly. that is. Genomic sequences. In order to reduce the ecological disaster of overfishing and contribute to solve the problem of global feeding. see Ref. for example.5 Genomics and Aquaculture Fish consumption has doubled over the past 50 years and would need to double again over the next 25 years ([69] and references therein). a gene conferring disease resistance into a strain selected for production. can be used for parental assignment and construction of DNA pedigrees to analyze the heritability of zootechnical parameters and reproductive success or to avoid inbreeding and estimate genetic diversity [71]. cold tolerance. conferring for example a disease. diversification and genetic improvement of cultivated species should lead to both a reduction in production costs and an increase in fish production. The genetic basis of important zootechnical traits. DNA markers linked to a locus of zootechnical interest can subsequently be used to perform marker-assisted selection (MAS). disease resistance and thermal tolerance in salmonids [72–78]. Linkage maps are used to map onto genomes genetic loci such as quantitative trait loci (QTLs) influencing traits of economical interest in aquaculture fish species. such as resistance to viral and bacterial diseases. aquaculture including marine aquaculture (mariculture) has increased its production by a 20-fold factor over the last 30 years. Marker-assisted selection is an indirect process based on the selection of a DNA marker linked to a trait of interest to choose animals for selective breeding programs instead of selecting on the trait itself. and virus resistance in shrimp [86].

Further characterization can be performed at the functional level in vitro or in vivo. Such monosex populations can be obtained with parents sex-reversed through hormone treatment or produced by androgenesis or gynogenesis. Sequencing of genomic clones covering a region of interest can also provide new DNA markers that can be used to refine the mapping of the locus. When a physical map is available. flesh quality. Once DNA markers linked to a locus controlling a trait of economical interest have been identified. monosex cultures (either all-male or all-female populations. The only master sex-determining gene identified so far in fish. In gonochoristic (with distinct sexes) species. sex determination is hypervariable in fish [88]. Interestingly. sex determination can be influenced by temperature and other environmental factors such as the pH of water and even social parameters [89]. androgenesis. thus reflecting a frequent switching between sex determination systems during evolution. Several hundreds of fish species are sequential hermaphrodites and develop either first as a male and subsequently as a female (protandrous) or vice versa (protogynous). Genes identified through sequencing can be chosen for further analysis according to their described function or their pattern of expression. gene candidates with described functions related to the trait of interest can be directly mapped on the linkage map. Synchronous hermaphrodites also exist in fish. all possible forms of genetic sex determination have been observed. For the great majority of aquaculture species. Alternatively. for example through temperature. sequencing can be performed on the tilling path. genomic clones containing markers linked to the locus can be isolated from the library and sequenced to determine their gene content. as an alternative to exogenous hormone treatment. particularly due to the lack of high-resolution genetic maps [1]. In order to avoid overcrowding and stress induced by sexual maturation and exploit advantageous sex-linked traits (growth rate. sex-linked markers for molecular sexing at early stages of development are generally restricted to a single species or are even population-specific within a same species.). a BAC library. from male and female heterogamety with or without influence of autosomal loci to more complicated systems involving several loci but without sex chromosomes (polyfactorial sex determination) or more than two sex chromosomes and even several pairs of sex chromosomes. Gene candidates with potentially interesting functions can be also directly sequenced in different families without . Molecular sexing of individuals at early stages of their development using sex-specific markers would allow the early selection of breeders of a chosen genotype for the production of monosex populations and the rapid analysis of breeding. etc. depending on the species) are frequently used in fish farming. behavior. even closely related fish species can have very different mechanisms of sex determination. MAS has not been used so far. and African catfish [90–97]. thereby reducing the number of genes to be tested. for example. Sex-specific molecular markers linked to the master sex-determining gene on the sex chromosomes have been identified in many aquaculture fish species. tilapia. Interestingly.50 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis [87]. with the hope of revealing a colocalization with the locus itself. a method largely used in aquaculture to control fish reproduction. is not present in any fish species of economical interest. Phenotypic sex can frequently be fully reversed by hormone treatment. the minimal set of overlapping clones covering the region of interest. in contrast to the situation observed for example in birds and mammals. the gene itself and the sequence polymorphism involved in phenotypic variation can be identified through positional cloning. and gynogenesis products. In numerous species. A trait of particular interest for aquaculture is sex determination.99]. A better knowledge of sex determination is also required for environment-friendly manipulation of phenotypic sex. including salmonids. Sequencing and sequence comparison of the different versions of the gene in individuals polymorphic for the phenotypes studied can allow the identification of the sequence variation at the origin of phenotype differences. Due to this variability. dmrt1bY from the medaka fish Oryzias latipes [98. When a genomic library is available.

Finally. genes differentially expressed in progenies exhibiting opposed susceptibility to summer mortality have been identified by suppression subtractive hybridization in oyster [101]. and evolutionary perspectives. ecological. Such new species might include halibut. The effects of hormone treatments can be also monitored using microarrays [105–107]. but see Ref. cobia. since information on resource status and extinction risk is available for only a minority of marine fish species [45]. Comparative genomics will need to be further developed to increase the transfer of knowledge from models to aquaculture. environmental tolerance.and microarray-based transcription profiling for specific tissues.6 Concluding Remarks In the future. . One example is the identification of associations between SNPs in candidate genes and the growth rate in Arctic charr [100]. hybrid striped bass. Genes expressed in response to infection with white spot syndrome virus have been identified in shrimp [111]. bream. much work is still to be done. dolphin fish.Seafood Genomics ◾ 51 mapping in order to test for associations between sequence and phenotype variation. see Wenne et al. 4. The effect of artificial selection on gene expression has been monitored through transcriptome analysis in Atlantic salmon [102]. and disease resistance ([69]. genomics has important applications in biodiversity analysis. Genomics will also help to improve and control transgenesis and other methods of modification of gene expression. In aquaculture. seafood genetics and genomics might revolutionize fisheries management and aquaculture development. Immune response genes downregulated in the gills of amoebic gill disease-affected Atlantic salmons have been found through transcriptome analysis [108]. EST. organs and stages of development has been performed in a variety of aquaculture species (for review. exploitation. and Arctic char. The detection of genes of zootechnical interest can also be performed through large-scale transcriptional analysis (transcriptomics). and stress response genes have been investigated in the gilthead sea bream [109]. [112]). Transcriptomics is frequently used to analyze disease and other stress response gene expression and identify resistance gene candidates. Phosphorus-responsive genes have been identified through transcriptomics in rainbow trout [104]. Importantly. cod. The effect of dietary fish oil and fishmeal replacement by vegetable oils and plant proteins on farmed fish metabolism has been investigated in juvenile rainbow trout through hepatic gene expression profiling (nutrigenomics [103]). and Australian Murray cod for fresh water species [69]. flounder. and conservation. selection methods based on molecular makers remain extremely underdeveloped for aquatic species and will require further exploration based on denser genetic maps. with the potential of increasing growth. with strong consequences on fisheries productivity. wolf fish. Microarray analysis of gene expression changes in catfish liver after infection with the gram-negative bacterium Edwardsiella ictaluri indicated a strong upregulation of several pathways involved in the inflammatory immune response and potentially in innate disease resistance [110]. jack. [1]).114] and will be further developed for the identification/authentication of the composition of sea food products put on the market [115]. genomics will boost the discovery of new bioactive molecules in aquatic organisms [113. From systematic. a better knowledge of genes involved in the control of economically important traits will contribute to improve the production and reduce the costs for current aquaculture species and to identify and develop new potential target species for aquaculture. In this domain. For example. Transcriptomics is useful to detect genes differentially expressed in different genetic backgrounds or conditions. and grouper for marine species.

2004..-N. Finally.. What role for genomics in fisheries management and aquaculture? Aquat. Sci. the Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS). 24. 9.L. 19.bridgemap. Evol. Science.. Nature. J. et al.R.. the European Union supports different projects. 5. The use of marker-assisted selection in animal breeding and biotechnology.. Venter. et al. 4. 8. et al. 2007. and Okada. 871.. 2001. B. J. 2.php?id = 3). 6. the Fondation de la Recherche Médicale (FRM). Trends Ecol... Radiation hybrid mapping–a somatic-cell genetic method for constructing high-resolution maps of mammalian chromosomes.. for review. 2001.B. A. The sequence of the human genome. “Aquafirst” aims to combine genetic and functional genomic approaches for stress and disease resistance MAS in fish and shellfish (http://aquafirst. 860. Trends Genet.aquaculture-europe. Diversity of retrotransposable elements in compact pufferfish genomes. Genet. and most other aspects of genomics.. 2005. Acknowledgments Our work is supported by grants from the Association pour la Recherche contre le Cancer (ARC). et al. “AquaGenome” aims to coordinate the ongoing and future national and international research projects in the field of genomics in fish and shellfish European aquaculture and support diff usion of genomic approaches within research laboratories. SINEs of speciation: Tracking lineages with retroposons.marine-genomics-europe. 674.. Wenne. The first full human genome to be sequenced using next generation rapid-sequencing technology has been already published [116]. with major applications in genome sequencing.tuc. 3. Tech. 1304. Shastry. 545. Importantly. 52. “AquaFunc” wants to generate an integrated knowledge on functional genomics in sustainable aquaculture (http://genomics. Volff. 3. Shedlock.. with a strong potential impact of such new technologies on seafood production for the future. D. K.org/index. .org/). J.. Rev. Living Resour. R. medicinal drug development and evolution. For example. References 1. 7.. S145. 2003. 1990.52 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Accordingly. International Human Genome Sequencing Consortium. [11–13]). N. 250. Williams. Hum.gr/) develops an integrated genomic approach toward the improvement of aquacultured fish species. “Bridgemap” (http://www. Genomics is a fast evolving discipline. 20. many collaborative projects dealing with marine and aquaculture genomics have been or are currently funded by various agencies. R. Takahashi.vitamib.M.. Science.. 245. Cox. New sequencing platforms allow rapid and much cheaper sequencing of large amounts of DNA. Phillips. Mar. SNPs in disease gene mapping.S. 241. 291. and the Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique (INRA). utilization. and spreading of high-throughput approaches for the investigation of the biology of marine organisms (http:// www. recent impressive progresses in large-scale DNA sequencing technology are currently re-revolutionizing the field of genomics (next generation rapid sequencing technology. Initial sequencing and analysis of the human genome.com/).C. 2007. Application of fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) to fish genetics and genome mapping. J. 409. “Marine Genomics” is a network of excellence devoted to the development. 379. 19. SNP analysis. 2001. Biotechnol. see Refs.

Dev. Xu.R.. 1808... P. and Amemiya. A. 27.. Sarropoulou. 23.. R82. Curr. S. 30. et al. 2007. 1453. 20. J. Lond. 8. et al. 2002.. 2008.. 90. . 132.. et al. Pharmacol. 86. The impact of next-generation sequencing technology on genetics.. M. Microarray studies of gene expression in fish.. et al. O. The first radiation hybrid map of a perch-like fish: The gilthead seabream (Sparus aurata L). A gene-based radiation hybrid map of the gilthead sea bream Sparus aurata refines and exploits conserved synteny with Tetraodon nigroviridis.. 793. 17. 31.R. 2007. 2007. OMICS. Mol. 38..H. R945. 24. 44. Ng. 16.. 124. Subfunction partitioning. 22. S. 15. F. G. 2003.. R Soc. 10. 138. 2008. 23. 23. 2006.J. 2006. 15. A first generation BAC-based physical map of the channel catfish genome. and Wittbrodt. Cell. A physical map of the genome of Atlantic salmon.. Genet. 14. Brunet. E. 15. Philos. Sci. Physiol.. Whole-genome shotgun assembly and analysis of the genome of Fugu rubripes. 1675.V. Nature. 2005.. 2008. Telford.E. B Biol. 545. 2007. and Chu. S. Nucleic Acids Res. Senger. Douglas. Genomics. 40. Quiniou. T.. A BAC-based physical map of the Nile tilapia genome. Sarropoulou. BMC Genomics. The medaka draft genome and insights into vertebrate genome evolution. 11. 2007. R.H. 2004. Chromosome Res. Russ. 89. 227.. 588. Aparicio..T. 34. E.R. 94. Miyake.H. 2006. 6. The DNA sequence of medaka chromosome LG22. 2008. S. Science. Trends Genet. Kasahara. Curr. Genome evolution and biodiversity in teleost fish. 5.. Hajibabaei. et al. 2007.. 87. Dev. 121. Nature. Furutani-Seiki. 24. T.. J.. 2005. 946. 20. Transposable elements as drivers of genomic and biological diversity in vertebrates. Next-generation sequencing: The race is on.. 28. Biol. et al. Biol. 363. 13.Seafood Genomics ◾ 53 10.. The animal in the genome: Comparative genomics and evolution. C.. et al. Happy mapping: Linkage mapping using a physical analogue of meiosis. Genetics. 447. et al. Assignment of rainbow trout linkage groups to specific chromosomes.. and Weissenbach. et al. e101...C. J. 133. 380. 12.. Mech. Genet. Medaka and zebrafish. B. et al.. Copley. an evolutionary twin study. Postlethwait. 39. 10. 2006. et al. 721. 35.. Genome Res. the teleost radiation and the annotation of the human genome. Mar. 612. 16. Genomics.M. A BAC-based physical map of the channel catfish genome. A. R. M. Venkatesh. 8. BMC Genomics.. Opin. 714.B. B. et al. 89. Phylogenomics. 2005. von Bubnoff. DNA barcoding: How it complements taxonomy. Böhne. 167. 1301. 13. 29. 297. 2005. Curr. Trends Genet. Bentley. Salmo salar. 21. Mardis. T. 481. 40. C Toxicol. Jaillon. Biotechnol. 33. Survey sequencing and comparative analysis of the elephant shark (Callorhinchus milii) genome. Katagiri. M. et al. F.. B. 280. Waldbieser. et al. Phillips. 32. 2007. 13... 2004. Heredity.. 26.R. Genet. K. and Cook. Evolution and diversity of fish genomes. D. Dev. Volff. Genome mapping in aquatic animals: Progress and future perspectives. Roest Crollius. M. molecular phylogenetics and population genetics. 19.. Fish genomics and biology.. 2006. 396.. 37. Linking the genomes of nonmodel teleosts through comparative genomics. 174... et al. Sasaki. 629. Curr. 2002. 431. J. Biol. J. Venkatesh.. J. Opin. BAC libraries and comparative genomics of aquatic chordate species. 38. Dear. Trans. 2007. Comp. P. 474. Genome duplication in the teleost fish Tetraodon nigroviridis reveals the early vertebrate proto-karyotype. H. and Duke. M. Biochem. 233. Genomics. E. 2004. Whole-genome re-sequencing.. Trends Genet. 16. A compact cartilaginous fish model genome... Gene loss and evolutionary rates following whole-genome duplication in teleost fishes. 2008. Evol. Tong. et al.-N. Venkatesh. 25. 203. 1993. Genomics.. et al. 18. 17. P. 2005. 21.. PLoS Biol. 36. BMC Genomics.. 1661. 2004.

. 45. 51... 2004. U. 12. Hutchinson. Worm. Genetic effects of harvest on wild animal populations. D. P. Genetic monitoring as a promising tool for conservation and management. Roberge. The power and promise of population genomics: From genotyping to genome typing. 67.. 2007. cumulative fitness decline in the wild. V. J. PLoS Biol.. 941. E. . Mol.. K. and Ryman. 104. 692. Acad. C. Trends Ecol. Proc. A. Ryynänen. P. et al. Exp. Trends Ecol.. 2003. 787. 2007.S.W. 981. et al. R.R. 63. 2005. Gozlan. Evol. Sea Urchin Genome Sequencing Consortium.. 98. species or ecosystems? Healing the fractured foundations of conservation policy.. et al. 2125.. Genet.S. 2003. Proc.. Luikart. Adaptive differences in gene expression in European flounder (Platichthys flesus).. Mol. Evol. Proc. Bowen. Science.. and Meyer. Nat.S.. Biol. B. U. Naturwissenschaften. 52. 61. and Merilä. 261.. A comparison of biallelic markers and microsatellites for the estimation of population and conservation genetic parameters in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). W. Sci.F. 53. W. 1989. and Crawford.. 2007. et al. 2313. 435... Science.. 279. 270.M. Schwartz. Strongylocentrotus purpuratus.. 2005. Moen. et al. 91. 2007. A. F. Genetic population structure of fishes: Implications for coastal zone management. 9. 309. Nature. Interpopulation differences in expression of candidate genes for salinity tolerance in winter migrating anadromous brown trout (Salmo trutta L. G. G. Science. 46. Science. 60. Biol. 2266. 4. 104. 2006. 20. Sci. Laikre.S. In the grip of algal genomics. 62.. H.. 314. 17. Sci. 2005. 59. Evol.L. Acad. 104. The species flocks of East African cichlid fishes: Recent advances in molecular phylogenetics and population genetics. et al. et al. 18. G. Heritability of life-history tactics and genetic correlation with body size in a natural population of brook charr (Salvelinus fontinalis).. B. 111. Palm.. 58.. Acad.W.54 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 41. Proc. Luikart. 5. S5. 277. 42. A. B. 44.. Trends Ecol. 57. BMC Genet. Sci. Global fish production and climate change. 43.). Trends Ecol. Ambio. 652.E. Natl. Larsen.. et al. Cooper. Hedgecock. Sci.. Salzburger. Natl. 2007. D. e310... 47. Araki. J. 2008. Natl. J. Variation in gene expression within and among natural populations. Detecting and managing fisheries-induced evolution.. Genetic effects of captive breeding cause a rapid. 22. Temporal analysis of archived samples indicates marked genetic changes in declining North Sea cod (Gadus morhua). Med. and Blouin. Adv. 100. Grossman. Transcriptomic analysis of growth heterosis in larval Pacific oysters (Crassostrea gigas). N. Proc. 56. Biol. et al. 2008. Evol. 19709. L. Ecol. Ecol. 314..J. 34. Trait changes in a harvested population are driven by a dynamic tug-of-war between natural and harvest selection. Global patterns of predator diversity in the open oceans. Genetic consequences of interbreeding between farmed and wild Atlantic salmon: Insights from the transcriptome. 2005. 9. 32..... BMC Genet. 25.A. Allendorf. 15799. U. Reynolds. et al. Mol. 54. et al.. A role for molecular genetics in the recognition and conservation of endangered species. 49. D. M. 64. and Waples. 23. et al. Ecol. 8. 2007. R. Begun. Brander.F. et al. M. 16.. 318. 4.F. Edeline.S.. T.K. Biodiversity: Disease threat to European fish. B. 2002. et al. 54.. 50. Worm. Hered.C.. 48.A. Oleksiak. Churchill. 327. 1365.. 66. The genome of the sea urchin.. Larsen. H. 2007. Kuparinen..F. M. 616. Thériault. 2006. Biol. S. Identification and characterization of novel SNP markers in Atlantic cod: Evidence for directional selection..A.D. J. 2007. Impacts of biodiversity loss on ocean ecosystem services. Evol. 314. 2007. et al..A.. 55.J. Biology of extinction risk in marine fishes. 272. Population genomics: Whole-genome analysis of polymorphism and divergence in Drosophila simulans. 2008. 2007.. 2008.. Nat. 65. 1999. 2007. J. et al. 1046. 22. 2337. Avise.. Genet. Rev.. 4674. Preserving genes..

. 327. Genomics.. Composite interval mapping reveals a major locus influencing embryonic development rate in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). S. 191. 2002. 38. 1109. Comp.. 1... Genome-scan analysis for quantitative trait loci in an F2 tilapia hybrid. 2005.L.E.-N. 2003. 96. 204. 2007. Aquaculture.M.. et al. J. Wang.A. 739. C. G. W. 272. J. 323. B.. 85.G. GH-psi. R. Jones. Aquaculture.H. QTL detection of production traits for the Kuruma prawn Penaeus japonicus (Bate) using AFLP makers. 2006. Fisher M. . D. H. 178. 16. and Zhang. Methods of parentage analysis in natural populations. Genetic mapping of Y-chromosomal DNA markers in Pacific salmon.. Volff.. G.J.. Du. 2006. Biol. 2001. 115. R. Robison. RAPD markers as predictors of infectious hypodermal and hematopoietic necrosis virus (IHHNV) resistance in shrimp (Litopenaeus stylirostris). and a malespecific pseudogene. BMC Genomics. et al.. J. Aquaculture. 335. juveniles. and Ardren. 69. Aquaculture. 8. 2000.M. Moen. 74. X. Reid. Quantitative trait loci for upper thermal tolerance in outbred strains of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). 89. Trans.J. Biochem.. R.J. 2005. and Hayes. 43. 2001.. Quantitative trait loci x maternal cytoplasmic environment interaction for development rate in Oncorhynchus mykiss... 97. Z. 2004.. Bull. et al. 80. BMC Genet.P. Soc.. 2001. Perry.. 92. 72. Breed. Agresti. 94. 2007. 185. Cnaani. 75. Devlin. H. Y. Oreochromis niloticus. 45. 249.. Governing sex determination in fish: Regulatory putsches and ephemeral dictators. Mol. and Smailus. Muir. 12. X. 333. Heredity. 87.A.. Ecol. C Toxicol.. 2006. 274. 86. Identification of quantitative trait loci for growth-related traits in the Pacific abalone Haliotis discus hannai Ino. Lond. Melamed. Physiol. 399. Nichols. Aquac.. 90. Anim. Genetica.. 2007. C. 258. 84. Genet. M. Pharmacol.. Hered. 2007. and D’Cotta. and Guo. 85.E. 198. 1.D. et al. 73. 111. B Biol.M.D. 7. Major quantitative trait loci affect resistance to infectious pancreatic necrosis in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). C. T. et al.R.F. et al. Houston. Goddard. 360. 130.. Liu. A genome scan for quantitative trait loci affecting growth-related traits in an F1 family of Asian seabass (Lates calcarifer). J. et al.H. Breeding new strains of tilapia: Development of an artificial center of origin and linkage map based on AFLP and microsatellite loci. B.. Yu. Heritability of cold tolerance in Nile tilapia. 2007. QTL for body weight and condition factor in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): Comparative analysis with rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) and Arctic charr (Salvelinus alpinus). J. et al. Convergence and divergence in gene expression among natural populations exposed to pollution. Genetics. DNA Cell Biol. et al. S. 76. 82.. 2002. et al. 2001. 83. G. 53. Genomic structure of growth hormone genes in chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha): Presence of two functional genes. P. Mapping of a quantitative trait locus for resistance against infectious salmon anemia in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): Comparing survival analysis with analysis on affected/resistant data. 204. R.Seafood Genomics ◾ 55 68. et al.E. and Hew. Managing to harvest? Perspectives on the potential of aquaculture.. Genomic selection. Philos. 789. et al. 81. Sci.. Charo-Karisaa. 2008. 79. A.. A. D. Hered. 124. Baroiller... 255.. Biagi. 166. M. GH-I and GH-II. 1993.F. 162. 71. 2005. 91. Mol. Heredity. Hizer. and Oleksiak. et al. 2511. Devlin. et al. 2005.. Perry.. Genetic linkage map of the Eastern oyster Crassostrea virginica Gmelin. 8. 108. Genome. 88. Dev. X. 70. Sex. 77. Liu. 2007. The potential impact of modern biotechnology on fish aquaculture. Res.. 86. J. J. 12. 175. Environment and sex determination in farmed fish.M... Li. Genetics. Genet. 43... BMC Genomics. K. 78. Sex-linked quantitative trait loci for thermotolerance and length in the rainbow trout.

. The complete genome of an individual by massively parallel DNA sequencing. et al. 98. Sex.. Anim. Devlin. M. E. Genomics. 2007. Gene expression profi ling of gilthead sea bream during early development and detection of stress-related genes by the application of cDNA microarray technology. Sex determination and sex differentiation in fish: An overview of genetic. 106.S.H. and Kocher. Food Nutr.. Trends Biotechnol. et al. and Morrissey.. B. 23. Rasmussen. J.). Aquaculture. 94.. 35. 108.D. Young.. Teletchea. Genetica. Res.. 2002... Biotechnol. Physiol. and environmental influences. S. 2004. and Boulding. Rep. The identification of genes from the oyster Crassostrea gigas that are differentially expressed in progeny exhibiting opposed susceptibility to summer mortality. 543. Robalino. Immunol.. [Epub ahead of print. 156. Ecol. 452.. Growth of domesticated transgenic fish. 60.. Nat.. Blunt.). 272. 2004. 103. Tao.. N. 6... 101.A. Hulata. Male-specific DNA markers from African catfish (Clarias gariepinus). Genome Res. 2007. Peatman. 23. 409. 99. 32.Y. Heredity. Matsuda. T. Salmonid microarrays identify intestinal genes that reliably monitor P deficiency in rainbow trout aquaculture. A duplicated copy of DMRT1 in the sex-determining region of the Y chromosome of the medaka. et al. Nature... Marine biotechnology for production of food ingredients. 112. et al. Prod.T. 781. 2002. Mar. C. 2003. et al.A. 2003. Genomics. 8. 96. 95.A. 92. Cnaani. 115. Woram. et al. J. Physiol. Endocrinol. et al. et al. Nutr. Genomics.. S. BMC Genomics. 380. 208.. 99. et al. 2008. Adv. 182. Gahr. et al. R. 91. 2006.J. 9. 2008. C. 2008. I. Genetics of sex determination in tilapiine species. G. Kirchner. 45. Maudet. 116. E. Baron. 267. 110. Kovács. Acad.. 43.. Mol. 872. Roberge. R. 417.. 343. et al.. et al.A. M. 553. Rapid parallel evolutionary changes of gene transcription profiles in farmed Atlantic salmon. W..D. 105.. A.. 2008. Gen. 435. et al. 97. Microarray analysis of gene expression in the blue catfish liver reveals early activation of the MHC class I pathway after infection with Edwardsiella ictaluri. . Oryzias latipes. 100. M. 44. 2007. 357. Food and forensic molecular identification: Update and challenges.. Coordinated down-regulation of the antigen processing machinery in the gills of amoebic gill disease-affected Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L. Lee. 2002. 237.. Two unlinked loci controlling the sex of blue tilapia (Oreochromis aureus).. C.H. Expression profiling of candidate genes during ovary-to-testis trans-differentiation in rainbow trout masculinized by androgens. Huvet. 2581. Mol. 45. Baron. 2007.. DMY is a Y-specific DM-domain gene required for male development in the medaka fish. Insights into the immune transcriptome of the shrimp Litopenaeus vannamei: Tissue-specific expression profiles and transcriptomic responses to immune challenge. D. Hepatic gene expression profiles in juvenile rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) fed fishmeal or fish oil-free diets. 102. et al. Dev. A. 111. Nature. D. Comp. 52. Gene. 2008. 110. U. 319. E. et al.. and Hänni. Immunol. et al. 29. 13. 114.. et al.. 109. 93. 359. Ezaz. 11778. 191.. et al. physiological.. 2004. 211. 2000. Genet. et al. Wheeler. Nagahama.. Panserat. Physiol.S. Sarropoulou. Proc.W. Br. F.. 2008. Natl. 369. Effects of short-term growth hormone treatment on liver and muscle transcriptomes in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). Isolation and physical mapping of sex-linked AFLP markers in nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus L.. D. 2008. 2005. Mol. 113. 559. 2001. Androgen-induced masculinization in rainbow trout results in a marked dysregulation of early gonadal gene expression profiles.56 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 92. Comparative genome analysis of the primary sex-determining locus in salmonid fishes. 15. R. S. 2008. et al. 2. Marine natural products..] 104. Associations between single nucleotide polymorphisms in candidate genes and growth rate in Arctic charr (Salvelinus alpinus L. 107. Heredity. Devlin. R. 25.G. 2005.. Nanda. Sci. J.). Y. Nature. B..T.

................ the adenosine triphosphate (ATP) regeneration that occurs in vivo stops and ATP is degraded until 57 ...................... and Fidel Toldrá Contents 5..3........ Hernández-Cázares.............................. Leticia Mora.......... Nevertheless..65 5.3 Analysis of ATP-Related Compounds ....................................... 60 5......59 5......................Chapter 5 Nucleotides and Nucleosides M......................................................57 5......................59 5......................3...............2............... beheaded... Aleida S....... Sensory methods to evaluate fish quality are subjective and difficult to use in the evaluation of processed (fillets.....1 31Phosphorous-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy ..................................1 Introduction .. 64 References ........ or eviscerated fish) or canned fish... the autolytic process derived from tissue enzymatic activity and lipid oxidations also contributes to fish maturation and subsequent spoilage............................................61 5...............1 Introduction Bacterial growth is the main factor limiting fish commercial life by producing its alteration and unpleasant flavor....................................2 Capillary Electrophoresis ...3..........3..2................3......................3............1 Extraction of Nucleotides and Nucleosides ...................2 Chemical Structure of Main Seafood Nucleosides and Nucleotides ............................61 5.4 Enzymatic Analysis.. After death................2 Nucleotides and Nucleosides Determination .... The first autolytic process taking place in fish affects carbohydrates and nucleotides...................... Concepción Aristoy.......2. Thus..............61 5..........2...............3 Chromatography....................61 5........................................ objective methods for freshness determination are required and the determination of the biochemical changes occurring in early postmortem in fish constitute a helpful tool...................................................................

3 In all cases.1 Degradation of ATP in postmortem fish muscle. As a result of endogenous enzymes action. Ino and Hx concentrations increased during storage. which is accumulated in postharvest fish. This process involves a series of reactions commonly represented according to the sequence shown in Figure 5. Inosine is transformed to hypoxanthine (Hx) by the action of the enzyme nucleoside phosphorylase (NP). although it might be accelerated by the action of different bacteria.1. and Hx in the flesh of some species of fish during chilled storage. (2006) published a review of the concentration of IMP. The speed of each step in this reaction chain and especially in the Ino to Hx and Hx to Xa conversion depends on the fish species.2 Howgate et al. . IMP degradation to inosine (Ino) and its disappearance have been correlated with lack of freshness in some fish species. because many factors can affect O N H 2N N N N O O HO ATP OH HO P O P O P OH O OH O ATP ase N Pi HO ADP Pi Myokinase OH N N H2N N O O HO P O P OH O O OH OH N HO N N N O OH HO Ino Pi Nucleosidase phosphorilase Ribose 1-phosphate O HN N Hx N N H O2 Xanthine oxidase OH Nucleotidase Pi HO N N N N HO IMP O O OH O P OH AMP deaminase OH NH3 H2N N N N N HO AMP O O OH O P OH OH O HN O H2O2 N H Xa N N H O2 Xanthine oxidase O H2O2 HN O H N O N H UA N H Figure 5. the use of a single compound as freshness indicator is not always advisable. This enzyme is mainly generated in muscle from biochemical processes of microorganisms.58 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis rigor mortis is reached.1 The following IMP dephosphorylation to obtain inosine is mainly autolytic and occurs at a slower rate during the first stage of cold storage. and either of the two may be used as freshness indicators. Ino. which is oxidized to xanthine (Xa) and uric acid in the presence of xanthine oxidase (XO) enzyme. IMP is the main nucleotide present in fish species.4 However. ATP molecule is rapidly degraded to adenosine monophosphate (AMP) and afterward to inosine monophosphate (IMP). whereas AMP remains major in crustaceans.

Some of them are briefly described here.2 Chemical Structure of Main Seafood Nucleosides and Nucleotides To a better understanding of the methods of analysis of these compounds. generally within 1 day of storage in ice after death in all fish species.16. The ratio Hx/AMP was considered an adequate alternative to characterize fish freshness due to its constant increment with time.12 However. For this reason. the disappearance of the degradation products differs from one species to another3 as mentioned here. Nucleotides are o-phosphoric acid esters of the nucleosides. and it is important to stop this reaction drastically at the sampling time. and thus. as shown when comparing high-temperature short-time process at 125°C for 9 min with a common retort process at 115°C for 90 min. to which one or two additional phosphate groups are attached through pyrophosphate bonds (∼P) (Figure 5. ATP-chain degradation occurs very fast. In this way. Nucleosides currently analyzed in seafoods are those in which a purine ring.14 Measurement of ATP-related compounds is also useful for the quality control of retorted fishes. a hypoxanthine ratio or H value (Hx/(IMP + Ino + Hx) × 100) was considered as a better indicator of fish freshness in this type of species. adenosine diphosphate (ADP).3 Analysis of ATP-Related Compounds The correct analysis of ATP-related compounds must take into account that early postmortem fish muscle is very sensitive to temperature. a high content of Hx is related with the bitter off taste of spoiled fish. In order to achieve this rapid freezing. Ino.6 This value has been used as one of the freshness indexes to evaluate the quality change of postharvest fish. making K value inadequate as a freshness indicator.2). also. This is achieved by immediately freezing the excised muscle under liquid nitrogen to stop all enzymatic reactions. often designed K ′ value or Ki index. respectively. the knowledge of their molecular structure is important.15. and AMP disappear early postmortem.16 Another suggestion to use nucleotide compounds as a measurement of seafood quality is their relation with sensory attributes.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 59 nucleotide degradation such as the type of spoilage bacteria and mechanical handling of fish. On the other hand. IMP is derived from the inosine in which a phosphate group is attached to the 5-ribose carbon.18 After this. nucleotides and nucleosides should be extracted and analyzed. K value is defined as the ratio of Ino and Hx to the sum of ATP and related compounds expressed as a percentage.7–9 Nevertheless. ADP and ATP are derived from the AMP. a revised K value. is more often considered as monitoring the loss of IMP and is defined as the ratio of Ino and Hx to the sum of IMP. 5.2. These cold conditions must be held along the sample preparation.11 and.17 5. adenine. whereas IMP evokes a fresh meaty taste sensation.5 and. AMP or adenylic acid is derived from the adenosine in which a phosphate group is attached at the 5-ribose carbon. forming the adenosine or inosine. for several species. consequently. This is the main reason for the use of indexes with more than one compound from the ATP-degradation chain. or hypoxanthine is attached to a ribose. ATP. . it is advisable to collect small tissue samples and immerse them into liquid nitrogen. Nucleosides are glycosylamines that are formed when a nucleobase (purine or pyrimidine base) attaches to a ribose or deoxyribose ring. a high accumulation of Ino occurs during ATP degradation. even at refrigeration temperatures. and Hx expressed as percentage.10.13.

22 . These fish extracts are used in enzymatic assays with biosensors19. with or without employing an ion-pairing agent. This neutralized extract is kept in an ice bath for 15 min and centrifuged again (15. cold 0.60 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Adenosine nucleoside N N NH2 OH HO P O O OH P O O O P O OH HO O N N OH Ribose Adenine purine base AMP ADP ATP Adenosine nucleotide Figure 5. and Hx.6 M perchloric acid is added.2 μm membrane filter and stored under frozen storage at temperatures below −20°C until analysis. after centrifugation (27. Once the extract is centrifuged (15.17 Other extraction methods consist in the homogenization of 2.000 g for 20 min).3.8 by adding solid potassium carbonate or 1 M potassium hydroxide.8 and then filtered with a 0.45 mm membrane. the supernatant is filtered through glass wool and neutralized to pH 6. avoiding any thawing.000 g for 10 min).000 g for 15 min). 3–5 vol. Ino. The frozen tissue is minced.5–6.1 Extraction of Nucleotides and Nucleosides A typical extraction procedure for the analysis of fish samples by reversed-phase chromatography. although storage at −18°C has been demonstrated to be enough to preserve fish samples and fish extracts for the analysis of IMP. they are neutralized with 2 M sodium hydroxide.2 Structure of adenosine-derived nucleotides.5 g of fish sample with 10% trichloroacetic acid and. is the following: 5 g or less of muscle tissue are excised and quickly frozen with liquid nitrogen. 5. The supernatant is filtered through a 0.20 and/or spectrophotometers as well as in capillary electrophoresis (CE)21 or ion chromatography (IC). and the tissue is homogenized with a stomacher-type homogenizer for a few minutes under cold conditions. The neutralized extract must be made up to 5 mL with 20 mM phosphate buffer pH 7.

and the K′ or K i index will be usually enough to characterize fish . 5. Thus. including fish extract. followed by 2 min of the running buffer used. and hypoxanthine would be a potential of 416 V/cm of capillary using 100 mM 3-[cyclohexylamino]-1-propanesulfonic acid (CAPS) buffer.2. ion-exchange HPLC.26 reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) with and without ion pair. Nevertheless. AMP).19 5.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 61 In the development of biosensor analysis. because these samples usually contain significant amounts of ions.27 IC. The mode of separation will depend on the analyte of interest.2. Capillary electrophoresis has been used in many nucleotide analysis applications as in the study of nucleotide degradation in fish tissues.3 Chromatography At present. ADP. intact fishes after being submitted to physical and chemical stressors such as hypoxia.24 5. In the analysis of complex biological samples.2.1 31 31 Phosphorous-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy The phosphorous nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (31P-NMR) technique makes it possible to perform multiple determinations of high-energy phosphates in vivo in the same muscle sample.3. including nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR).22 and enzymatic assays. pH 11.2 Capillary Electrophoresis CE is a powerful separation technique that can provide high separation efficiency and high sample throughput with minimal sample volume and buffer consumption. nucleotides will disappear at the rigor mortis state (normally 1 day after catch). to analyze nucleotides. some authors have described extraction methods that consisted of heated fish sample. both a microwave oven at 500 V for 5 s and heating at 100°C for 60 min have been used. inosine.2 Nucleotides and Nucleosides Determination Several methods have been used to measure nucleotides and nucleosides. the reconditioning of the capillary surface is ensured by washing 1 min with 1M NaOH. in vivo 31P-NMR spectroscopy has been used as a powerful technique to characterize the biochemical changes that occur in live. However.25 thin-layer chromatography (TLC). the addition of an ion-pair to the mobile phase greatly improves the separation by increasing the retention time of charged molecules (ATP.3. RP-HPLC and ion-paired reverse-phase are the methods of choice for this analysis.28 Also in vitro 31P-NMR spectroscopy has been applied to both excised tissue and perchloric acid extracts of fish muscle. HPLC has been shown to be the most widely used technique to analyze nucleotides and nucleosides. 5. In this way. which may be adsorbed on capillary walls. among other chromatographic techniques.23.3.21 Typical conditions to get a good separation of IMP. Thus.3. high-performance capillary electrophoresis (HPCE). In particular. radioimmunoassay. this technique can present problems in reproducibility.

62 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis freshness or quality. 5.3.17.29 phosphorylated metabolites are also well separated in the chromatogram.3.3 both chromatograms of standards and hake nucleosides and nucleotides are shown. There are many approaches to analyze nucleotides and nucleosides by this technique. a simple RP-HPLC with a phosphate buffer as mobile phase will be adequate. (2) ATP.2. (5) hypoxanthine. and (6) inosine. The column used is an analytical reversed-phase RP-18 column.1 Reversed-Phase HPLC The chromatographic analysis should be performed in a liquid chromatograph equipped with an UV detector (254 nm).3 RP-HPLC chromatograms of standards (a) and hake (b) ATP-derived compounds.15 The identification of the chromatographic peaks can be performed by comparing the peak retention times and spectral characteristics (if a diode array detector is available) with those of standards. . The separation was achieved with an RP C-18 column at 35°C and a gradient between phosphate buffer at pH 7 and acetonitrile. All of them use a phosphate buffer as the mobile phase and a gradient with methanol or acetonitrile should be accomplished to improve the Ino resolution and reduce the chromatogram time. 1000 (a) 6 800 600 400 Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) 1 2 3 4 5 200 0 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 2 3 6 (b) 1 5 4 Retention time (min) Figure 5.29 With buffer pH 7. In Figure 5. Quantitative analysis can be performed by external or internal standard method. (3) ADP. (1) IMP. Then. which differ mainly in the pH of the mobile phase. (4) AMP.

4 Ion-paired HPLC chromatograms of salmon (a) and sardine (b). Nevertheless. because the ion pair enhances the retention time and separation.3. as well as the resolution. and the key is to add an ion pair (an ion of charge opposite to that of the analyte molecule). . the ion pair should be a positive ion with a hydrophobic rest to improve the affinity with the stationary phase. this method is more expensive than the more simple technique previously described.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 63 5. (4) AMP.and tri-nucleotides have to be analyzed. which is especially useful in separating mixtures of charged and uncharged molecules. and (6) inosine.3. (5) hypoxanthine.2 Ion-Pair RP-HPLC The most common technique used for the separation of nucleotides is ion-pair RP-HPLC. ATP-derived compounds. 1400 1200 1000 800 600 Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) 400 200 0 1200 5 1 (a) 6 2 3 4 6 1000 800 600 400 5 200 2 0 0 5 10 Retention time (min) 15 3 1 (b) 4 20 Figure 5. Thus. either tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate or phosphate is the ion pair most used. (3) ADP. The separation is achieved in a reversed-phase column.4 shows an ion-paired chromatogram of a 48 h postmortem sardine extract. Figure 5.2. Due to the negative charge of the phosphorylated groups of nucleotides. due to the ionic nature of the phosphate esters that facilitates strong interactions with the ion-pair reagent at the appropriate pH. (2) ATP. (1) IMP.17. making it less dependant on the type of column.30 This ion-paired technique is especially useful when di.

5. constituting what is known as enzyme sensors o biosensors.2 Enzymatic Methods with Immobilized Enzymes In this case.2.8 and 30°C–37°C. Ino. although these applications used to be achieved with at least one of these enzymes immobilized as described earlier. electrodes. which will be further quantified by measuring the absorbance at 290 nm and by polarimetry. NP.36 Nevertheless.35 The most used is the biosensor based on the measure of hypoxanthine. and hypoxanthine will be oxidized to uric acid and H2O2. agricultural. because the denaturalization of the enzymes with time.35 Some details about the use of different biomaterials in order to select the best recognition elements and the most adequate methods for the enzyme immobilization have been described.39 This procedure was also used to analyze ATP and related compounds in fish sauces with very good results. respectively. enzyme-coated strips.34 A biosensor is a system composed of a biological recognition element and a biochemical or physical transducer in intimate contact or in close proximity with each other in order to relate the concentration of an analyte to a measurable signal.20.32 or immobilized. due to its specificity. These assays may be carried out with the enzymes in solution31. but they remain immobilized in different supports.64 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 5. and biotechnology. because no interference of salt in the medium was observed here as was in the case using the HPLC method. 5. which is immobilized in a membrane fi xed in the sensing area of the electrode. In this sensor.6–7.36–38 The most used biosensors for the nucleotide-related compound analysis are electrochemical sensors.31 Another possibility consisted in monitoring the oxygen consumption after these enzymatic reactions with an amperometric-type sensor (oxymeter). In these conditions.4 Enzymatic Analysis The use of enzymatic methods to analyze nucleotides in seafood is widespread due to their high specificity.3. and thus test kits.2. in which an enzyme or a group of enzymes are immobilized in a membrane or other supports. In addition.20. simplicity. The depletion of oxygen or the formation of hydrogen peroxide or uric acid may be detected amperometrically. XO enzyme. which is further coupled to a chemical transducer. the application in the food industry is still restricted36 mainly due to critical stages such as enzyme immobilization or sample preparation for analysis.1 Enzymatic Methods with the Enzyme in Solution The concentration of Hx.2.41 or for the evaluation of chicken32 and beef meat33 aging. Indeed. the analysis may be performed with one or more enzymes. and IMP may be determined spectrophotometrically by a sequential addition of XO. or sensors have a limited shelf life. and rapid response. all the approaches to date need the sample preparation described earlier. inosine. Prodomidis and Karayannis85 reported a review on enzyme-based amperometric sensors applied to food analysis in which the principles and materials commonly used for the construction of the electrodes are described.3. oxidizes the hypoxanthine to xanthine and uric acid. This option offers some advantages in relation to the free enzyme. These enzymes act by oxidizing the substrates (analyte) while consuming oxygen or producing hydrogen peroxide or uric acid.4. environmental. although biosensors have shown its utility in some applications such as clinical.33. IMP.4. the use of commercial kits or disposals presents some problems. This sensor has been developed mainly for assessing the freshness of fish meat40. and 5′-nucleotidase (NT) into a reaction phosphate buffer containing the fish extract sample at pH 7. while the depletion of oxygen is measured by a Clark-type elec- .3.

6. M. and then after adding a soluble NP. Ltd... F. Food Sci.53.6 to −0. J. Eur. Bull. E. Food Sci. and Hx amounts. and. In the measurement of hypoxanthine.R.. IMP. K i. This method was patented by Luong. IMP. Luong and Male20 used a multienzymatic biosensor system to determine the H value as a fish freshness indicator.. Agric. Quinta. Robles-Burgueno.46 or even in a carbon paste electrode modified with electrodeposited gold nanoparticles.48 IMP. M. and Hx using a cellulose triacetate membrane have been described. 36: 19–22.A. D. T. R. Sci. or H2O2. uric acid. 1 mol of Hx would be converted to 1 mol of uric acid and 2 mol of hydrogen peroxide.34 to obtain the Ki parameter as a freshness indicator. Most recent approaches to determine Hx are based on the incorporation of the XO enzyme in a graphite/Teflon matrix.54 In fact. M. Postmortem changes in quality indices of ice-stored flounder (Paralichthys patagonicus). M. Comparable results to that of HPLC were reported. 2000. Paredi. R. Saito. 2. Y.45 a nafion-coated platinum disc electrode..E. Technol. 2006. LeBlanc. thus.23. J. et al.E. necessary to obtain K. specific biosensors to determine AMP. M. Most of these supports have been developed with the aim of eliminating interferences due to ascorbic acid. Postmortem biochemical and functional characteristic of Monterey sardine muscle stored at 0°C.E. 2005. M. 65: 40–47. Ino. 5. J. Gill. Thus. P. J. Technol. In this way. some authors have described this type of biosensor coupled with an oxygen electrode. A review of the kinetics of degradation of inosine monophosphate in some species of fish during chilled storage. 3.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 65 trode at a platinum cathode (−0. A. Kuley.56 References 1. 1959. 212: 141–146. Flow injection analysis (FIA) has been widely used in the development of these multienzymatic biosensors constituting different types of reactors in which different enzyme combinations can be immobilized as well as introduced as soluble enzyme.33 although this relation should be confirmed in each particular system.44 a polyaniline film by electropolimerization.49 and Ino50 and a multienzymatic sensor to analyze simultaneously AMP. Formed Hx was measured with an amperometric sensor that detected uric acid + hydrogen peroxide in an additive matter.. Int. Matsuyoshi. different supports have been used for the immobilization of the XO enzyme. Food Chem. An immobilized NT was used for the previous conversion of IMP to Ino.. 41: 341–353. The consumed oxygen produces a current decrease that can be correlated to the concentration of Hx. Fish. Arai. which can be present in the sample or formed during the enzymatic reaction. Biochemical basis of postmortem nucleotide catabolism in cod (Gadus morhua) and its relationship to spoilage. 29: 570–590. and H values. A new method for estimating the freshness of fish. Both Hx and X are substrates for the XO action and will be oxidized either simultaneously or sequentially. Male. Howgate.55. Sci. Ino was converted to Hx. Nunes.L.. P. K. an Ag/AgCl reference electrode... T.L.. 4.. Özogul.41 preactivated nylon.51 The use of multienzymatic biosensors to measure fish freshness has been very helpful for the simultaneous determination of AMP. 1: 13–19. cellulose triacetate. Özogul. The proposed relation 1 Hx for ½ X for each oxygen molecule formed must be taken into account to quantify the Hx. Massa. J. Jpn. and Nguyen52 and afterward it has been commercialized as a Freshness Meter KV-101 (Oriental Electric Co. 7. Palacios. Nucleotide degradation in sardine (Sardina pilchardus) stored in different storage condition at 4°C. A similar application was proposed12.9 V) vs. Food Res.J. Ino.18 and a silk fibron membrane in combination with a cellulose acetate membrane42 or a nylon net43 have been used. Surette.. Food Biochem.53. Japan). .47 On the other hand. 1988. Changes in baseline levels of nucleotides during ice storage of fish and crustaceans from the Portuguese coast. 2007. 2001.. Mendes. R. Pacheco-Aguilar. Soc. 24: 749–750. Lugo-Sánchez.. Fish.E.

17: 367–372.. Massa..B. Fraser. J. Roberts. C. LWT-Food Sci. Fujita.. Sci. Hamada-Sato. Agric. Technol. F. Food Sci. 2009. 1969. Technol. Determination of the big head carp myofibrillar (Aristichthys nobilis) adenosine triphosphatase activity by ion chromatography.J. T. Nucleotide catabolism in cold stored adductor muscle of scallop (Zygochlamys patagonica).R. Bioelectron... 35: 549–554. 13. Nguyen. Márquez-Rios.H. 59: 467–472. 15. 20. M. 1984.. Male. Watanabe. 33: 100–103. Chem. Physiol. 279–288. Quitral. 57–1: 77–81. M. Autolytic degradation and microbiological activity in farmed Coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) during chilled storage. H. Food Sci. L.E. 17: 712. 26...A. Lugo-Sanchez.66 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 8. Y. Food Biochem.A. Luong. pp. Food Sci. Anal. (Eds. Postmortem biochemical behavior of giant squid (Dosidicus gigas) mantle muscle stored in ice and its relation with quality parameters. 9. E. H. Yuan. Food Sci. E. 1990a. Male. Effects of freshness on ATP-related compounds in retorted chub mackerel Scomber japonicus.. M. et al. Determination of high-energy phosphate compounds in fish muscle: 31P-NMR spectroscopy and enzymatic methods.C.. 32: 314–319. M. J. 62: 2490–2493. Determination of fish freshness with an enzyme sensor system. Borgese.. Goto. Biosens. Hypoxanthine ratio determination in fish extract using capillary electrophoresis and immobilized enzymes. M. 31: 56–67. Luong.. Homarus americanus. Food Chem. et al.A. 1992b. J.M.. 10. 28.. Flow system for freshness determination based on double multi-enzyme reactor electrodes. P. K. J. 12.L. E. K.. et al. Quantick. J. Suzuki.C. et al. Roth. et al. Nagel. 42: 1–17. J.L.T. H. M. 19. Pacheco-Aguilar. CRC Press.T.C.. Comparison of radioimmunoassay and spectrophotometric analysis for the quantitation of hypoxanthine in fish muscle.. 1962. N. M. Comp. an indicator of fish freshness. Murray. A. Physiol. Kuda. Bioelectron. Clifford. Biol. R.L. Agric. Food Biochem. trawled cod (Gadus callarius). J. Mol.. Guanosine triphosphate (GTP): The major organic phosphate in the erythrocytes of the elasmobranch Mustelus canis (smooth dogfish). A 1118: 278–280.. Meat and fish flavors—Significance of ribomononucleotides and their metabolites. 14: 125–130. J. Gao. Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis.. E.H. N..H. R. Crupkin. ´ ´. Jones. Biochem. J.. Post-mortem degradation of adenine nucleotides in muscle of the lobster. C. J. 18. E. D. Nucleotides and its derived compounds. 22. Int. N. Food Agric.J. Development of quality evaluation sensor for fish freshness control based on K1 value. Van der Thillart. F. 1977.E. Hines. Biochem. Determination of nucleosides in fish tissues using capillary electrophoresis. Watanabe. H. LWT-Food Sci. Özogul.N. F. Part B: Biochem. Toldra. J. Tamada. G. Freshness loss in sierra fish (Scomberomorus sierra) muscle stored in ice as affected by postcapture handling practices. I. Castillo-Yanez. B. B. Izquierdo-Pulido.. 16. 40: 1186–1190.E.A.R. Food Chem. 2005. R. FL. T. Van Waarde. A. Marquez-Rios.T. Larrain.. Goto. A rapid HPLC-determination of ATP-related compounds and its application to herring stored under modified atmosphere. Fujita.. 2002.. S.T. Vidal-Carou. 95(4): 789–795. A. 1997. Boca Raton.B. 2007. Veciana-Nogués. 104: 369–375. 1968. 2002.R. J.. 21: 534–538. 29. Food Chem. 21.. J. et al. Masson. 17. Moran-Palacio. 2007. Aristoy. Taylor.. Jones.F. H. Aubourg. Effects of retort conditions on ATP-related compounds in pouched fish muscle. 2006. T.. 72: C356–C362. S. et al..P. Chromatogr. 27.and hypoxanthine nucleotide in the muscle of chillstored. Technol. Food Chem. et al. Masson. J. C. Degradation of adenine.. Toldra F. 2007. Comp.). In Nollet L. 2000. Morris. et al. J. E. Matsuoka. M. J. 1991. Development of a new biosensor system for the determination of the hypoxanthine ratio.A. Food Chem.. Dingle.D. 26: 295–305. M.. 2007. M. et al. Enzyme Microb. .. Muller. K. 11. et al. Technol.. M..I. Xue. Biosens. V. Luong. Okuma. 24. 23. 1990. 41: 469–473. 13: 475–480. 2008. Paredi. Determination of ATP related compounds in fresh and canned tuna fish by HPLC.. 1992a. Kuda. 60: 317–321. Karube. 14. 25..

Biotechnol. Y. Nguyen. 2002.html. Toyama. Biotechnol. Food Chem.. Watanabe. S.com/5288613. 51..T. 1995. Chim. 48. 37: 729–735. Karube. Im. I. I. Talanta 43: 283–289. Nguyen.J. Venugopal. Mascini. 2006.K. inosine-5′ phosphate and adenosine 5′-phosphate with a multielectrode enzyme sensor. G. 39. Biosensor for detection of hypoxanthine based on xanthine oxidase immobilized on chemically modified carbon paste electrode. Evaluation of beef ageing by determination of hypoxanthine contents: Application of a xanthine sensor.. N. H.M.. Anal. 1999. Anal. Tokimatsu. Volpe. 67: 1627–1631. Liju. Y. Electroanalysis 14: 214–261.. Food Chem.. Pelegrine. 44.. Yano. Cayuela. Food Sci. Chem. Anal. 19(1): 18..I.. A. 36. Enzyme sensor for hypoxanthine and inosine determination in edible fish. Luo. J. Biol. J. . Anal. V. Luong. Kubota. Luong. J. Q. K. Y. L. Biosens. Paquet. 1996. L. 38. A. Ogura. H. G. M. Yazawa. A. Toyama. Food Sci. S.. Enzymatic method for measuring ATP related compounds in fish sauces.P. 32: 385–390. 2000. Am. et al. Xu. Hori. Biomolecules for development of biosensors and their applications. L. Determination of adenosine 5′-monophosphate in fish and shellfish using an enzyme sensor. 35. Appl.. Watanabe.. A. S. 6: 207–211. Microbiol.T. 45. 2002. Sens. Biosensor in fish production and quality control. Acta 412: 55–61.. Biosensor based on xanthine oxidase for monitoring hypoxanthine in fish meat.. T. Anal. 1984b. N. 1998. Simultaneous determination of hypoxanthine. 37. Manso. Sharma. E. Prodomidis.L. et al. T. T. 1995. Reviejo. 52: 107–112. Review of the use of biosensors as analytical tools in the food and drink industries. D. 2005.L. et al.T. 50.. Peng. Agric.J. Pingaron. 1(2): 85–892. Determination of inosine-5-monophosphate in fish tissue with an enzyme sensor. Development of a bioenzymatic graphite-Teflon composite electrode for the determination of hypoxanthine in fish.M. http://www.S.. Agüí. Silk fibroin/cellulose acetate membrane electrodes incorporating xanthine oxidase for the determination of fish freshness.B.. K. Enzyme Microb. T.D... 77: 237–256. 31. Y. J. Yang. C... Enzyme based amperometric biosensors for food analysis. Watanabe. Karayannis. Okuma. Kataho. J. Technol. 40. Tuzhi. 48: 496–500. Determination of hypoxanthine in fish meat with an enzyme sensor... 3: 307–316. Viera dos Santos. 42. 2003. L.M. Bioelectron.. Meynial.. 1984a. L. M. Hu. T. Applicability of the K0 value as an index of freshness for porcine and chicken muscles. 48: 114–116.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 67 30.. Nguyen. K. Appl..L.. Toyama.T. Soc. S. 47. Kumar. J.. Otani. 1996. J. 33. H. 17: 147–157.. J. 2002. 34. Qiong. Acta 260: 93–98. P. Biotech. Actuators B 113: 272–280.B. I. P.. Y. E. Ando.. I.freepatentsonline. Curr. 1990b. K. 1984d. Application of polarography for monitoring the fish post-mortem metabolite transformation.H. M. Korean Fish. J. Enzyme sensors for determination of fish freshness. et al. Takahashi. 46. 49... Combes. et al. E.. Fujita. H. 1992. 1998. Watanabe. 41. E.. Enzyme Microb. 1989. N. Chim. Yañez-Sedeño. V. K. Phys. Analyst 123: 371–377. 52: 439–445. et al.. Karube. A. 1983. Mello. Chim. Amperometric determination of fish freshness by hypoxanthine biosensor. S.. et al. C. Luong.. Retention of enzyme by electropolymerized film: A new approach in developing a hypoxanthine biosensors. M. E. Acta 164: 139–146.S. A.. Watanabe. 11: 277–282. Chim. Acta 369: 245–251. Shen. 1994. Biochem. L. 43. 1988..I. Bioeng. 1984c. Simultaneous separation of nucleotides and nucleotide sugars using an ion-pair reversed-phase HPLC: Application for assaying glycosyltransferase activity. Cho. 53. Karube. Male... 52.. et al. Yacynych. Chem. Sci Food Agric. Nakatani. 32. et al. H. Sehgal. T. Technol. et al. Kim. Male. Amperometric biosensor for hypoxanthine based on immobilized xanthine oxidase on nanocrystal gold-carbon paste electrodes. Peña. Watanabe. Toyama. Determination of a system with double enzyme reactors for the determination of fish freshness. 70: 298–302.

N. 1999... Chim... Park. Kim. Characterization of meat freshness application of a serial three-enzyme reactor system measuring ATP-degradative compounds. Mascini. Anal.-S. Volpe. 2000. M.68 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 54. I. Y. Simultaneous determination of hypoxanthine. 1997. inosine and inosine 5′-monophosphate with serially connected three enzyme reactors. I.-A. Chim. M. Anal. Acta 404: 75–81. Park. N. G. . Application for fish freshness determination. Cho. 56. Amperometric detection of uric acid and hypoxanthine with xanthine oxidase immobilized and carbon based screen-printed electrode..-J.-S. Talanta 44: 2151–2159. Carsol. 55. Acta 394: 201–221. Kim.

..................5 Qualitative and Quantitative Analyses of Marine Lipid Classes ..........5......................................................1............................................................................76 6........1................. 79 69 .2.................... 73 6................................................... 77 6................................ 72 6.........4...........................1 Acid-Catalyzed Esterification and Transesterification ..................3...............3............3 Marine Fatty Acid Analysis ....... 78 6..........3........ 71 6....3......................................................................................1 Introduction ......................................................2 Analysis of Sterols ......................2 Base-Catalyzed Transesterification ........................................ 70 6...................4 Lipid Quantification ....................................................3 Column Chromatography................ 70 6...............2 Marine Lipid Characteristics .................................................3...............................................................4 Analysis of Marine Nonsaponifiable Matter .......... 78 6.......... 73 6................5..................................................3 Lipid Manipulation and Storage .....................2 Quantitative Estimation of Fatty Acid Composition ...1 Qualitative Analysis of Fatty Acid Composition .........3 Lipid Analysis in Marine Products ............Chapter 6 Lipid Compounds Santiago P.......................1...................................2...1 Spectrophotometric Assessments of Total Lipid Extract ...............................3.............1...........................1 Isolation of Lipids from Tissues ............................... Aubourg Contents 6.1 Fatty Acid Methyl Esters Preparation ...4............... 77 6.......76 6...................2......2 Stereospecific Analysis of Lipid Classes ..1...................... 70 6.......................... 72 6................. 73 6.................. 75 6.............. 73 6............................ 75 6.................................2.........4.................................2 Removal of Nonlipid Contaminants ..............1 Lipid Saponification.......76 6...............76 6...... 75 6....................................................................................................................................................................... 72 6....................................................2 First Steps in Marine Lipid Analysis ..............1 General Aspects of Lipid Compounds ................................. 73 6.................2.........5.....................................3 Analysis of Ether Lipids .......2......................2 GLC Analysis of FAME.

. 82 6........................ Related to exogenous effects.. An alternative division into two broad classes has been shown to be convenient for lipid analysts [2].................. carotenoids.....2 Marine Lipid Characteristics In many marine organisms............................... the catching season has been shown to play a key role regarding temperature and feeding availability... 6.. glycoglycerolipids..5 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography .. DHA) [4].... toluene..... “simple lipids” (fatty acid and alcohol components) would be those that yield on hydrolysis at most two types of different products per mol...... and lipopolysaccharides would be included...1 Introduction 6.......5....4 Thin-Layer Chromatography . an inverse ..... particularly C20:5ω3 (eicosapentaenoic acid............ Marine lipids................................. such as hexane.................... sterols (sterol esters)................ Marine species have shown large variations in lipid content and composition as a result of endogenous and exogenous effects [5–7]....... 79 6......... and amines (PL)...... lipid is usually the second largest biochemical constituent after protein.................. which have in common a ready solubility in organic solvents... 80 6.. indeed.5......... phospholipids (PL)...........1 General Aspects of Lipid Compounds Lipids are found in all living organisms and have been shown to play two critical roles: (1) maintaining the integrity of plants and animals as structural compounds by forming a barrier separating the living cell from the outside world and (2) being a major source of cellular energy and function in living organisms where they can be stored.....5.. gangliosides.. ethers..................6 Silver Ion Chromatography ........70 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6...... Most textbooks describe lipids as a group of naturally occurring compounds.. 79 6.... differ from the other sources in that they contain a wider range of fatty acids.... and a larger proportion of highly unsaturated fatty acids.... longer-chain fatty acids..... A simple physicochemical classification that empirically groups lipid molecules according to the hydrophilic–lipophilic balance has been proposed [1]......... phosphoric acid... Different attempts have been carried out to define what is meant by the term lipid................... Seafood lipids are known to provide high contents of important components for the human diet............ triacylglycerols (TG)........ in it........... Because of their structural and functional variety.... a widely accepted division has been difficult...... soaps... however...............9 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography ......................... Such diverse compounds as hydrocarbons......1. Most animal and plant lipids from terrestrial and marine sources are similar in that they contain mainly even-numbered saturated and unsaturated fatty acids combined with glycerol (glycerides and glyceryl ethers).....5............ such as nutritional lipid-soluble vitamins (namely A and D) and essential and ω3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) that have shown a positive role in preventing certain human diseases.... and sphingolipids) would yield three or more types of products per mol............ chloroform..... EPA) and C22:6ω3 (docosahexaenoic acid.....................7 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectrometry .................... 80 6.5......... whereas “complex lipids” (glycerophospholipids.. including cardiovascular ones [3]..... 82 References ....... steroids......5..1.............. fatty alcohols (wax esters).... although no satisfactory or widely accepted definition exists...............8 Mass Spectrometry ........... and alcohols...81 6.............

differences according to the type of muscle and its location. probably affected by physiological and anatomical factors. A basic protocol procedure is exposed in Figure 6. content variations have specially been observed in fish locations to be employed as lipid depots. the equipment. sex. lipid matter has been described to exhibit a heterogeneous distribution throughout the body of marine species. but mainly the amount of information required.Lipid Compounds ◾ 71 relationship between unsaturated fatty acid content and environmental temperature has been confirmed for many marine fish. The approach to the analysis of lipids in a given marine sample will depend on the amount of material in the sample. In all cases. .1. and instrumentation available.1 Basic steps to be carried out for the lipid analysis of marine products. and sexual maturation have been pointed out. 6. With respect to endogenous effects. Thus. Marine products Lipid isolation from tissues Removal of nonlipid contaminants Frozen storage Fatty acid analysis Lipid classes analysis Traditional and advanced analytical methodology Figure 6.3 Lipid Analysis in Marine Products Researchers are required to analyze the lipid composition and its changes that arose during processing of food material from marine sources.1. age. The present chapter is focused on describing the available traditional and advanced analytical methodology to assess the lipid composition of marine species on the basis of a food technologist and nutritionist requirements.

1 Isolation of Lipids from Tissues Ideally. phosphatidic acid. In addition. the procedure of Bligh and Dyer [9] offers some advantages as it does not use large volumes of solvent. it should not be so polar that TG and other nonpolar simple lipids do not dissolve and are left adhered to the tissues. or lyso-phosphatidylglycerols in lipid extracts. Where large amounts of tissue have to be extracted. This type of washing procedure was first developed by Wells and Dittmer [11] and simplified later by Wuthier [12] for large numbers of samples. which yield essentially quantitative extractions of the major lipid classes when applied to homogenates of whole marine tissue extractions. urea. [8].72 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6.2 First Steps in Marine Lipid Analysis 6. . and as large volumes of solvents may be used to obtain small amounts of lipids. marine tissues should be extracted from the living organism as soon as possible after catching or slaughtering [2].2 Removal of Nonlipid Contaminants Most polar organic solvents used to extract lipids from tissues also extract significant amounts of nonlipid contaminants such as sugars. all solvents can contain contaminants. For all extraction methods. Two main problems can arise with lipid fraction when employing inconvenient storage conditions. any such impurities can be troublesome. Most of the contaminating compounds can be removed from the lipid extract mixtures simply by shaking the combined solvents with one-quarter their total volume of a dilute salt solution (e. although endogenous tissue antioxidants can provide some protection. most workers in the field appear to accept two basic routines currently in general use. A more elegant and complete. it is advisable to include an additional antioxidant at a level of 50–100 mg/L to the solvents. though more time-consuming. but many of these are not suitable for extracting lipids from tissues as they are not sufficiently polar to overcome the strong forces of association between tissue lipids and the other cellular constituents. this method applies a single-phase solubilization of the lipids using chloroform–methanol (1:1) in a solvent–tissue ratio of 4:1. However. First. a major driving force being the environmental concern regarding the use of organic solvents. PUFA can autoxidize as a result of endogenous oxidant enzymes.. diacylglycerides.2. which employs chloroform–methanol (2:1) in a solvent–tissue ratio of 20:1. 0. peptides. polar complex lipids. method of removing nonlipid contaminants is to carry out the washing procedure by liquid–liquid partition chromatography on a column of a dextran gel such as Sephadex G-25. the tissue should be kept frozen (about −60°C or less) as rapidly as possible. 6. supercritical fluid extraction shows an increasing demand. may on occasion be extracted by these when they are in the presence of large amounts of simple lipids such as TG. which do not normally dissolve readily in nonpolar solvents. As an advanced alternative. Its employment has recently been reviewed [10]. The most popular is the method of Folch et al. and salts. The second problem is endogenous lipolytic enzymes that can lead to large amounts of unesterified fatty acids. Pure single lipid classes are soluble in a wide variety of organic solvents.2. Although there are limitations to its use and alternatives are frequently suggested. such as proteins. At the same time. When this is not feasible. The ideal solvent or solvent mixture for extracting lipids from tissues should be sufficiently polar to remove all lipids from their association with cell membranes or with lipoproteins but should not react chemically with those lipids. amino acids.g.88% KCl) [8].

Two basic strategies can be applied [15. Autoxidation of double bonds in marine lipid fatty acids is particularly troublesome. fatty acids . leading to selective losses of a proportion of the less polar constituents. it has been shown that lipids can themselves dissolve in some plastics.1 Fatty Acid Methyl Esters Preparation Fatty acids are essential components of lipids. 6. 6. the Soxhlet method of extraction has been developed [13]. Storage temperature should be −30°C as the highest temperature. such as tocopherols. fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) obtained are usually introduced in the GLC system without previous removal of contaminants. Lipids should not be left for any time in the dry state and should be stored in an inert nonalcoholic solvent such as chloroform from which air is excluded by flushing with a stream of nitrogen.1 Acid-Catalyzed Esterification and Transesterification Free fatty acids (FFA) are methylated and O-acyl lipids transmethylated by heating them with a large excess of anhydrous methanol in the presence of an acidic catalyst. provided water absorption onto the dry extract lipid is avoided.1. since plasticizers are very easily leached out.2. This method proved to be accurate in the case of a high lipid content (low complex lipid content). near-infrared (NIR) spectrometry. and the resulting lipid extract can no more be employed for further analysis. lipids should be handled in an atmosphere of nitrogen. a known aliquot of the purified lipid extract is softly heated and the resulting dry lipid matter weighted. a large diethyl ether volume is employed.3 Lipid Manipulation and Storage Wherever possible. afford some protection to lipid extracts.3. Owing to the wide variety of fatty acid compounds in marine lipids (Table 6.3. Their measurement by gas–liquid chromatography (GLC) is the most commonly used method for lipid analysis. relatively important errors are obtained.1). in general. As storage containers.16]: acid catalysis and base catalysis. Conversely.Lipid Compounds ◾ 73 6. if not. According to the special relevance recently acquired by noninvasive technologies. Lipid extracts have to be converted into methyl ester derivatives. application of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR).4 Lipid Quantification For most common purposes.3 Marine Fatty Acid Analysis 6. but it is usually advisable to add further synthetic antioxidants to storage solvents at the level of 50–100 mg/L [2].2. large volumes of solvents are best removed by means of a rotatory film evaporator at a temperature that. For fast purposes. 6. Plastic ware of all kinds (other than that made from TeflonTM) can be specially troublesome and is best avoided. since PUFA will oxidize rapidly in air [2]. Small volumes of solvent can be evaporated by carefully directing a stream of nitrogen onto the surface of the solvent. Natural tissue antioxidants. this analysis is more complicated than that with other kinds of living organisms. should not exceed about 40°C. In it. and care must be taken at all steps in the analysis of lipids. and Fatmeter measurements is proving to be of increasing interest [14]. In addition. Then. glass is the best choice. When it is necessary to concentrate lipid extracts.

15-Octadecatetraenoic 5.11.8.74 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 6.12.16.17-Eicosapentaenoic 7.9.14.11.10.14-Eicosatetraenoic 5.19-Docosapentaenoic 4.13.7.12.12-Octadecadienoic 9.10.1 Fatty Acids Commonly Present in Marine Speciesa Systematic Name Trivial Name Abbreviated Name Saturated Fatty Acids 14:0 15:0 16:0 17:0 18:0 20:0 22:0 24:0 Tetradecanoic Pentadecanoic Hexadecanoic Heptadecanoic Octadecanoic Eicosanoic Docosanoic Tetracosanoic Myristic — Palmitic Margaric Stearic Arachidic Behenic Lignoceric Monounsaturated Fatty Acids 16:1 ω7 18:1 ω9 18:1 ω7 20:1 ω11 20:1 ω9 22:1 ω11 22:1 ω9 24:1 ω9 9-Hexadecenoic 9-Octadecenoic 11-Octadecenoic 9-Eicosenoic 11-Eicosenoic 11-Docosenoic 13-Docosenoic 15-Tetracosenoic Palmitoleic Oleic Vaccenic Gadoleic Gondoic Cetoleic Erucic Nervonic Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids 18:2 ω6 18:3 ω3 18:4 ω3 20:4 ω6 20:5 ω3 22:5 ω3 22:6 ω3 a 9.8.13.15-Octadecatrienoic 6.” .16. the double-bond configuration is “cis.19-Docosahexaenoic Linoleic Linolenic Stearidonic Araquidonic EPA DPA or clupanodonic DHA or cervonic In all cases.

Boron trifluoride in methanol is also used as a transmethylation catalyst and in particular as a rapid esterifying reagent for FFA. 6. glasspacked columns were widely employed [18]. This is simply prepared by adding acetyl chloride slowly to cooled dry methanol. known commercial FAME have been employed for the provisional identification of fatty acids by direct comparison of their retention times and those of the unknown esters on the same columns under identical conditions. However. prepared simply by dissolving fresh clean sodium in dry methanol. This reagent has been applied directly to fish muscle to obtain FAME without previous lipid extraction [17]. although potassium methoxide or hydroxide have also been used as catalysts. The reagent has a limited shelf life unless refrigerated. FFA are not esterified.1 Qualitative Analysis of Fatty Acid Composition During the previous decades. However. and the use of old or too concentrated solutions may result in the production of methoxy-substituted acids from unsaturated fatty acids and. The commonest reagent used for this purpose has been sodium methoxide in anhydrous methanol.2 Base-Catalyzed Transesterification O-acyl lipids are transesterified very rapidly in anhydrous methanol in the presence of a basic catalyst. As with acid-catalyzed procedures. a PUFA loss. so most performances have been carried out for qualitative and quantitative analysis [16]. Initially. the application of wall-coated open tubular (WCOT) columns to the analysis of fatty acids has provided a better knowledge of the complexity of marine fatty acids [19].Lipid Compounds ◾ 75 from amide-bound lipids (sphingolipids) are also transesterified.2.2 GLC Analysis of FAME The advent of GLC revolutionized the analysis of the fatty acid components of lipids. The commonest and mildest reagent used for the purpose is anhydrous hydrogen chloride in methanol. FAME are obtained by heating the reaction mixture in a stoppered tube at 50°C overnight.3. 6. accordingly. a further solvent such as toluene should be employed. Later on. . an additional solvent is necessary to solubilize nonpolar lipids such as cholesterol esters or TG. The retention times of the unknown acids should be measured under identical operating conditions. under base catalysis. Parallel to ECL value employment. aldehydes are not liberated from plasmalogens and amide-bound fatty acids are not affected. parameters known as equivalent chain lengths (ECLs) or carbon numbers have considerably been employed. whereas aldehydes are liberated from plasmalogens under acidic conditions.1. In order to guarantee complete solution of nonpolar lipid classes. and the ECL values are read directly from the graph. ECL values can be calculated from an equation similar to that for Kovats’ indices or found by reference to the straight line obtained by plotting the logarithms of the retention times of a homologous series of straight-chain saturated FAME against the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic chain of each acid. Transesterification is carried out in the same manner and at much the same rate as with methanolic hydrogen chloride. 6. A different possibility consists of employing a solution of 1%–2% (v/v) concentrated sulfuric acid in methanol.3.3.

However. Such compounds can be divided into sterols and “ether lipids. A high proportion of the available data has been obtained for the methyl ester derivatives of fatty acids.76 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis In recent years. and polyenoic fatty acids should be analyzed under the same GLC conditions for checking the quantification results. On the other hand.16]. the fatty acids on one side and diethyl-ether-soluble nonsaponifiable materials on the other side are separately recovered for further analysis [2]. 6. this is specially relevant for PUFA. Total sterol content can be determined directly and spectrophotometrically from the lipid extract by using the method of Huang et al. Problems of measuring this area arise mainly when components are not completely separated. branched. cyclic. as well as the deacylated residues of ether lipid compound. and there is no way of overcoming this difficulty entirely. If necessary. the basic structure of which includes the cyclopentanophenanthrene ring.4 Analysis of Marine Nonsaponifiable Matter 6. 4.3. nonadecanoic acid is employed and added before the methylation step. based on the Liebermann–Buchardt reaction.” 6. commercially available standard mixtures containing accurately known amounts of methyl esters of saturated. pyridinecontaining derivatives.4-dimethyloxazoline derivatives of fatty acids have been found to show several advantages and have been applied successfully to the structural determination of PUFA and cyclopropenoid fatty acids [21]. 6. For a complete analysis. According to the previous section.2 Quantitative Estimation of Fatty Acid Composition With reliable modern gas chromatographs equipped with flame ionization detectors (FID). A known quantity of an internal standard should be added to the lipid sample.1 Lipid Saponification Lipids may be hydrolyzed (saponified) by heating them under reflux with an excess of dilute aqueous ethanolic alkali. Finally.2.4. or oxygenated chains. quantitative results would first be calculated on its basis. monoenoic. within limits.4. [22]. On the other hand.2 Analysis of Sterols Sterols are biological compounds. as these are easily prepared and are widely used in chromatographic analysis. such as picolinyl esters. the nonsaponifiable layer will contain any long-chain alcohols and sterols originally present in the lipid sample in the esterified form. GLC/mass spectrometry (MS) has been widely accepted as one of the most valuable techniques for the identification of fatty acids and their derivatives [20]. linearly proportional to the amount (by weight) of material eluting from the columns [15. calibration factors may have to be calculated for each fatty acid component to correct the areas of the relevant peaks in the mixtures analyzed. the resulting FFA have to be transformed into their corresponding FAME for further analysis by an acid-catalyzed method. Results can be expressed as weight percentages of the fatty acids present or as molar amounts of each fatty acid. sterols can be fractionated and analyzed by means of different . unsaturated. the areas under the peaks on the GLC traces are. have been shown to be suitable for direct mass spectrometric structural analysis of acids containing straight. In most cases.

They can be separated by a double development in a single direction with hexane–diethyl ether (95:5. In this section. The alkyl moieties are usually analyzed in the form of 1-alkylglycerol or as volatile nonpolar derivatives of this compound.27]. Methods for separating and quantifying ether-linked glycerides have been reviewed [31. and combinations of techniques must be used until the required purposes are served. neutral plasmalogens tend to migrate ahead of alkyldiacylglycerols. and its analysis has already been discussed in Section 6. whereas no simple spot test is available for the identification of alkyldiacylglycerols. Chromatographic methods for cholesterol analysis [28] are of relevant importance in foods in relation to human health concerns. thus. mostly).24].4. chimyl. Although the GLC is normally carried out with cholestane as internal standard. or they may include alkyl and alkenyl radicals. trifluoroacetate. which in turn migrate just in front of TG. batyl.32]. high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) methods can offer a nondestructive alternative. no single procedure will achieve the desired analysis. it can be cleaved by acid-catalyzed transmethylation.3. v/v) as a solvent system.4-dinitrophenyl-hydrazine (0. 6. Accordingly. Great attention has been accorded to the assessment of cholesterol oxide formation in marine products [29]. TMS.4%) in 2M HCl. such as acetate. such compounds tend to be decomposed during GLC analysis and are best reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to alkylglycerols. The alkyl groups of 1-alkyl-2. The others are often united into a group called “ether lipids. although invertebrates have shown a significant presence of other sterols [27]. Cholesterol has been shown to be the most abundant sterol in all marine living beings. although a great interest has been accorded to their isolation because of their medical and cosmetic applications [30]. Neutral plasmalogens may be detected by spraying the TLC plates with 2. or isopropylidene derivatives by GLC.3-diacyl-sn-glycerols are generally saturated or cis-monoenoic even– numbered components (16:0. and selachyl alcohols were found to be the most abundant. The first type is the major one in marine lipids. different analytical . information on ether lipid composition in marine PL is less abundant. Often. Adsorption thin-layer chromatography (TLC) on silica gel layers can be used to separate simple alkyl and alkenyl lipids. Concerning alkenylglycerols. For GLC analysis.Lipid Compounds ◾ 77 chromatographic techniques [23. Further. 18:0. Unlike fatty acids. but they suffer from the limitation of the lack of a distinctive chromophore in the analyte. Although the vinyl ether linkage is unaffected by basic hydrolysis conditions.” Such compounds are basically found as PL classes (specially in phosphatidylethanolamine).5 Qualitative and Quantitative Analyses of Marine Lipid Classes Lipid samples obtained from extraction of biological material are complex mixtures of individual lipid classes [16]. and 18:1. supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) has been employed for the glycerol ether analysis of liver oils of shark species [34]. being normally placed as the radical in position 1 and specially abundant in marine invertebrates [5. which generates dimethyl acetals from the liberated fatty aldehydes. The determination of double-bond positions in long alkyl chains has been carried out by means of picolinyl and nicotinylidene derivatives by GLC-MS [33]. alkenyl compounds have been directly identified and quantified by GLC together with FAME [35]. 6. marine sterols have to be converted into more volatile compounds such as acetate [25] and trimethylsilyl (TMS) [26] derivatives.3 Analysis of Ether Lipids Marine lipids may contain fatty acid residues as the only radicals.

a rapid NIR spectrometry has been applied for the direct FFA determination in fish oil [37]. traditional methodologies are still employed in cases where such advanced technologies are not available and are reviewed in this section. this including chromatographic separation and further analysis of fatty acids after previous methylation and transmethylation. Finally. The fatty acid composition of each lipid class can be determined by GLC of the methyl ether derivatives. Accordingly.2 Stereospecific Analysis of Lipid Classes The determination of fatty acid composition at each location in lipid classes has ever since attracted great attention. . although some interference of polar lipids was found. such functional groups are made to react with hydroxamic acid and further complexed with Fe (III). This method can be applied to total lipid extract or to any lipid class after previous isolation [7. A wide use was found for lipase hydrolysis. although it turned out not to be accurate enough for marine lipids. [39] without previous digestion.1 Spectrophotometric Assessments of Total Lipid Extract Some classical methods are available for the analysis of lipid classes or lipid class groups when applied directly onto the lipid extract without prior separation. preparative TLC on silicic acid impregnated with 5% (w/w) boric acid has been applied to prevent acyl migration during chromatographic separation. in it. then. titrimetric methods were used for many years. according to details explained in Section 6. Compared with the data compiled for plant oils and for fats from land animals. However. In many cases. Ester linkages can be quantified by the method of Vioque and Holman [40].41]. since the presence of double bonds in the proximity of a carbonyl group of fish PUFA reduces the rate of deacylation of glycerides. focused on the qualitative and quantitative analyses of marine lipid classes. Additionally. this is made to react with ammonium molybdate to form phosphomolybdic acid. and GLC technologies combined with MS in the last decades has provided quick and useful procedures for the stereospecific lipid analysis. An alternative and successful method has been proposed by Raheja et al. which is reduced and determined spectrophotometrically [38].3.5. Traditional determination of PL content in lipid extracts has involved the digestion of PL with the release of inorganic phosphate. For FFA assessment. This is due to the great complexity of fatty acids present in these oils and fats. In it. 6. prepared by esterification or transesterification of the purified lipid class. the results so far reported for aquatic animals are few. Procedures that involve spectrophotometric measurement of highly colored copper complexes are now favored. The advent of new NMR. giving rise to a tremendous number of species. PL present in the lipid extract are made to react with ammonium molybdate in an organic phase and then measured spectrophotometrically. where an FFA-cupric acetate-pyridine complex is involved.5. these enzymes can be isolated and used in simple incubations in vitro as an aid in structural analyses of lipids. 6.2 [22]. HPLC. a method for the quantification of esterified and unesterified total sterols is mentioned in Section 6.4. A very popular one is that proposed by Lowry and Tinsley [36]. Most living organisms have developed lipolytic enzyme systems that are able to distinguish between bonds to the various positions of glycerol or between certain types of bonds in specific lipids. the Grignard reagent has widely been employed in the case of marine substrates [42].78 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis approaches will be discussed. More recently. according to the information provided in following sections.

Aminopropyl-bonded phase cartridges have been much used for the isolation of simple and complex lipid fractions.41].Lipid Compounds ◾ 79 Traditional research accounts for consecutive series of methods combining chemical reactions and enzymatic releases of fatty acids in different positions for resolution of the molecular species.46] classes.49]. However. acid-washed florisil. HPLC has undoubtedly been the most widely applied separation technique in the analysis of most simple and complex lipid classes [48. It combines the separation capabilities of conventional TLC with the quantification power of the FID and has application in the quantitative analysis of all substances separable by conventional TLC. identification. The perceived weakness of TLC has been recognized as the quantification aspect.5 mm thickness [7. overpressure TLC (OPTLC). Separation can be carried out on silicic acid.44] and PL [45.47]. In addition. although particular care is required to recover the acidic lipids quantitatively. diethyl ether. and tubular TLC (TTLC). although lengthy conditioning may be necessary before columns can be employed [2. 6. HPLC is much more expensive than . For preparative purposes. and this has led to the evolution of the TLC/FID Iatroscan system. In all cases. precoated plates are much more convenient than laboratory-made plates. and quantification [48. MS. whereas complex lipids are recovered by elution with methanol [41. Column chromatography on diethylaminoethyl (DEAE)-cellulose has shown to be a valuable method for the isolation of particular groups of complex lipids in comparatively large amounts. coupling of TLC with other techniques such as HPLC.52]. 6. which include highly automated techniques right from sample application and development to detection and quantification. lipid classes can be detected by any of the nonspecific available reagents and identified by their migration characteristics relative to authentic standards chromatographed simultaneously alongside the samples under investigation. The principal advantages of the method are the ease of preparation of a column and the comparatively large amount of lipid that can be separated. which has been used routinely for lipid analysis in the last decades. or florisil as adsorbents.4 Thin-Layer Chromatography Many text books and reviews report TLC application on lipids for routine separations.5. and NMR has increased its analytical power in several applications.5. and acetic (or formic) acid in various proportions. The system has been successfully used for marine lipid class analysis [51]. A variety of solvent systems have been used to separate simple lipids on an analytical or semipreparative scale by single or two-dimensional TLC.5. 20–50 mg of marine lipid may be applied with ease as a band on a 20×20 cm plate coated with a layer of silica gel of 0. infrared (IR) spectrometry. Such techniques would include high-pressure TLC (HPTLC). in spite of the relatively higher costs [50].5 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography In recent years.47]. Those used most frequently contain hexane. The improvement and versatility of TLC enable it to be used for several modern applications. being simple lipids eluted in a stepwise sequence with hexane containing increasing proportions of diethyl ether. Such stereospecific studies have widely been focused onto TG [43.3 Column Chromatography Normal-pressure or low-pressure column chromatography (CC) was widely employed in the past and is now mostly used as a way of preliminary fractionation of lipid classes. 6.

and in particular to the detection. like the ions of other transition metals. The usual supporting materials are silica gel G for FAME and TG and silica gel H for complex lipids. Perona and Ruiz-Gutiérrez [53] were able to resolve a large number of sardine TG molecular species by RP-HPLC. but others have obtained satisfactory results. HPLC analysis has been accepted as the most accurate one.5. TG separation according to the carbon number or partition number has been achieved [53].5. but it can be automated to a considerable degree and gives much cleaner fractions in micropreparative applications. interact specifically with the olefinic double bonds of unsaturated compounds to form weak charge transfer complexes. Thus. therefore. 31P-NMR) has increasingly been applied to the identification of lipid structures to determine patterns of branching. as a complementary separation method to GLC or GLC-MS. quantification and stereospecific analyses have been carried out. while no oxidation of the unsaturated fatty acid constituents needs to occur during fractionation on an HPLC column. On the other hand.80 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis TLC in terms of both equipment and running costs. 6. some important articles and reviews have been published [58]. However. Ag+-HPLC and reverse phase (RP)-HPLC applied in complementary ways were effective in the analysis of TG in fish oils [57]. further identification of most peaks was carried out by using preparative Ag+-TLC followed by fatty acid analysis by GLC. the complementary employment of GLC or GLC-MS together with Ag+-TLC is considered one of the most powerful tools for elucidation of fatty acid composition in complex lipid samples [56]. Both homemade and precoated glass plates are used in Ag+-TLC. Ag+-chromatography has been performed in conjunction with CC. and HPLC. such complexation is favorable for use in chromatography and enables the performance of the various Ag+-chromatographic techniques developed so far. In the past 20 years. The procedure is rapid and nondegradative. 6.6 Silver Ion Chromatography Silver ions. evaporative light-scattering detection has successfully been applied [16]. Thus. so it has become an extremely powerful technique for obtaining qualitative and quantitative information of the lipid class profile of a marine tissue extract. . being successfully applied to all lipid classes in marine species by separating molecules according to unsaturation degree [55]. Thus. HPLC has specially been applied to the most abundant lipid classes. In the detection. some of the more impressive separations have made use of FID systems. It can give better and more consistent separations of minor components. Ag+-TLC is used mostly in the preparative mode.54]. with UV detection at 206 nm both on an analytical and on a preparative scale. and often the location. An isocratic and gradient elution procedure with ultraviolet (UV) detection has been employed for marine PL analysis. or substitution. by employing both gradients of polar solvents and microparticulate silicic acid [6. 13C-NMR. The complexes are usually unstable and exist in equilibrium with the free form of the olefin. Finally.7 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectrometry In recent years. high-resolution NMR spectrometry (1H-NMR. TLC. of the double-bond systems in fatty acid chains. For PL classes.

Thus. mono. and complete structure of an unknown compound. although an increasing importance has been obtained lately for quantitative analysis [20. results obtained using high-resolution 13C-NMR were in good agreement with those obtained by GLC. ω3. ω6. The positional distribution (1. Among the different food lipids. thermospray.65. The 31P-NMR application has also shown the possibility of analyzing the ether structures within the glycerol backbone of phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidylcholine. Signals in the spectra were assigned. Some applications concerning the marine lipids’ study will now be mentioned. and electrospray have the ability to ionize lipid molecules without causing extensive fragmentation. After different approaches. and highly unsaturated fatty acids of lipid extract of Atlantic salmon muscle. Thus. Recent developments in MS have been very interesting for complex lipid molecules. many of the advances in MS have involved new ionization techniques.8 Mass Spectrometry MS has long been used as a powerful tool for the analysis of the molecular weight.95 ppm) with respect to the methyl resonance of all other fatty acids (δ = 0. 13C-NMR spectrometry was successfully used to determine the proportions of saturated. the molecules or their fragments can be separated and identified on the basis of their mass-to-charge ratio (m/z). The first step for any MS method is ionization of the sample molecules in the gas phase. Later on [61]. Following ionization to a negatively or positively charged species (most commonly the later). Quantitative analysis of fatty acid composition and alpha-beta distribution in TG tuna fish was achieved [62]. soft ionization MS techniques such as fast atom bombardment. The different chemical shifts observed for the methyl resonance of ω3-PUFA (δ = 0.Lipid Compounds ◾ 81 Based on 1H-NMR spectrometry [59]. and attention was focused on the identification of specific signals for ω3 fatty acid group and also individually for DHA. Over the years. A good agreement could be observed between NMR values and those from the GLC analysis. probably due to their more complicated structure. a rapid and structure-specific method for the determination of ω3-PUFA in fish lipids was presented.5. It could be observed that DHA was concentrated in the 2-location of TG in depot fats. 6. FFA carbonyl resonances were detected at the lower field of the carbonyl region.and diene-. fragmentation of the molecular ion species produced by soft ionization processes can further be achieved in a second mass spectrometer (MS/MS) by collision-induced dissociation. according to each corresponding resonance. Arpino [67] likened the HPLC-MS union. marine lipids have received lesser attention. In a first attempt for 13C-NMR application [60]. the condensed mobile phase used for liquid separations is not readily compatible with high vacuum ionization sources. thus providing a suitable tool for lipolysis analysis. Finally. its intensity should be proportional to the quantity. 13C-NMR was employed for the plasmalogen analysis in fish lipid samples showing a good agreement with the data obtained by GLC [64]. the high-resolution NMR spectra of four fish oils were recorded. . 2. but. This development paralleled the development of atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI). This NMR technique can provide a single signal for each PL class. The information-rich nature of MS makes it the most desirable detector for many explanations. although GLC is conveniently coupled to electron impact ionization (EI) and chemical ionization (CI) sources. empirical formula.86 ppm) provided the possibility of proposing this new analytical tool.66]. so little application is specially available for marine lipids [58]. EPA. and 3 locations) of ω3 fatty acids in depot fat of several fish species was examined by 13C-NMR [63]. Application of 31P-NMR has shown to be far shorter than with 1H and 13C. and stearidonic acid.

1982. References 1. thus. 2nd edn. 2.K. D. Lipid Analysis. Vol. T... and a FID were employed in it. in Seafood From Producer to Consumer. The qualitative and quantitative compositions of 1-O-alk-1-enylglycerolipids of albacore tuna (Thunnus alalunga) were studied along the canning process [35]. New York.4. and several nonmethylene interrupted fatty acids were singled out. J. the use of SFC can substantially reduce the dependence on organic solvents in solvent extraction or HPLC analysis. U. A.. 1986.. Handbook of Lipid Research. Minor fatty acids from mussels (Mytilus galloprovincialis) were enriched by Ag+-TLC and then analyzed by GLC-MS as 2-alkenyl-4. W. analysis was carried out in conjunction with FAME by means of their dimethyl acetal derivatives resulting from the acid transmethylation of lipid extracts.-dimethyloxazoline derivatives [69]. Oxford. Analytical SFC has been shown to be particularly applicable to the analysis of higher molecular weight lipid moieties. and diacylglycerol ethers required TLC fractionation before SFC analysis. p. analytes are eluted from a capillary chromatographic column. J. which has great sensitivity and linearity. which uses a highly compressed gas above its critical temperature and critical pressure.. . Pergamon Press.82 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis The oxidative decomposition of cholesterol in different fish products was investigated by means of MS analysis of cholesterol oxide TMS derivatives with a quadrupole mass spectrometer fitted with an EI source [68]. 6. simple classes from marine oils of different species were separated and quantified by capillary SFC [73].. and Oehlenschläger. the method was based on the use of preparative reversed-phase HPLC followed by subsequent identification by APCI HPLC-MS. cholesterol esters.9 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography In this advanced technique [10. Carbon dioxide is by far the most commonly used SFC mobile phase because of its low critical temperature. London.. Integrated Approach to Quality. An important advantage is that it is compatible with FID. Later on. 3. p. Christie. Plenum Press. Small. such as mixed glyceride compositions ranging from 200 to 900 in molecular weight. 1997. Rezanka [70] described a method for the enrichment of long-chain fatty acids from fatty acids of a green freshwater alga and their identification as picolinyl esters by means of HPLCMS with APCI. Simopoulos.K. an optimization of process parameters was achieved to obtain a maximal production rate. eds. U. Concerning marine species analysis. Elsevier Science. p. whereas quantification of TG. whereas its critical pressure and critical density are high enough for good solvation of many potential analytes.5. Lately. and the four most unsaturated fractions were analyzed by capillary SFC according to their acyl carbon numbers [72].. Börrensen. Luten. The liver oils of several shark species were analyzed by SFC [34].. 17. In addition. 589. Purification of PUFA (DHA and EPA) ethyl esters from tuna oil was carried out by SFC [74]. A wide range of cholesterol oxides were identified and quantified. in a first attempt Baltic herring flesh TG were separated in eight fractions by Ag+-TLC. carbon dioxide as the mobile phase. The Physical Chemistry of Lipids. a nonpolar capillary column. The mass spectrometer was operated in the EI mode (70 eV). the method was capable of direct quantification of squalene and cholesterol. 4. 89..71]. Nutritional aspects of fish.

J. Physiol. 341. J. 1986. ed. Bridgwater. 1405. Nielsen. 1966. 1986. p.. Fatty Acids and Glycerides.. V.K. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses.. and Nes. Hamilton. in Advances in Lipid Methodology—Five. 27.. 11. 37. M. Purification of lipids from nonlipid contaminants on sephadex bead columns. Ackman. London. Distribution and composition of lipids in marine invertebrates... F. A.. Separation and determination of structure of fatty acids. Food Sci. 2003.. Elsevier Applied Science.. 14. Phospholipids.. S. J. 191. Sieiro. Anal. and Oils. in Marine Biogenic Lipids. 2006. J. Adv. J. Chen. Food Sci. U. D. R. “Warmed-over” flavor in meat. 21. NIR and NMR.. J. 7. A simple method for the isolation and purification of total lipids from animal tissue. 1972. 38. Wells. IL.. Teshima. 1992. Ackman. 23. 24. Wefler... 1994. 369. 2. R. Technol. 226. Food Sci... and Nielsen H. 113. New York. 558. 10. I. Chem.. 1959. 673. R. 13. R.. and Rossell. 103. King. 114. and Wrebiakowski... C. 2. Chrom. 2. 1989. V. U. 2003. CRC Press Inc.. 1990. 17. Sebedio. 101.. Boca Raton. 1977. F. and Gallardo. p. and Stanley. in Physiology and Biochemistry of Sterols. The Oily Press. Vol. One-step conversion of fatty acids into their 2-alkenyl-4. American Oil Chemists’ Society Press. and Roy. England... B. Prost. Hyldig. eds. Lebensm. Fats. 23. 1957. Patterson. Food Res. and Dyer. and New York. Seasonal study of the lipid composition in different tissues of the common octopus (Octopus vulgaris). 229. S. and Rossell. 24. Medina. p. 199. Lepage. Lipid Res. Bligh. 341. Ackman. WCOT (capillary) Gas–liquid chromatography. 22.Lipid Compounds ◾ 83 4. 193. Le Quéré. J.. eds. Pérez-Martín. FL. Krzynowek. 1963. J. Forsch. R. U. U.. 497. eds.4.. 1. Aubourg. J. 671. Hamilton. Boca Raton. in Marine Biogenic Lipids. Chromatographic separation of cholesterol in foods. J.. Wuthier.. Boca Raton. A stable reagent for the Liebermann-Buchardt reaction... and Panunzio. L. Influence of biological factors and comparison of different methods of analyses: Solvent extraction.. p. Plenum Press. 6. A. FL. H. G. Love... 3rd edn... 1989..K. 1989. The use of sephadex for the removal of nonlipid contaminants from lipid extracts. p. 1961. 12.. 8. J.. in Handbook of Lipid Research. 37.. 27. 1978. W. 2005. 49. The Oily Press.. Lipid Sci. W. G. 479. p. and Dittmer. Can. Kuksis... 25. 26... p. E.. R. J. in Analysis of Oils and Fats. T. Cholesterol and fatty acids in several species of shrimp. and Raftery. Z. Fats. 1989. A. Joseph. A. Direct transesterification of all classes of lipids in a one step reaction. Christie.. 237. 20.K.. 1995. IL.. Lees. S. J.. Hammond. 5. Lipid Analysis. Stability of lipids of frozen albacore (Thunnus alalunga) during steam cooking. J. . Chromatographic methods in the analysis of cholesterol and related lipids. Adlof. and Shorland. and Rocha. Pearson. Champaign. Chem. Biochem. and Oils. Elsevier Applied Science. and Perkins. Hoving. London.). Ackman.. J.. p. ed. R. Ackman. poultry and fish. 537. ed. Lipid Res. Lipid content in herring (Clupea harengus L. 19. FL. 1995.. 54. p.. Sterols and crustaceans. Biol. A rapid method of total extraction and purification. R. 18. E... 149. Champaign. Vol. mollusks and fish.. 1259. Evaluation of soxhlet’s and Bligh and Dyer’s methods in the determination of fat in meat. Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC)-Global perspective and applications in lipid technology. 301. G. Aubourg.. CRC Press.. 9. E. Unters. Fenton. J.. A. J. P. p... C.K. Vol. J. Fatty Acids. R. Nielsen. J. J.. Bridgwater. Fats and Oils. 7. Fatmeter.. 911.-dimethyloxazoline derivatives directly from total lipids. Packed-column gas chromatography. 28. 137. AOCS Press. J. J. CRC Press. Int. 1. Huang. M. Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry and tandem mass spectrometry in the analysis of fatty acids. in Analysis of Oils and Fats. in Marine Biogenic Lipids.. Folch.. Kuksis. 108.. Eur. G. ed. and New York. Technol. Chrom. 15. 33. Biochemistry.. Chrom. eds. ed. 1989.. M. Vaskowski. and Garrido. 1. Technol. R. W. E. 16. 1986. 624. J... E..

Oil Chem. C.. A. 1. eds. Capillary supercritical fluid chromatographic analysis of shark liver oils. 39... 1986.. S. Aubourg. New colorimetric method for the quantitative determination of phospholipids without digestion. 2002. 1989.. Nakamura... Borch-Jensen. 35. R. 1383. Quantitative estimation of esters by thin-layer chromatography. M. 63. H. Hayashi... 20... Food Chem. Ether-linked glycerides in marine animals. R.. 5. Sargent. Food Chem. IL. Sebedio. Soc. 41. 39. Analysis of 1-O-alk-1-enyl glycerophospholipids of albacore tuna (Thunnus alalunga) and their alterations during thermal processing.. Shantha. Sotelo. Nicotinylidene derivatives for the structural elucidation of glycerol mono-ethers and mono-esters by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. F... Gallardo. 44.. IL. 497.. 73.84 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 29. 255. J. IL. 17. 1976.. Agric. Medina. Codony.. and Mollerup. Christie. 1. Agric. Soc. eds.. J. P.K... ed. Singh.. V. N. I. Raheja.. S. 38. Aubourg. Oil Chem. Champaign. 1996. Medina. 1991. Fats and Oils.. Lipids. 1996. D.. Champaign. p. Agric. Rapid colorimetric determination of free fatty acids. Myher. Am. Soc. G. Formation and content of cholesterol oxidation products in seafood and seafood products. AOAC Press.... Chem.. and Holman... J.... 175.. J. I. 50. 36. C.. 1996. J. Food Chem. 34... Hamilton. 1989. Soc. Boca Raton. Aubourg. S. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses.. and Pérez-Martín.. A. Polyunsaturated fatty acids in tuna phospholipids: Distribution in the sn-2 location and changes during cooking. ed. 93... p. Biol. M. E. 1962. in Analysis of Oils and Fats. Geher. 40. and Perkins. 74. J... 43. Editorial Acribia. R. 47. J. 1995. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. J. and Pérez-Martín. Hemming. Vioque. R.. K. p. 51. Rapid near-infrared spectroscopic method for the determination of free fatty acid in fish and its application in fish quality assessment. FL. Food Chem... American Oil Chemists’ Society Press. 695. Harvey.. CRC Press Inc. J. Lipid classes and their fatty acids at different loci of albacore (Thunnus alalunga): Effects of the pre-cooking. 1997. Ether lipids based on the glyceryl ether skeleton: Present state. Lipid Analysis. F. I. R. 14. 32. I. J. 819. 37.. P. Stereospecific analysis of triacyl-sn-glycerols. R.. 2395. J.. Food Chem. E. R. 1990. R. Vol.. Sebedio. J. 1060. R. 31. Elsevier Applied Science. 3515. Magnussen. 186. 31. 1997. 30. and Diersen-Schade. Lipids. 2001. Kuksis. 427. 53. Lowry. 55. Ackman.. J. 1975. 38. J. in Marine Biogenic Lipids.. T. Thin-layer chromatography of lipids. C.. 470. eds. Methods Enzymol. Phosphorus assay in column chromatography. 1993. J. Stereospecific analysis of triacylglycerols rich in long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids.K. S.. 1998. H. AOCS Press. . Urata. future potential. G. 1995. and Hawthorne.. 45. A... 1996.. D. 87. 31. Agric. Thin layer chromatography and high-performance liquid chromatography. and Rossell. Determination of the positional distribution of fatty acids in glycerolipids.. G. and Takaishi.. Dutta.. 234. 1989. 33. p. Barlett. Oil Chem. 1973.. p. eds. 46. Ohshima. Mass Spectrom. 315. Lipid Res. Agric. Hamilton. Aubourg.. 48.. R. 466. and Lee. S. 49.. Estimation of polyunsaturated fatty acid content in lipids of aquatic organisms using thin-layer chromatography on a plain silica gel plate. and Ackman. Occurrence of diacyl glycerol ethers in liver lipids of gonatid squid Gonatopsis borealis. 35. Zaragoza (Spain). R. Zonal distribution of fatty acids in albacore (Thunnus alalunga) triglycerides and their changes during cooking.. and Tanaka. 41. Blackie Academic and Professional.. Am. T. p. and Pérez-Martín. Biol. Hamilton. K. Champaign. N. 585. W. 44. Fukuda.. 243. K. and Bhatia. and Napolitano. J. 45. Brockerhoff. J. Shukla. Am.. and Savage. Park.. and Tinsley. Am. J. Zhang. 42. Kaur. London. in Cholesterol and Phytosterol Oxidation Products. U. Lipid analysis using thin-layer chromatography and the Iatroscan. T. Oil Chem. London. Guardiola. U. and Gallardo. R. 37. J. J. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses. p. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. 207. 1959. R.

and Paolillo. Phys. Phys. M. 1982. I. Lipids. Identification of minor fatty acids in mussels (Mytillus galloprovincialis) by GC-MS of their 2-alkenyl-4. 87. Lipids. L.. p. B..and tetraenoic fatty acids with bis-methylene-interrupted double-bond systems from the sponge Haliclona cinerea. and Grasdalen. Blackie Academic and Professional. p. Adlof. 1991. Joh. Rainuzzo. 65. R. 1993. 56. U. Champaign. 1998. Chem. p. Amsterdam (Holland). R.4-dimethyloxazoline derivatives. 1332. Oshima.. 59. Perona. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses.. Technol. Oil Chem. AOCS Press. 225. Sacchi. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. reverse-phase detection methodology.K.. I. Mass spectrometry of complex lipids. U. 25. J.. eds. tri. Addeo. S. C. G. Laakso. Oil Chem. 32. Positional distribution of ω3 fatty acids in marine lipid triacylglycerols by high-resolution 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. 83.K. 2003.. Composition of phospholipids of white muscle of six tuna species. ed. Food Chem. 58. J. Rel... 2002. I. Kuksis. High resolution NMR studies of fish oils. . 1998.. J. 76. APCI-MS in lipid analysis. Stefanov.. ed. and Koizumi. 213. R.. U. Characterization of the triacylglycerol molecular species of fish oil by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Blackie Academic and Professional. Aursand.. Novel di-. 1247. Oil Chem.. 1699. T. 57.. 67. I. 293. England.... 407. Aubourg. 70. 30. and Pérez-Martín.K. J. 1.. Diehl. 1995. J. Oxidative decomposition of cholesterol in fish products. R. and Paolillo. R. and Christie.. 63.. Bridgwater.... p. L. Blomberg. V. England. p. 1997... 595. 1999. 70. Giudicianni.. Anal. Jørgensen. Medina. Acta. M.... S. Li. Am. Medina. I. 13. Lipid analysis by silver ion chromatography.K. Chrom. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. and Paolillo. J.Lipid Compounds ◾ 85 52.. Arpino... U. High-performance liquid chromatography: Normal-phase. J. Agric.. Adlof. Y. J. J.. ed.. Chem. Addeo. Identification of very long chain fatty acids by atmospheric pressure chemical ionization liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry from green alga Chlorella kesslerri.. Multinuclear high-resolution nuclear magnetic resonance. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance rapid and structure-specific determination of ω-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in fish lipids.. F. On-line liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry? An odd couple! Trends Anal. 54.. Byrdwell... Aubourg.. Medina.... ed. B. 61. W. 55. 59. Chim... H. 2002. L. Elsevier Science Publishers B.. 71. Huss. in Advances in Lipid methodology—Five. M. Sep. J. Nikolova-Damyanova. 72.. W. 181. 60. Lipids. Oil Chem. L. A. London.. London. Studies of fatty acids in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) by 13C and 1H nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. 70. Aursand. 1127. U.. Medina. Soc.. IL. V. Blackie Academic and Professional. J. 1995. M. Am. Soc. 1991. R. ed. Elenkov. Gunstone. Shukla.. and Christie. S.. Combination of silver ion and reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography in the fractionation of herring oil triacylglycerols. Sci. The Oily Press. 465. Hamilton. in Advances in Lipid Methodology—Five. 66. The Oily Press. p. Quantitative high resolution 13C-NMR analysis of lipids extracted from the white muscle of Atlantic tuna. Aubourg... 201. L. I. R.. Hamilton. R. Garrido. and Ruiz-Gutiérrez. 41.. W. and Andersson. Am. 154. p. V. Am... 34. R. 69. T. 38. P. 53. R. P.. Demirbuker.K. Soc. Liq. Sacchi.. Hamilton. ed. 68. 1995.. Characterization of lipids by supercritical fluid chromatography and supercritical fluid extraction. and Medina. 22. 68. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats.. 409. 1995. K. 64. Sebedio... Soc.. One and two-dimensional NMR study of plasmalogens (alk-1-enyl-phosphatidylethanolamine).. R. N.... 2003. 62.. Dobson. Sacchi. Bridgwater.. 171. H. I. and Ackman.. London. 1992. Rezanka. Lipids. F. 43. 1993. Popov. S. Chem. 1993. and Grasdalen. England. H. in Quality Assurance in the Fish Industry. 1998.

T. Quantitative analysis of marine oils by capillary supercritical fluid chromatography. Kallio. Thin-layer silver ion chromatography and supercritical fluid chromatography of Baltic herring (Clupea harengus membras) triacylglycerols. and Mollerup. J. ...86 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 72. 39. Staby. Borch-Jensen. Food Chem.. Agric. 39. 1573. C. Chromatographia.. 1994. Purification of polyunsaturated fatty acid esters from tuna oil with supercritical fluid chromatography. Balchen. 1991.. C.. Am. Soc.... O. M. J. Gonzales.. Jäntti. K. H. Vauhkonen. 697. 77.. 74. and Aaltonen. S.. A. 73.. Alkio. 315. 2000. R. Oil Chem. and Linko. J.

2]........................... 92 7... 92 7.............................. These fatty acids have beneficial health effects and are reported to prevent coronary heart diseases and have a positive effect on the brain and nervous system as well as stimulating the immune system [1..............................................................................................................3 Summary .1 Introduction Marine lipids are good and natural sources of polyunsaturated n-3 fatty acids (PUFA) such as docosahexaenoic acid (DHA..................... Reaction products from lipid oxidation have a negative effect on the sensory properties of fish products............................................................................ 88 7................................. due to the high content of long-chain PUFAs.......................... secondary oxidation products.. Lipid oxidation is the most important factor limiting the shelf life of marine oils and is also an important factor determining the shelf life of seafood products............... marine lipids are highly susceptible to oxidation.................3 Stability Methods .. This can lead to 87 ...................... 22:6n-3) and eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA....................... 20:5n-3).............2.........................4 Instrumental Methods ........................... However........................................ especially those that originate from n-3 PUFAs are components that have a low threshold and therefore have a negative impact on the sensory quality of the food even in low concentrations [3]............................................................2.................5 Sensory Analysis of Rancidity ................................ 93 7................................Chapter 7 Lipid Oxidation Turid Rustad Contents 7...2.. except when microbial processes limit the shelf life....... 89 7............... 93 References ...................2....1 Primary Oxidation Products . 93 7... 87 7....................................................... The volatile...................................................2 Analysis of Lipid Oxidation ................................................2 Secondary Oxidation Products ................1 Introduction . 88 7....................2..............

and the liberated iodine is titrated with sodium thiosulfate with starch as an indicator. 7. this is oxidized by the hydroperoxides or other components present in the sample. leading to a wide variety of reaction products. autoxidation.1 Primary Oxidation Products The most common methods to determine primary oxidation products are peroxide value (PV) and conjugated dienes. If this contains a terminal carbonyl group. This also makes the determination of the degree of oxidation a challenging task. making it even more difficult to determine the degree of rancidity.2 Analysis of Lipid Oxidation Many different methods have been implemented both by the industry and in research to determine the degree of lipid oxidation both in marine oils and in seafood. the influence of these compounds has been little studied [3]. The sensitivity is about 0. the lipid can be extracted using the methods of Ref. Autooxidation of lipids takes place when the unsaturated fatty acids are exposed to oxygen and proceeds through an autocatalytic chain reaction [3]. The PV is expressed in milliequivalent of iodine per kilogram of lipid or as millimolar of peroxide per kilogram of lipid [7]. carbohydrates. The fatty acids and the lipid oxidation products in foods can also react with other components in the food such as proteins. For determination of PVs in foods. A simple titration method where the sample is dissolved in chloroform–acetic acid (or isooctane–acetic acid) is often used for fats and oils. but it is important to keep in mind that the results for PV measurements will vary both according to the method used and how the procedure is performed [3]. The peroxides are easily broken down to alkoxy radicals. which makes it difficult to find where the components originated. [5] or [6] before analysis. Some of the reaction products from lipid oxidation may also have negative health effects. The radicals react with oxygen forming peroxy radicals and hydroperoxides. resulting in a wide variety of degradation products. Free radicals are formed when hydrogen ions are extracted from the fatty acids. ketones. the parent triglyceride is left with a shorter fatty acid. Several analytical procedures are available. methods that determine the primary oxidation products and methods that measure the secondary oxidation products. However. and also more complex reaction products such as epoxy and polymeric compounds are formed during the propagation and termination steps [4].2. PV is one of the classical methods for determination of oxidative status. 7. it is both one of the oldest and one of the most used methods. These include nonradical species such as aldehydes. The secondary oxidation products include both low molecular weight. and enzymatic oxidation. The secondary oxidation products can also react further. acids. photooxidation. complaints from the consumers. but this can be improved by determining the endpoint colorimetrically or by . and water. and alcohols. Lipid oxidation can be divided into three types. This method requires a sample of 5 g if the PV is below 10 and about 1 g if the PV is higher [3]. the molecule is called a core aldehyde. volatile compounds and nonvolatile components with a relatively high molecular weight. and reduced sales. Methods to determine the degree of lipid oxidation can be divided into two main groups. When the decomposition of a hydroperoxide has resulted in the formation of a low-molecular weight volatile compound.88 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis loss of products.5 meq/kg. Potassium iodide is added.

which is a red complex with an absorption maximum of 500 nm [3]. how these are stored.2. the colorimetric ferro method. These methods are therefore most useful as a measure of lipid oxidation for lipids with a low level of oxidation. isooctane. However. Oxygen in the air. and absorption of iodine by the unsaturated fatty acids in the oil may interfere and cause variations in the results. The method of The International Dairy Federation—often called the IDF method [8] as modified by Ueda et al. Care should therefore be taken in standardizing how the procedure is performed. Due to rapid polymerization of EPA and DHA compared with the formation of stable peroxides of these fatty acids. and how the procedure is performed. with regard to chemicals used. This method is more sensitive and requires smaller samples. it is often desirable to use a method that either does not require instruments or requires only a spectrophotometer. and the AOCS method requires a sample size of around 10 mg. In order to determine individual peroxides. or hexane [13]. In this procedure ferrous ions are oxidized to ferric ions. PV is reported to be an unreliable indicator of lipid peroxidation in fish [4]. Using PV as a sole determination of oxidation level can therefore be misleading. the IDF method was chosen as the best of these methods. the level of primary oxidation products increases and passes through a maximum. Frankel [3] suggests measuring the absorbance of conjugated dienes at 243 nm. light. Peroxides are unstable and are rapidly transformed into secondary [14] oxidation products. [10]—requires a low amount of sample (less than 10 mg). and there was no consistency in the levels of PV determined by the different methods. also for this method care should be taken in standardizing the procedure. Conjugated dienes have a strong absorption maximum at 230–235 nm [12]. and the modified IDF method. which react with ammonium thiocyanate forming ferric thiocyanate. Nielsen et al. a high reproducibility. Based on the fact that the methods chosen should have a large linear range. Several colorimetric methods for determination of PV values are used. the micromethod determining oxidation of iodide to free iodine. and determinations of PV have to be combined with the determination of secondary products such as thiobarbituric acid-reactive substances (TBARS) and . and it is important to know the history of the oil or the seafood to interpret the measurement of PV. the FOX2 method determining oxidation of ferrous salts to ferric ions and reaction with xylenol orange.2 Secondary Oxidation Products Development of peroxides and conjugated dienes follows the same process and can be reduced after a certain oxidation level. extraction and separation techniques are necessary. A known amount of sample is diluted in methanol (esters). Conjugated diene hydroperoxides are formed when polyunsaturated fatty acids oxidize. The sensitivity and specificity can be increased by using second derivative spectra [12]. Small changes in quality of ethanol can give widely different standard curves and thereby influence the results. After the initiation phase. compared five different methods for determination of PVs [11]—the titration method. [9] and Undeland et al. For use on tissue extracts. high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) methods can be used [3]. 7. The fatty acid chain then contains a structure with alternating simple and double bonds. Conjugated dienes are useful for bulk lipids. The different methods gave different PVs for the same sample. and use a low amount of solvent. Even if new instrumental methods now have been developed for determination of PVs. One of these is the colorimetric ferric thiocyanate method.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 89 determining the liberated iodine electrometrically using a platinum electrode.

The sample is dissolved in isooctane. In the AOCS method [13]. which are secondary oxidation products. After sampling. This process is accelerated by metal ions [12]. Protein. which is generated by acid hydrolysis of 1. In other variations. Originally. antioxidants. and identified using different gas sensors. amino acids. sulfite. There are many published methods to determine TBARS.13. and antioxidants. and 2. alkanals. which is formed as a decomposition product from lipid hydroperoxides under the acidic test conditions [3]. sucrose and other sugars. The TBA test can be standardized using MDA. many other components in foods can react with TBA or interfere with the measurements. p-anisidine dissolved in acetic acid is added. The AnV of freshly deodorized oils is caused by core aldehydes.3. and the absorbance at 350 nm is determined after 10 min [15]. the lipids are dissolved in a solution of thiobarbituric acid in butanol. the volatiles can be thermally desorbed into a gas chromatograph for separation. static headspace and solid-phase microextraction (SPME) are the least sensitive. However. and chloroform before adding TCA. separated. antioxidants. The determination of TBARS (or TBA) is a common method to determine secondary oxidation products. The TBARS values for different foods with the same level of oxidation (based on flavor scores) can vary significantly [3. the lipids are boiled for 45 min with a mixture of TBA. The Totox value is given as 2*PV + AnV. This value is a combination of the PV and the AV. metal ions. but as for the determination of PV. However. For determination of secondary oxidation products. All the methods are based on the pink color absorbance formed by reaction between TBA and oxidation products of polyunsaturated lipids. where the headspace volatiles over the samples are sampled. alkenals.13]. The volatile compounds formed as a result of lipid oxidation can be analyzed using electronic noses/gas-sensor array systems [20]. hence the name TBARS. are highly sensitive.90 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis anisidine value (AnV). Some of the MDA detected in this test is formed during the peroxidation of the lipids. AnV can also be determined using Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) [16]. the sample is incubated at 95°C for 2 h. Many variations of this test are being used. The Totox value is still one of the most commonly used oxidation parameters used in commercial laboratories and laboratories in the edible oil industry. pH. the TBARS are separated by steam distillation or HPLC to increase selectivity.4-dienals also react with TBA. nucleic acids. These methods determine the presence of aldehydes. Different types of headspace analyses can be used. In another method. but most of it is formed during the decomposition of the lipid peroxides during the acid heating stage. the oxidation products are extracted in trichloroacetic acid (TCA) before the reaction with TBA. the colored complex was ascribed to the condensation of two moles of TBA and one mole of malonaldehyde (MDA). the AnV is a common method. where the samples are flushed or purged with nitrogen and the volatiles in the gas flow are trapped on a solid absorber. and chelating agents may also influence the peroxide decomposition during the assay. nitrite.4-dienals). However. Dienals also give a red pigment absorbing at 530 nm. This determines the amount of aldehydes (mainly 2-alkenals and 2. forming a yellow pigment absorbing light at 450 nm. and the optical density of the water phase is determined at 538 nm. Many factors influence the color in the TBA test—temperature. The mass spectra of the compounds can also be compared with spectra of pure standard compounds and . time of heating. In the micromethod of Ke and Woyewoda [17]. the reaction is not specific. reaction products from browning reactions. and the absorbance of the solution is read at 530 nm. and the color is formed by many different secondary oxidation products. In addition. Purge and trap techniques. different methods give different results. and trace metals can influence the result [3. TBARS values have been found to correlate with sensory scores within the same materials [19].1.3-tetraethoxypropane [3]. in addition H2O2. Of these methods.18].

or reactions between oxidized lipids and DNA have different excitation and emission maxima as shown in Table 7. Aubourg and Medina [26] extracted fish muscle with a 2/2/1. the measured intensity follows the Beer–Lambert law. forming Schiff bases.23]. nucleic acids. such as amino acids. Reactions between Oxidized Lipids and Proteins/Peptides or Reactions between Oxidized Lipids and DNA Chromophore Oxidized phospholipids/oxidized fatty acids + phospholipids MDA + phospholipids Oxidized arachidonic acid + dipalmityl phosphatidylethanolamine Oxidized arachidonic acid + DNA Peroxides/secondary oxidation products + DNA in the presence of metal ions or reducing agents Excitation Maxima (nm) 365 400 360–390 315 320 Emission Maxima (nm) 435–440 475 430–460 325 420 . for assessment of lipid oxidation during fish processing [24–26]. This reaction can lead to formation of brown-colored compounds [22. proteins. Analysis of volatiles is discussed by Ólafsdóttir and Jónsdóttir in Chapter 8. front-face fluorescence Table 7. When the samples are turbid or solid or the concentration is high. The fluorescence shift was found to be a more effective index of changes in fish quality than other commonly used methods. Fluorescence has traditionally been applied to samples in solution. as measured by methods such as PV and TBARS. The fluorescent compounds formed from lipids are the result of oxidation of phospholipids or are formed from oxidized fatty acids in the presence of phospholipids. Reactions between lipid oxidation products and other components in seafood or seafood products may lead to underestimation of the degree of lipid oxidation. The fluorescence intensities were divided by the fluorescence intensity of quinine sulfate and the fluorescence shift calculated. The different chromophores formed as a result of oxidized lipids.1 Excitation and Emission Maxima for Chromophores Formed as a Result of Oxidized Lipids. When fluorescence measurements are done on samples in solution. and so on.1. deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). reactions between oxidized lipids and proteins/ peptides. and the results are dependant on the sample material. and so on. for example. especially from solid matrixes. The advantages of this method are that it is flexible. and form fluorescent products. quenching. and the concentration is below a certain level. phospholipids. peptides. scatter. Hydroperoxides (primary lipid oxidation products) and aldehydes (secondary oxidation products) can react with amino groups in proteins. destroy this relationship. Fluorescence techniques are highly sensitive and 10–100 times more sensitive for detection of MDA than TBARS [3]. Instead. and the amount of sample and sampling conditions can be varied according to the needs. quantification of headspace data.8 chloroform/methanol/water mixture and measured fluorescence both in the water and in the organic phase. the data handling is also difficult. Small variations in sampling procedures can give large variations in the data.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 91 identified [21]. is complicated. Lipid oxidation products can interact with other components in food. However. They measured the fluorescence intensity both at 393/463 nm and 327/415 nm.

32. and FT-IR spectroscopy methods [16. and also cyclic compounds. One challenge is that fluorescence spectra can be very complex and that not only the oxidation products but also connective tissue. 7. porphyrins. but it measures the time taken to reach a certain PV. for measuring lipid oxidation [28].37]. [28] concluded that fluorescence spectroscopy may be able distinguish between different oxidation products formed but that this would require using the whole spectrum and not only the intensity at the maximum wavelength. The liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry (LC–MS) techniques can also determine nonvolatile products—of special interest are the core aldehydes [3. Lipid oxidation products can produce very weak chemiluminescence (CL). and a few minutes of oxidation of docosahexaenoate (DHA) resulted in significant changes in the ESR spectra. In a study of different model systems including fish and meat. The Rancimat. This results in the formation of low molecular weight acids that are flushed out with the air and collected in vessels containing distilled water. obtaining information .2. comparable to sensory analysis and gas chromatography. aldehydes. Free radical assessments by the ESR spin-trapping technique detected the very early stages of lipid oxidation. It has been shown that sodium hypochlorite-induced decomposition of hydroperoxides gives strong CL [34. 1H NMR spectra can be used to study specific lipid oxidation products. and these include assessment of free radicals using electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy and use of different chromatographic methods to determine both primary and secondary oxidation products. The levels of free radicals trapped in cod liver oil and salmon oil during the first hours of oxidation were in accordance with the oxidative stability measured by conventional methods [4]. the Rancimat test [30].4 Instrumental Methods Many instrumental methods have been developed for the determination of oxidation parameters in oils and foods. and the point where it changes most is called the induction time. In Rancimat and OSI instruments. Veberg et al. little has been done to study the fluorescence spectra of the different oxidation products that are formed in foods.33]. these include the oil stability index method [29]. Fluorescence spectroscopy on intact samples has been shown to be a sensitive technique. So far. and Oxidograph are techniques for measuring the stability of oils toward oxidation. including near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR). but studies on the use of this technique in dried fish were published in 1992 [27]. The AOM method is performed in a somewhat similar way. the oil can be heated to 80°C or more while air is bubbled through it. The Oxidograph instrument finds the induction time based on measurement of the decline in pressure caused by the absorption of oxygen in a closed vessel.2. In recent years.92 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis spectroscopy can be used. and oxidative stability measurement by Oxidograph [31] and they are all suitable for analyzing oil systems. such as different hydroperoxides.35]. and additives may contribute to the spectra.3 Stability Methods Several techniques based on accelerated oxidation are used for evaluation of oxidation. adipose tissue. Fourier-transform near-infrared (FT-NIR). Fluorescence spectroscopy has a great potential for on-line or at-line applications. The change in conductivity is measured. new methods have been developed. Using solid-phase fluorescence is a relatively new approach. The level of hydroperoxides in fish oil can be determined using a rapid CL method [14]. The gas chromatography–mass spectrometry (GC–MS) techniques can be used to determine a wide range of volatile secondary lipid oxidation products [36]. active oxygen method (AOM). 7. oil stability index (OSI).

3. References 1. in Department of Biotechnology.. Dietary fat. the oxidation products from n-3 fatty acids have a lower sensory threshold than those of oxidation products from other fatty acids. U. Even if sensory methods can give sufficient information.3 Summary Many different methods for the analysis of lipid oxidation exist. so care should be taken in standardizing the procedures. 5. 777–795. even if there are many different methods that are used to determine lipid oxidation.2. and inflammatory disease. sensory analysis requires relatively large amounts of samples. Lees. and the use of chemical and instrumental analyses is recommended to support and complement the sensory analysis [3]. J.A. Norwegian University of Science and Technology: Trondheim.K.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 93 that cannot usually be obtained by single conventional analytical methods [4]. In addition. Falch. Biol. There is. a rapid development in analytical methods to determine lipid oxidation.01 nM). 7. A simple method for the isolation and purification of total lipids from animal tissues. and finished products during seafood processing. Multivariate data analysis is a valuable tool in elucidating changes in spectra during storage and showed the resonances that came from n-3 fatty acids during oxidation. Narayan. It can also be difficult to compare data from different panels using different vocabularies or data from the same panel analyzed at different times. Boissonneault. G. Int. E. for many of these methods the results obtained vary not only with the method used but also with the analytical procedure that is performed. In general. Sloan Stanley. E. The Oily Press: Bridgewater. 22: 291–306. 2005.5 Sensory Analysis of Rancidity The ultimate measurement of rancid odor and taste is sensory analysis by a trained panel. Lipid Oxidation. . Folch. 2005... Food Rev. 2..N. However. However. C. Odor threshold values vary both with the chemical structure of the carbonyl compounds and with the food matrix and based on how the sensory detection is performed. Miayshita. Lipids from residual fish raw material. Physiological effects of eicosapentanoic acid (EPA) and docosahexanoic acid (DHA)—A review. Chow. J. The sensitivity could be improved by the use of CryoProbe technology. 7. A trained panel can be a very valuable tool for detection of early lipid oxidation of foods containing n-3 fatty acids. the sensitivity was low (detection levels ∼0. in Fatty Acids in Foods and Their Health Implications. 206.. K. but for many of these methods calibration and verification are needed before they can be used for routine analysis. Some of the degradation products from long-chain n-3 PUFAS have a profound effect on odor and flavor in concentrations as low as in the parts per billion range [3].K. 226: 497–509. 2nd ed. The detection of these low levels is not straightforward with classical lipid oxidation measurement methods. Frankel. M.H. today it is not possible to use only one method to determine lipid oxidation. intermediary goods. 2006. their use is limited by the cost of employing a trained panel. However. pp.. The ultimate wish from the food industry would be a rapid nondestructive method that can be applied on-line to analyze the oxidative or sensory quality in raw materials. and M.. Marcel Dekker: New York. 4. and G. Hosakawa.. Ed. through the nose (nasal) or through the mouth (retronasal). 1957.. B. immunity. 2000. however. Chem.. 2005.

32: 497–502. Interaction of oxidised lipids with protein.. Rapid assessment of rancidity in complex meat products by front face fluorescence spectroscopy. 225–319. Y. pp. and H... Marcel Dekker Inc. 19. Gutteridge. Tomas. IL. Quality assessment of blue whiting (Micrometistius poutassou) during chilled storage by monitoring lipid damages. IL. The measurement and mechanism of lipid peroxidation in biological systems. Aubourg. 2003. Aubourg. AOCS. Stading. Type V collagen in trout (Salmo gairdneri) muscle and its solubility change during chilled storage of muscle. A. Anal. 1995. M.. Physiol. Food Chem. 21. Can.. 79: 1943–1948. 1999. 1977.. Acta.. and A. 78: 441–450. Norwegian University of Life Sciences: Ås.C.. D.P. Ed. Sci..94 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6. Food Sci.G.W. Veberg. S. et al. AOCS. Chim. et al. Wold. Food Chem. Sci. 27: 389–393. 2002. Sci.. J. 160. IL. P. and J.S. Biochem. Namiki.. Fluorescence in aldehyde model systems related to lipid oxidation. Analysis of early lipid oxidation in foods with n-3 fatty acids. Fujimoto. 1992. Guillen. 67: 2397–2404. AOCS: Champaign. Biotechnology and Food Science. 18.D. Microdetermination of thiobarbituric acid values in marine lipids by a direct spectrophotometric method with a monophasic reaction system. of Chemistry. pp. J. 2002. Cabo. in Dept. Lipids. Agric.C. M. Gallardo. 57: 1123–1126. N. Tironi. AOCS. K. Food Chem. 7–212. Agric. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH: Weinheim. Pokorny.J. 23. Food Res. 37: 911–917. Lignert.A. J.C. M. Chem. Fennema. and C. 1991... I. Jacobsen. 1979. 24. J.. and W. 67: 930–935... B. 1994. Fourier transform infrared spectra data versus peroxide and anisidine values to determine oxidative stability of edible oils. 28. 2002.. J. Lipid damage detection during the frozen storage of an underutilized fish species. Food Sci. Woyewoda.. Dyer. La Rivista Italiana Delle Sostanze Grasse. and K. Food Lipids. AOCS Official Method Ti 1a-64. 22. 1959. I.. 17. O. 16. Technol. Sato. 39: 1222–1225. Influence of skinning on lipid oxidation in different horizontal layers of herring (Clupea harengus) during frozen storage. LWT-Food Sci. 1995.. Chemiluminescence of fish oils and its flavour quality. Anon.. Vogt. Endo. 1986. J. Aubourg. S. and J. D. J. Ed. 11. H. in Official Methods and Recommended Practices of the American Oil Chemists’ Society. Ed. Method Cd 8-53.. Influence of storage time and temperature on lipid deterioration during cod (Gadus morhua) and haddock (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) frozen storage. Food Agric. D.. Biol. and J. J. Sci. Ueda. J. G.. Medina. Agric.. J. 15: 129–135. Ke. 2006. 2005. 50: 1–7. 9. Food Sci. Hübschmann. E. 46: 3662–3666. AOCS: Champaign. 1998.M. 1999. M. M. Olsen.D. 12.. 13. J. Food Agric. J. 14. Pettersen. Timm-Heinrich. 26. in Handbook of GC/MS-Fundamentals and Applications. Basics. in Official Methods and Recommended Practices of the American Oil Chemists’ Society. J.P. Medina. Trends Biochem. Effect of ascorbic acid in a model food system. Norway. 8. and N.. and M. Firestone. and M.. Firestone. Comparison of wet-chemical methods for determination of lipid hydroperoxides. Firestone. 10: 35–50.P.-J. V. Halliwell. 106: 279–284. 15. Wold. Hayahashi. 39: 562–570.. E. in Food Chemistry. Bligh. 1998. 2001.R. 7. 1990. Method Cd 18–90. 10. W. Oxidative deterioration in dried fi sh model systems assessed by solid sample fluorescence spectrophotometry. Undeland. Nielsen. K.. 25. 1995. and I.. A rapid method of total lipid extraction and purification. 20... S. 77: 503–510. .: New York.M. AOCS: Champaign. 65: 307–313.J. Structural and functional changes in myofibrillar proteins of sea salmon (Pseudopercis semifascata) by interaction with malonaldehyde (RI).. Food Agric. S. Hasegawa. 27. Int. 1996. Nawar. Ed.

77: 137–142. Technol. Li. . The Oxidograph. and R. Kamal-Eldin. pp. 34.. 2003. Wiezorek. M. The role of volatile compounds in odor development during hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of cod muscle membrane lipids. Oil Chem.-G. and biological significance. 160–162. Glycerophospholipid core aldehydes: Mechanism of formation. et al. Jonsdottir. Matthäus. 30. 2007. Fat Sci.. 32. Vinter. 33. IV. Soc. H. B. H. A development within accelerated measurement of stability. Y. in Scandinavian Symposium of Lipids (Lipidforum) 16th.. 36.T. Eichner.. Food Prod. 1999... 1993.. M. 1991. pp. T. Determination of peroxide value in thermally oxidized crude palm oil by near infrared spectroscopy. 16: 67–86. 96: 95–99. Comparison of Rancimat evaluation modes to assess oxidative stability in fi sh oils. 1985. R. J. Kamido. 70: 1055–1061. Ravandi.. Am.. A. E. and K. Soc. C.A. 138–189. Oil Chem.. Yamamoto.. IL. Am. Jebe. Oil Chem. Fast chemiluminescence method for detection of oxidized lipids. et al. J. Mendez. M. Aquat. 76: 19–23. Determination of peroxide value by Fourier transform near-infrared spectroscopy. Am. H. 37. Ed. 62: 1248–1250.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 95 29. in Lipid Oxidation Pathways. A... methods of detection. AOCS Press: Champaign. et al. and A. J. J. Kuksis. Study of oxidation by chemiluminescence. Soc. Detection of low levels of lipid hydroperoxides by chemiluminescence. Oil Chem. J.. Am.H. Soc. 1997. Olafsdottir. Matlock.. et al. Technol. Soc. Am. Collaborative study of the oil stability index analysis. 2000. Oil Chem. natural occurrence. Bragadottir. Moh. 31.. Sleeter. and G. 74: 331–332. 1994. J. 35.

.

..................................105 8...................................................4..2.......4.......2 8............... 99 Identification of Quality Indicators ..4..............................................1....................................................................... 100 8...........................105 8..................................4.....................................3 Processing Odors ...........................113 References ....... Ammonia-Like......103 8.......2 Ripening Odor—Salted and Dried Fish Odor.........2 Washed Cod Muscle System .... 111 8................................................................105 8....................4............. and Stale Odors ............108 8................................... Sour....3.5 Conclusions ......1 8.. 98 Development of Fish Aroma............ and Cabbage-Like Odors .............................................................................1 Cooked Odor—Boiled Potato and Rancid Odors ................. 98 Fresh Fish Odors .....4..........................1 Sweet....................4..106 8............112 8.......................2...........4...........3......113 97 .......... and Malty Odors .................................................1 Microbial Spoilage Odors .........106 8.........................................................2 Oxidatively Derived Odors ..................2 Dried Fish............................................................................ 111 8................1..........4 Introduction ..1........3 8...............................4............................1 Smoked Fish Odors ...............3 Putrid......Chapter 8 Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish Guðrún Ólafsdóttir and Rósa Jónsdóttir Contents 8..........................103 8......1..............................................................................4.................................... Onion.........................................................................................4 Miscellaneous ......................................4..........................

guanidine compounds like creatine. Research over the years has led to improved chilling and packaging technologies aimed at reducing microbial growth. extension in shelf life of fresh chilled fish has been achieved.98 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 8. They are composed of the various nonprotein nitrogenous components (NPN). A prerequisite for increased consumption of fish products is their availability on the market as fresh and high-quality products of delicate flavor. cooked. studies on application of natural antioxidants are of prime interest to underpin further utilization of fish in innovative product development as fresh.2 Development of Fish Aroma An overview of changes during handling and processing influencing the development of aroma in fish is generalized in Figure 8. or hydrolyzed products and as ingredients in functional foods. Volatile compounds play an important role in the odor quality characteristics and consumer acceptance of fish. and nucleotides.1 Introduction Health and wellness are the main drivers in new product development. Endogenous enzyme . and glutamic acid are known to contribute to taste together with the degradation components of the nucleotides such as inosine. It is well established that enzyme lipoxygenase (LOX)-mediated conversions of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) to volatile aroma compounds initiates the development of plant-like aroma of fresh fish [4–6].e. The understanding of odor development by chemical. formation of taste. alanine.. lowering of pH and endogenous enzyme activity. Finally. Research has aimed at strengthening the marine-based food industry in the development of fish products of acceptable quality to meet new trends in lifestyles. resulting in undesirable texture changes in fish. the proliferation of the specific spoilage organisms (SSO) results in the development of volatile compounds. amino acids. and accumulation of hypoxanthine (Hx). including small peptides such as carnosine and anserine. the changes are dominated by autolytic activity. Enhanced oxidation during cooking resulting in off odor development is of concern and an obstacle for application of fish in convenience food. leading to the formation of secondary oxidation products and off flavors [8]. The pool of components that are degraded and cause off flavors because of microbial growth are mainly soluble substances in the muscle. including degradation of nucleotides. oxidative processes causing odors and texture changes become noticeable during extended storage and limit the shelf life. Consequently. 8. Some of these compounds influence the taste of fish-like peptides (i. TMAO. and the individual amino acids glycine. contributing to spoilage changes and thus influencing the freshness and quality of the end product of chilled fish [1–3]. However. Initially. anserine). and microbiological processes in fish postharvest is of importance to be able to control the various extrinsic factors that influence the formation of volatile degradation products and consequently the quality of fish products. Degradation of soluble muscle constituents such as sarcoplasmic proteins and microbial metabolism contributes to changes in the aroma profile of fish during storage. Improved understanding of the role of oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids in the development of off odors in fish products has directed research efforts to search for effective means to control oxidative processes. Proteolysis plays a critical role in postmortem changes.1. followed by oxidation processes. Other prooxidants like hemeproteins (hemoglobin and myoglobin) are also involved in the initiation of the oxidative processes in fish muscle [7]. processed. biochemical. valine. active inosine. Fish being a valuable source of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) and other nutrients is a prominent candidate as the healthy choice for consumers. As a result.

3 Fresh Fish Odors The delicate flavor of fish is mostly contributed by volatile compounds and taste active substances in the aqueous phase. and sardines) plays a role in the formation of odorous volatiles. spoiled. and melon-like odors. On the other hand. TMAO. eight. [5] summarized the occurrences of volatile compounds in freshwater and saltwater species and concluded that the four common compounds found in saltwater species. Soon after harvest. but .1 Overview of changes in fish influencing the development of characteristic aroma of fresh. myoglobin. or nine carbon atoms [4. hemoglobin. pleasant aromas of fish [6. SSO. popcorn.15]. and cooking Processing smoking. peptides Soluble substances.. malty. ascorbic acid. plant-. nonprotein nitrogen-containing compounds.5-ocatadien-1-ol. neutral Spoilage aroma sweet. lipoxygenase. metallic. the unsaturated C9 carbonyl compounds such as 2. LOX proteases. boiled potato. NPN.5.Cu) Hb. and processed fish. rancid potato.10–13]. putrid. polyunsaturated fatty acids.14. malty. cucumber. Mb. cucumber Figure 8. including calpains (neutral calcium-dependent proteases) and cathepsins (lysosomal proteases). sour. whereas volatiles generated from fat result in variation in the specific flavor character of different fish species. phospholipases TMAOase Microbial metabolism Specific spoilage organisms (SSO) Oxidation Prooxidants: metals (Fe. ammonia-like Oxidized aroma Processed aroma green-like. specific spoilage organisms. 8.6-nonadienal. salting. were characteristic for freshwater and euryhaline fish. nucleotides. drying. river trout. polyphenols Lipids phosholipids/PUFA Proteins sarcoplasmic. Some components are desirable at low levels. 1-octen-3-ol. LOX. and mushroom-like odors are unsaturated carbonyl compounds and alcohols with six. oxidized. but the mechanism of this activity is not fully elucidated [9]. and hydrolysis Endogenous enzymes i.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 99 Handling chilling. dried fish. amino acids Fresh fish aroma seaweedy. PUFA. hydrolases. which have potent green. contributing to green. faint odor of saltwater species. Mb Antioxidants: α-tocopherol. cucumber-.e. and 2. cucumber-.5-octadien-3-ol. The compounds that contribute to the characteristic plant-. NPN. 1. activity influences the deterioration of fish muscle. The overall perceived odor is dependent on the level of influential compounds and their odor thresholds along with possible synergistic effects. melon-. LOX activity on the skin and gills of both freshwater and marine species (rainbow trout. freezing. mushroom. stockfish. Hb. Josephson et al. caramel. were responsible for the moderate. stale. trimethylamineoxide. Newly caught marine fish contains low levels of volatile compounds and is nearly odorless. hexanal.

and sulfur compounds. and 3. but when accumulated in higher levels because of autooxidation.30–36].1. and species of the salmonidae family develop earthy. ketones.100 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis if their concentration increases. Environmental conditions and seasonal effects like spawning can influence the odor quality of fish.Z)-2. for example. they may contribute to off odors. and amine-like odors. Seasonal effects have also been reported for capelin. Both single compounds such as TMA and ethanol and multicompound indices based on combination of alcohols. C9 LOX-derived compounds have been found in higher levels in spawning euryhaline and freshwater fish [5].6-nonadienal. and identification was based on GC–FID. in nominal levels the bromophenols appear to contribute to natural sea-. boiled potato-. Rapid methods can then be applied to detect indicators or alternatively classes of compounds if the pattern of the volatile compounds is known and a connection has been verified between the indicator compounds and the compounds that are responsible for the odors and quality changes. Studies performed in Japan. odor. muddy. and GC–O.6-Nonadienal was identified to be the most characteristic compound for the cucumber-like capelin odor [19]. indicate their involvement in the development of fresh fish aroma associated with seasonal variation. The aldehydes contribute most to the spoilage odors because of their low flavor thresholds. where it has been demonstrated by monitoring key volatiles to study changes in different fish products during storage. and sulfur compounds representing the different changes occurring during storage have been suggested by numerous researchers as indicators for freshness and spoilage [22. Volatile degradation compounds as quality indicators can be detected by rapid techniques such as electronic nose to monitor and predict quality changes in various fish species and in smoked salmon [19. Volatile compounds formed by microbial metabolism and oxidation contributing to these odors have been identified by gas chromatography methods and suggested as indicators of quality. . However. Another example is iodine-like off flavor in prawns associated with bromophenols originating from the feed chain [17]. 8. They were suggested as the possible precursors of nine-carbon volatile compounds.6-nonadien-1-ol in sweet smelt tissues [20]. plant-like notes in fresh fish. This has been the approach in our studies. cod during storage [21.24–29]. and marine-like flavors of seafood [18]. on accumulation of hydroperoxides in fish tissues. iodine-. Table 8. Accumulation of certain hydroperoxide isomers coincided with the period of enhancement of characteristic aroma in sweet smelt. Therefore. aldehydes. lean species typically develop sweet. a saltwater species.1 summarizes the occurrence of volatile compounds detected in our studies on cod [22] and haddock fillets [31] and smoked salmon [23]. and these are difficult to detect by analytical techniques. Some of the influential odor compounds that have very low odor thresholds are often present in low levels. which has a very characteristic cucumber odor during spawning. The volatile pattern changes in mature salmon when migrating from the sea for spawning. acids. Fatty species develop rancid odors and taste. they contribute to oxidized and fishy odors in stale fish [16]. The main classes of compounds detected during storage are alcohols. esters. including (E)-2-nonenal. and sweet odors. amines.21–22. amines. which are present in higher levels and can be quantified. as seen by the detected odors listed in Table 8.22] and in smoked salmon [23]. Purge and trap on Tenax and SPME methods were applied for sampling. it is useful to monitor the overall pattern of volatile compounds and select indicator compounds. GC–MS. and quality changes can be explained in. (E.4 Identification of Quality Indicators Different characteristic odors develop in various fish species during storage. 2. An example is the enzymically derived long-chain alcohols and carbonyls that exhibit characteristic fresh.

and Smoked Salmon [23] during Chilled Storagea Compound Raw Cod Boiled Cod Raw Haddock Smoked Salmon Odor Description (GC–O) Alcohols Ethanol 2-Methyl-1-propanol/pentane 1-Penten-3-ol 3-Methyl-1-butanol 2-Methyl-1-butanol 2. fish fillet Sweet. candy × — — Sweet. floral Sweet. flowery — Ketones 2-Butanone 2.E)Nonanal Decanal Undecanal × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × Rancid Boiled potato.3-Butandiol 1-Octen-3-ol 2-Ethyl-1-hexanol 1-Octanol × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × — — — — — — Mushroom — — Aldehydes Acetaldehyde 2-Methyl-propanal 2-Methyl-butanal 3-Methyl-butanal Hexanal cis-4-Heptenal Heptanal 2.3-Butandione × × × × — N/A (continued) . earthy Sweet.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 101 Table 8. (E.1 Volatile Compounds Detected in Cod [22]. Haddock Fillets [31]. fatty — Fresh.4-Heptadienal. caramel. caramel.

2-methylpropyl ester Butanoic acid. ethyl ester × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × — N/A — N/A N/A Sickenly sweet. dried fish Acid Acetic acid × × × — Esters Ethyl acetate Ethanthiocacid. sour Flowery. heavy. caramel — — — Sweet. sweet. spicy Amine Trimethylamine × × × TMA-like. 3-methyl. and Smoked Salmon [23] during Chilled Storagea Compound 2-Pentanone 3-Pentanone 2. Haddock Fillets [31]. ethylester Butanoic acid. S-methylester Propanoic acid.3-Pentanedione 3-Hexanone 3-Methyl-2-butanone 3-Hydroxy-2-butanone 6-Methyl-5-hepten-2-one × × × × × × × × × × × Raw Cod Boiled Cod Raw Haddock Smoked Salmon × Odor Description (GC–O) — Sweet. ethyl ester Propanoicacid-2-methyl.1 (continued) Volatile Compounds Detected in Cod [22]. ethyl ester 2-Butenoic acid.102 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 8. ethylester Acetic acid. ethylester Hexanoic acid. vomit N/A N/A N/A N/A Sulfur Compounds Methanethiol Dimethyl sulfide × × × × — — . 2-methyl. ethyl ester Butanoic acid.

The microbially derived alcohols 2-methyl-1-propanol. and Malty Odors Ketones. and quantification of the main classes of compounds was based on the sum of the PAR for respective compounds in each class.4. or geraniumlike odors are characteristic sensory odor descriptors for fresh whole fish. After several days of storage. and finally sour and dirty tablecloth odor. In general when fish is cooked. dried fish/stockfish. —. Late spoilage changes.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 103 Table 8. During prolonged storage boiled potato odor develops. sulfur. The odor descriptors in Table 8.34]. and the end of shelf life of cod fillets on day 12 of storage are explained by the presence of TMA. sour. the aroma of the fillet is described as sweet and reminiscent of shellfish. the fish is no longer fit for consumption.1). esters. An example of the spoilage pattern of volatile compounds in chilled fish is illustrated in Figure 8. mainly amino acids. 8. cooling. sour. data not available for haddock. Sour. Seaweedy and marine-like odors. showing results from a storage study of cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes during chilled storage (0. cabbage Volatiles in boiled cod were analyzed in samples of raw chilled cod fillets [22] by heating corresponding samples at 80°C for 60 min. The aim was to screen for potential quality indicators and determine which compounds and classes of compounds were most abundant in the headspace and also to identify the most influential spoilage odors contributing to sensory rejection. and sometimes metallic.5°C) [22]. which is mostly affected by handling. Identification of volatile compounds was based on GC–MS analysis (see Table 8. and when combined with frozen storage odor.1. 8.2) were associated with the development of sweet.1 Sweet. N/A.1 Microbial Spoilage Odors The spoilage odors in chilled fish vary depending on the dominant microflora in the products. The loss of freshness of cod fillets and early spoilage changes were related to the formation of ketones. The flavor thresholds .1 based on GC–O analysis of cod and smoked salmon represent most of these overall changes. alcohols. acids. development of spoilage odors. 3-methyl-1-butanol. and aldehydes.2. the freshness notes disappear and the odor of the uncooked fish becomes neutral. cucumber-.1 (continued) Volatile Compounds Detected in Cod [22]. and malty spoilage odors.4.3-butandiol were found in the highest levels on day 12 at sensory rejection. Haddock Fillets [31]. contributing to sweet. alcohols. Sweet-milky and vanilla/caramel-like odors are typical in cooked fish. and Smoked Salmon [23] during Chilled Storagea Compound Dimethyl disulfide Dimethyl trisulfide a Raw Cod × × Boiled Cod × × Raw Haddock × × Smoked Salmon Odor Description (GC–O) Onion like Rotten. as well as green plant-. and sulfur compounds produced by microbial degradation of fish components. caramel-like. and temperature conditions during storage [33. and 2. and TMA-like smell. mushroom-. not detected by GC–O. packaging. and malty odors. meat-like. and aldehydes detected on day 4 of storage and their increasing levels on days 7 and 10 (Figure 8.

The branched chain aldehyde. TMA. The formation of acetoin (3-hydroxy-2-butanone) was characteristic for the spoilage of chilled cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes and was attributed to the growth of Photobacterium phosphoreum [22]. and 3-methyl-butanal probably originate from degradation of valine and leucine. In cultured and wild sea bream stored in ice for 23 days. such as 2-butanone. piperidine. Lindsay [8] suggested using short-chain alcohols such as ethanol. and acetic acid were identified as spoilage indicators [29]. 2-methyl-1-propanol. 2005.) of alcohols are higher than those of carbonyls. Levels of acetoin increased earlier than those of TMA. TMA. and 3-methyl-1-butanol as potential indices of refrigerated fish spoilage based on studies of freshwater whitefish. whereas the formation of branched-chain alcohols and aldehydes such as 2-methyl-1-propanol. dimethyl disulfide. Reykjavík. and the carotenoid-derived 6-methyl-5-heptene-2-one.1) [22]. University of Iceland. The initial high levels of ethanol in spoilage of fish has been related to the utilization of carbohydrate sources.2 GC–MS analysis of volatile compounds showing changes in the levels (PAR. 3-methyl-1-butanol. Ethanol was detected in high levels initially (on days 4 and 7) and then declined. 3-pentanone.5°C until sensory rejection on day 12. caramel. 3-methyl-butanal. 3-hydroxy-butanone. Volatile compounds as quality indicators in fish during chilled storage: Evaluation of microbial metabolites by an electronic nose. 1-penten-3-ol. methanethiol. it is more useful to monitor the loss of freshness as an early indicator of spoilage. whereas dimethyl sulfide was detected initially and throughout storage [31]. and fish-fillet-like odors by GC–O in our study. and. dimethyl trisulfide. and butanoic acid ethyl ester were found in the highest amounts and increased with storage. Propanol was suggested as a potential indicator when using modified atmosphere packaging techniques.. 3-methyl-1-butanol. In chilled haddock fillets stored in styrofoam boxes. (Modified from Ólafsdóttir. The concentration of acetoin was much higher than the lipid derived ketones detected. G. and they did not contribute to the odor of the fillets as evaluated by GC–O (Table 8. butanol. peak area ratio) of the main classes of compounds contributing to spoilage in cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes during storage at 0.104 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 120 100 Peak area ratio (PAR) 80 60 40 20 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 Days of storage 12 14 Alcohols Aldehydes Ketones TMA Aceticacid Esters Figure 8. respectively. therefore. that were present in cod fillets throughout . Dimethyl disulfide and dimethyl trisulfide were detected at the end of storage time when samples were spoiled. 3-methyl-1-butanol. was characterized by sweet. ethyl acetate. PhD thesis.

Additionally.4. but no obvious increase occurred until at the end of shelf-life and during continued storage.2 Dried Fish. decane. volatile sulfur compounds such as hydrogen sulfide. described as sickeningly sweet and nauseous. Onion.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 105 storage.4. Figure 8.2) indicated that they were not important in the spoilage of chilled cod fillets stored in styrofoam boxes. TMA is a potent odorant with a characteristic fishy. ammonia-like.38]. Oxidative processes are involved in the formation of dimethyl sulfide from methyl mercaptan and further oxidation of dimethyl disulfide. Ketones can influence the overall odor because of their low odor thresholds.1).3 Putrid. which may have influenced the overall odor perception leading to the sensory rejection of the fillets.1. fruity off odors [37. and measurements of volatile amines such as TMA or total volatile bases (TVB-N) have been used in the fish industry as indicators of quality for fish and fish products. and stale odors by amines during fish spoilage is well known. which forms very early after harvest of fish. contributed to the sensory rejection of chilled cod fillets on day 12 and suggested the role of Pseudomonas fragi in the development of sweet. contributing to the stale and putrid off odors in fish because of amino acid and lipid degradation [39]. methyl sulfide. TMA has been noted for intensifying fishiness by a synergistic action with certain volatile unsaturated aldehydes derived from autoxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids [40]. and Cabbage-Like Odors Low levels of sulfur compounds (Figure 8. 8.38. The origin of the sulfur compounds is microbial degradation of cysteine and methionine to form hydrogen sulfide and methyl mercaptan. and dimethyl disulfide have been suggested as the main cause of putrid spoilage aromas [41]. The lipid-derived saturated aldehydes detected on day 12 at sensory rejection also contributed to the overall sweet aroma. respectively [41]. dried fish. has been suggested as a freshness indicator along with its precursor TMAO (trimethylamine oxide) [27]. and undecane) appeared to be similar throughout storage in chilled cod fillets [22]. and ketones (2-butanone).39]. 8. The onset of stale odors can be explained by cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. Ammonia-Like. whereas DMA may influence the overall fresh flavor of fish in combination with oxidatively formed aldehydes from long-chain fatty acids in fish. numerous branched chain . TMA is characteristic for the spoilage odors of fish.1. ammonia-like odor. Additionally. 1-penten-3-ol). At this point there was an increase in the pH value. which contributed to boiled potato-like odors (Table 8. methyl mercaptan. alcohols (3-methyl-1-butanol. and Stale Odors The development of dried fish. The odor of ethyl butanoate. Pseudomonas species have also been found responsible for the formation of volatile sulfides. Dimethyl trisulfide has also been associated with spoilage in fish and associated with the growth of Shewanella putrecfaciens [25.4 Miscellaneous The concentration of the straight chain alkanes (nonane. In whole fish stored in ice.2 shows that TMA was detected in high levels on day 12. 8.4.1. Enzymically produced DMA (dimethylamine). Milo and Grosch [42] evaluated the headspace of boiled cod by gas chromatography olfactometry (GC–O) and found that dimethyl trisulfide was the most potent odorant contributing to off odors in cod formed when the raw material was inappropriately stored. and the incorporation of hydrogen sulfide yields dimethyl trisulfide [38].

fish-like odors of chilled cod fillets in combination with other carbonyls (3-hydroxy-2-butanone.4-heptadienal. suggesting that it may have an impact on the overall odor of fish fillets [22]. Aldehydes generally have low odor thresholds. These compounds have been associated with rancid and dried fish odors. in similar or slightly increasing levels. although their overall levels were lower. and 2. 3-pentanone. and 6-methyl-5-heptene-2one). 2. 8. therefore. aromatics. their impact was greater than alcohols and ketones. 2-butanone. Piperidine was tentatively identified in chilled cod fillets [22] and has also been suggested as a quality indicator in sea bream [29]. the feed may have influenced higher levels of aldehydes. that contribute to the development of rancid cold store flavors [47]. lipid-derived saturated aldehydes. cis-4-heptenal. Piperidine levels have been reported to increase in spawning salmon and contribute to off odors [43]. Several odor active terpene derivatives have been identified in fish. and decanal. Phospholipids are the main membrane-bound lipids. but the knowledge of the formation of these compounds is obscure.106 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis alkanes were detected. Our studies on the development of volatile compounds in chilled cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes during storage at 0°C showed that oxidatively formed. Similarly.4. but the sampling techniques used were not sensitive enough to allow quantification of these compounds.and potato-like odors contributed by . they are not considered of interest as quality indicators. However. Limonene has also been detected in sea bream during storage [29]. they are in particular sensitive to oxidation. The origin of limonene in fish is most likely related to the diet derived from algae or plant source. Oxidative processes occurring during storage of fish result in the accumulation of aldehydes.2 Oxidatively Derived Odors Initiation of lipid oxidation in fish is generally associated with the polyunsaturated fatty acids in phospholipids of muscle cell membranes [44]. 8. These oxidation products contributed to the overall characteristic sweet. The influence of other aroma active compounds present in lower levels such as the unsaturated autoxidatively derived aldehydes (2. such as hexanal.3 to demonstrate which odors are most dominating in the aroma profile [48]. A characteristic earthy odor in many species residing in ponds has been associated with piperidine and its reaction products. 3-methyl-butanal. since they are not aroma active.4-heptadienal and 2. Various pro and antioxidants influence the stability of the muscle and have been studied in relation to the oxidative stability of phospholipids [46]. Boiled potato.1 Cooked Odor—Boiled Potato and Rancid Odors Characteristic odors and key volatile compounds in boiled cod stored in closed plastic bags for 22 days compared with fresh boiled cod are shown in Figure 8. Limonene has low odor threshold and a fresh lemon odor was detected by GC–O analysis of cod. were detected in the fillets throughout the storage time.4. ketones. and terpenes found in wild sea bream compared with those of its cultured counterpart [29]. and. such as hexanal. heptanal. and because of their high unsaturation.2.4.7-decatrienal) should not be overlooked.4. and overall the alkanes showed an increasing trend with storage time. which are known to be more susceptible to oxidation than triacylglycerols in fat deposits [45]. which is further enhanced by preprocessing and storage of fish.7-decadienal. 6-Methyl-5-heptene-2-one derived from carotenoids was described as spicy and flowery by GC–O and suggested to contribute along with other ketones and aldehydes to the characteristic sweet odor of cod fillets [22].

Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish DMS Sulfur 5 4 3 2 1 Fishy odors Fishy 3-Pentanone 1-Penten-3-ol Flowery 2-Penten-1-ol Flowery Fatty. sour. 2-heptanone. sweet. The occurrence of cis-4-heptenal has been associated with the “cold storage flavor” of cod [47]. paint-like [50]. sourish. green-like. However. flowery. Unpublished data. and after storage for 3 days the proportions of 4-heptenal. 1-penten-3-ol and hexanal. some confusion exists about the role of cis-4heptenal as the “cold-storage compound” [8]. In fresh baked herring (200°C. 2-methylbutanal. however. sweet. and fish oil notes in the same study. and after 8 days of storage at 6°C.3) were fatty. but it rather participates in the expression of the overall fishy odor. Baltic herring has been reported to have a similar development of volatiles. and fish oil notes were characteristic for fresh cooked salmon. green-like odors Grass Hexanal Heavy Mushroom.4-heptadienal. as well as boiled potato-like [51. multivariate data analysis is useful to explore the overall trend of the main quality indicators. and Ólafsdóttir. Overall earthy. R. rancid odors Flowery 2. Other pronounced odors detected in boiled cod (Figure 8. this aldehyde does not exhibit a fishy-type aroma by itself. (From Jónsdóttir. 20 min) 3-methylbutanal. and octatriene increased significantly.4) on data from our studies on volatiles in cod [22] during prolonged storage for 17 days and compared with corresponding . Ideally. although the level of the compounds may vary and explain the differences in the characteristic odor of these species. and rancid odors contributed by 2-nonenal and 2. quality indicators should demonstrate clear increasing or decreasing levels with storage time. pop-like Earthy-like odors Figure 8. this is not always the trend for dynamic microbial and oxidative changes and the formation of volatiles in fish during storage [22]. Taking into account the complexity of the spoilage processes. melon 2-Nonenal Cucumber Fatty Fatty. 1-penten-3-ol. earthy Potato-like Boiled potato cis-4-Heptenal Heptanal ◾ 107 Cucumber. Hexanal. The fresh raw salmon odor was characterized as cucumber-like with weak sweet. Fatty. microbial metabolites such as 3-methyl1-butanol and cresol were identified [53]. green-like. heptanal. 2004..3 Odor profile (GC–O analysis) of boiled cod stored in plastic bags (-♦-) after 22 days of refrigerated storage (3°C) compared with freshly boiled cod (---▲---).) heptanal and cis-4-heptenal were the most potent odors. and octadienes also increased many-fold during further storage. and the most pronounced attribute was a boiled potato odor [49]. and green-like odors were associated with oxidatively derived 3-pentanone. In fact. G. Principal component analysis (PCA) was performed (Figure 8. Its odor has been described both as cardboardy. sweet.52]. and hexanal were abundant in headspace.4-Heptadienal Rancid Geranium-like 1-Octen-3-ol Mushroom Earthy.

However. The effect of oxidation induced by cooking and formation of oxidation products such as heptenal and nonanal characterizes the (B-D4) sample. 8. and 17 days). raw and B. . in agreement with earlier studies [54]. and (E. that is.5 Undecanal Ethanol 3-me-1-butanol B-D10 0 R-D4 R-D12 R-D7 R-D10 Ethylbutanoate B-D4 Heptanal Nonanal Acetaldehyde Ethylacetate 2-Butanone 3-HO-2-Butanone 2-me-1-propanol TMA Decanal R-D14 6-me-5-h-2-one Hexanal 0 0. and 6-methyl-5-hepten-2-one. in particular the role of volatile compounds derived from oxidation in heated/boiled samples.8 R-D17 –0.5-octadien-3-one.108 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis PC2 Bi-plot 1.4 Principal component analysis of raw and boiled cod.4).2 Washed Cod Muscle System Rancid odor development during chilled storage of fish has commonly been associated with fatty species. methional with a characteristic boiled potato-like odor dominated the odor of the aldehyde fraction of the headspace volatiles. 10. and oxidatively derived (Z)-1. Samples are labeled with R.E)-2. increased with time and were pronounced in the spoiled raw samples (R-D14 and R-D17).0 Figure 8. In boiled trout.4). (E.0 B-D17 1-Penten-3-ol 3-me-butanal Acetic acid 0. boiled and storage days. X-expl: 53%. decanal.2 Raw and boild c….1).2. 3-methyl-butanal was correlated to the boiled stored cod (B-D17) (Figure 8. 3-methyl-butanal in combination with acetaldehyde.6-nonadienal. Autoxidatively produced unsaturated carbonyl compounds were the most abundant components in boiled and canned fish.Z)-2. On the basis of odor evaluation. Interestingly. The characteristic pattern or trend in volatiles in raw and boiled fish is clearly different. The oxidatively formed compounds.6 0. 14. D (4. Only the spoiled raw samples (R-D14 and R-D17) can be correlated with the freshly boiled (B-D4) sample. Sulfur compounds dimethyl sulfide. oxidation of membrane-bound phospholipids in lean species can cause fishy.4. 7. especially in trout [15]. The PCA demonstrates how volatile compounds can explain the variation in quality of samples according to storage time and handling (raw and boiled). It is in particular interesting to demonstrate that the influence of heating gives a very different volatile profile compared with that of the raw samples that are all clustered on the left of the PCA plot.5 –0. and dimethyl trisulfide were detected in higher levels in the boiled samples (data not shown). Other oxidatively formed compounds like 2-butanone and aldehydes were in higher levels in the B-D4 sample compared with the corresponding raw sample (R-D4). dimethyl disulfide. 12. samples after heating (see Table 8. methional.4 0.4 –0. 19% PC1 1.2 0. as indicated by the arrows (Figure 8.4-decadienal from PUFA were determined as character impact odorants of boiled cod [54]. The malty flavor of 3-methyl butanal was suggested earlier to be mainly responsible for the malty off flavor defect of boiled cod [54]. hexanal.

and glutathione peroxidase) and aqueous prooxidants in fish muscle. Consequently. These compounds can be used as indicator compounds for oxidation. [60] studied lipid oxidation and rancid odor during the early stage of ice storage of ordinary and dark muscle of yellowtail and concluded that myoglobin was the main cause in the development of the unpleasant color and undesirable odor during ice storage of fish muscle.5) as well as 2. rancid fish oil like. has been studied to understand better the mechanisms of oxidation in the muscle [57. Similarly. and caramel-like odors contributed by 3-methylbutanal.58]. sensory assessments. in agreement with TBARS and changes in color [62].59]... These odors were also detected in cod fillets during chilled storage (Table 8. In lean fish such as cod. and color. [63]. it is possible to detect the most volatile oxidation products like propanal and hexanal by rapid. including hemoglobin from blood [7. The added hemoglobin was very effective as a prooxidant.3-pentandione. which is not practical for rapid determination of oxidation.61]. and environmental conditions (e. potato-like odor caused by cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. soapy. grass odor contributed by hexanal. lipid oxidation of muscle phospholipids may be induced by several catalysts. To accurately evaluate the potential of antioxidants in foods.4heptadienal that contributed to rancid odor caused by oxidation. Washed cod muscle system has been widely used to study oxidation and the influence of prooxidative and antioxidative factors [59. and spicy and flowery notes exhibited by 6-methyl-5-hepten-2-one. static headspace sampling methods. the concentration and composition of volatile oxidation products analyzed by GC were compared with TBARS measurements. TBARS (thiobarbituric reactive substances). and the overall odor was an intense dried fish.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 109 rancid. it is necessary to apply models that take into account the chemical. physical. this may facilitate the selection of preventive measures to limit oxidation and guide new technological developments with the aim to ensure the delicate taste and nutritional value of lean fish products. earthy. They showed that direct analysis of propanal can provide a quick and economical method for the determination of oxidation of n-3 fatty acids and pentane and hexanal analysis can give an indication of the oxidation of linoleic acid. Furthermore. as demonstrated by Boyd et al. floral. The role of antioxidants (a-tocopherol.1). rancid.56]. but the compounds were detected in much lower levels [22]. This is because the activity of antioxidants in food systems depends not only on the chemical reactivity of the antioxidant (e. Odor development in lean fish studied by hemoglobininduced oxidation in washed cod muscle system showed that sweet. painty. pH) [55. and 1-penten 3-ol. The most potent odors detected in the model system were malty. The effect of thermal treatment on hemoglobin-mediated oxidation in the phospholipid model system from cod muscle was studied by monitoring oxidative changes during chilled storage on ice by sensory analysis. and instrumental color changes. fatty. Preconcentration techniques are necessary for the analysis of unsaturated aldehydes. and rancid odors dominated the aroma profile [62]. mushroom odor caused by 1-octen-3-ol. Sohn et al. .g. Studies on the development of the odorous degradation compounds of phospholipid oxidation can lead to a better understanding of the kinetics and reaction pathways of oxidation in lean fish. cucumber-like. dried fish-like off odors as discussed before. green. and a similar trend was observed in the development of cis-4-heptenal (Figure 8.g. ascorbic acid. On the other hand. including blood components like inorganic metals iron (Fe) and copper (Cu). and lemon-like odors were explained by 2. free radical scavenging and chelation) but also on factors such as physical location. rancid. and environmental conditions expected in food products. interaction with other food components. To monitor the development of rancidity. we found in our studies on the washed cod muscle system that hexanal could be used as indicator for rancid odor development. The prooxidative effect of hemoglobin was evident by the formation of hexanal in high levels. 2.4-heptadienal [62]. sweet.

G.. with added hemoglobin (raw and cooked.. Active research is ongoing on the application of various natural antioxidants based on polyphenols like flavonoids (i.e.. where commercially available green tea polyphenols were shown to effectively inhibit the LOX activity of mackerel muscle [67]. 67. and EDTA [66]. 2007.. and in TBARS (Figure 8. R. Hb-Char-II. With permission. and dried fish odors. J. Food Prod. described as rancid. catechins from tea) and cinnamic acid derivatives (i. et al.e. 2008. ( Adapted from Jónsdóttir.6 Sensory analysis of rancid odor (odor score) and TBARS measurements in raw and cooked washed cod model stored at 0°C for 4 days. 16.) . The studies on the washed cod muscle system verify the importance of oxidation in off odor development in fish muscle and consequently the benefit of being able to control oxidation to prevent the formation of the aldehydes.. painty. -▲-. R. Aquat. Matis Report 08. Some promising results have been reported. HbCod-II). caffeic acid) [65] as well as application of tocopherol. -■-. as measured by rapid increase in rancid odor. Blank-II. Studies on LOX inhibitors are of interest in preventing the initiation of oxidation in fish. 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 40 35 Odor score (rancidity) TBARS (μmol/kg) 0 1 Blank 2 Raw 3 Cooked 4 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 1 Blank 2 Raw 3 Cooked Figure 8. respectively) and raw without hemoglobin (blank).110 ◾ 1000 800 ng/g Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Hexanal 30 25 20 ng/g 15 10 5 0 0 1 Blank-II 2 Hb-Char-II 3 Hb-Cod-II 4 0 1 Blank-II 2 Hb-Char-II 3 4 cis-4-Heptenal 600 400 200 0 Hb-Cod-II Figure 8. and Ólafsdóttir.) Thermal treatment of the cod model system significantly enhanced the oxidation of the model on day 1.6) as well as more rapid loss of red color (not shown) already on the first day of storage. citric acid. 73. (From Jónsdóttir.5 Gas chromatography analysis (FID) of characteristic volatile compounds contributing to rancid odor (hexanal and cis-4-heptenal) in hemoglobin (from Arctic char and cod) mediated oxidation in washed cod model stored at 0°C for 4 days (-♦-.

were characteristic in unsmoked fish.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 111 8.4.Z)-2. which has a characteristic potato-like odor. and 1-propanol [28. 2.72]. 2-methyl-1-butanol.g. but it is mostly attributed to the phenols. In addition to phenolic compounds. Figure 8. it is clear that their presence contributes to the characteristic fish odor of smoked salmon products.71. and alcohols were abundant in the headspace of cold smoked salmon products during storage. giving rancid.72]. 8. giving the flesh its typical fishy odor [71. whereas carbonyl compounds.3 Processing Odors Flavor development in processed seafood is a result of complex proteolytic and lipolytic reactions induced by different processing parameters like enzymes and temperature. 2-pentanone. Additionally. 2. and 1-octen-3-ol. Guillén et al. it was verified that selected key volatile compounds performed better as predictors to explain variation in sensory attributes (smoked. These are compounds like methional. also contribute to the aroma of seafood flavorants [70]. ethanol.6-dimethoxyphenol) have been identified as the most characteristic smoke-related compounds in smoked fish-like herring (Clupea harengus) [73] and in smoked salmon (Salmo salar) [23. 1-octen-3-ol.. thermal degradation. and although they contributed less to the odors. plays important roles in the formation of complicated processing flavors.3. Thermally generated aroma-active compounds via the Maillard reaction such as pyrazines are characteristic for enzymatically hydrolyzed seafood products like crayfish processing by-products [68]. 1-penten-3-ol. nonanal. Lipid-derived aldehydes play an important role in flavor formation and have been reported to contribute to the characteristic fish-like. [74] analyzed headspace components of cod and swordfish. potato-like odors. and 2-acetyl-1-pyrroline.72].4-heptanal.4-decadienal. Key volatile compounds identified in enzymatically produced seafood flavorants are formed via Maillard reaction and Strecker degradation of amino acids.7) (e. Maillard reaction. including Strecker degradation. and 3-methyl-1-butanol) [23]. hexanal.75]. Some of these compounds were selected as key spoilage indicators for smoked salmon based on their high levels and contribution to sweet and fruity spoilage off odors in our study on smoked salmon (Figure 8.6-nonadienal. .7) [23].6-nonadienal. sweet odors of processed seafood like those in smoked salmon [23. hexanal. Volatile compounds like alkyl-pyrazines and sulfur-containing compounds have been found in cooked crustaceans. furan-like compounds have been reported to be responsible for the smoked odor in smoked salmon.7 illustrates the main odors that were present in smoked fish samples after 14 days of chilled storage. which is typical for products on the market [23].1 Smoked Fish Odors Degradation compounds from Maillard reactions and lipid oxidation are the main compounds contributing to the aroma of smoked salmon [72]. where groups of phenol pyrolysis were most noticeable in the smoke flavor volatiles. Microbially produced ketones. Phenolic derivatives like guaiacol (2-methoxyphenol) and syringol (2. Other oxidatively derived compounds like 1-penten-3-ol. 3-hydroxy-2-butanone. the Strecker aldehyde produced from methionine. gave the most intense odors of smoked salmon and contributed to the fish-like earthy odors and fatty and rancid odors (Figure 8. aldehydes. and furans have been found in spray-dried shrimp powder and shrimp hydrolysate [69]. and decanal were among key volatiles. such as heptanal and (E. 3-methyl-1-butanol. sweet/sour rancid.4. associated with spoilage off flavors. like 3-methyl butanal. contributing to mushroom-like odor. 2-butanone. The oxidatively derived compounds cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. and lipid oxidation. and 2. and off odor and flavor) than traditional chemical and microbial variables. giving a popcorn-like odor that can be thermally generated. Lipid-derived components. 3-methyl-butanal. The typical smoked salmon aroma results from a number of chemicals found in the smoke. like cis-4-heptenal.

ripened roe products [79] Similarly.5octadien-3-one were also identified as potent odorants in ripened anchovy [81]. Similar processes have been reported in ripened seafood products. peptides. the highest odor scores were given for boiled potato and rancid. Food Chem. and aldehydes such as acetaldehyde. smoke. 109. where the ripening of salted cod (Gadus morhua) produced by different salting methods was studied. potato-like odors together with cucumber-like odor [82]. earthy.112 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Smoked salmon odors Characteristic smoke odor Sweet. fatty Boiled potato-like Fatty. burnt. most of them generated from chemical or enzymatic oxidation of unsaturated fatty acids and further interactions with proteins. smoke 3-Methyl butanal Sweet. caramel Smoke-house. Thus. sweet Flowery. and free amino acids. and rancid-like odors Burnt. fruity Flowery. .4-heptadienal and 3. they suggested that lipid autoxidation during ripening was primarily responsible for aroma development. Triqui and Reineccius [80] found that 2. The rancid. especially those in the Mediterranean. [76–78]. 4-Heptadienal Sweet. sweet Wood. 2-methylpropanal and 3-methylbutanal were the key. R. sweet Smoke-like 2. as heptanal. 184. Salted cod are traditional products from the North-Atlantic fisheries and are highly regarded as ripened fish products in many countries. Methional and (Z)-1. 2008. manufacturers of ripened products have observed that some degree of proteolysis is necessary before flavor can develop. During ripening of salted cod..7 GC–O evaluation of volatile compounds detected in cold smoked salmon after 14 days of storage at 5°C. highly volatile components of ripened anchovy. geranium Rancid cis-4-Heptenal Heptanal Earthy-like odors 1-Octen-3-ol Figure 8. where methional derived from methionine and 2. In our study.) 8.6-nonadienal from fatty acid oxidation were the main odorants in sugar salted.4. et al. the desired flavor and texture develop as a consequence of protein and fat degradation. sweet Flowery.and 3-Methyl phenol Guaiacol 4-Methyl-guaiacol Sweet and fruity-like odors Wood..2 Ripening Odor—Salted and Dried Fish Odor Numerous volatile compounds have been detected in ripened products like dry cured ham.3. However. both oxidatively derived compounds. probably originating from amino acids. potato-like odor was identified as cis4-heptenal and the boiled potato-like odor. smoke Mushroom. (Modified from Jónsdóttir.5-octadien-2-one were associated with the development of the typical flavor obtained after anchovy ripening. mushroom 2.

esters.5 Conclusions Although aldehydes. New York.6-nonadienal. and 2-butanone. can be used for a variety of fish species that are stored and processed by different techniques. Development of smart sensor technologies like the electronic nose to detect microbial metabolites and oxidation products is of interest to verify the quality of products to facilitate process management. 1995. alcohols. and 1-octen-3-ol. References 1. exhibiting rancid. aldehydes. their presence at nominal levels gives the characteristic and desirable fishy odor in fresh and processed fish. microbial growth can be limited by effective cooling techniques. such as heptanal and (E. cause off odors in fish during storage. 1995. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality. amines. 2. Therefore. The cucumber-like odor detected is possibly 2. Quality and quality changes in fresh fish. Knowledge of the spoilage pattern of volatile compounds is the basis for the development of rapid techniques like smart sensor technologies. No. although the compound could not be identified by GC–MS. 193 pp.83]. Botta.R. could also be responsible for the boiled potato-like odor. VCH Publishers Inc. Volatile compounds as indicators of freshness quality and spoilage can be monitored to determine the quality of fish products. A similar set of sensors with selectivity and sensitivity toward the main quality-indicating classes of compounds. hemoglobin. and in retail for consumers as smart sensors imprinted on packaging.6-nonadienal. and sulfur compounds.. to increase trust between buyers and sellers in trade. The oxidatively derived compounds cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. and other prooxidants in combination with mild heating treatment are important factors to maintain the delicate flavor and odor of fish products. Rome. contributing to mushroom-like odor. Lipid oxidation during ripening appears to be primarily responsible for desirable aroma development in processed fish. acids. careful evaluation of the quality of product is needed to ensure acceptable flavor. . J. derived from methionine and eluting at a similar time as cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. Other key volatile compounds in salted cod are derived form lipid oxidation. 1-penten-3-ol. temperature control.Z)-2. H. However. Detection of microbial metabolites originating mainly from soluble aqueous fractions of the muscle can be directly related to the quality of products. Studies on hemoglobin-induced oxidation in the washed cod model system and enhanced oxidation after heating verified the role of the oxidatively derived compounds contributing to off odors in chilled stored and boiled cod. proper handling. were the most intense character impact compounds of salted cod and smoked salmon. In addition. A certain degree of lipid oxidation is both necessary and desirable for sufficient ripening of the products but the process should be controlled to obtain a desirable degree of ripening based on consumer preferences [82.H. 348. Huss. and new packaging technologies. and myoglobin. according to retention index (RI) of standard and odor evaluation. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper. for example. 1–67. hexanal. careful control of handling and processing conditions should open up possibilities for fish to become a favored choice in new product development of convenience food and in functional food because of its health beneficial properties. potato-like odors. 8. such as ketones.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 113 Methional. FAO. Proper handling and application of natural antioxidants to control oxidative processes caused by lipoxygenase.

2002.P. and Kinsella. Delbarre-Ladrat. H.R. Measurement of volatile aroma constituents as a means for following sensory deterioration of fresh fish and fishery products. C. Hirano. J. 75. Enzymatic initiation via lipoxygenase. J. D. and Kinsella. Variation in the occurence of volatile compounds in cold smoked salmon (Salmo salar) during storage.. J.E. 4. Zhang. 1344. J. and Haugen. Josephson.E.C. T. Lipid oxidation in fish tissue. Verrez-Bagnis. D.. 12.114 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3. J. eds. T.. 507. Agric.O. J.6-dibromophenol: The cause of an iodoform-like off-flavour in some Australian crustacea. and Fleurence.. J. T. W.B.. 1989. Suzuki. 29. 7. J. 58.. Food Chem.E. Elsevier. 58. J. Maarse. Enzymatically generated specific volatile compounds in ayu tissues. German. C..A. Food Chem. Luten.. R. Whitfield. 1986. Jónsdóttir.C. Elsevier Science Publishers BV. Lipoxygenase in trout gill tissue acting on arachidonic. 2002. 279... Biotechnol. Lindsay. 88. 680. E.. Richards.C. Lipoxygenase generation of specific volatile flavour carbonyl compounds in fish tissue. K. J. and Grosch. Lindsay. Characterization of volatile compounds in chilled cod (Gadus morhua) fillets by gas chromatography and detection of quality indicators by an electronic nose. 2005. Agric. Acta.. 262. J.H.. Lipoxygenase in fish tissue: Some properties of the 12-lipoxygenase from trout gill. and Ólafsdóttir. Sci. Opin. J.C.. R. Food Rev.and freshwater fish. Lindsay. 33. and Shirai.. 2005.L. 10140.B. H.. Ed.E.. Agric. V. 326. Agric.. G.J. 31. Marcel Dekker. 547. 1992.. 53. 6.. Noël. P... Food Chem. J.E. 23. Lindsay. Amsterdam.J. J. Amsterdam. G. 2004. New York.B. and Tindale. 14. Agric. Seasonal variation of phosphatidylcholine hydroperoxides in blood of sweet smelt Plecoglossus altivelis.. D. Josephson.. J. E. Hsieh. Agric. 2008. 37. 12.B. M. Zhang.. Biophys.. 1997.. Lauzon. Gram. Food Chem. 33.. and Liston. J. Hsieh.. L. C. 2. University of Iceland.. Biochim. 2. J.. and Stuiber. PhD Thesis. G. 389. Ólafsdóttir. Börresen.. F. and Hultin. Ushio. Suzuki. 9. Reykjavík.. Occurrence and properties of flavour-related bromophenols found in the marine environment: A review. 8. Martinsdóttir E. 1986. Ólafsdóttir.L. 2076.. 46. p. 18. . J. T. R. 36. J.. 21. 555. German. G. 5. H. Ólafsdóttir.B.J.B.. J. T. Seafood. Boyle. and Kristbergsson. 1984. 1992. 1988. 179. Variations in the occurrences of enzymically derived volatile aroma compounds in salt. 6. eds. D. 11... Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. Gas sensor and GC measurements of volatile compounds in capelin (Mallotus villosus). A. 41. T.B. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. J.B.H.B. T. C. J. Hirano.. Food Chem. Lindsay. Food Chem. H. Luten.C. 32. and Stuiber. Josephson. 10.. and Kinsella... and Dalgaard. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology Part B 130. D. 50.. 2001. the Netherlands. Relative contribution of calpain and cathepsins to protein degradation in muscle of sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax). 17. 19. 27. and Stuiber. Shaw.. Technol. J.C. G. Volatile compounds as quality indicators in fish during chilled storage: Evaluation of microbial metabolites by an electronic nose. eicosapentaenoic and docosahexaenoic acids. K. Food Prod. the Netherlands. R. Food Chem. Morishita. Iceland. and Jónsson. 16. 437. 13. 680.. R.. 559. in Volatile Compounds in Foods and Beverages. Food Chem. 13... R. R... Curr. Identification of volatile compounds in ayu fish and its feeds. in Seafood from Producer to Consumer. 22. G. 1993. and Oehlenschläger. Identification of compounds characterizing the aroma of fresh Whitefish (Coregonus clupeaformis).B. 184. Fish flavours. Faculty of Science. Kaewsrithong. Integrated Approach to Quality.. D. 1990. Buckner. D.. Aquat. Kramer. in Proceedings of the International Symposium on Seafood Quality Determinations. and Ohshima. Fish spoilage bacteria–problems and solutions. 1985. J... Food Agric. Changes in the odourants of boiled trout (Salmo fario) as affected by the storage of the raw material. and Shirai. Jónsdóttir. 875. 1991. Josephson. Contributions of blood and blood components to lipid oxidation in fish muscle. R. Food Chem. 1983. 20.E. C.. 109.. and Kinsella. Milo. Ólafsdóttir.H. T. German. 15. Food Chem. Chanie. Agric. 24. 1988.. 1993.C. Agric.. Int. J. J. D. R.

. P. and Libbey.. Food Chem. Martinsdóttir. in Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. Am. B. J. and Ólafsdóttir. 221. S. Thalman. Jónsdóttir. J. J. 1992. Chanie.. International Institute of Refrigeration. Lindsay.. Careche.S. S. E.C. Lauzon. Ólafsdóttir. Scanlan. H. Ólafsdóttir.. Oehlenschläger. 2616. G. Jensen.. Elsevier Science Publishers.. Martinsdóttir. Chanie.. Oehlenschläger. Ólafsdóttir. R. Evaluation of some well established and some underrated indices for the determination of freshness and/or spoilage of ice stored wet fish. C. and Liston. G. Developing rapid olfaction arrays for determining fish quality. P. S. Agric. in Proceedings of the International Symposium on Seafood Quality Determinations. H. 26..... J. Evaluation of compounds contributing fi shy flavors in fish oils. P. Technol. 49.. A. Schubring. F. . Miller III..H... in Quality Assurance in the Fish Industry.M. 55. Verrez-Bagnis.. Castell. Organisms responsible for odour produced during incipient spoilage of chilled fish muscle. E. Food Sci. 1957. D.K. and Haugen... J. E.. Food Sci. Labreche. K. 97.. Oehlenschläger.. Oil Chem. F..E. Ólafsdóttir. E. G. and Heia. 66. 27. P.. G. 1997. Westad. Ed. Alasalvar. R. J.. and Libbey. Pseudomonas fluorescens and an Achromobacter species. Significance of volatile compounds produced by spoilage bacteria in vacuum-packed cold-smoked salmon (Salmo salar) analyzed by GC-MS and multivariate regression. K. Martinsdóttir. F. P.. 36. Agric. 28. E. Technol.A. Trends Food Sci... Marcq. I. in Rapid and Online Instrumentaiton for Food Quality Assurance. K. 2005. R. Soc. S. V... J. D.. Di Natale..F. Prediction of microbial and sensory quality of cold smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) by electronic nose. A. Comparison of volatiles of cultured and wild sea bream (Sparus aurata) during storage in ice by dynamic headspace analysis gas chromatography mass spectrometry. and Shahidi. Miller III. J. M. Dalgaard.. Luten.. L. 37. 1986. Paris.V. 30. 2001. Chemical and biochemical indices for assessing the quality of fish packaged in controlled atmospheres. M. 2004. Bazzo. 71.. Jørgensen. 2376. Josephson.. R.. E. Careche. Rapid control of smoked Atlantic salmon quality by electronic nose: Correlation with classical evaluation methods. Lundby. G. F. C. J.A. eds. 32. 2003.. Actuators B.. K.... Jónsdóttir. Scanlan..H. Microbiol. Dalgaard. 31. U. F.. J. 953. 38. G. J. J. 116.. R. and Fleurence. Res.C. J. Henehan.A. Proceedings of the final meeting of the concerted action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness” AIR3 CT94 2283. 2006.. 25.. Martinsdóttir. Mackie. J...258. and Ólafsdóttir. Tothill. Ólafsdóttir. G. Lee. Jakobsen.. The action of Pseudomonas on fish muscle: 1. P... Trends Food Sci. and Kristbergsson. 1973. p. 18. Methods to evaluate fish freshness in research and industry. 2006. G. Lundby. Fish.S. Identification of the volatile compounds produced in sterile fish muscle (Sebastes melanops) by Pseudomonas fragi. 617. Oehlenschläger. I. and Liston. Bazzo. 1973. Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Multisensor for fish quality determination. J. Food Microbiol. 29. J. Taylor. 2005. 15.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 115 25. Nesvadba.H.. and Greenough. H. Elsevier Science Publisher.B... 35. Ólafsdóttir. 70. Nielsen. eds. 33.. L. Sens. et al. R. 39. 1998.. 26. Huss.V.. Int. 34. 2006.. 86.. Undeland. Labreche. Influence of storage temperature on microbial spoilage characteristics of haddock fillets (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) evaluated by multivariate quality prediction. 112.. H.. 8. Haugen. G. Evaluation of fish freshness using volatile compounds—classification of volatile compounds in fish. S. Marcq.E. M. and Dalgaard.. M. Ólafsdóttir... Board Can. H... J. 1989.M.. L. eds. Ólafsdóttir. 111.... Volatile compounds produced by Pseudomonas putrefaciens. 563. the Netherlands. Microbiol. J. Tryggvadóttir.. Karahadian. C. C. 339. Food Chem.. Ibtisam E.. 53. 40. and Lindsay. and Nilsen. Appl.. 952. G.. Westad.. Lauzon. C. 339..D.. Appl. Evaluation of shelf-life of superchilled cod (Gadus morhua) fillets and influence of temperature fluctuations on microbial and chemical quality indicators. J. the Netherlands. Lee. and Kristbergsson.. G. R. J. Amsterdam. Kramer. Cambridge. Huss. 12. 72.M. Amsterdam.

Am. D. T. 1999.. J. Blackie Academic and Professional. R. 56. Food Chem.O. and Botta.. Rancidity development in a fish model system as affected by phospholipids. A rapid method for determining the oxidation of n-3 fatty acids.F. 303. Agric. Burt.M. K. c4-Heptenal: An influential volatile compound in boiled potato flavour. 52. 2007. Decker. 19.. Hall. and Lingnert.. A. and Ólafsdóttir.... D. Food Chem. Processing Technology and Quality. 60.. Unpublished data. Agric.S. J. 26. Volatile compounds of Baltic herring analysed by dynamic headspace sampling-gas chromatography-mass spectrometry..O. H. J. G.K.H. J. H. Jónsdóttir.. 63. J. Shioya. 43. 2008. Yamanaka.. in Surimi and Surimi Seafood. and Ólafsdóttir. Milo. L. I. and Xu.C. Tahvonen. and Lindsay. R. R. 1987. U. 49. Scotland. Hultin. H.D. Koizumi. Food Agric. F. Lipid oxidations in ordinary and dark muscles of fish: Influences on rancid off-odor development and colour darkening of yellowtail flesh during ice storage.. Oil Chem. Antioxidant strategies for preventing oxidative flavour deterioration of foods enriched with n-3 polyunsaturated lipids: A comparative evaluation. 9. 52. 48.. and Shewan. 1992. I. J.. 2366. 524. Richards. Park.J. 49. Agric. F. J. The role of volatile compounds in odor development during hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of cod muscle membrane lipids.F. and Grosch. 59. Glasgow. 2003. Refsgaard. C. 4303. C. J. 50. 1975. 2001.116 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 41. Food Sci. 47.. Koseisha-Koseikaku. 2005... and Gunstone. Frankel. 44. and Hultin. Hardy.D.. 52. 8.. 1974. p. Technol..O. and Hultin. Food Chem. Technol. 241. B. I... Jónsdóttir. and other flavours. A. J. Offensive odour of fish and shellfish. N. H. M. and Jensen. Lipid and autoxidative changes in cold stored cod (Gadus morhua). 490. R. Food Agric. Koskinen.C. Agric..S. 46.. Taki.. W.P. 328. 47.. McGill. J. 53. Herbert. 62. King. Warner.S. B. L. Detection of defects in boiled cod and trout by gas chromatographyolfactometry of headspace samples. Let. Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during ice storage. Technol. J. 28. and Meyer. Brockhoff.. Sci. and Lindsay. J. P.. Ed.G. G. Undeland.. 53... Richards.A. F.O. 42. E.. M.. Food Agric. Undeland. Agric.. 4444. H. 54.. Kristinsson. 55. Ed. Sci. Dundee. Surimi processing from dark muscle fish. 44. J. Decker. 1998. 43. Z.B. 59. 25. E. 2000. 483.D. 53...H.R. 70. M. p. C. 61. eds. Milo. Trends Food Sci. 1195.. and Grosch. R. J.C. and Ohshima. 1987. and Sheldon. 999. W. J. Josephson. C.. T. Food Chem.W. Food Sci. Isolation and identification of the volatile sulphides produced during chill-storage of North sea cod (Gadus morhua). The Oily Press. Marcel Dekker Inc. 1995. oyster. Sci. T. Hept-cis-4-enal and its contribution to the off-flavour of cold-stored cod.. 325. 2004. Lipid Oxidation. 46.B. Ushio. 45..A. H. Shahidi. 1186. Josephson. 1477. and Gunstone. Aquat.. and Kelleher.B. Nielsen. Sensory and chemical changes in farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) during frozen storage. R.. in Seafoods: Chemistry. . 51. Food Res. Bragadóttir. 2005. 1979.. in Odour of Marine Products. H. 7. and Shahidi. M.. 64. 69. Soc. McGill. 67. Hardy. Food Lipids. T. J. 1996. E.. J. Jacobsen. 1994. Minimizing rancidity in muscle foods. F. 2004.F.. G. Agric.. Food Sci. Trends Food Sci. Hultin. Kohata. 1998.. 76. 1998. R. Changes in the odourants of boiled salmon and cod as affected by the storage of the raw material.. H. Food Chem. J. Retro-aldol degradations of unsaturated aldehydes: Role in the formation of c4-heptenal from t2. R. Oxidation of lipids in seafoods.. Aro.S. S. Hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of washed minced cod muscle phospholipids: Effect of pH and hemoglobin source. J. Measuring antioxidant effectiveness in food.P. and Kallio H.. 459. A.. 3473. 1989.. Food Chem. 14. T.B. Boyd. 58.A. M. 57. Eur.. Ellis.c6-nonadienal in fish. 216. Sohn.. Food Prod. Japan. Tokyo. New York. Y. M. 215. J.

Meat. C. Bragadóttir. 83. Meat Science. Toldrá. Leroi. . 2006. J. Agric. T. M. Baek. 2000. 67. Effects of EDTA and a combined use of nitrite and ascorbate on lipid oxidation in cooked Japanese sardine (Sardinops melanostictus) during refrigerated storage. Food Sci... T. Technology and Quality. 75. 99. C. 33.H. and Vegetables. R.R. Triqui. Jónsdóttir. Volatile compounds in flavour concentrates produced from crayfish-processing byproducts with and without protease treatment. Food Chem. 3889.. Flavorants from seafood byproducts.. E. M. J. C. R. 2004. Triqui. Volatile aldehydes in smoked fish: Analysis methods. pro-oxidants. proteins. N. Martinsdóttir. V. 105.. Unpublished data. J. 3262. Vol 2.) by aroma extract dilution analysis and by gas chromatography-olfactometry of headspace samples. S.. Toldrá.. 49. J. S.. J. and Flores.M. and Casas. 73. 68. Int. Food Microbiol. 331. Jittrepotch. 76..C....D. John Wiley & Sons. M. Proteolysis and lipolysis in flavour development of dry-cured meat products. Joffraud. Toldrá. K. in Flavour and Lipid Chemistry of Seafoods. Reykjavík. and Vallet. 54. 72. 2007. 85. 66.K. M.. K.S. Jónsdóttir.R. 79. Aristoy. J. G.. Crit. Y. 2008. 2007. Glasgow.A. I.. G. Rev. 77... Varlet. and Flores. J. 80. M. Baron. 2007.. 101. Eds. R.. Processing. T.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 117 64. B. 65. C. J. 1995.. 3391.. J. F. occurrence and mechanisms of formation. 52. Agric. Food Chem.. Determination of potent odourants in ripened anchovy (Engraulis encrasicholus L.. 1999. 1996. 2006. Ólafsdóttir. Inhibition of mackerel (Scomber scombrus) muscle lipoxygenase by green tea polyphenols. G. Lauritzesen.. R. J.. 2001. in Seafoods: Chemistry. 66. sensory analysis and electronic nose. 69. Agric. and Ólafsdóttir. and Botta. 181. 2006. Gallardo. and Serot. Headspace volatile components of smoked swordfish (Xiphias gladius) and cod (Gadus morhua) detected by means of solid phase microextraction and gas chromatography–mass spectrometry.. Hoboken.. J. H. The role of muscle proteases and lipases in flavour development during the processing of dry-cured ham.. R. C.. and Berdagué. Jónsdóttir. Flavour characterization of ripened cod roe by gas chromatography.. J.. Seafood. K. J. 81.R. and Kuo. Prost. Iceland.. U.. and Stefánsson. 1. 486. Contribution of muscle aminopeptidases to flavour development in dry-cured ham... M.. 85. Comparison of odour-active volatile compounds of fresh and smoked salmon. 111. Food Chem. Sérot. K.J.. N. 70. F. H..L. and Olsen.. 2004. 151. 39.. and Reineccius. 78.L.. Matis report 08. 31. Flavour of shellfish and kamaboko flavourants.. Oxidation in fish muscle: The role of phosholipids. and Hedges. Food Res.. 70. J. K. Knockaert. G. Characterisation of volatile compounds produced by bacteria isolated from the spoilage flora of cold-smoked salmon. R. 55.J. 2007. 175. Lauritzesen. in Handbook of Food Products Manufacturing: Health. and Serot. Lois. Prost. Sci. J. Eds. M. Milk. Pan. Int. 74. DC. Roy. Ed.. Guillén. and Cadwallader. Errecalde. 38. NJ. 71. 44. Food Agr. 105. C. 82. Food Chem. Food Research International. Salmerón. 43. Poultry. and Thórarinsdóttir. 1997. Hui. Effect of molecular structure of phenolic families as hydroxycinnamic acids and catechins on their antioxidant effectiveness in minced fish muscle. Washington. R. Agric. F. F. T. F.. and Guth.. 1994. 1998. Banerjee. Ushio. Gonzalez. Blackie Academic and Professional.L. Food Lipids. 931.E. Varlet. 2004. F. 1536. Food Chem. Shahidi. Effects of antioxidants on copper induced lipid oxidation during salting of cod (Gadus morhua). Food Chem. Ólafsdóttir. antioxidants and the effect of heating. G. and Ohshima. 94. 6250... V. S. Changes in flavour profiles with ripening of anchovy (Engraulis encrasicholus).M. R. Effect of smoke processes on the content of 10 major phenolic compounds in smoked fillets of herring (Cuplea harengus). Hauksson.. ACS Symposium Series 674 American Chemical Society... Knockaert. Food Chem. and Cadwallader. Food Chem. 73. Shahidi.H. 2006. 1883. Jónsdóttir.. Medina. H.C. and Einarsson..

.

PROCESSING CONTROL II .

.

................... and Data Analysis ............................................1 Determination of Basic Composition............................ and Margrethe Esaiassen Contents 9.......................................................................... 128 9..... 122 9..4......................132 9..........................1........................1 Theory and Measurement Principles ..................................................................4...............3............. 130 9................................................................ 134 Fish and seafood consumption has gained increased attention during the last years as a consequence of increased focus on nutritional quality as well as aspects related to healthy living..................... Measurement Principles..................1...................................................................3 Analysis of Basic Constituents ....................................4 X-Ray Imaging .. 124 9......................... 122 9......... 121 ...................................................................................... Karsten Heia........................2 Analysis of Basic Constituents .................................................................. 122 9.........................132 9............................................................... 128 9............ and Analysis ..........................2 Theory and Measurement Principles ......132 9..........2 Analysis ..............................2 Imaging Spectroscopy ..................................................5 Summary ..........1 Determination of Basic Composition..............3.................2 Theory....1 Theory........2.......131 9.................................................................................2.................................... Measurement Principles....1........1 Near-Infrared Spectroscopy.....................................................................................................................133 Acknowledgment ................3 NMR Spectroscopy ....................3............................. 128 9.......................................................Chapter 9 Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies Heidi Nilsen...... 130 9....... 134 References .............3 Analysis of Basic Constituents ..................................... 130 9......................................

to analysis related to the environment and the petrochemical sector [1]. . and additionally the method may be applied with little or no obtrusion to the material sample. as well as x-rays. Regarding industrialized food production. magnetic resonance. The basic principles of the techniques are described as well as a presentation of the use and applicability of quality measures of fish. C−O.122 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Compared with the production and distribution of meat from the agricultural sector. The work in food analysis tends to have a focus within the agricultural sector [1]. these techniques may be applied in or at a production line. A food sample exposed to emission in this wavelength range will absorb certain parts of the energy depending on the chemical composition of the sample. C−H. These methods are near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy. followed by a presentation of the usage of NIR measurements for the rapid determination of basic constituents in fish and seafood products. Measurement Principles. and Data Analysis The electromagnetic range applied in NIR spectroscopy spans from 700 to 2500 nm. Another aspect to be considered is the increased consumer awareness regarding the quality of their food. The measurements are based on light interaction with material. pharmaceutical applications. In the following section. The absorption of light is due to the response of the molecular bonds O−H. However. we review some of the most relevant methods for assessing the basic composition of fish and seafood as presented in scientific literature. seafood is considered highly fragile and perishable with a short shelf life and delicate texture.1. 9. The documentation of basic nutritional composition of foods is a legal requirement in many countries. requirements for such a method would preferably be that it is rapid and nondestructive. During the last 30 years the use of NIR spectroscopy has gained increased importance in the evaluation of a number of different food quality parameters [2–7].1 Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Determination of Basic Composition The development and usage of near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR) as an analytical tool has proven useful in areas varying from food quality. which is a prerequisite for a methodology to be applied along a production line. Another benefit is the potential of simultaneous measurements of more parameters. In this perspective there is an obvious need for objective methods for evaluating and documenting the basic composition of fish and seafood. frequently consumers want readily accessible information about nutritional parameters and food quality. imaging techniques. and hence these issues must be considered during the processing and characterization of the material. we give a short introduction to the principles of NIR spectroscopy. In this context seafood is particularly challenging as it comprises a vast number of different species with their own characteristics and qualities. 9. hence. throughout the years the method has also proven useful for the analysis of seafood and seafood products [8].2 Theory.1. The four methods presented fit with the requirements of speed and nonobtrusiveness. There are several reasons why NIR as a food analytical tool has caught attention and approval during the last decennia. comprising the frequencies just below those of visible light. In this chapter. facilitating a rapid response.1 9. and so the need for measurement and documentation of such parameters is both a consumer requirement and also issued by law.

The amount of light entering the detector unit depends on the scattering and absorption features of the sample as well as the sample thickness and lamp characteristics. depending on the scattering properties of the medium under investigation.1.9. light from the source penetrates the sample and enters the detector.11]. the spectral readings must be correlated to a relevant reference method such as. . In the context of rapid methodologies. but an immediate look at an NIR spectrum is not sufficient to quantify the different substances. A thorough theoretical description of the NIR theory as well as the designation of numerous bands of absorptions may be found in Osborne and Fearn [2] and reviews on the subject [1. developed toward the facilitation of nondestructive. where the light passes through the sample from one side to another.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 123 and N−H [9] and corresponds mainly to overtones and combinations of fundamental vibrations. (c) illustrates how measurements are performed in “transflection” mode.1 Different measurement setups for NIR spectroscopy. In (a) the transmission setup is shown. the transmission and reflection may be either direct or diff use. Over the years there has been a steadily ongoing development of instrumentation for NIR spectroscopy. NIR spectroscopy would not have had such an impact as an analytical tool had it not been for the development of mathematical tools for spectral analysis. placing the light source and the detector at the same side of the sample. for example. For both (a) and (b). Hence. and noncontact methods. The setup in (b) displays the reflection setup where light reflected from the sample surface enters the detector. NIR spectroscopy is an indirect measurement technique. a screen is placed between the directly emitted area and the area of inspection. In (c) the light source and detector are located to register light that has traversed the sample before detection. A common methodology is chemometrics or Detector Shelter Sample Light source (a) (b) (c) Figure 9. we view this in terms of the measurement setup enabled by technology. If the light source and the detector are placed on the same side of the sample as shown in (b). In order to prevent direct reflection from the surface. Different measurement modes for NIR spectroscopy are illustrated in Figure 9. Finally. the system is operated in “reflection” mode. nondisruptive. both with respect to the detectors and the capture of the spectral information [10. The broad spectral bands may be an indication of the material constituents.10]. A setup as shown in (a). enables “transmission” measurements. but focusing the two devices so as to ensure that the light has traversed some region of the sample before detection. traditional chemical determination of the constituents.

a substantial part of the work related to NIR analysis of fish and food from fish concerns the quantification of the chemical constituents. As early as in 1992 Lee and others [17] showed how NIR spectroscopy could be used noninvasively to estimate the lipid content of small-sized. and protein in cod. Sollid and Solberg [16] measured the fat content in salmon by transmission spectroscopy on raw minced muscle. by use of NIR in connection with fiber optics Solberg et al. and tuna. [14] reported the use of NIR spectroscopy to determine lipid and protein content in freshwater fish. Both of these early reports concluded that the method was promising in terms of speed and efficiency when measuring a large number of samples. The earliest reports of NIR spectroscopy to measure chemical components in fish appeared more than two decades ago. demonstrating the possibility to determine fat content in live fish. Farmed salmon is of high commercial value and a worldwide favorable product. Typically. the reference method may be replaced by the spectral reading and the analytical model. mackerel. whereas water determination was made on the water extracted from the fish mince. as in the work of Lee et al. and water. the study concluded that the method could be a useful tool for rapid quality control.1. [19] performed a study on live anesthetized farmed salmon. The measurements were performed by use of fiber optic bundles conveying the light to and from the sample site. fat. fingerling Arctic charr and rainbow trout. [17]. In the following paragraphs. If there is good correlation between the spectral measurements and the method of reference. namely. intact rainbow trout. Darwish and others [15] used the technique in 1989 to measure fat. This measurement setup clearly displayed how NIR spectroscopy could be used in a nondestructive way. partial least square (PLS) regression. In 1987 Gjerde and Martens [13] demonstrated the applicability of NIR to predict water. and protein content in rainbow trout. protein. In spite of the rather cumbersome sampling procedure. Among the most used multivariate techniques are principal component analysis (PCA). In both studies reflectance measurements were performed. water. a model based on several wavelengths is required to extract useful information from the spectroscopic data. fat. it was possible to estimate the lipid content of the intact muscle. an easy. the samples were minced and dissolved in a milk-like emulsion. The prospect of measuring the chemical composition of intact fish could facilitate the use of the method in connection with selection in breeding programs [17] as well as for quality grading in terms of nutritional quality [19]. and the sample preparation included mincing and freeze drying of the material to be evaluated. reliable. For the measurement of fat and protein. and. Being the basic nutritional components of any food. In addition. Downey [18] applied a similar spectroscopic setup to measure fat and water content of intact farmed salmon.3 Analysis of Basic Constituents As found in NIR analysis of foods in general. the measurement locations for obtaining the best calibration results were also addressed. and soft independent modeling of class analogies (SIMCA) [12]. The same year Mathias et al. 9. we give several examples of the use of NIR spectroscopy for the determination of basic food constituents in fish and seafood and how the method has been applied and developed over the last 20 years. and rapid method for the assessment and quantification of these constituents is considered a valuable tool in the quality evaluation of any foodstuff.124 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis multivariate data analysis. Consecutive research articles proved the feasibility of the tool in developing the method to apply with simpler procedures of sample preparation. This could account for the many studies relating to the rapid analysis of the basic chemical composition of . Based on measurements through scales and skin.

Nortvedt.K. In both the works of Vogt et al.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 125 salmon. water. In a recent work by Khodabux et al. The study concluded that NIR is well suited for nondestructive quality evaluation of salmon fillets. [28] and Nielsen et al. and protein than those made on intact muscles.002328 61 66 54 55 168 17 16 62 72 18 2 4 77 23 6 53 6373 25343 31 13 74 80 22 15 78 41 27 44 18 36 38 46 70 9 65 20 12 67 19 49 60 52 26 83 48 51 100 48 69 676 32 35 20 24 37 56 40 50 28 30 39 5 15 Predicted Y 18 20 22 24 14 16 Hsfett1. in. Unpublished data. 8) Figure 9. [29] one question of interest was the comparison of different methods for measuring fat content. (Y–var. and NIR spectroscopy.. Silver Spring). and dry matter in halibut fillet. Measured Y Elements: Slope: Offset: Correlation: RMSEP: SEP: 21 Bias: 24 78 0.264047 0.937575 0. Xiccato et al. (From Nilsen. and additionally the spectroscopic measurements could be used for origin identification or authentication of the samples. microwave. NIR spectroscopy has been used for evaluating the chemical composition of several other fish species as well. An example illustrating the use of NIR spectroscopy for assessing fat content in farmed salmon is given in Figure 9. N. .2 The plot shows the predicted versus measured fat content in farmed salmon based on multivariate analysis of 78 spectra from salmon fillets and the respective chemical analyses of the fillets.. [20] conducted a study in which they compared NIR measurements on intact salmon fillet. PC): (%fettHS.603947 0. Spectroscopic readings obtained on the minced samples correlated better with the reference measurements on fat. or postspawning. and protein content of European sea bass. Torrissen.) Spectral measurements were performed on intact fillets by transflection measurements by use of the fiber optic probe of the instrument NIRS6500 (Perstorp Analytical Inc. and Sørensen. as well as on minced salmon muscle. Transmission spectroscopy was also employed for the analysis of fat and dry matter in capelin [25]. [21. The fat content of herring has also been assessed by the use of NIR spectroscopy. Torry fatmeter.2.600067 0. Isaksson et al. [27]. applying minced samples for the spectral readings. water. NIR spectroscopy was proven to be a useful tool for the evaluation of basic constituents of different types of tuna. and Tuene [24] made use of NIR transmission spectroscopy to assess protein. In this work they applied a fiber optic measurement setup. This work also emphasized the impact of the conditional state of the fish when making calibration models. whether pre-.985681 0. fat. Wold et al. In a research article published in 2004. H. [26] showed that NIR spectroscopy could be used to estimate lipid. 1998.22] also conducted studies documenting the efficiency of applying NIR spectroscopy in different measurement modes to assess fat and water content in salmon.

[39]. the Greek dish taramosalata. Smoked and cured fish have also been subject to investigation by the use of NIR spectroscopy. [36] presented a study where NIR spectroscopy was used for the investigation of salt content in cured salmon roe. In this work it was demonstrated how NIR spectroscopy could be used to assess the protein content in brine from salted herring and thus indirectly be a measure of the maturity and ripening of the salted herring. however. and protein content in another roe-based product. still proved viable for assessing the chemical constituents of the samples. NIR. [33]. Huang et al. also commented on the cost aspect of the different methods as part of the feasibility of the methods. storage time of frozen fish [41]. however. respectively. In addition to the many studies assessing the basic chemical constituents in fish and seafood. [35] applying the NIR technique to determine water content in salted dried cod—clipfish. A few years later the same group used NIR to assess the fat content in frozen skipjack [31]. the spectroscopic method has confirmed its applicability for the evaluation of several other quality issues in fish. [30] used NIR spectroscopy in connection with an interactance probe as a means of determining the fat content in frozen horse mackerel nonintrusively. and certain proteins. alter the physical and chemical properties as well as the textural properties of the fish muscle.42]. The use and results described above were all on raw fish samples. Similar findings were made on hot smoked portions of salmon fillets by Lin et al. NIR spectroscopy. differentiation between fresh and frozen-thawed fish [7]. The broadbanded spectra contain information about several parameters. evaluation of freshness or storage time of fresh fish [41. In addition to the analysis on raw fish and processed fish material. For surimi products. The spectroscopic method has been used to assess moisture. and NMR. [28] however. They did. In 2001 Huang et al. It was argued that the sensitivity of the method could have been better. combine the NIR technique with imaging—further described later in this chapter—which facilitates a novel way of measuring and analyzing fish quality. NIR spectroscopy was applied to determine water and protein content [38]. and the detection of bruises in the fish muscle [33]. NIR spectroscopy has also been applied for the analysis of basic chemical constituents in other types of fish products. fat. Shimamoto et al. Vogt et al. smoking.126 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis and Distell fatmeter. They addressed the sampling/measurement location and the method of performing measurements in a representative way. and exposure to elevated temperatures. namely. either intact fish/muscle or minced muscle. Examples of these are nondestructive texture analysis of farmed salmon [40]. refined fish-based products made by washing mechanically deboned fish to remove constituents such as blood. Moisture and sodium chloride in cured Atlantic salmon were measured nondestructively by NIR diff use reflectance spectroscopy [34]. the nonintrusive method would still be an interesting alternative for rapid testing of high-value food products. about 63°C for the hot smoking process. A work by Adamopoulos and Goula [37] showed that the chemical composition could be assessed with a high degree of accuracy in addition to the obvious benefit of the ease and simplicity of the measurement method. lipids. The salting. enzymes. In both studies NIR spectroscopy resulted in favorable outcomes with respect to speed and accuracy. NIR spectroscopy has proven applicable also for the analysis of frozen products as well as processed and refined products. however. Of the most recent studies in the field is work by Wold et al. The versatility of the method is one reason for its relevance and growing popularity during the recent years. although the assessment of salt did not prove as effective as that of water content. A further use of NIR measurements for the evaluation of basic food constituents was suggested by Svensson et al. [32] performed a study to show that moisture and salt content in cold smoked salmon could be evaluated using NIR measurements. and .

The high price of the instrumentation. The development in recent years in instrumentation. High-cost instrumentation designed for versatile use and flexibility has probably better met the requirements of laboratory use than those of industrial application.3 Prototype version of handheld spectroscopic instrument for quality assessment of fish. These developments have enabled the use of at-line or online methodology. combining imaging techniques with the spectral information.3. may promote the future applicability and usefulness of the information in Figure 9. not yet become an everyday instrumental tool for food-quality control nor. Another issue is the need for modeling the correlation between the spectroscopic reading and the quality parameter in question. Th is is a challenging task in view of the variety and the heterogeneity of the material and so may have contributed to the reluctance in investing in and developing this technology to a commercial tool for assessment of fish quality. The technique has. with one reading. Instrument development has come from the grand-size laboratory desktop versions to portable or handheld instruments as illustrated in Figure 9. There may be several reasons for this. however. the ease of use of the methodology has increased through instruments facilitating little or no sample preparation as well as measurement setups for rapid and nonintrusive registration. is considered intriguing.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 127 the possibility of simultaneously monitoring a number of different issues. has been a reason for the method not gaining a broader range of applicability. fish-quality inspection. on one side. As illustrated by the above. say. This instrument was used for the determination of freshness of cod as well as the assessment of frozen storage time of hake. .

and Analysis Imaging spectroscopy. Norge). Th is means that for each spatial location it is possible to access the full spectral information. an analytical tool for industrial quality control of clipfish and salmon fillets. 9. as well as transflection measurements.2 Analysis of Basic Constituents During the last decade several applications within food-quality inspection have been developed based on imaging spectroscopy. this technique also provides spatial information. To simplify the concept. A novel example of this is the development of the QMonitor (QVision AS. an imaging spectrograph operates in the following way. Several solutions have also been developed for detection of defects and contaminations on fruits. For fruits and vegetables more articles report on determination of chemical constituents such as moisture content. this method is an indirect measurement technique. Oslo. in general.2. vegetables. Depending on the applied sensor technology. improved results can be obtained by combining these techniques with more traditional image processing techniques.1 Theory. Most of them are on foods such as fruits. As described in Section 9. It has become a widely used technique within fields spanning microscopy to satellite remote sensing.128 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis the near-infrared spectra.2 Imaging Spectroscopy 9. It has been shown that NIR hyperspectral imaging techniques are . is a new technique that has been developed during the last decade [43. it uses a two-dimensional sensor.1 on NIR spectroscopy. and acidity (expressed as pH) [47–49]. also known as multispectral imaging or hyperspectral imaging. In this way an image of the object is built line by line. the feasibility of the method for the analysis of basic composition of foods. the relative motion is accomplished by mounting the imaging spectrograph above a conveyer belt where each captured frame images a line perpendicular to the direction of motion. Typically.2. As these techniques only use the spectral information. this can be illustrated as simultaneously recording information about shape and color. demonstrates the potential of the method in the seafood sector as well. or the result from these techniques can be postprocessed to utilize the spatial information [46]. Imaging spectroscopy can be implemented for transmission. For instance. and each frame captured provides full spectral information for one line across the object to be imaged. This implies that this technique is a powerful tool for segmentation and classification and that it may also map the chemical composition into the spatial domain [45]. some examples related to the agricultural sector are referred. There are still relatively few reports on imaging spectroscopy applied for the analysis of fish and seafood. the spectrograph and the object must move relative to each other. Typically. In order to illustrate the potential parameters to be assessed by imaging spectroscopy. In addition to what traditional spectroscopy can facilitate. The analytical techniques described in that section are also applied to imaging spectroscopy data. 9. the hyperspectral data can be preprocessed based on spatial features before applying analytical spectral techniques. Between each captured frame.44]. Measurement Principles. the spectra may be recorded in the visible and near-infrared region. and meat. total soluble solids. reflection. However. The realization of a commercial processing analytical tool for the simultaneous analysis of several parameters makes the technology interesting for a broad range of fish and seafood processing industries.

Hence. [61]. and different texture features. A recent work on quality assessment of pork has been reported by Qiao et al. Peeling of shrimps and detection of nematodes were mentioned as possible applications for the future. . The mean fat content for this fillet is 18. septicemic. measuring the water content in one spot is not necessarily representative for the whole fish.3348 50 45 50 40 100 35 30 150 25 200 20 15 250 10 300 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 Figure 9.3%. Regarding the determination of basic chemical composition of fish and seafood. In this publication the importance of including spatial information is illustrated. imaging spectroscopy solutions for detection of contaminants such as fecal and ingesta on poultry carcasses have been studied [56–58].4 Fat distribution in salmon fillet measured by the multispectral imaging system QMonitor fabricated by QVision (Oslo. and cadaver [54. whereas the local fat content varies from approximately 6% up to 43%. Norway) has also developed an industrial solution based on multispectral imaging for measuring the fat content in salmon fi llets (see Figure 9. [35].3055% Share: 21. Norway). there is one recent publication on assessing water content in salted dried cod by Wold et al. pH. Further on. Since 2000.4). QVision (Oslo. When drying fish. The color bar to the right indicates the correspondence between color and fat content in percentage. the moisture content of the fish varies from the thinner parts to the thicker parts of the fish.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 129 useful for automatic online detection of surface defects and contaminations on apples [50–52]. A thorough review of imaging spectroscopy applications within fruits and vegetables is presented by Nicolai et al. The first article addressing analysis of fish or seafood by imaging spectroscopy was published in 2000 by Sigernes et al. [53]. Inspection systems based on hyperspectral imaging have been tested for poultry carcass inspection focusing on classification of carcasses into normal. Fisk: 1 Fettfisk: 18. the main activities within imaging spectroscopy and fish analysis have been focused on online solutions for assessing chemical composition and detection of quality defects in fish products. color. [59.60] where several quality parameters were evaluated by imaging spectroscopy.55]. The parameters included were drip loss.

2 Theory and Measurement Principles NMR provides a large amount of information regarding composition and structure of components in food. and they are based on the magnetic properties of atomic nuclei. For detection of flaws or defects in fish. NMR spectroscopy may provide detailed . measurements may be performed at high speed as well as in noncontact mode. QVision. The most commonly measured nuclei are 1H and 13C.130 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis In addition to the measurement and documentation of basic composition. The energy absorptions of the atomic nuclei are also affected by the nuclei of neighboring atoms within the same molecule as well as nuclei in surrounding molecules. Hence. With imaging spectroscopy this is not a problem since spectra are available for all spatial locations. and the methods that are feasible by spot measurements may also be implemented using imaging spectroscopy. black lining. and currently there are a limited number of equipment suppliers. In addition to this a high-resolution prototype imaging spectrograph has been developed for detection of defects as well as determination of chemical constituents in fish fillets as reported by Heia et al. a lot of effort has been invested in the detection of nematodes. Even more important is that for some applications imaging spectroscopy can provide better results.3. but looking at reported applications within other areas the potential for new applications is high. [63]. For NIR spectroscopy several applications within fish and seafood are reported. NMR techniques use electromagnetic radiation and magnetic fields to obtain chemical information. Oslo. NMR active nuclei absorb at a frequency characteristic of the isotope. Furthermore. For instance. if blood oxidation should be quantified spectra from blood-infested area of a fillet can easily be extracted for analysis based on imaging spectroscopy data. Imaging spectroscopy is well suited for application in the fish processing industry as an online technique. When an external magnetic field is applied.3 NMR Spectroscopy 9. All nuclei that contain odd numbers of protons or neutrons have an intrinsic magnetic moment and angular momentum. but this requires that the same spot be used. Still the number of imaging spectroscopy applications with fish and seafood is low. this is a relatively new field. 9. Using the interaction between light and the sample object. A low-resolution (spectral and spatial) instrument is available for industrial assessment of chemical composition such as fat and water content (QMonitor. The main technique used is NMR spectroscopy. since it is possible to use spectra from dedicated relevant areas on the sample. 31P-NMR and 23Na-NMR have also been used for food analyses.3. Additionally. but during the last few years magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has also been explored for its usefulness in food analyses.1 Determination of Basic Composition Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) has evolved from being an expensive and academic analytical technique into being a technique applicable for the food industry in both size and price of the equipment as well as speed of analyses. imaging spectroscopy of fish has been applied to address other quality issues. and skin remnants in whitefish fillets [62–64]. blood spots. experience with NIR spectroscopy shows that more than one attribute can be estimated based on one recording. 9. Norway) in fish. With respect to commercial implementation of imaging spectroscopy.

Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 131 information regarding the molecular structure of a food sample. fatty acid composition. For analyses of seafood products. [81] showed that it was possible to identify taurine. High-resolution NMR can be used to provide information on lipid classes. [73] used HR-1H. whereas Veliyulin et al. and studies of lipid degradation processes in lipid mixtures such as fish oils. [79] and Masoum et al.and 13C-NMR have been applied to measure the lipid or water content of many different foods including fish. Rezzi et al. betaine. trimethylamine oxide. the Bruker Professional MOUSE ® (Bruker Optik GmbH. low-resolution NMR (LR-NMR) and high-resolution NMR (HR-NMR) spectroscopy as well as MRI and NMR-mobile universal surface explores (NMR-MOUSE) have been used. degree of saturated/ unsaturated fatty acids. and it has mainly been used for analyses of water in food samples. [77] used NMR to discriminate cod liver oil according to whether the origin was wild/ farmed as well as geographic origin. Extensive reviews on different techniques. LF-1H-NMR has been used for studying water distribution in smoked salmon [65]. creatine. [75] and Arvanitoyannis et al. As recent examples. 1H NMR spectroscopy has been explored to identify the fate of some bioactive compounds during processing of seafood. anserine. cod [66]. it was shown that 23Na-NMR has proven useful for quantitative salt determinations in salted cod. in a study focusing on both 23Na-NMR and low-field 1H-NMR spectroscopy. Studies of large objects like whole fish are impossible using most traditional LF-NMR instruments. [72] used HR-NMR to measure the content of n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in four types of unoxidized fish oils. Additionally. Low-field (LF) NMR spectroscopy requires little or no sample preparation.3. [78] demonstrated the use of NMR lipid profiling for classification of gilthead sea bream according to geographic origin. high-resolution NMR has been applied in many food authenticity studies. HR-NMR has been used in many studies and has the advantage over LR-NMR that it is possible to obtain detailed information regarding the molecular structure. Additionally. Rheinstetten. Martinez et al. and there are numerous reports available. Today.and HR-13C-NMR for multicomponent analyses of encapsulated marine oil supplements. whereas Thomas et al. water distribution. including NMR. For example. [70] demonstrated that NMR-MOUSE could also be used for in vivo determination of fat content in Atlantic salmon. A new type of LF-NMR instrument. whereas Siddiqui et al. Numerous applications of NMR in food analyses have been reported in the literature. whereas LF.3 Analysis of Basic Constituents For several years 1H. and some examples of analyses of seafood are given here. and mobility in herring [67] and oil and water content of salmon and cod [68]. used for seafood authenticity have been provided by Martinez et al. Tyl et al. and dimethylamine in extracts . Germany) has been developed to handle such samples.1H-NMR seems to correlate to fillet pH and water-holding capacity [71]. [76]. and they may provide different information regarding the food properties. Standal et al. 9. Falch et al. different NMR equipments are available. but the technique has been applied in the recent years for determination of both fat and water content in different food products and also seafood. [80] used this technique to determine the origin of Atlantic salmon. Among more recent work. Aursand et al. Due to the provision of very detailed information regarding the molecular structure of a food sample. [74] reported the use of HR-NMR to determine oxidation products in marine lipids. [69] demonstrated that this equipment could be applied to determine fat in homogenates from salmon.

This is also an x-ray imaging system. amino acids. Within the field of medicine. [82] showed that it was possible to identify single chemical compounds such as hypoxanthine. previously DEXA) and may be implemented using a two-layer detector. Based on the results obtained the .4.1 Theory and Measurement Principles X-ray imaging is a technique based on the emission of x-rays through a sample and recording the amount of attenuation. smaller. In another study Kolstad et al. A more dense material will absorb more x-ray energy. By using two x-ray energy levels. and some fatty acids in extracts and muscle from salmon using high-resolution 1H NMR spectroscopy. Gribbestad et al. has been that conventional NMR is an expensive technique. The decrease in x-ray intensity inside a sample will be due to absorption by different materials. Typical applications within fish and fish products are related to the detection of bones and bone fragments as well as chemical composition and localization. A study has been conducted on the applicability of CT scanning as a nondestructive and rapid way of measuring muscle dry matter content and liquid leakage in cod fillets [84]. [85] tested CT scanning as a tool for estimating the relative size of fat deposits and lean tissue and fat content in Atlantic halibut. It is not possible to accurately characterize the observed sample by applying only one x-ray energy level. lactate. 9. more specific information about the sample can be revealed. the high spectral resolution is not always required. NMR is a versatile tool for the identification and quantification of numerous compounds in fish related to nutritional quality. Further on the CT scans gave significant information about dry matter distribution from head to tail of the cod. For online applications this can be implemented as a line-by-line imaging or a frame-by-frame imaging. Then the third dimension is accomplished by the sample movement.4. This is achieved by rotating the x-ray/detector unit around the sample. 9. however. Th is is a powerful imaging technique that can be used both as a single-energy and a dual-energy module. anserine. There are two interactions. An objection to the method. and the attenuation will also be influenced by the sample thickness. the photoelectric effect and the Compton scattering that causes the x-ray attenuation. low-resolution NMR spectrometers have been developed and commercialized. and their relative contributions are energy dependent [83].2 Analysis X-ray imaging provides spatial information in two dimensions (2D) or three dimensions (3D) (CT). The results obtained showed that CT scanning could be used as a rapid method for the assessment of these attributes and would add valuable information to be used in genetic studies and breeding programs. Making profiles from different angles and then combining them by software. As illustrated here. This technique is referred to as dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA. but it provides a three-dimensional image of the sample.4 X-Ray Imaging 9.132 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis from processed cod. a two-dimensional cross section of the sample can be made. computed tomographic (CT) scanning is widely used. one layer for each energy level. Such equipment is cheaper. and lately many low-field. However. and less sensitive to fluctuations in the environment and thus more applicable in industry as well as in many research fields.

5 Detection of pin bones in fish fillets by x-ray imaging using the SensorX instrumentation (Marel. A similar work has been carried out by Hancz et al. Iceland). 9.5 Summary The methods and applications presented in the above clearly illustrate that there are more tools and techniques that could serve as an easy and useful way of rapid quality determination of fish and seafood. This instrument can detect bones and bone fragments down to a diameter of 0. With respect to bone detection in fish fillets there are commercial solutions available today (Marel Hf. authors recommended CT scanning as an online technique for carcass evaluation.5 for an example). Throughout development all presented techniques have met the requirements . [86] showing good results predicting fat content of common carp based on CT scanning. Iceland). Marel developed an X-ray-based bone detection unit (SensorX) that was commercially available on the market in 2003 [87].3 mm when operating at industrial speed (see Figure 9. instrumental means capable of objective and rapid determination of basic composition are also available.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 133 Figure 9. To the left is the original x-ray image of one cod fillet and to the right is the processed image where only the bones identified in the fillet are shown.

. Ellis Horwood. and Fearn. 8.. also makes it clear that although proven useful and promising in laboratory-scale trials. A. the technological development exemplified by SensorX (Marel hf. Longman Scientific & Technical. NIR. NIR spectroscopy: A rapid-response analytical tool. K.I. 89–104. Oslo. Wiley-Blackwell Publishing. 103–111. Uddin. p. 33(2). and Heia. However. In addition.K. The price of measurement equipment for NIR. Determination of chemical composition of beef meat by NIRS.. and x-rays is considerable and. in Fishery Products: Quality. Prediction of sensory texture of cooked potatoes using uniaxial compression.. Near Infrared Spectroscopy in Food Analysis. 1992. Nilsen.K. Trends in Analytical Chemistry. Nofima Food. quality seafood products will contribute to retaining the good reputation of fish and seafood in the years to come. 6. and progress in data processing and analytical tools has facilitated usability and ease of interpretation of measurement results. . and Isakson.G. Norway. K. 6. H.. in Near InfraRed Spectroscopy. Prediction of wheat bread-baking functionality in whole kernels. B. 1998. therefore. Hildrum.K. Osborne. K. 70(8). and Villarroya. for providing the example picture used in Figure 9.. Isaksson. T.4. 339–344. Harlow. Another issue is the substantial variety and heterogeneity of the material to be analyzed. Journal of Food Science. 5. pp. C506–C510. Safety and Authenticity. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. H. however. 4. 121–128. England. VIS/NIR spectroscopy. not easily applicable for small-scale industries as is often the case in the fish processing industry. nearinfrared spectroscopy and low-field H-1 NMR spectroscopy. References 1. Thyholdt. J. 2009.. U. 3.. 2. et al.. 240–250. T. 2005. and Oehlenschläger.134 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis of simplicity in sample preparation. A. 1986. using near infrared spectroscopy. Differentiation of frozen and unfrozen beef using near-infrared spectroscopy.. Naes. Introducing and applying these methods to industrial applications and enabling production of well-documented. these techniques have—with a few commercial exceptions—still not been shown to be commercially valid for quality determination in the fish and seafood processing industry.A. Reykjavik. NMR. and x-rays are operated at a speed that makes it possible to perform measurements at or in a processing line. Thybo. U.. T. T. Iceland) and QMonitor (QVision AS.. 1997. Rehbein. 7. Eds. Pawlinsky. De Boever. imaging. P... et al. Part of the explanation for this could be the cost level of the equipment in question. M. et al. Acknowledgment The authors would like to thank Dr Jens Petter Wold. Oxford. 200. J. Norway) confirms that these techniques may be applied in commercial and industrial high-speed fish processing applications. 21(4). Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. the finding of a universal measurement tool to meet with this variety is a challenging task. T. Non-destructive Visible/NIR Spectroscopy for differentiation of fresh and frozenthawed fish. hence allowing for measurements to be performed on large-scale quantities. 2002.. Lebensmittelwissenschaft und Technologie.J. NMR. and Tandberg. Due to the spread and diversity in fish species and sizes as well as the seasonal difference in bodily composition. Blanco. Eds. 525–532. M. 2000. This chapter. and Williams. 73(4). I.

14. 717–722.K. 1998. Gjerde.. 95–100. and Tuene. 2003. Shimamoto. et al. J. et al. D. 27.C.. T. 644–649. 15. B. 61(1)... M. et al. 18. B. Unpublished data. 22. Analysis of fat and dry matter in capelin by near infrared transmission spectroscopy. 792–793. 2003. Chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture. K.. Near infrared spectroscopy: Fundamentals.. T. 14(2). H. Nortvedt. 13. Pasquini. Chemometrics and Intelligent Laboratory Systems. Mulitvariate Calibration. 2004. 1992. 86. Fatmeter. 57(3). Van de Voort.C. Prediction of chemical composition and origin identification of European sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax L.. 61(3–4). Non-destructive determination of fat. Non-invasive and non-destructive percutaneous analysis of farmed salmon flesh by near infra-red spectroscopy. W. 19. and Smith. 2176–2181. 9. C. 21. Jakobsen.H. Nondestructive determination of the fat content in raw and frozen horse mackerel by Near Infrared Spectroscopy. L. 69. and Martens H. Determination of fat in live farmed Atlantic salmon using non-invasive NIR techniques. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. and Rasco. 2003. moisture and protein in salmon fillets by use of near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. 1992. Lipid content in herring (Clupea harengus L. 275–281. Application of near-infrared transmittance spectroscopy in the determination of fat. Journal of Animal Breeding and Genetics–Zeitschrift für Tierzuchtung und Zuchtungsbiologie. Trends in Food Science and Technology. 537–548. Cavinato.. 303–311. 205–215.F.. 734–736. and Fredriksen. et al. Noninvasive short-wavelength near-infrared spectroscopic method to estimate the crude lipid content in the muscle of intact rainbow trout. Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft und-Technologie... 23. 20. Cen. 2001. Sollid. Wold. Proximate analysis of fish tissue by mid-infrared transmission spectroscopy. 10. 137–148.. and Isaksson. Chichester. et al. 62(4).) by near infrared reflectance spectroscopy (NIRS). Wold. 1989. 2002. J. G. T. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences. 83. H. G.J. Journal of the Brazilian Chemical Society.. 69. 11. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi 67(4). 16.. C..P. Journal of Food Science.. Williams. J. H. et al.. D. G. 1987. 24.. Food Chemistry. G. and Sørensen.. Vogt. Non-destructive determination of fat and moisture in whole atlantic salmon by near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. and He.R. Aquaculture. 1989.. N.. J. 856–860. J. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Predicting carcass composition of rainbow trout by near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. 669–675.A. 15. Solberg. Journal of Food Science. 1996. 692–696. 11. and Næs. 25. Nielsen. Food Chemistry.. et al.K. 40. 2006. Nilsen. S. 12. Torrisen. C. 2003. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. Salmon fat content estimation by near infrared transmission spectroscopy.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 135 9. Khodabux. Atlantic salmon average fat content estimated by near-infrared transmittance spectroscopy. Lee. p. J. 30. R. Food Chemistry. Martens. 198–219. 31. 2005. Journal of Food Science. Y. Shimamoto. 74–77. 2001. P. 28. et al. T. Mathias. 104(1–2). Downey.. 1995. practical aspects and analytical applications. H. 1996.P. D.S.. 38. F. Solberg. 29. . fat and protein in tuna fishes. Darwish.A. and Krane. 46.. protein and dry matter in Atlantic halibut fillet. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. O. Isaksson. 1987. 221–228. 102. 26. Theory and application of near infrared reflectance spectroscopy in determination of food quality.. The determination of lipid and protein in fresh-water fish using near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. and Solberg. 419. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture.P. 42. A. 72–83. 55(3). U. 17. NIR and NMR. 204 years of near infrared technology: 1800–2003.. C. 305–311. Journal of Food Composition and Analysis. 1998.. McClure. 1997. 487–518.)–influence of biological factors and comparison of different methods of analysis: Solvent extraction. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. Rapid non-destructive determination of fat content in frozen skipjack using a portable near infrared spectrophotometer. 18. A comparison of selected rapid methods for fat measurement in fresh herring (Clupea harengus). and Sobering. Xiccato.. 199–207.. Fisheries Science. 2006.

.. 34. 2004. 2005. ElMasry. et al. Multivariate image analysis of a set of FTIR microspectroscopy images of aged bovine muscle tissue combining image and design information. 31(2). 67(5).. V. 48(1). Wageningen Academic Publishers. Bruise detection in pacific pink Salmon (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha) by visible and shortwavelength Near-Infrared (SW-NIR) Spectroscopy (600–1100 nm). Herrala. J. H. 165–175. Visible/Near-Infrared spectroscopy—A new tool for the evaluation of fish freshness. Y. et al. et al. . 40(1).. 37. and Dall’Ava. Eds. 2004. Journal of Food Engineering. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. Lu. et al. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer. 199–207. R. 46(2). Heia.F. 235–242.Technologie. 50. Proc. Detection of bruises on apples using near-infrared hyperspectral imaging. Direct sight imaging spectrograph: A unique add-in component brings spectral imaging to industrial applications. 2003. M. 33. 67(7). 35. 2004. 51. Oehlenschlager. 10. Huang. Modeling multispectral scattering profiles for prediction of apple fruit firmness. 2543–2547. 59–66.M. Kohler. ed. 1996. Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Lu. Postharvest Biology and Technology. A. 2002. Determination of the protein content in brine from salted herring using near-infrared spectroscopy.. Transactions of the ASAE. Development of hyperspectral imaging technique for the detection of apple surface defects and contaminations. Nondestructive prediction of moisture and sodium chloride in cold smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). T. Non-destructive measurement of bitter pit in apple fruit using NIR hyperspectral imaging. 52. 2001.. the Netherlands. K. G. Adamopoulos. 1–6. Hyperspectral imaging for nondestructive determination of some quality attributes for strawberry. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy 14(1). et al. P.. Isaksson..H... Luten.. 106A–120A. and Goula.M. K. 389. 39. et al.. Hyvarinen.136 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 32. G. E.. Svensson. Nondestructive determination of moisture and sodium chloride in cured Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) (Teijin) Using short-wavelength Near-infrared Spectroscopy (SW-NIR). Nicolai.. Lin. 4161–4167. R. 68(2). 37. Applied Spectroscopy. 803–809. Y. Nilsen. 49. P. Y. 1143–1153.. 44.T. et al. 42. 2003.. International Journal of Pattern Recognition and Artificial Intelligence. 482–486.. in Digital Solid State Cameras: Designs and Applications. 51. Non-contact transflectance near infrared imaging for representative on-line sampling of dried salted coalfish (bacalao). et al. et al. 2007. Nielsen. 41. Journal of Food Engineering. 523–530. Colarusso. 2007. et al. and Bro... 49..Wissenschaft und. 2006. 2003. SPIE 3302. Peng.. Lebensmittel. 43. 43–54. Detection of sodium chloride in cured salmon roe by SW-NIR spectroscopy.. Y.G. M. et al. 491–495. Williams. et al. Uddin.M. et al. 1998. 1821–1826. Nondestructive determination of water and protein in surimi by near-infrared spectroscopy. 2006. J. Visible spectroscopy—Evaluation of storage time of ice stored cod and frozen hake. 2006.S.P. 63. 38. Application of near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy in the determination of major components in taramosalata. H.. 61(1). Herrala. 82. J. Journal of Food Science. 48. 45. Non-destructive texture analysis of farmed Atlantic salmon using visual/ near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. 2003. Mehl. 81(1). Wold. Multispectral imaging for predicting firmness and soluble solids content of apple fruit. Jr. pp. 147–157. Huang. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry. 2004. and Lu. 96. 6404–6408. 52(3). Journal of Food Science. R. Imaging spectrograph and camera solutions for industrial applications. Postharvest Biology and Technology.. et al.. Transactions of the ASAE. 201–209. Huang. Journal of Food Engineering. E. A. and Olafsdottir. T. 46. 47. 1998. 40. J. 36. Wageningen. 2002. Journal of Food Science. B.B. 67–68. Food Chemistry. A. 2001. G. 53–60... Infrared spectroscopic imaging: From planetary to cellular systems. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry. and Okkonen. 98–107.M. R.

2007. K.. 55. 1–8. et al.. Journal of Food Science. 2005. Loje. 73. 2002. 63. 2005. L. K. 2007. 66. W.. Distribution of water in fresh cod. 70.M.R. A hyperspectral imaging system for identification of faecal and ingesta contamination on poultry carcasses.. J. Chao. A. 2000. Nicolai. On-line inspection of poultry carcasses by a dual-camera system. Detection of parasites in cod fillets by using SIMCA classification in multispectral images in the visible and NIR region. season. Low Field NMR Studies of Atlantic Salmon (Salmo salar). E.. and color for pork using a hyperspectral imaging technique. 110(2). Ed.. 72.. Na-23 MRI.E. and Heia. 59.. Transactions of the ASAE. Martinez. E. S. et al.. Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society. Water distribution in smoked salmon. Journal of Food Engineering. Trends in Food Science and Technology. F. Andersen. Park.. 1996. et al. Applied Spectroscopy. 51(3). U.. et al. 1259–1267. 2406–2427. Y. E. LWT-Food Science and technology.K. 44(12).P. 2008. Transactions of the ASAE. 65. Integration of visible/NIR spectroscopy and multispectral imaging for poultry carcass inspection.. Stormo. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture..T. Heia. in Modern Magnetic Resonance. 1299–1304. 56.. 2007.M. 2007. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 69. K. Meat Science. Journal of Lipid Research.. Pedersen. 70(8). 75.N. Veliyulin. and Erikson... C. 85(5). 2001. and Huffman. S. 69(3). Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture..Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 137 53. Multipurpose spectral imager. Lawrence. 1105–1110. U. 2002. 58.. et al. H. Jepsen. 81(12). Water distribution and mobility in herring muscle in relation to lipid content. 185–192. 36(8). In vivo determination of fat content in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) with a mobile NMR spectrometer. 64. 212–217. H. J. and Rinnan. N.M. and Wagner. 2007. 2002. Dordrecht.. 807–812. K.G. 1793–1802. 45(6). Wold. 269–281.. R. 2003. Chen. 2004.B. et al. 76(1). Journal of Food Protection. Qiao. B. 2007. Detection of nematodes in cod (Gadus morhua) fillets by imaging spectroscopy. 2006. Pork quality and marbling level assessment using a hyperspectral imaging system. 1733–1738. Applied Optics. Journal of Food Engineering. K. et al. I. Springer. et al. 107–114. Brecker. 87(2). 79(13).. Park. Aursand.H. 2004. C. et al. B. et al. I. B. Falch. Windham. Hyperspectral imaging for detecting fecal and ingesta contaminants on poultry carcasses. et al. et al. et al.. 2017–2026. 61. E11–E15. et al.R. H-1 NMR spectroscopy as tool to follow changes in the fatty acids of fish oils. 197–207. 68. Algorithm development with visible/near-infrared spectra for detection of poultry feces and ingesta.. 10–16. F. Multicomponent analysis of encapsulated marine oil supplements using highresolution H-1 and C-13 NMR techniques. 1999.. 2003. Prediction of drip-loss. Application of chemometrics to low-field H-1 NMR relaxation data of intact fish flesh. 74. 83(1).. 3143–3153. 2003. and physicochemical analytical methods.. Siddiqui.. Postharvest Biology and Technology 46. Webb GA. et al. 2003. fishing ground and biological parameters. Effects of single wavelength selection for anisakid roundworm larvae detection through multispectral imaging. 85(8). 54. K.. J.W. 489–498. 1025–1034. Westad. Veliyulin. et al.. 11(4). pH. European Journal of Lipid Science and Technology. Jensen. 62.. the Netherlands. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. 39(18). 55(8). 99–118. 46(6). 141–148. Journal of Food Science 72. S. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 30(1–2). Nondestructive measurement of fruit and vegetable quality by means of NIR spectroscopy: A review.. low-field H-1 NMR.. 60. Qiao. and Engelsen. 1890–1895. Eriksson. .C.. Journal of Food Engineering. Sigernes. 71. 67. Correlation between H-1 NMR and traditional methods for determining lipid oxidation of ethyl docosahexaenoate. 57. Tyl. et al. 13. Salting and desalting of fresh and frozen-thawed cod (Gadus morhua) fillets: A comparative study using Na-23 NMR. Destructive and non-destructive analytical techniques for authentication and composition analyses of foodstuffs.

34(12). M.. 56.. 83. 81. Rezzi.. M. P. 991–997. the Netherlands. F. 589–594. 87. 9963–9968. 229(1–4). 2007. I.. 80. et al. Insight. G.B. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry.) using computerised X-ray tomography (CT).. et al. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. et al. 84. and Dinten.. Measurement of total body composition changes of common carp by computer tomography. 55(24). 2003. High resolution 1H magnetic spectroscopy of whole fish. I. Aquaculture. and Martinez. S. Aquaculture Research. K. Discrimination of cod liver oil according to Wild/Farmed and geographical origins by GC and C-13 NMR. Wageningen. 82. 2005. and Panagiotaki. 2003. Hancz. J. fillets and extracts from farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) for quality assessment and compositional analyses. Determination of origin of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): The use of multiprobe and multielement isotopic analyses in combination with fatty acid composition to assess wild or farmed origin.M. 85(2). 2005... Bioactive compounds in cod (Gadus morhua) products and suitability of 1H NMR metabolite profiling for classification of the products using multivariate data analyses. . and Thomassen. Rebuffel. Oehlenschlager. 2008. et al. et al. I. Gribbestad. Masoum. 1499–1510. J. 86. 49(10). Thomas.... Wageningen Academic Publishers. Andersen. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry. 105–112. 283–286. Martinez. Eds. Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society. 6889–6895. Application of support vector machines to H-1 NMR data of fish oils: Methodology for the confirmation of wild and farmed salmon and their origins. S. Implementation of quality control methods (physicochemical. International Journal of Food Science and Technology.V. 2004. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Quantification of fat deposits and fat distribution in Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus L. 237–263. K. 2005. Kolstad. Luten. 53(17).. Kolstad. J. Aquaculture. 250. Tsitsika. 209–216.. Dual-energy X-ray imaging: Benefits and limits.. I. 2007. 40.. 255–264.. et al. T.. V.B.138 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 76.S. Classification of gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) from H-1 NMR lipid profiling combined with principal component and linear discriminant analysis. I. Standal. 445–447.. and Olafsdottir. 387(4). C. 2008... K. microbiological and sensory) in conjunction with multivariate analyses towards fish authenticity. 275(1–4). 2007. 77. 2008. 78. 79. Quantification of dry matter % and liquid leakage in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) using computerised X-ray tomography (CT). et al. Aquaculture.S. 85.S. Morkore. Arvanitoyannis. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer. X-ray techniques for quality assessment.. Aursand. 989–997. E.

.................... Empar Llorca..145 10.......................................... 149 10........................................................................3 Processed Fish Microstructure .....................................................................................140 10.................139 10...........................1 Herring .............. so any chemical or enzymatic change that takes place in the chemical components has an effect on the microstructural organization of the food matrices and their functionality................................................ Pérez-Munuera et al.....2 Salted Cod.........1 Main Microscopy Techniques for Studying Seafood The microstructure of foods forms a link between the molecular and macroscopic levels and constitutes a key factor for studying the properties of foods and for improving and optimizing food processes.......................................................................................2.........Chapter 10 Microstructure Isabel Hernando............................... The organization of the chemical components of foods (proteins............... Several strategies can be used to study food microstructure.......... carbohydrates....................3 Surimi .........................................................2 Fish Muscle Microstructure.....................150 10.......................................2................. 148 10................4 Squid Microstructure ...................................2 Hake .. (2008) gave an overview of the most important techniques for studying muscle food structure...........................) is responsible for their microstructure..................3............................... 151 10......................................1 Smoked Salmon..... 151 References .3....................................................... etc.................................... This chapter 139 ..............148 10................ and María-Angeles Lluch Contents 10................. fats.146 10................. Ana Puig...........3.............1 Main Microscopy Techniques for Studying Seafood ................

1). In the former. and so on. the sample can be observed with all its constituent water. and staining the ultrathin sections with heavy metal solutions such as lead citrate or uranyl acetate. 2006). The sections are obtained using a microtome after embedding the food in paraffin or resin or using a cryotome after freezing the sample with CO2 or liquid N2.. or fluorescence microscopy. they are mounted in glass slides and stained with different dyes (toluidine blue. Besides the secondary electrons. ions or molecules can be identified and quantified in situ using specific detectors coupled to the electron microscope. In both methods. which is contiguous to the myocommata (Ofstad et al. the samples need to be prepared first. Electron microscopy (EM) allows food structures to be studied at higher magnifications than those used in LM. For this. At each subdivision there are macroscopic collagenous dividing lines (myocommata). In Cryo-SEM. iodine. backscattered electrons. Two types of microscopes use electron beams as their source of illumination: transmission electron microscopes (TEM) and scanning electron microscopes (SEM).02–1. these different signals can be captured by the appropriate detector in each case. sudan. critical point drying. polarizing microscopy. The most useful application for studying seafood structure is bright field microscopy. so there is no need to section it. Many of the endomysia are connected to the perymisium. They are each surrounded by the sarcolemma membrane and by a thin layer of connective tissue (endomysium). dehydration in a series of ethanol dilutions of increasing concentration.5). image analysis relies heavily on computer technology to obtain quantitative results from microscopy observation.3). Once the semithin sections are obtained.2 Fish Muscle Microstructure Fish muscle consists of myotomes. The muscle cells are short and 0. cutting ultrathin sections (5–100 nm) in an ultramicrotome. The SEM method observes the surface of the sample. In this way. may be generated as a result of the electron beam striking the specimen (Pérez-Munuera et al. etc. the sample is frozen in liquid nitrogen and then freeze-dried before being coated and observed. The light microscope (LM) is a very versatile tool that works in different applications such as bright field. light green. so microanalysis can be carried out by means of x-ray. the sample is frozen in slush nitrogen (Figure 10. There are two ways of preparing samples for SEM: chemical fi xation and physical fi xation (Figure 10. in this way.140 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis provides a detailed description of the protocols often followed to obtain information about seafood microstructure. 2008).4) and quickly transferred under vacuum to a cold stage fit on a microscope where the frozen sample is fractured. infiltration and embedding in resin. and observed. The fibers are essentially the same as those of terrestrial animals in terms of the arrangement of the thick and thin filaments.0 mm in diameter. 10.. Finally. other emanations or signals such as x-rays. etched. When physical fixation is used.1–2 mm (Figure 10. In recent years considerable progress has been made in the field of SEM through vitrification techniques.2) are primary fi xation with aldehydes such as glutaraldehyde. They are arranged in concentric circles forming subdivisions of striated muscle (Figure 10. the sample preparation steps are chemical fi xation (with aldehydes and osmium tetroxide. coated. as for TEM). phase contrast or differential interference contrast (Nomarski). The steps in preparing samples for TEM observation (Figure 10. and coating with a conducting metal for SEM imaging or with carbon for x-ray. the sample has to be prepared in semithin sections of about 0. dehydration in a series of ethanol dilutions of increasing concentration. secondary fi xation with osmium tetroxide.) before examination in the LM. red oil. showing alternate arrangements of .

.Microstructure ◾ 141 Food Specimen portions Embedding in paraffin or resin Freezing (CO2.1 Preparation of samples for LM observation. liquid N2) Preparation for slicing Cold knife CO2 Knife Slice Semithin sections (0.11–2 μm) Cold stub Microtome Cryotome Mounting in glass slides Staining specimen 1% Toluidine blue 1% Lugol.. . 1% red oil.. LM observation Figure 10.

2 Preparation of samples for TEM observation. . 100%) Infiltration and embedding in resine Epoxi resin.142 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Food Specimen portions Fixation 2. LR white Cured resin Glass or diamond knife Ultrathin sectioning (5–100 nm) Ultramicrotome Specimen block Trimmed block Tweezers Specimen block face Grid Knife 4% Lead citrate 2% Uranyl acetate Section collection Ultrathin section staining TEM observation Figure 10. 50%. Araldite Spurr’s.5% Glutaraldehyde 2% Os O4 Dehydration Ethanol (30%. 90%. 70%.

.3 Preparation of samples for SEM observation.5% Glutaraldehyde 2% Os O4 Ethanol (30.Microstructure ◾ 143 Food Specimen portions Fixation Physical fixation Chemical fixation Quick freezing in liquid N2 2. Pd. 50. for X-ray) SEM observation Figure 10. for SEM imaging) (C. 70. 100%) Sublimated H2O P T Dehydration (To vaccum) Freeze dryer CO2 Critical point dryer (To transformer) (To pumps) Sputter metal coater (or evaporation coater) Coating (Au. 90.

) (into Cryo-SEM) (–130°C. vaccuum) Cryo-SEM observation Figure 10. . vaccuum) Etched H2O Etching (into Cryo-SEM) Specimen fracturing (–90°C. C.4 Preparation of samples for Cryo-SEM observation.144 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Food Specimen portions Quick freezing in slush N2 (T < –210°C) Freezing Specimen transfer Transfer to Cryo-SEM Knife Specimen fracturing (into Cryo-SEM) Specimen fracturing (–180°C. vaccuum) Au deposition Coating (Au.. ..

reveals the myofibrils inside each cell. a: myotome. which is mainly composed of collagen.7A shows a herring sample stained with toluidine blue and observed by LM.6C). where the Z disks can be distinguished. surrounded by the sarcolemma and by the endomysial connective tissue.2. Figure 10.7B. The longitudinal section in Figure 10. obtained by the same technique but observed at a higher magnification.Microstructure ◾ 145 a b Figure 10. Examples of different fresh fish tissues observed by several techniques are described here. A micrograph cross section of the fibers shows them surrounded by the sarcolemma.. 1990). where the fat is viewed as globules on the surface of the fiber. the myofibrils at the cell edges have a less rounded section than the central myofibrils and are arranged like a palisade.6A shows a cross section of herring tissue fi xed with glutaraldehyde and observed by SEM. The layouts of the Z disks that mark the length of the sarcomere are visible.6B). 10. Figure 10. When ultrathin sections of herring muscle tissue are studied by TEM. The myofibrils are shown in longitudinal section in this sample (Figure 10. The separation that can be observed between the muscle cells is usually attributed to the effect produced by chemical fixation and dehydration during preparation for SEM. The typical fish muscle fibers can be seen. b: myocommata. At low magnification. the aggregation of solutes produced during the etching of the sample generates the typical eutectic artifact observed in Figure 10. but the total collagen content is lower.5 Schematic representation of fish muscle with myotomes. A and I bands (Pérez-Munuera et al. with the endomysial connective tissue keeping the muscle fibers firmly attached to one another. The myofibrils are .6D shows the microstructure of herring tissue at a higher magnification.6F. Fixing in osmium tetroxide shows the distribution of fat in the herring tissue. the fat can be observed covering the fibers in a longitudinal section of herring muscle (Figure 10.7C shows the inside of a muscle fiber with the myofibrils perfectly bundled. Figure 10.1 Herring Figure 10. When the muscle fibers are observed using the Cryo-SEM technique. 2008). the perymisial connective tissue that surrounds the muscle bundles can be seen. fat globules of different sizes are observed occupying the interfibrillar spaces and myofibrils are distinguished inside the cells. In a cross section of the sample fi xed in osmium tetroxide (Figure 10.6E). since the water in which the fish live lends support for the body (Lampila. it is possible to observe ultrastructural details. The fiber is composed of myofibrils in which Z disks are distinguished in the areas where the sarcolemma is broken.

for example. pork meat (raw ham) (Larrea et al. The structural elements that constitute the sarcomere.6 Herring tissue. connective tissue.146 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Z (A) 300 μm (B) 6 μm I (C) f 40 μm f (D) a 10 μm f (E) 60 μm (F) c 30 μm Figure 10. along with the M and Z lines. (A–E) SEM.9). which are the components of the cytoskeletal network that links the myofibrils to one another and to the sarcolemma. Hake fibers surrounded by connective tissue can be observed in Figure 10.2. and roughly parallel filaments (Figure 10. The cytoskeletal ultrastructure of hake was studied by Pagano et al. 2007). the A and I bands. (2005) after depleting the thick and thin filaments with a potassium iodide treatment. fat globule.2 Hake The observation of hake muscle by SEM after fi xing with glutaraldehyde allows distinguishing that the fibers of hake muscle tissue are very similar to those of herrings. The same structure has also been observed in different meat products. . 10. The main difference is their size: hake fibers are thicker than herring ones. Z disk. f. can be seen. connected to each other at the Z disk level by the costameres. continuous. c. (F) Cryo-SEM..7D). a.8. eutectic artifact. The TEM technique allows images to be obtained at higher magnification and with better resolution than other microscopy techniques (Figure 10. TEM and SEM studies demonstrated an extensive network of filaments connecting Z structures that were regularly spaced and connected by sets of longitudinal. Z.

M line. costameres. A. 100 μm Figure 10. P. perymisial connective tissue. Z.Microstructure ◾ 147 p m m 30 μm (A) c M 10 μm (B) m m A Z (C) (D) Figure 10. I. M. (A and B) LM.8 Hake tissue observed by SEM. .7 Herring tissue. (C and D) TEM. m. I band. Z disks. A band. myofibrils in a “palisade” ringing the edge. c.

148 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Z LZ IZ DZ 8. Gudmundsson and (A) 100 μm (B) 10 μm Figure 10.10B shows a detail of an intercellular space created by the conjunction of three fibers or cells. Biochem.) 10. Physiol.10A. (Reprinted from Pagano. the higher the smoking temperature. (2000) used LM to observe the changes that occurred in the salmon during the smoking process and quantified them by image analysis. 13. 2005.000 X Figure 10.10 Smoked salmon. The fiber shrinkage and the space between the fibers both increased to a greater extent in the muscle from the salmon that were frozen before smoking than in muscle smoked from fresh salmon. Figure 10. With permission. B. (A and B) Cryo-SEM. et al. Z. 141. The micrograph shows geometrically shaped fibers surrounded by a connective tissue. The data of the average cross-sectional area of muscle fibers showed that the smoking process produces shrinkage of the fibers. the greater the shrinkage. LZ. M.R. .1 Smoked Salmon A cross section of a smoked salmon sample obtained using the Cryo-SEM technique is seen in Figure 10. Sigurgisladottir et al.3. Z-disk.9 Cytoskeletal structure of hake observed by TEM. longitudinal filament connecting Z-Z.3 Processed Fish Microstructure 10. Com..

3.11B shows a cross section of salted cod tissue (A) 100 μm (B) 300 μm Figure 10.Microstructure ◾ 149 Hafsteinsson (2001) studied the effect of pulsed electric fields (PEF) and a combination of PEF and high pressure on smoked salmon microstructure. (A) longitudinal section.2 Salted Cod The presence of salt deposits in the cod tissue can be observed by SEM (Figure 10.11A) in samples that have been obtained using physical fi xing (freeze-drying) instead of chemical fi xing. Figure 10. and gaps were formed in the tissue structure. these treatments decreased the cell size compared with fresh salmon. where two fibers can be observed completely covered by salt deposits.11A shows a longitudinal section of salted cod. (A) (B) (C) Figure 10. A combination of PEF and high pressure had a more detrimental effect on smoked salmon microstructure than PEF treatment alone. 10. Figure 10. . (B) Cryo-SEM. (A) SEM.12 Seafood stick (surimi) observed by SEM. and (C) protein network. (B) cross section.11 Salted cod.

(From Lluch. et al. shows a longitudinal section of a crab stick where the “artificial fibers” can be observed. Technomic Publishing Co.13 Schematic representation of (A) squid mantle and (B) arrangement of muscle cells.3. The formation of a new network with the myofibrillar protein (Figure 10. M.150 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis observed by Cryo-SEM. the paste is shaped and an “artificial fish muscle” is obtained. 10. The Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Proteins..12C) is responsible for the water-holding capacity and functional properOuter lining Outer tunic Muscle tunic Inner tunic Visceral lining Radial fibers Circumferential fibers (A) Radial fibers Circumferential fibers (B) Figure 10. Such a product is often sold as “crab sticks” or “seafood sticks.. after adding different additives. 2001. Figure 10. obtained by SEM.) .12A. The cross section (Figure 10. where the presence of salt makes the etching of the sample for observation difficult and masks the underlying structures. PA. With permission.. Lancaster.A.3 Surimi One of the most common surimi products on the market is artificial crab muscle.12B) shows the typical concentric layers of this type of surimi product.” Lean fish meat is minced to a paste. Inc.

... 122–128. Muscle fibers are grouped in bands that are arranged orthogonally. Effect of electric field pulses on microstructure of muscle foods and roes. 1990. 247–267.13). 2007. Technol. E. 12. and Hafsteinsson. 1. H. 2001). 225. J. The inner and outer tunics are covered by a visceral lining and outer lining. Comparative microstructure of red meat. 2001. Regardless of their orientation. The fibers arranged in circumferential and radial bands were observed by SEM in samples fi xed with glutaraldehyde (Figure 10.. m. 10. and (D) TEM.. central sarcoplasm. Radial bands (10–15 mm thick) comprise fibers that connect two tunics of connective tissue.14 Squid. myofibril. M. 2007). l. Circumferential muscle bands (100–200 mm) comprise fibers running about the entire circumference of the mantle cone. (A and B) SEM. This fiber distribution can also be observed by LM in samples stained with toluidine blue (Figure 10. sarcolemma.4 Squid Microstructure The squid mantle is composed of muscle tissue sandwiched between two tunics of connective tissue (Figure 10.14C). poultry and fish muscle. When TEM is used to study the ultrastructure of fresh squid (Figure 10. 1990). Lampila. (From Llorca. (C) LM. the intermyofibrillar spaces between these can be observed. 2001). L.75 μ m s (C) (D) l Figure 10. all the muscle fibers are thin.5 mm in diameter (Lluch et al. approximately 3. 807. Th is gel network structure gives surimi its characteristic elasticity and texture (Sikorski.Microstructure ◾ 151 –200 μm –10 μm (A) 10 μ (B) 3. Trends Food Sci. With permission..) ties of surimi. LM makes it possible to distinguish a peripheral area in blue and a central core in white inside each cell. Each fiber is surrounded by a sarcolemma (Llorca et al..E. Tech. et al.14A and B) (Llorca et al. s. respectively. Food Res. a central sarcoplasm is shown to be surrounded by myofibrils.14D). Eur. Muscle Foods. . References Gudmundsson..

E. 2. Eur. M.. Lluch. Pérez-Munuera. K.L. Cardinal. chap. Taylor. FL. Torrisen. V.and post spawned female hake (Merluccius hubbsi).. E. Protein breakdown during the preparation of frozen batter-coated squid rings. Pérez-Munuera. FL. Food Res. 2005.. 1990... Ofstad.. I. Nollet.. Tech. Meat Sci. I. O.. 76. Llorca. . CRC Press. M.. M. A. Olsen. 13–21. and Lluch.... (Ed. Larrea. 857–865.. 225(5–6)..R. S. Hernando. 448–455. M. I. 33.) related to gaping. and Lluch.A.) and spotted wolfish (Anarhichas minor O. R. M. and Hernando. Llorca.. Pérez-Munuera..). I. Effect of frying on the microstructure of frozen battered squid rings. 2001.E.A. 2008. Nutritional Composition and Preservation. Fiszman. Technomic Publishing Co. CRC Press..). I.A. H. 1.. Food Res. Boca Raton. H. Lancaster. 213(6). 39. Quiles.. PA. L... Technol..152 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Larrea.O. I. 807–813. I.. A. and Lluch.A. Biochem. Ingvarsdottir... chap.E. E.. 574–582... and Toldrá.. V. in The Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Proteins. Wiss. and Hafsteinsson. Z. Technol. Sikorski. Quiles. Physiol. Pagano. R..... 2007. Sikorsi. Breakdown of intramuscular connective tissue in cod (Gadus morhua L.. Z. S. Sigurgisladottir.J. R. Larrea. (Eds. 2007. Inc.A. Quiles. E. M. A. M. in Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis.. V. 2006. Llorca. Eur. Food Res. 2001. Com. 1143–1154. I.. Lebens.... Int.M. and Crupkin. M.. Seafood: Resources. and Hanneson.. Microstructure.. Part B 141.. and Lluch. 2000. Pérez-Munuera. Pérez-Munuera. Microstructural changes in Teruel dry-cured ham during processing. Hernando. Paredi. M.. Effects of freezing/ thawing on the microstructure and the texture of smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Hernando. I. F. Boca Raton. Proteins in food structures. Cytoskeletal ultrastructure and lipid composition of I-Z-I fraction in muscle from pre.

.........................157 11.........157 11.................................................................................2 Conducting Polymers and Molecular Aggregates ............2 Sensor Parameters.......1 Introduction .................5 The Application of Electronic Noses for Fish Freshness and Quality Measurement ........................................................................3.............................................................................159 11.........................................................................................5 Color Indicators ...................................1. some are of great importance to define overall properties such as freshness or quality [1].....3 Chemical Sensor Technologies ........Chapter 11 Chemical Sensors Corrado Di Natale Contents 11........3 Mass Transducers .................. is one of the most used method to assess freshness by both consumers and industries [2]........158 11.............................................................3.........................165 11...................1................6 Conclusions ............................159 11..........................160 11. For these reasons the knowledge of the chemical 153 .................................................154 11.................... The relationship between chemistry and food properties is particularly interesting in the case of fish and seafood in general........3.......................................1 Metal-Oxide Semiconductors ....3..............................158 11............................................................ for which the human perception of airborne chemicals........158 11.......................157 11......... called odor...1 Introduction Among the thousands of molecules composing food complex mixtures....................................................................................160 11.......................1 Sensors Based on Conductance Changes ...................................................................2 Amperometric Gas Sensors ......................164 References ..........................4 Electronic Noses ...............................................................................3.........................3.........153 11.4 Field-Effect Transistors ..............................3.............

Electronic properties of materials may hardly be directly influenced by the ambiental chemistry. A sort of combination of natural and analytical approaches has been pursued since decades. In practice. a complex structure is necessary. and the development of rapid and reliable chemical analyzers has been pursued since decades. do not require any sample treatment. mass. in order to achieve chemical sensors. work function. Figure 11. These transducers are the second component of a chemical sensor. it develops methods to decompose complex mixtures (foods contains thousands of different molecules) in order to target either a single molecular species or a molecular family. Properties such as conductivity. The optimal matching between a sensitive layer and transducer is fundamental to achieving a well-performing sensor. The interaction with a target molecule (hereafter called analyte) and a solid-state layer is a chemical event that. in the sense that the interaction of human senses with complex mixtures provides a global perception rather than a list of compounds. whose electrical parameters may depend on the chemical composition of the environment in which they are in contact.2 Sensor Parameters A sensor is an electronic device whose parameters depend on some external quantity of whatever nature [4]. and ultimately they are of paramount importance to determine the acceptance of foodstuff [3]. according to this definition there are resistors whose resistance is a function of external temperature (thermistors) or diodes whose current–voltage relationship is strongly altered once they are illuminated by light (photodiodes). On the other hand. or even field effect transistors. Differently from analytical instrumentations. These methods require in some cases complex sample treatments and instrumentation such as gas chromatography or spectrophotometers. The first is a chemically interactive material. Global perceptions may be enough in many cases to detect freshness or edibility. and the more utilized are adsorption and reaction phenomena. These interactions can be of different nature. . These analyzers are chemical sensors. can modify the physical properties of the sensing layer. namely a solid-state layer of molecules that can interact with the molecules in the environment.154 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis profile of food is considered of great value. or optical absorbance are among those that can be transduced into an electric signal by suitable transducers.” The matching between sensitive material and transducer is not univocal: a single sensitive material can be coupled with many different transducers and vice versa. and they are sometimes called “basic devices. capacitors. it is known that Nature provides living beings chemical senses that. The device is composed of two parts. In the rest of this chapter an overview of the technologies related to these devices is provided together with examples of their use for fish freshness and quality determination. natural senses are not analytical. As an example. Analytical chemistry is naturally based on “separation” approaches: namely. In the same way there are devices that from the electronic point of view are resistors. 11.1 shows what can be considered as the general structure of a chemical sensor. as a consequence. Chemical analysis of foodstuff is a large part of the analytical chemistry discipline. and a number of methods and protocols for different food are available. in order to be reliable. and it resulted in a class of chemical analyzers that have the advantage of interacting directly with samples and of providing signals bearing the notion of the chemical composition of a sample being a liquid or gas. there are many possibilities of assembling a chemical sensor.

refraction index (Dn). and in more general cases. Before illustrating the technological basis of chemical sensors. These quantities can be the temperature (DT). there are a number of devices that. it is the first derivative of the response function S= dV df (C ) = dC dC . One of these quantities is sensitivity. the estimation may require the solution of a nonlinear equation. As a consequence of the interaction. These parameters are sensitivity. Analytically. other important quantities are necessary to be known to appreciate sensor performances [5]. or work function (DF). once properly connected in an electric circuit. This estimation is straightforward if the response function is linear. electric conductance (Ds). one or more physical properties of the interactive material change. Besides response function. provide an electrical signal that is a function of the quantity of interactions occurring at the interface between the sensor and the environment. it is important to introduce the fundamental parameters that allow a correct interpretation of the performance of any sensor. of these quantities. Targeted molecules interact with a chemically interactive material. and many others.Chemical Sensors ◾ 155 Environment Quantity to be measured (concentration) Chemically interactive material ΔT Δm Δσ Δn ΔΦ Intermediate quantity Basic device Δi Δv Δf ΔΦ Electrical or optical signal Figure 11. and selectivity. The fundamental action of a chemical sensor is the conversion of the information about the concentration of a chemical species into an electric signal. V = f (C ) where V is a generic signal C is the analyte concentration The knowledge of the response function is necessary to estimate from the sensor signal the amount of concentration. The sensitivity expresses the capability of a sensor to modify its signal as a consequence of a change in concentration. resolution. mass (Dm). The relationship between the signal and the chemical concentration can be represented by an analytical function that embodies the sensor operation.1 Schematic representation of a generic chemical sensor. For each.

It is worth mentioning that in case of electrical signals. and with such a sensor. the selectivity of a chemical sensor can be obtained only in very limited conditions. the sensitivity is a constant quantity. In order to fully appreciate the importance of sensitivity. For chemical sensors.2b the corresponding sensitivity is shown. Selectivity defines the capability of a sensor to be sensitive only to one quantity rejecting all the others. The response curve is almost linear at low concentration and tends to saturation corresponding to the complete occupation of available adsorption sites. and it tends gradually to zero as the sensor response reaches saturation. In the case of physical sensors. With these conditions. it is not possible to deduce Saturation Nonlinear region Sensitivity Concentration Signal Linear region Concentration Figure 11. The amount of adsorbed molecules as a function of the concentration is ruled by the Langmuir isotherm [6]. and their importance holds for any kind of sensor. Lack of selectivity means that the sensor responds with comparable intensity to different species. .2a. it is important to consider that the number of chemical compounds is in millions and that the structural differences among them may be extremely subtle. the error ΔV is limited by the electronic noise that determines the ultimate uncertainty of any electric signal. The previously mentioned quantities are totally general. The sensitivity is larger at low concentrations. In all the other cases. it is necessary to evaluate the influence of measurement errors. The knowledge of the signal V is affected by an error and this error is propagated in an error on the estimation of the concentration. For chemical sensors. Simple mathematical considerations lead to the conclusion that given an error ΔVerr affecting the signal V. In Figure 11. A sensor containing such a sensing material and a basic transducer simply providing a signal proportional to the number of adsorbed molecules is represented by the response curve shown in Figure 11.2 Typical response curve (left) and sensitivity (right) of a generic chemical sensor based on adsorption of target molecules in a sensing layer characterized by a limited amount of adsorption sites.156 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Only in case of a linear response function. it is a function of the concentration. an additional parameter of great importance is selectivity. the number of quantities is limited to a dozen. and the selectivity can be achieved in many practical applications. Let us consider the generic case of a chemical sensor based on a sensitive material characterized by a limited number of adsorption sites. the error ΔC on the estimated concentration is given by the following relationship: ΔC = ΔVerr S The error in concentration is then inversely proportional to the sensitivity.

the general advice is to produce a nanocrystalline material in such a way that the modulation of the surface conductance band population becomes dominant in the whole sensor. and a lowering of the potential barrier. The main sensitivity mechanism is related to the role played by oxygen. Metal oxide semiconductor chemoresistors have been used several times in fish freshness applications. a reduction of the surface conductance band depletion.1.3. and the sensitivity of these devices is extended to many different kinds of volatile compounds [8]. The characteristics of these structures. the sensitivity to trimethylamine and dimethylamine of aluminum-doped ZnO films was demonstrated [10] as well as the sensitivity to trimethylamine of SnO2 and CuO [11. 11. the number of conductance electrons is limited. in any case.4. dissociative adsorption sites of molecular oxygen are active on the oxide surface. 11. an electrically actuated heater is integrated in the device. The amount of depletion and the barrier height are proportional to the number of adsorbed molecules. This is only one of the many interactions taking place on the surface of metal oxides. which reacts with the bounded oxygen to form carbon dioxide.1 Metal-Oxide Semiconductors Changes in conductance become appreciable in materials characterized by a limited number of mobile charge carriers. Recently. Metal-oxide semiconductor sensors can be prepared in many different ways. and a surface potential barrier is formed. although interesting. . is the case of carbon monoxide. providing the maximum sensitivity. It is important to remark that this kind of sensors needs to be operated at high temperature. The sensitivity can be further modified adding ultrathin amounts of noble catalytic metal atoms on the surface. Since the material is a semiconductor. Selectivity will be reconsidered in Section 11.3. Paradigmatic. the most known and studied of which is SnO2 [7]: a wide band gap n-type semiconductor. Sensors are here classified according to the physical intermediate quantity. In practical. metal oxide growth in regular shapes such as nanosized belts [9] has shown peculiar properties. releasing an electron back to the conductance band. For instance. The exposure to any molecule interacting on the sensor surface with adsorbed oxygen atoms may result in a release of electrons back to the conductance band.3 Chemical Sensor Technologies In this section the basic principles of the most popular categories of chemical sensors are illustrated. semiconductors are subjected to large changes of conductance also in the presence of a modest variation in the number of conductance electrons or holes. A charge transfer occurs between the material and the adsorbed oxygen atom with the consequence that the conductance band in proximity of the surface becomes depleted. At sufficiently high temperature (above 200°C). in this regard. and as a consequence. The consequence of the exposure to oxygen is a reduction of the surface conductance. and then the amount of oxygen molecules that can be adsorbed at the surface is also limited.1 Sensors Based on Conductance Changes 11. These are oxides of transition metals.Chemical Sensors ◾ 157 any reliable information about the chemical composition of the measured sample.12]. The most popular materials undergoing a conductance change on interaction with gases are metaloxide semiconductors. have not yet resulted in practical improvements of performances.

Although designed for polluting gases. Due these cross-selectivities.158 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 11. With respect to metal oxides these sensors have two important advantages: they are operated at room temperature and. This property is largely exploited in electronics to build stable oscillators as clock references. QMB coated by sensitive layers was used for many applications. their chemical sensitivity can be changed at synthesis level modifying the chemical structure of the monomer [14]. 11. For instance. most important. If the quartz is connected to an oscillator circuit. the electric frequency decreases linearly with the mass. the mechanical resonance of the crystal is coupled with an electric resonance. and their conductance can change after exposure to volatile compounds. These are thin slabs of AT cut quartz oscillating at a frequency between 5 and 50 MHz approximately [17].3.2 Amperometric Gas Sensors Electrolytic cells based on either solid-state or liquid-ionic conductors are used to detect several kinds of gases.3. One of the drawbacks of these sensors is the instability mainly due to the degradation of doping radicals that are added to increase the conductance. conducting polymers sensors can be prepared for different applications. and esters. Due to the piezoelectric effect. these sensors were never demonstrated in practical applications. sensors designed for CO are found to be sensitive toward alcohols. A typical QMB has a limit of detection around 1 ng. Chemical sensors based on conducting polymers may be considered as a lateral result of these studies. the measurement of these mass shifts can allow the evaluation of the amount of adsorbed molecules.3 Mass Transducers The adsorption of molecules into a sorbent layer produces a change of mass. and a sensor for SO2 can detect volatile sulfides. the possibility of using these sensors to measure fish freshness was demonstrated with metalloporphyrin coating [18]. . More sophisticated mass transducers were proposed by using resonant cantilevers similar to those adopted in atomic force microscopy [19].2 Conducting Polymers and Molecular Aggregates The conductance properties of organic materials based either on polymers or on molecular aggregates have been studied since several years. As an example. The frequency of the mechanical oscillation decreases almost linearly with the mass gravitating onto the quartz surface. Piezoelectric effect can also be exploited in other configurations such as those based on surface acoustic waves. aldehydes. Since crystal resonance is extremely efficient. A piezoelectric resonator is a piece of piezoelectric crystal properly cut along a well-specified crystalline axis.3. The main mechanism is the catalytic reaction occurring on the surface of a noble metal electrode. the electric resonance is characterized by a very large quality factor (Q). In spite of the claimed properties. with broader scopes related to the possibility of developing a novel sort of electronics based on carbon chemistry [13]. The measurement of small mass changes is made possible by piezoelectric resonators. and food freshness is among them [15]. Thanks to this versatility. these sensors were properly used to detect fish freshness [16]. 11. a sensor for ammonia can detect amines. an amount that is sufficient in many practical applications. The same effect is exploited for chemical sensing adopting particularly shaped crystals such as in quartz microbalances (QMB). these sensors demonstrated a good sensitivity for compounds relevant for fish freshness.1. aggregates of polypyrrole or polythiophene have a semiconducting character. Indeed.

to probe the sample with a variable combination of wavelengths instead of using the white light of scanners gives the possibility of performing an optical fingerprint measurement. the visual determination limits the performance and may greatly vary between individuals. The first demonstration in this direction was given by Suslick and colleagues when they showed that a digital scanner has enough sensitivity to detect the color changes in chemical dyes due to the adsorption of volatile compounds [27]. is based on the fact that a computer screen can be easily programmed to display millions of colors. Lundström and Filippini proved that it is possible to assemble a sort of spectrophotometer using the computer screen monitor as a programmable source and a web camera as detector [29]. This basic structure was successively modified changing the gate metal and thickness to extend the range of measured gases. was also obtained [21]. whose characteristics largely fit the requirements necessary to capture change in optical properties of sensitive layers in many practical applications. the importance of amines as spoilage markers leads to consider their reducing role and then the possibility to detect them with functional layers sensitive to pH changes.3. Furthermore. as a sensing part. an important gas for fish freshness and quality. although under constant bias. standard optical instrumentations are usually expensive. also appreciable by eye. The principle was adequately exploited with a palladium gate FET exposed to hydrogen gas [20]. This salt exhibits a rather large change in color. In particular.5 Color Indicators Although known for several years [24]. and hydrogen atoms can diffuse through the palladium film until they reach the oxide surface. the use of pH indicators is limited by the fact that mainly amines are considered (limiting the detection not to freshness but rather to spoilage). . Nonetheless. in the last decade we have seen rapid growth in performance in fields such as consumer electronics. allowing a simultaneous evaluation of absorbance and fluorescence of samples. and screens. such as metalloporphyrins [22]. As a result. PDAs. organic molecular layers. the colorimetric detection of fish freshness recently received a novel interest. furthermore. Compared with the use of digital scanners. The feasibility of this approach has been demonstrated using as sensitive layer a film of a sodium salt (bromocresol green) [25]. and cellular phones all endowed with color screen. the current flowing in the FET changes revealing the chemical interaction. Due to the large diffusion of portable computers. H2 molecules dissociate into atomic hydrogen at the palladium surface. whose sensitivity toward amine was also recently measured [23]. FET structures were also modified to accommodate.Chemical Sensors ◾ 159 11.3. This last technique. combining wavelengths in the optical range. 11. In this way sensitivity to ammonia. This difference can be modulated by a layer of electric dipoles that can reach the metal–oxide interface. Chemical sensing based on optical sensitive layers is a captivating strategy due to the strong influence of target chemicals on the absorption and fluorescence spectra of chosen indicators [26]. Nonetheless. and. On the other hand. giving rise to a number of low-cost advanced optical equipments such as digital scanners. where they form an ordered dipoles layer. known as computer screen photo assisted technique (CSPT). cameras. The method demonstrated also the possibility to identify a number of different amines [28]. Indeed. the chemical practice of this approach is badly balanced by the transducer counterpart.4 Field-Effect Transistors Most of the properties of field-effect transistors (FET) depend on the difference between the work function of electrons in the metal gate and in the semiconductor.

Since the 1980s.5 The Application of Electronic Noses for Fish Freshness and Quality Measurement The composition of fish headspace is a source of information about its freshness. Previous investigations evidenced that the headspace composition is a result of the balance between the “fresh fish” odor and the microbial spoilage produced compounds [36]. The features of electronic noses are fundamentally dependent on the sensing properties of the artificial receptors. Nonetheless. After this discovery. microbial spoilage produces short-chain alcohols and carbonyls. Their concentration and the presence of other compounds are rather typical of each species. models of receptor mechanisms explaining the sensitivity to volatile compounds are now available. almost all sensor technologies were used to build such systems. Investigations about olfaction receptors show that Nature strategies for odor recognition are completely different from those of analytical chemistry. the application of the CSPT concept may be foreseen as greatly extending the analytical capacity worldwide. sulfur compounds. The most important chemicals involved in the fresh fish odor are long-chain alcohols and carbonyls. the lack of selectivity of many chemical sensors was considered as one of the main problems limiting their diff usion for practical applications. The concentrations of these chemicals are directly correlated to the degree of spoilage. 11. organic synthetic receptors offer an unlimited number of possibilities to assemble molecules endowed with differentiated sensing features. amines.4 Electronic Noses As discussed above. it was proposed that arrays of nonselective chemical sensors may show properties similar to those of natural olfaction [34]. and N-cyclic compounds. CSPT has demonstrated its utility in particular to classify airborne chemicals reading absorbance and fluorescence changes in chemical dyes such as metalloporphyrins [30]. The possibility having some versatile tool to tailor the sensitivity and selectivity of sensors is of primary importance to make arrays capable of capturing either large or narrow ranges of chemicals.” This denomination is currently given to any array of unselective chemical sensor coupled with some multicomponent classifier. and acid compounds. Odor classification properties of artificial systems were tested on several different fields proving that electronic noses could be in principle used to replace human olfaction in practical applications such as food quality and medical diagnosis [35]. Standard optochemical sensors are based either on absorbance or on fluorescence. Recent studies are also beginning to unveil the signal pathways leading from the generation of olfactory neuron signal to the conscious identification of odors [32]. Receptors were found to be rather unselective. and an even more extended computation capabilities.160 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis camera. The physiology of olfaction has made considerable advances. and each molecule is sensed by many receptors [33]. observation of Nature offered a useful suggestion about the use of such devices. and aromatic. whereas CSPT arrangement gives the possibility of evaluating at the same time both the effects. After this conjecture. On the other side. 11. allowing for electronic nose application oriented optimizations. bromophenols. Among these compounds amines . To this point of view. and such systems were soon dubbed as “electronic noses. N-cyclic. each receptor senses several kinds of molecules. and the genes expressed by olfactive receptors are known [31]. the possibility of developing artificial olfaction systems became possible.

with a super impression of 6th and 1st days. Sensor data can be conveniently represented by a principal component analysis (PCA) scores plot. When properly analyzed by pattern recognition methods. Results shown in Figure 11. but the behavior at the beginning is absolutely nonlinear. Each sensor then provides a signal proportional to the concentration of each family. typically according to the freshness or more precisely according to the balance between fresh and spoilage produced compounds. the chemical complexity of the problem.4 demonstrate a continuous progress after the 8th day. hydrogen bond basic.3 the time evolution of the major families of volatile compounds found in the headspace of fishes is shown. the progress of spoilage is less linear with respect to Figure 11. Figure 11. for example. In this regard. In LSER. This result is rather surprising because fish spoilage is in general expected to be a linear and somewhat straightforward process. with an array of selective sensors it is not possible to distinguish between fresh and flat fishes.g.6 . the accumulation of some compound. a plane. Standard analytical methods for volatile amines and also sensors for some specific amines have been used to inspect fish freshness. Data are extrapolated from an investigation by Strachan and Nicholson [48]. In Figure 11. such as metal-oxide chemoresistor sensors [38–40]. from fish processing. and the decrease in others result in a nonlinear problem. Apparently. The same nonlinearity is observed with electronic noses. In gas chromatography. The sensitivity of chemical sensors is not immediately related to the molecular family but rather to the interaction mechanism. and optical indicators [46]. the data produced by a sensor array can classify samples according to some of their global features. An imperfect application of this method was demonstrated with engineered polymer-coated QMB [50]. Such sensor arrangement consists in the application of a number of sensors characterized by a broad sensitivity toward species that are relevant for a certain application. let us discuss a simulation of a case study.45]. polarity. hybrid electronic noses were used combining different sensor technologies such as QMB and amperometric sensors [47]. it is more realistic to consider an array of sensors specific for a single interaction mechanism. MOSFET sensors [41]. Most of these are feasibility studies. showing the ability of the electronic nose to track the different spoilage levels occurring at different storage times. the interaction between polymers and volatile compounds is often described by the linear sorption energy relationship (LSER) model [51]. In order to understand the potential of electronic noses to detect fish freshness.4. amperometric sensors [42]. dipolarity. PCA is a data analysis method allowing the representation of a multidimensional dataset in a reduced dimensionality space. In recent years attempts to use electronic nose technology to track the spoilage processes occurring in fishes have been reported in numerous articles. conducting polymer sensors [43].. preserved [49]. let us consider an array specific for each LSER interaction and one compound for family. Nevertheless. nonetheless. The representation plane is determined as that where the data variance is maximized and then the statistical properties of the dataset are. petroleum in sea). Let us consider the use of an array of sensors absolutely selective for each individual family of compounds mentioned in Figure 11. Minor contributions to the fish headspace come from contamination of the environment (e. Since LSER was fruitfully used to model polymer-based chemical sensors [52]. The number of compounds whose concentrations are only partially correlated makes this application particularly appealing for sensor arrays of partially selective chemical sensors. As a result.Chemical Sensors ◾ 161 are considered as the typical markers for fish freshness detection. Instruments based on different sensor technologies have been used. as much as possible. amines become instrumentally appreciable only when spoilage processes take place.5 is obtained. five different kinds of interactions are considered: dispersion.3. and finally from products of lipid oxidation [37]. quartz microbalance sensors [44. In addition. and sweet conditions are hardly identified. flat. Analyzing the data with PCA the plot of Figure 11. and fresh. and acid. in case of fishes.

The possibility of developing a multisensor device to measure and/or estimate fish freshness with a combination of instrumental techniques (electronic noses.1 0.162 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Amines Aromatics Fresh fish alcohols Fresh fish carbonyls Short-chain alcohols Sulfides 100 Fresh Sweet Flat Stale Putrid Concentration (ppm) 10 1 0. and the use of only one sense (e.5.g. The fusion of multi-instrumental information can then be treated as the descriptors provided by a trained panel providing a sort of artificial quality index [55]. Results are qualitatively similar to those shown in Figure 11. and devices measuring electrical properties) has been illustrated in different applications related to cods [56. and original data were previously published [53].3 Time evolution of the major families of volatile compounds in fish headspace. color meters. As a consequence. olfaction) provides several errors of evaluation. It is important to consider that sensorial methods of freshness appraisal involve the use of sight (to evaluate the skin appearance and the color and the global aspect of eyes). sardines [58]. humans provide a more reliable identification of fish freshness. and olfaction (to smell the gill odor) [54]. The experiment was related to COD fishes.57]. tactile (to test the flesh firmness and elasticity). This feature that can be interpreted as a failure of the electronic nose is likely due to an intrinsic nonlinearity of the studied problem.. with a folding back of the spoilage process in the representation plane. in order to measure the quality of fish instrumentally. texture meters. spectroscopic methods. Nonetheless. each able to capture different aspects of fishes. and groupies [59].01 0 5 10 15 Days 20 25 30 35 Figure 11. image analyzers. shows the scores plot of a partial least-squares discriminant analysis model related to an array of metalloporphyrin-coated QMBs. . The typical sensorial description is also reported. an integration of instruments is necessary.

5 1 PC 2 (15.Chemical Sensors Scores plot 2 30 1.4 PCA scores plot of a simulated experiment where sensors selective for the compound family in Figure 11.3 are used.5 0 –0.76%) 0.5 1 0. Scores plot 1.5 PCA scores plot of data related to a virtual array of sensors.5 –1 –1.39%) Figure 11.5 –6 4 6 –5 –4 –3 –2 PC 1 (80.5 –1 24 10 12 8 28 2 4 6 1 ◾ 163 22 20 18 16 14 –1. each specific for a single interaction mechanism among those modeled by LSER.93%) 0 –0.5 24 PC 2 (19. Data show the impossibility of distinguishing the spoilage process in the first 6 days and an abrupt change between 6th and 8th days. .5 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 PC 1 (72.5 –2 –2.03%) –1 0 1 2 30 2 28 22 20 10 10 12 14 16 8 1 Figure 11.

analyzed. 11. and labels indicate the storage days in ice. sensors are . and consumers) are potential users of chemical sensor technology. At the current state of the art.62%) Figure 11. and finally at consumer level. Food-related sites are usually highly contaminated from the point of view of odor. at processors level the screening of quality of incoming products to optimize the processing and to sort processed food. processors.164 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Scores plot 150 17 17 100 17 17 50 LV 2 (26. all the actors of the food chain (producers. These technologies are sometimes equivalent in terms of performances. the application of arrays of sensors can greatly improve the performance in terms of prediction of quality and freshness. data are related to cod fish fillets. the control of quality and safety both on the market and at home. one technology may outperform the others. As an example. In this regard. It is important in any application to design the optimal sensor array to determine quality and quantity of the relevant chemical species and to select sensors optimizing sensitivity and resolution.6 PCA score plot of metalloporphyrin-coated QMB. All these applications require instruments able to work on-site. transmitted and integrated with other data can be performed by several different technologies. Each step of the food chain has peculiar needs that a proper chemical sensor approach can in principle contribute to satisfy. and for some specific applications. stored. In the case of fish and seafood freshness and quality determination. Chemical sensors are an almost mature technology for many practical applications.6 Conclusions The conversion of chemical information into electric signals that can be measured. at producer level the increment in quality and yield.31%) 17 17 3 15 3 44 3 4 4 3 11 11 3 11 11 2 11 3 11 2 2 2 2 9 7 9 1 1 91 11 1 9 7797 9 7 7 7 17 11 11 11 99 15 15 15 15 15 15 0 4 3 2 2 4 2 4 15 2 –50 –100 –150 –100 –50 0 1 50 9 100 150 200 LV 1 (63.

Acta.A. where existing chemical sensors can be specialized. Physical Chemistry. S. New York. 108. 2001. A. 40. 5. et al. J. and Basu. Actually. M. 14. Angew. so that the performance of the sampling of an application is difficult. 87. For instance. the electronic nose has to be compared and integrated with instruments providing information about visual aspects. and Morrison. 2004. On the other hand. 183. linearly correlated with the days in ice. At this level a correct and careful analysis of user needs and expectations and an education effort toward the users are important to disseminate the intrinsic novelty carried by sensor systems such as those widely belonging to the class of artificial olfaction. 28. Sens. 83. K. Koziej.. in order to fulfill user requirement.J. 11. 1990. Coultate. Chemical Sensing with Solid State Devices. Egashira.. 1. 121. is calculated considering at the same time visual. D.. Tech. New York. 2000. and Weimar. Actuators B. 12. ZnO thin film sensors for detecting dimethyl. Barsan. C. 113. Trimethylamine sensor based on semiconductive metaloxides for detection of fish freshness. Electron. 3.. 2004. Cambridge. Toward practical definitions of quality for food science. J. N. quality index. Chim. 568. 38. and Takao. 2005. U. Int. 2002. Crit. A semiconducting metal-oxide array for monitoring fish freshness. tactile. Comini. for instance. T.and trimethyl-amine vapors. interesting at industrial level. From this perspective. Bremner.. Heeger. 1989.. 7. Persaud. This opens a further novel investigation direction involving again researchers from different areas. Actuators B. 13. synesthetic action among the senses is required to form a full judgment over a certain food sample. J. Chem. 1997. San Diego.. References 1. For this a strong cooperation between sensor developers and end users is necessary in order to optimize practical solutions. It is also important that developers and users are aware of the intrinsic limit of information that is carried by the volatile part of a food.K. 8. 8. Mater. Alberty. S. Metal oxide nano crystals for gas sensing.Chemical Sensors ◾ 165 not able to distinguish between background and relevant odor. 1982. and olfactory perceptions. 2007.. Sci. H. This suggests that to fully reproduce the perceptions of humans with artificial sensors. Olafsdottir. E. 2591.. Madou. CA. M. et al. confirming that interdisciplinarity is the most strong added value for food analysis. it is important to consider that sensory analysis is almost never confined to only olfactory perception. S. Food Sci.. Today. 4. in fish analysis. U. D’Amico. Food: The Chemistry of its Components. AIP Press. Sens. As an example. G. Semiconducting and metallic polymers (Nobel lecture). Roy. J. Let us imagine. and firmness. A contribution on some basic definitions of sensors properties. 10. Rev. John Wiley & Sons. 2004. Metal oxide based gas sensor research: How to? Sens. Y. Fraden. texture. and Di Natale. RSC Press. Mater. 2001. 6. in terms of sampling and data presentations. portable systems without any conditioning of sample are of limited use for fish inspection. 9. Shimizu. Ed. A. IEEE Sens. Handbook of Modern Sensors. Academic Press.. 258. Y. Actuators B. Polymers for chemical sensing. 2006. 18. 321. . Methods to evaluate fish freshness in research and industry. there are applications. R. 1. Mater. Anal. 15. 40. 2. 84. measuring the odor of a fish in a typical storage room among dozens of stacks of fish crates.P. Trends Food Sci. Hammond.

Nature. Lundstrom. Chim. J. 3800.. 43. 1997.S. 468. 240. 1984. Chem. 45. A novel multigene family may encode odorant receptors: A molecular basis for odor recognition. I. 65. Chem. and Holley. 2006. Rev. et al. International Institute of Refrigeration. R. Sicard. G. 44.. and Stopfer. Optical sensing looks to new field. D. Chem. K. 2007. Takulapalli. M. Chem. 2001. 1986. 108. et al. 299. et al. 466. G..M. 839. Elsevier. Acta. 292. Electronic nose: Current status and future trends.. E. 175. Proposed modification of dyer’s method for trimethylamine determination in cod fish. Modified palladium metal-oxide semiconductor structure with increased ammonia gas sensitivity. et al.. L. 1969. Friedrich. Actuators B. W.. 34. Amsterdam. Electrical detection of amine ligation to a metalloporphyrin via a hybrid SOIMOSFET. Actuators B. 32. Enokihara. B. R. G. N. 4458. 10–14. Talanta.. A hydrogen sensitive MOS field effect transistor.W. Dordrecht. D. Appl. H. Nature. I. 567. November 12–14. Computer screen as a programmable light source for visible absorption characterization of (bio)chemical assays. 705. 45. Svensson.. San Diego. F. Battiston.. 29. E. Gardner. 1992. in Seafood Quality Determination Symposium. Am. 77. G. Food Chem. Cell. 2001. 26. Kramer. Ólafsson. U. G. 705. Gauglitz.. Evaluation of fish freshness using volatile compounds: Classification of volatile compounds in fish. 130. 64. J. Opin. 30. 2008. Winquist. Proceedings of the Final meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness” AIR3 CT94 2283.X. Filippini. Persaud.. 2027. Recent dynamics in olfactory population coding. A. Sens. 11. 25.). 38. et al.. in Sensors and Sensory Systems for an Electronic Nose. 122. K. Buck. J. Neurobiol. 37. 21. Lindsay. K. 24. 31. Brunink. J. Development of a smart packaging for the monitoring of fish spoilage. 2002. 23. Phys. 22. Analysis of discrimination mechanisms in the mammalian olfactory system using a model nose. 35. 33. Halifax (Canada). in Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. J. Liston (eds. and electronic nose evaluations of yellowfin tuna under various storage conditions. M. Rapid gas sensor measurements to predict the freshness of capelin (Mallotus villosus). and Olafsdottir. 1996. Food.. Chem.. and Lundström. and Axel. A colorimetric sensor array for odour visualization. 1975.. Anal.N. 2005. Du.. 26. 352. Measurement of volatile aroma constituents as a means for following sensory deterioration of fresh fish and fishery products. Monitoring of fish freshness using tin oxide sensors.. 19. et al. 1997. Olafsdottir. Lett. sensory. and Amano. Microbiological. 15–25 July. J. R.. 1983. Tozawa. Academic Press. 1997.. 748. Development of a ChemFET sensor with molecular films of porphyrins as sensitive layers. November 1986. Trends Anal. D. D. Rakow. and Weimar. 2008. 2226. 283. Commun. Röck. 257. Ed. Bartlett. 28. Ballantine. Chem. 17. (eds. Acoustic Wave Sensors. and Fleurence. 77. F. the Netherlands. Sens. 20. 2006. and Jónsson. Angew.. Curr. Josephson. 2001. 2000. et al. Int.166 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 15. Soc. Phys. N.. 325. Molecular recognition and discrimination of amines with a colorimetric array. G. K. Rakow et al. 27. The application of metalloporphyrins as coating material for quartz microbalance based chemical sensors. Lett. 2003. Brain Res. Agric.). Prot. P.. 36. 55. R. et al. A chemical sensor based on a microfabricated cantilever array with simultaneous resonance-frequency and bending readout. F. and Suslick.. CA. Filippini. et al. et al.W. . Appl. Chemical sensing with familiar devices. 1991. Technical Conference on Fish Inspection and Quality Control. A. p. 108.. 406. Angew. Nantes. et al. Andersson. Paquit. 102. D. Martinsdóttir. 25. the Netherlands. Barsan. 55–69. S. Receptor cell responses to odorants: Similiarities and differences among odorants. Kluwer. Ólafsdóttir. 710. Ed. 1982. 18. Int. L. 53.H. and Dodds. 16. 2654.

Technol. 1991.. Prediction of microbial and sensory quality of cold smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) by electronic nose.. et al. November 12–14. 55. Haugen. Sens. 87. NJ. Actuators B. J. 225. 67. et al.. Food Chem.. 48. Johnson. E. et al. Wageningen Academic Publishers. E. C. N. and Jónsson. et al. International Institute of Refrigeration. Actuators. 2002.. Ubiquitous chemical sensing and optical imaging for ubiquitous environments. April 10–14. 54. Measurements of quality of fish by electronic noses.. A. A new multivariate approach to the problem of fish quality estimation. 126. Alimelli. Martinsdóttir. 293. 1996. C. G. Acta. Multisensor for fish quality determination. 2007. Gill air analysis as an indicator of cod freshness and spoilage. 40. 563. 307. the Netherlands. 56. 582. Meas. Nantes. 27.Z. 1994. 531. Assay of fish freshness using trimethylamine vapor probe based on a sensitive membrane on piezoelectric quartz crystal. Talanta. and Wichern. 58. 2003. A model to predict fish quality from instrumental features. (eds. A. G. E. 1982. 44. Wageningen. Technol. Zhao. IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation. 261. C. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer: Labeling. Food Sci. and Olafsdottir. 81. Rational materials design of sorben coatings for explosives: Applications with chemical sensors. 469. 752.B. G. 15. M. 70.. Trends Food Sci. P. Sci. Int. J. Solubility interactions and the design of chemically selective sorbent coatings for chemical sensors and arrays. and Göpel. J. Food Sci. 57. Fish freshness detection by a computer screen photoassisted based gas sensor array. 77. 3.. S. Ólafsdóttir. Oehlenschlager. 273. QIM an European tool for fish freshness evaluation in the fishery chain. Hierlemann.. 1997. Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis.). J. Chim. C. 287.X. Characterisation of food freshness with sensor arrays. 2006. . Agric. Recognition of fish storage time by a metalloporphyrins-coated QMB sensor array. Actuators B.B. Luten. the Netherlands. Polymer based sensor array and mulicomponent analysis for the detection of hazardous organic vapours in the environment. 111. Monitoring and Traceability. and Martinsdottir.. Luten. 26. Luten.. 45.B. 2654. Di Natale. Sens. 2003.. 1995. Rome. 46. and Olafsdottir. et al. and Undeland. I. et al. J. Di Natale. C. Oehlenschlager. 2005.. 2001. et al. 320. Grate. Olafsdottir. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer: Labeling. Sens. 7. Houser. Tech. 41.. Actuators B.. 2002. Sens. Food Chem. 282. Agric.Chemical Sensors ◾ 167 39. Macagnano. G. D. Strachan. (eds. Rapid gas sensor measurements to predict the freshness of capelin (Mallotus villosus). J. and Abrahams. 2001. Actuators B. W. Data fusion in Mustec: Towards the definition of an artificial quality index. Sens. Anal. 2003. 54. Actuators B. 2004. Potential application of the electronic nose for quality assessment of salmon fillets under various storage conditions. A. R. Di Natale. C. Lipid oxidation in herring fillets (Clupea harengus) during ice storage measured by a commercial hybrid gas-sensor array system. Schweizer-Berberich. Vaihinger. 45. 2005. et al. and Nicholson. 43. 1992. 49. Di Natale. Wageningen Academic Publishers. Food Chem. Ólafsdóttir. J. J. et al. Di Natale. G. J. Englewood Cliffs. in Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. 1103. 218. 52. F. W. Olafsdottir. 51. et al. 59. A. et al....). 42. et al. Wageningen. Prentice Hall Inc. G. Comparison and integration of different electronic noses for freshness evaluation of cod-fish fillets. 50.M. 2004. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness” AIR3 CT94 2283. Monitoring and Traceability. 18. J. 1997.H.E. 47. 53. E.. 85.. Food Sci. and Macagnano. H. Kent. Sens.. Du. J. 86. 51. 572. J.

.

............................................3...............................................................Chapter 12 Physical Sensors and Techniques Ruth De los Reyes Cánovas.............................................................4 RF Spectroscopy—Impedance Spectroscopy ..........5..............................175 12..............................184 References ......3............................................ Ana Andrés Grau..............................................................................182 12...................................3...........................5....3...............................................3............180 12..3 IR Spectroscopy ................5 Microwave Spectroscopy—Dielectric Spectroscopy .................................6 Advantages and Benefits of Microwave Methods .......................184 169 ................................3............................................................3 New Technologies for Online Control ......172 12...170 12.............................1 Determination of Moisture Content ..2 The Importance of Quality Control—Advances in the Online Control Techniques ....................4 Overview of Microwave Theory ...........................................174 12...............................170 12................ 176 12...................................... and Pedro Fito-Maupoey Contents 12................................................2 Freshness and Salting/Desalting Process Quality Control of Fish and Seafood...............................................5 Applications of Microwave Technology in the Assessment or the Control of Processes ..........174 12................................................................1 Ultrasounds—Acoustic Spectroscopy ............................171 12.........................1 Sensors for Quality Assessment ................................................................. by Microwaves: Methods and Equipments ......2 Visible Spectroscopy .....173 12...6 Conclusions ................................. Pedro José Fito Suñer..........173 12..179 12........................................

and they give a real time signal.) that can be measured by a simple balance or by a sophisticated video camera. Since consumers expect good shelf life and high-safety products with an adequate ratio of quality–price. traditionally. quality in food products is very difficult to define. such as color. responding within hours or days. as a result of not being able to perform online nondestructive measures that would correct the manufacturing process in real time. ease of consumption. However. which relates to the quality factors. the food industry is progressively investing more and more capital in quality control. timeconsuming. focusing on the seafood sector advances. Existing techniques in food quality assessment. Thus. Th is perception is used to choose the product one wishes to buy. At-line sensors are devices to be used for instance in split-flow measurements. . research. different physical and chemical parameters related to the quality of foodstuffs have been selected [1]. or off-line.170 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 12. and unsuitable for online application. the calibration lines for fruit processing). They often have short-response times (minutes or seconds) and also allow process corrections. and the internal properties were determined off-line by destructive and time-consuming technologies. can provide reliable information about food quality. etc. as well as in machinery for the separation of products by their varying degrees of quality (i. In this way. This chapter tries to show the increasing growth of new and efficient online and at-line control methods that can provide important information about the internal quality of foods. Therefore. color. taste. and development. either instrumental or sensory evaluation.e. quality control in manufacturing lines was limited to destructive off-line analyses that determine the acceptance or disposal of much of the production of the day. The acquisition of these parameters that characterize the abstract concept of “quality perceived by the consumer” leads to the development of the necessary technology for application in the classification of products. Consumers perceive the quality of a product on the basis of a feeling of satisfaction that some sensory properties produce in them. etc.). however. 12. This signal provides direct information about the quality factor(s) to be measured or may have a known relation to the quality factors. an online sensor has the advantage of giving an immediate quality measurement and provides possibilities for regulating the process by adjustments.. size. these techniques are destructive. the development of in-line calibrators was restricted to external properties (weight. Traditionally the on/at-line quality control was restricted to external properties (weight. size. requiring reagent additions or equilibrations/reaction times. often an electric signal. and efficient quality assurance is becoming increasingly important. at-line.1 Sensors for Quality Assessment A food quality sensor is a device that can respond to some physical or chemical property or properties of food and transform the response(s) into a signal. sensors are classified according to their mode of use: online.2 The Importance of Quality Control—Advances in the Online Control Techniques Quality control is essential in the food industry. Usually. Off-line sensors are laboratory devices. This was due to the absence of nondestructive technologies that would allow the product classification by its properties (internal properties). Online sensors operate directly in the process. or flavor. Because of that.

. In addition. and reduction of production cost and production time (increased throughputs). in particular through online or at-line quality sensors. these techniques can provide new quality control systems of the internal (and external) properties of foods that act in real time and in a nondestructive way. safety. the new sensors’ concept of being easy-to-use. and much more. Thus. the obvious physical attributes of the species. food producers are increasingly asking for efficient control methods. and so forth. In this way many new food safety concepts and key quality parameters have arisen during the last decade: Hazard analysis critical control points (HACCP). processing. ISO 9000 Certifications. but online methods are required for industrial quality control. size. With the increasing globalization of fishery product sales. convenience and integrity. traceability. they all call for intime and online sensors for control. 12. The great challenge is indeed to focus on the real time and online sensors and data systems surveying processes and products. including time/temperature histories that can affect the freshness and quality of the products. and storage techniques. and regulatory officials have been seeking improved methods for determining freshness and quality [2]. therefore it is possible to apply to the product under development the necessary corrective measures while it is still in the manufacturing line. In general. tight feedback loops for automation of the production. these properties need slow and destructive methods to be controlled.4]. warning systems. nutritional quality. In addition to the requirements of consumers. quality sorting. total quality management (TQM). Concretely. or chemical properties. for example. and product type [3. and typing the product labels. is very important for the partners in the chain. and low cost in the sensor’s compounds. time passed after catch and the temperature “history” of fish are very often the key factor determining the final quality characteristics of a fish product [6]. These systems will reach three milestones. new data systems. labeling. an excellence in accuracy. which for the consumer include. Consequently. automation. with the appropriate hardware and software. A study performed by Consumers Union found that more than one-quarter of the fish samples tested were on the brink of spoilage [5]. Further. safety. which are commonly structural. Information about handling.3 New Technologies for Online Control The quality of almost all the industrial processes depends on the modification of a few parameters.Physical Sensors and Techniques ◾ 171 New analytical techniques have been (and they are still being) developed to study the quality of complex food materials and to monitor the properties of foods during processing. allow input from the manufacturing line with information obtained from the measurement of quality parameters selected (feedback). sensing the final product quality. first to satisfy the consumer and regulatory requirements and second to improve the production feasibility. freshness. physical. such as water content for drying processes. eating quality. One of the most unique characteristics of fish as food is that it is a highly perishable commodity. availability. This kind of system not only permit an assessment of quality in terms of their properties but also. the safety and quality of fishery products has been of particular concern in recent years. processors. It is necessary to stress that fish quality is a complex concept involving a whole range of factors. nutritional and health information. food inspectors require good manufacturing practices. controlling the automated process and the raw material stream. consumers. and compliance with the regulations. and authentication all require improved control methods. it is able to obtain a final product that will always be within the margins of quality predetermined.

[21] published a report on how the ultrasonic velocity measurements show potential for analyzing fish composition. The spectroscopic techniques use the information found in the spectrum that is emitted for the food to predict certain of its qualities. Ultrasound imaging is a versatile. Highfrequency. thermal and near-infrared (NIR). i.13] in foodstuffs. Ultrasound attenuation spectroscopy (acoustic spectroscopy) is a method for characterizing properties of fluids and dispersed particles. The interaction between wave radiation and matter as a function of wavelength or frequency is called spectroscopy. above 16 kHz [17]. the other techniques that enable online control have been briefly commented on below. and a high amount of energy can be imparted. below are cited some examples of the use of these new technologies in the quality control of foodstuffs. we concentrate on electromagnetic methods at microwave frequencies. Ultrasound.3. NIR measurements are widely used in the food industry to determine the sugar content in fruits [9]. microwave. such as radio frequency (RF). Depending on the frequency used and the sound wave amplitude applied. Ultrasound is a form of energy generated by sound (really pressure) waves of frequencies that are too high to be detected by human ear. low-energy diagnostic ultrasounds are used as a nondestructive analytical technique for quality assurance and process control with particular reference to physicochemical properties such as composition. chicken. The main disadvantage of ultrasound is that the energy propagates poorly through a gaseous medium. It is also necessary to work at very low power in order to not cause permanent effects such as heating. Nevertheless. This technique encompasses a wide range of imaging modes and techniques that use the interaction of sound waves with living tissues to produce an image of the tissues or. which is finding increasing use in the food industry for the analysis of food products.19].. some of their propagation parameters are modified. and dielectric measurements at microwave frequencies can be used to analyze water activity [11] and water content [12. For fish samples. well-established. and widely used diagnostic tool. fulfilling the initial premise. structure. It is impossible to address all these techniques with precision. Ultrasonic velocity in fish tissues. and visible. which. a number of physical. Suvanich et al. determine the velocity of a moving tissue. and physical state of foods [20]. 12.e. the reason is. it is almost imperative to resort to elastic (sonic) waves such as ultrasounds or to nonionizing electromagnetic radiation.172 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Given the premise that online control requires a nondestructive method. The salt and water content are related to dielectric properties of cod at microwave frequencies [14–16]. must act in real time and without producing permanent effects on the food. and biochemical effects can be observed. in the case of Doppler-based modes. in this chapter. the modification of these parameters can be measured in real time. Thanks to advancing technology. moreover. It is virtually impossible for . when propagated through a biological structure. impedance measurements (RF) can determine salt and water content in salmon filets [10]. When these waves pass through foods (or are refracted by them). and raw meat mixtures can be related to its composition using semiempirical equations [7]. chemical. induces compressions and depressions of the medium particles. exposing their main disadvantages and highlighting the advances in the field of seafood. Normally the modification of any quality parameter is macroscopically correlated to the change in any wave parameter that can be controlled. Visible (and near UV) transmittance method has been investigated to inspect the internal quality (freshness) of intact chicken egg [8].1 Ultrasounds—Acoustic Spectroscopy Ultrasonic is a rapidly growing field of research. which enable a variety of applications [18.

and N–H chemical bonds [27]. NIR spectra of foods comprise broad bands arising from overlapping absorptions corresponding mainly to overtones and combinations of vibration modes involving C–H.3. 12. NIR spectroscopic method has been developed by Zhang and Lee [30] to directly determine free fatty acids (FFA) in fish oil and for the assessment of mackerel quality. O–H. In the fish sector. This technique measures the reflectance of light from the product in the visible and NIR wavelength range. which is also called thermal infrared (TIR) refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of between 3. but it is measured in terms of tenths of a millimeter [32] and is dependent on less-precise reference methods [27].3 IR Spectroscopy In the recent years.3. MIR spectroscopy concerns the region of the spectrum lying between 4. the freshness of cod was estimated by Heia et al.500–25. the main disadvantage of this method is that only the surface of the sample is examined. A rapid. 12. the energy at defined frequencies can be partially absorbed. Uddin et al.Physical Sensors and Techniques ◾ 173 ultrasound to pass through air. Mid-infrared (MIR) and Raman spectroscopy have high structural selectivity and contain more of the type of information needed in structural elucidation studies. ultrasound transducers must have airless contact with the sample during examinations [22]. Thermal infrared imagers translate the energy transmitted in the infrared wavelength into data that can be processed . The region of the electromagnetic spectrum under consideration in Raman spectroscopy is similar to that in MIR.5 and 20 micrometers. [33] applied MIR spectroscopy combined with chemometric tools to determine whether fish has been frozen–thawed. The far IR. All these techniques have been gradually implemented as monitoring systems in food processing [31]. Focusing on fish products. Karoui et al. When radiation with energy corresponding to the MIR range interacts with a molecule. Marquardt and Wold [34] concluded that Raman spectroscopy might be a useful tool for rapid and nondestructive analysis of fish quality. the usefulness of visible spectroscopy/near infrared spectroscopy (VS/NIRS) has been researched for many quality aspects [23–25]. The most popular IR spectroscopy is the NIR one. but it is not the only one. This complicates the noncontact measurements. NIR technology has been widely developed as an analytical tool. but it involves a scattering process. the visible spectrum is a function of the entire structure of the compound rather than specific bonds. but their use is limited by their low penetration in the product (it depends on the wave length.000 nm). [26] using the visible wavelengths only. Other information should be used in conjunction with visible spectra in determining the specific properties of interest. This makes it very feasible for measurements to be made in organic and biological systems. For example. a multispectral imaging NIR transflectance system was developed for online determination of moisture content in dried salted codfish [29]. Most industrial processes require the measurement of temperature. and it is able to provide thermal information. Raman spectroscopy is based on the shift of an excited incident beam of radiation that results from inelastic interactions between the photons and the sample molecules.2 Visible Spectroscopy In recent years.000 and 400 cm−1 (2. thus. NIR spectroscopy is based on the absorption of electromagnetic radiation at wavelengths in the range 780–2500 nm. [28] applied NIR spectroscopy to assess the end point temperature (EPT) of heated fish and shellfish meats.

174

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

into a visible light spectrum video display. Thermography (infrared; thermal scans) uses specially designed infrared video or still cameras to make images (called thermograms) that show surface heat variations. This technology has a number of applications, for example, recent studies conducted by Fito et al. [35] lay the groundwork for the use of TIR image for the control of the optimum drying time in a citrus line. Focusing on fish industry, Jacobsen and Pedersen [36] developed a method based on infrared measurement of temperature changes in cold-water prawns during the glazing process studied in a small-scale controlled experiment. The method is thus remote and physically based on the heat transfer between prawns and glazing water.

12.3.4

RF Spectroscopy—Impedance Spectroscopy

Radio frequency is an electromagnetic radiation within the range of 3 Hz to 300 GHz. This range corresponds to the frequency of alternating current electrical signals used to produce and detect radio waves. Different techniques have been developed for quality control based on the response of foods to waves in the RF region. The technique called “bioelectrical impedance analysis” (BIA) is highly effective for measuring human body composition such as fat content, lean muscle, or total water [37] and nutritional status [37,38] and there is abundant supporting literature from medical studies demonstrating the effectiveness of the approach. This technique works at 50 kHz and is also an accurate predictor of the composition of fish [39,40] as the amount of water or proportion of fat tissue to lean tissue is correlated to BIA measurements through regression equations built on multiple measurements of control groups [41]. Impedance spectroscopy measures the dielectric properties (see Section 12.4) of a “food material” as a function of frequency; this term usually applies to the range of RF frequencies, sometimes extended to low microwaves. Impedance spectroscopy has been widely used to estimate the physiological state of various biological tissues [42,43]. In studies of a biological tissue, it is of great importance to establish an appropriate equivalent circuit model to relate the measured data to the physical and physiological properties. A number of spectroscopic methods in RF have been used quite recently to measure the quality-determining properties of frozen fish [44,45]. Haddock muscle showed significant changes in its dielectric properties during rigor mortis at frequencies between 1 Hz and 100 kHz [46]. In quality control of fish, the principal method of data analysis of impedance results has been to calculate indices with the measurements conducted at one or two frequencies [44,47]. With living tissues and in the postmortem period, impedance data have been analyzed by regression at each measured frequency and at several selected frequencies, by Cole-Cole analysis, and so on [48], but multivariate techniques of data analysis are still not widely used. The main disadvantages of RF for online monitoring are related to the physical size of its hardware, which is very voluminous and difficult to manage; moreover, interactions with metals and other materials can be problematic, and ionic conduction effects (i.e., due to dissolved salts) are highly significant (masking other effects).

12.3.5 Microwave Spectroscopy—Dielectric Spectroscopy
The actual state of art of microwave technology permits measuring in real time and in a nondestructive way most of the parameters that are related to quality control. For instance, in the late

Physical Sensors and Techniques

175

sixties, microwave sensors emerged as a plausible solution for real-time, nondestructive sensing of moisture content in a variety of materials [49–51]. Moreover, in recent years, the price of microwave components has dropped drastically because of a surge in demand from the wireless telecommunications sector. This, with new developments in solid-state and planar circuit technologies, provides an opportunity to develop reasonably priced microwave/RF sensors. Therefore, the application of microwave technologies to food quality control is a growing interest for the industry. Until recently, the interest of the food industry in microwave applications had been fi xed mainly in dielectric heating. These applications appeared in the years following the end of the Second World War, but the development of microwaves stopped due to technological reasons and the high cost of investment. At the beginning of the 1980s, the possibilities of microwave applications and their considerable advantages were recognized, and microwave ovens become more popular. This increase in the use of domestic microwave ovens gave rise to a reduction in the cost of the relatively high-power magnetron. However, the cost of these elements increases exponentially when the power is on an industrial scale [35]. Presently, domestic microwave ovens are universally accepted by consumers, and other microwave heating applications are widely used in industry; baking, drying, blanching, thawing, tempering, and packaging are the most important. Therefore, considerable experience has now been accumulated in this field and can be used in the design of sensor systems based on microwaves. These sensors are viable and affordable for online control in food industrial processes. Dielectric spectroscopy measures the dielectric properties (see Section 12.4) of a “material” as a function of frequency; this term usually applies to the range of microwave frequencies, sometimes extended to high RF. Dielectric spectroscopy is considered to be a very useful tool in food quality determinations, because, as will be explained in Sections 12.4 and 12.5, dielectric properties of biological tissues are closely correlated with water content and the aggregation state of it. Furthermore, the dielectric properties depend not only on water binding in foods but also on its composition. The interplay between molecular composition, presence of ions, electrical charges on proteins, and pH variations leads to a complex dielectric spectrum regulated by several phenomena. Dielectric properties are also related to structure, and the structural organization and composition of a muscle makes it a highly anisotropic dielectric material. This dielectric anisotropy was modeled by Felbacq et al. [52] to provide insight into microwave–muscle interactions. It tends to decrease during ageing or process-related cellular degradation. The main theoretical aspects of microwaves are treated in Section 12.4. In Section 12.5 some interesting applications of microwave technology in quality control are cited.

12.3.6 Advantages and Benefits of Microwave Methods
A very important benefit of microwave sensing is that the bulk property (i.e., moisture or density) is determined, in contrast to surface determination provided, for example, with infrared (IR) or NIR techniques. This is particularly important in monitoring operations, for example, drying, where moisture gradients exist in the material; variations in moisture can exist within a few microns of the surface, but their effects are substantially reduced or insignificant at microwave frequencies. Another decided advantage is logistical flexibility in installation. With a wide variety of sensors from which to choose, placement can be on conveyors or in hoppers, shakers, pipes,

176

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

chutes, and so on. Installation is generally minimally intrusive. Moreover, results can be obtained almost in real time, because the measurement time ranges from a few milliseconds to one second. A further advantage is that microwave radiation is noncontaminating and environmentally safe at power levels typically used for online sensing. Human exposure is usually less than that from common consumer electronic devices such as cordless and cellular telephones. Finally, microwave sensors are insensitive to environmental conditions such as dust, color, or ambient light, vapors, and machine vibrations, in contrast to IR and NIR techniques.

12.4

Overview of Microwave Theory

Microwaves are a common designation for electromagnetic waves at frequencies between 300 MHz and 300 GHz. These waves travel through the free space with a given energy (E) and propagation parameters, which are mainly magnitude (A) and phase (q). When they find a different “dielectric material” (in this case, food), one part of the radiation is refracted and another one passes through it (see Figure 12.1). The amount of radiation refracted or transmitted by food as well as its new propagation parameters are governed by the dielectric properties of the material. Therefore, the measurement of these properties allows both the characterization of food and the control of the process (see Figure 12.1). In the communications argot, “materials” are usually divided into the categories of conductors, insulators, and dielectrics. “Dielectric materials” cover the whole spectrum of anything between conductors and insulators. Therefore, dielectrics can consist of polar molecules or nonpolar molecules, or very often both. According to this classification, foods are “dielectric materials” (or really an addition of dielectric materials) susceptible to be defined by their dielectric properties. Complex permittivity (e r) (Equation 12.1) is the dielectric property that describes food behavior under an electromagnetic field [53].

E1, A1, θ1

Material permittivity εr1 = ε΄ –j.ε˝ r1 r1 Natural or industrial process

E2, A2, θ2

, θ3 E 3, A 3

Product characterization

E1, A1, θ1

, θ5 E 5, A 5

Modified material permittivity εr2 = ε΄ –j.ε˝ r2 r2

E4, A4, θ4 Processes control (or monitoring)

Figure 12.1 Scheme of the possibilities of the measurement of dielectric properties in quality control applications.

Physical Sensors and Techniques

177

The real part of complex permittivity is called the dielectric constant (e′), and the imaginary ′′ part is called the effective loss factor ( ε eff ). The subscript r indicates that values are related to vacuum, and the variable is therefore dimensionless:
′′ εr = ε ′ − j ε eff

(12.1)

Under a microwave field, the charges of certain food components (water, salts, etc.) try to displace from their equilibrium positions to orientate themselves following the field, storing microwave energy that is released when the applied field stops. This behavior is called polarization; e′ denotes the material’s ability to store this electromagnetic energy (or the ability to be polarized). Only a ′′ perfect dielectric can store and release wave energy without absorbing it. The parameter ε eff is related to absorption and dissipation of the electric energy from the field. Such energy absorptions are caused by different factors that depend on structure, composition, and measurement ′′ frequency, thus ε eff can be expressed by Equation 12.2 [53]: ε ′eff = ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε ′′ + σ/ε o ω e a MW d (12.2)

In this equation the last term is called ionic losses. The symbols s, e o, and w refer to material conductivity, vacuum permittivity, and angular frequency, respectively. Subscripts d, MW, e, and a indicate dipolar, Maxwell–Wagner, and electronic and atomic losses, respectively. The different contributing mechanisms to the loss factor of a moist material are schematically represented in Figure 12.2.

ε˝ i + – + + – MW + – + – dw

+ + – – + –

a da e log f (Hz) 3E14 V nm UV

1.8E10 3E8 3E11 Radio frequency Microwaves IR AC L–M–K VHF dm wave cm mm μm

Figure 12.2 Schematic representation of the different effects that contribute to effective loss factor (e″ff ) along the electromagnetic spectrum (logarithmic scale). i, ionic losses; MW, e Maxwell–Wagner effect; dw, dipolar losses of water; da, dipolar losses of isopropyl alcohol; a, atomic losses; e, electronic losses.

178

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Under a microwave field, molecules with an asymmetric charge distribution (permanent dipoles such as water) rotate trying to align themselves with the electric field, storing part of the wave energy [54]. The dipolar contribution to total losses is one of the most important at microwave frequencies due to the fact that water is an abundant and common component in foods. Otherwise, as frequency is increased (the highest microwave frequencies and above them), the electromagnetic field can affect smaller particles, inducing dipoles even in neutral molecules (atomic polarization) and neutral atoms (electronic polarization). Atomic and electronic losses have behavior similar to that of permanent dipolar losses. At RF and the lowest microwave frequencies, charged atoms and molecules (ions) are affected by the field. Such ions move trying to follow the changes in the electric field. In case ions do not find any impediment (aqueous solutions, conducting materials), ionic conductivity gives rise to an increment in effective losses. At these frequencies, the ionic losses are the main contributors to the loss factor (supposing ions to be present in the material). Foods are complex systems and usually present conducting regions surrounded by nonconducting regions, for example, foods with a cellular structure have cytoplasm (conducting region) surrounded by the membrane (nonconducting region). In these cases, ions are trapped by the interfaces (nonconducting regions) and, as the ion movement is limited, the charges are accumulated, increasing the overall capacitance of the food [55] and the dielectric constant (Maxwell– Wagner Polarization). This phenomenon is produced at low frequencies at which the charges have enough time to accumulate at the borders of the conducting regions. The Maxwell–Wagner losses curve vs. frequency has the same shape as the dipolar losses curve (see Figure 12.2). At higher frequencies, the charges do not have enough time to accumulate and the polarization of the conducting region does not occur. At frequencies above the Maxwell– Wagner relaxation frequency, both ionic losses and the Maxwell–Wagner effect are difficult to distinguish due to the fact that both effects exhibit the same slope (1/f ). Foods are multicomponent and multiphase systems; therefore, more than one mechanism contributes to the combined effects. Figure 12.3 shows different shape variations in effective loss factor curves vs. frequency for the case of combined dipolar and ionic losses. Type_0 represents a typical pure dipolar loss factor curve (without ionic contribution), s increases between type_0 and type_4 curves (the corresponding ionic contribution is marked in discontinuous trace), ″ ε d max is the highest value of dipolar losses, and relaxation frequency is the inverse of relaxation time [53,16]. In general, foods are dielectric materials with high losses and, under a microwave field, they can absorb part of the wave energy. The power that can be dissipated in a given material volume ′′ (Pv) is related to ε eff by Equation 12.3, in which E is the electric field strength [53]: Pv = 2π f ε0 ε eff ·E 2 (W/cm3 ) (12.3)

The high-power dissipation in foods has given rise to numerous high-power heating applications that have been developed since the fi fties. The interest in improving heating applications has provided a great deal of knowledge on dielectric properties and wave parameter measurements. Th is detailed knowledge has been very useful in further research into new lowpower online sensors, which relate these properties or parameters to process variables of food industry.

Physical Sensors and Techniques
ε˝ 4

179

3 σ/ωε0 + – + + – 1 εd ˝ 0 log ( f ) 2 + – + –

+ –

Figure 12.3 Influence of salt content in systems with different proportions of dipoles (water) and ions (salts) in the shape of effective loss factor curve. Salt content increases in curves from 0 (water) and 4 (saturation). (Adapted from De los Reyes, R. et al., Medida de propiedades dieléctricas en alimentos y su aplicación en el control de calidad de productos y procesos, ProQuest (Ed.), 2007.)

12.5 Applications of Microwave Technology in the Assessment or the Control of Processes
The applications of electromagnetic radiation in the microwave band are varied and cover broad fields, from the radar [56] and radiometry [57], to medical applications, such as the diagnosis of breast cancer [58] and other image applications. In addition, industrial applications have been developed, such as rubber vulcanization [59], soils, wood, and animal products disinfection [60–62], or food processing [63,64]. They are so many that some frequency bands have been reserved especially for industrial, scientific, and medical applications (ISM). These frequencies are detailed in Table 12.1. Microwave applications that are better known within the food industry are related to energy absorption and, therefore, are made at high power and usually at 2.45 GHz, which is the frequency often reserved in Europe for industrial applications. These applications are mainly used for heating, pasteurization, sterilization, dehydration, thawing, and scalding [65–67]. Recently, the application of microwaves in combination with warm air in drying of foods has been also studied, either during the whole drying process or in part of it [68,69]. Within this field, applications to the drying of fruits and vegetables are notable for their interest to the food industry [70,71]. However, as noted above, the development of the technology that brings this large number of applications has allowed the onslaught of new applications such as the assessment or the control of

180

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 12.1 Frequency Bands Reserved for Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Applications (ISM)
Frequency (MHz) 433.92 ± 8 915 ± 13 2,450 ± 50 5,800 ± 75 24,125 ± 125 Wave Longitude (cm) 69.14 32.75 12.24 5.17 1.36

processes by microwaves in a nondestructive way (MNDT or MNDE) which is receiving a growing interest in the food industry. In these applications, very low power is used to avoid permanent effects in foods. As a result of that, the methods for determining dielectric properties have experienced a spectacular expansion within the field of the analysis of materials by microwaves, which until relatively recently, was exclusively associated with the design of electronic equipment. As has been explained before, the measurement of the dielectric properties can provide important information during industrial processes due to the relationships between food properties and electromagnetic parameters. This is because low-power microwaves change their parameters (amplitude, phase) according to the food properties, and this change can be measured in real time. This is the basic principle on which food-quality microwave sensors are based. Complex permittivity can be correlated with structural, physical, and chemical properties such as humidity, soluble solids content, porosity, characteristics of solid matrix, and density [16]. The changes in these properties are usually related with the treatments applied to foods throughout the industrial process; for instance, water losses in drying processes [72] or salt losses in desalting processes [14,15]. In addition, the structural changes produced in macromolecules, such as protein denaturalization, can occur during processing, leading to a modification of the dielectric properties [73]. For all these reasons, the measurement of dielectric properties can be used as a tool for online food process control. This section provides an overview of the most important microwave applications as techniques in food control.

12.5.1

Determination of Moisture Content

Water represents the main component of foods influenced by microwave energy and, therefore, nowadays most methods of determining moisture content are based on electrical properties. The determination of moisture based on electromagnetic parameters has been used in agriculture for at least 90 years and has been in common use for 50 years [12,74,75]. Diverse studies have been carried out relating the dielectric constant and loss factor with moisture in foods [76,74]. Further researches in this field have occurred during recent years. Trabelsi and Nelson [77] studied a method of moisture sensing in grains and seeds by measuring their dielectric properties. The reliability of the method was tested for soybean, corn, wheat, sorghum, and barley. The frequency used was 7 GHz with the free space technique. In the same year, the authors used the same technique at 2–18 GHz to determine the dielectric properties of cereal grains and oilseeds in order to predict the moisture content by microwave measurements [78]. This article presents a unified

Physical Sensors and Techniques

181

grain moisture algorithm, based on measurements of the real part of the complex permittivity of grain at 149 MHz using the transmission line method. Trabelsi and Nelson [79] reported the moisture in unshelled and shelled peanuts using the free space method at a frequency of 8 GHz. In 2005, Joshi [80] reported a technique for online, time domain, nondestructive microwave aquametry (US Patent numbers 6,204,670 and 6,407,555); this technique was used for determining moisture levels in substances such as seeds, soil, tissue paper, and milk powder. Plaza-González et al. [81] have published a report about a microwave sensor intended for online measurements of paper moisture. Since most efforts have been directed to the moisture determination of different materials, commercial meters for online moisture measurements have already been developed. These moisture meters are based on automatic online calculations of the reflected wave and dielectric permittivity, yielding physicochemical properties, such as moisture, chemical composition, and density, without affecting the product. For instance, Keam Holdem® Industry (Auckland, New Zealand) provides online moisture testing and analyzing systems. This manufacturer provides devices for measuring moisture in processed cheese, moisture and salt in butter, moisture and density in dried lumber and whole kernel grain, and fat-to-lean ratio in pork middles. A microwave moisture meter has also been developed for continuous control of moisture in grains, sugar, and dry milk in technological processes [82]. A consortium of companies from different countries, Microradar®, produces a commercial microwave moisture meter for measuring moisture in fluids, solids, and bulk materials based on this method. The enterprise KDC Technology Corporation (www.kdctech.com) provides microwave sensors for monitoring industrial processes and quality control. KDC sensors work in a wide range of applications such as monitoring moisture and density of manufactured wood and wood-based products, construction, and agricultural and processed food products. Patented contact (MDA1000) and noncontact (MMA-2000) sensors are used for online, continuous process monitoring of solids, particulates, and liquids or for in situ nondestructive testing/inspection. Another interesting application for online moisture measurement is a sensor for green tea developed by Okamura and Tsukamoto [72], which can measure moisture as high as 160%–300% on dry basis by use of microwaves at 3 GHz with a microstripline (Figure 12.4). A Guided Microwave Spectrometer (Thermo Electron Corporation, Waltham, MA) has been developed for online measurements of multiphase products. This guide is used to measure
Microwave source Receiver Microstripline Electric field

Tea leaves

Figure 12.4 Schema of a microstripline used for tea leaves moisture measurement. (Adapted from Okamura, S. and Tsukamoto, S., New sensor for high moist leaves in green tea production, in Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, Kupfer, K. (Ed.), MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany, 2005, 340–346.)

182

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

moisture in raw materials such as corn, rice, soybeans, and in processed materials such as tomato paste and ground meat. It can also measure content of soluble solids, pH, viscosity, and acidity in orange juice, soft drinks, mayonnaise, and tomato products; fat in ground meats, peanut butter, and milk and other dairy products; salt in mashed potatoes and most vegetable products and, lastly, alcohol in beverages.

12.5.2

Freshness and Salting/Desalting Process Quality Control of Fish and Seafood, by Microwaves: Methods and Equipments

The dielectric properties of fish products have been measured by different authors [83–86]; nevertheless, the electromagnetic determination of quality parameters in muscle tissues is still a complex challenge due to its complex matrix, heterogeneous composition, and anisotropic disposition. It is important to point out that the limitation of most dielectric probes is the volume of the sample that interacts with the field. The volume has to be representative of the whole piece of fish, due to the fact that the electromagnetic parameters in this kind of tissue vary in a heterogeneous way. It has been reported that it is possible to predict the fat composition in fish using electromagnetic measurements [87]; this is because it is clearly related to the water content of the product, so that if one is known the other can be determined; this is the knowledge base of the “Torrymeter” mentioned later. Moreover, this author [88,89] has studied the determination of added water in fish using microwave dielectric spectra measurements. Measurements of dielectric properties have been tested and used during almost 40 years for quality grading and remaining shelf life determination of various fish. These investigations have been mainly focused on freshness and self-life evaluation and detecting fishes previously thawed. However, a number of research studies have been carried out to control or monitor the processing of fish products. In this field, De los Reyes et al. [14,15] verified the viability of an online measurement system using low-power microwaves to determine the desalting point of salted cod. Dielectric spectroscopy was performed on cod samples at different desalting stages and on its desalting solutions in order to find the appropriate measurement frequency. Figure 12.5 shows the dielectric spectra (e′ and e″) from cod loin samples (2 cm/side parallelepipeds) at desalting times (t) yielding from 15 min to 48 h. Optimum frequencies were selected from the spectrum, and dielectric properties data were related to other physicochemical properties of cod samples measured at the same desalting stages, such as moisture and salt content. Good correlations were found between salt content in cod samples and their loss factor values at 200 and 300 MHz. These results indicated the viability of developing an online control system for a cod desalting process. Polarimetric measurements, that is, with a linearly polarized electric field, make it possible to evaluate anisotropy. This method has been applied to assess fish freshness [90]. This is because, after death, muscle is not able to use energy by the respiratory system. Postmortem changes lead to a temporary rigidity of muscles, decreasing the water-holding capacity [91]. The level of glycogen stored in the animal at the time of slaughter affects the texture of the future marketed meat. For all these reasons, during rigor mortis the dielectric properties are expected to change. The “Intellectron Fishtester” [92], the “Torrymeter” (Distell.com), and the “RT-Freshtester” (RT rafagnatækni), represent instruments with increasing degrees of sophistication invented for fish-quality evaluation. Readings from all these instruments are based in the reflected dielectric properties of fish, because they decrease with storage time, almost following a straight line. Based on these rapid and nondestructive measurements, the “RT-Freshtester” allows automatic grading of 60–70 fish per min. Nevertheless, electrical properties of fish are not directly responsible for

Physical Sensors and Techniques

183

ε΄, ε˝ 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0

0.2 GHz 0.3 GHz

0.9 GHz 1.8 GHz 2.45 GHz

10 GHz

ε˝ t

ε΄

t

1E + 08

1E + 09 Frequency

1E + 10

Figure 12.5 Dielectric spectra from cod samples at desalting times (t) yielding from 15 min to 48 h. The arrows beside t indicate the growth of the desalting time. Frequency axis is in the logarithmic scale, and broken lines mark the selected frequencies (0.2, 0.3, 0.9, 1.8, 2.45, and 10 GHz). (Adapted from De los Reyes, R. et al., Dielectric spectroscopy studies of “salted cod-water” systems during the desalting process, in Proceedings of the IMPI’s 40th Annual Symposium, 2006.)

sensory spoilage and it is, therefore, to be expected that numerous factors influence the relationship between such measurements and seafood spoilage. In fact, these instruments need calibration depending on the season and fish handling procedures, and they are unsuitable for grading frozen–thawed fish, partially frozen, that is, superchilled fish, fish chilled in refrigerated seawater, or for fish fillets. This and the high cost of the instruments limit their practical use in the seafood sector for freshness evaluation. However, electrical measurements can also be used to test if fish was previously frozen [2]. Kent et al. [93] studied the effect of storage time and temperature on the dielectric properties of thawed–frozen cod (Gadus morhua) in order to estimate the quality of this product. The same year, Kent et al. [94] developed a combination of dielectric spectroscopy and multivariate analysis to determine the quality of chilled Baltic cod (Gadus morhua). These researches yielded a prototype developed by SEQUID [95,96] for measuring and analyzing the quality of different seafood. The SEQUID project concentrated on the measurement of the dielectric properties of fish tissue as a function of time both in frozen and chilled storage. This project has shown that it is possible, using a combination of time domain reflectometry and multivariate analysis, to predict certain quality-related variables, both sensory and biochemical, with an accuracy comparable to existing methods. Kent et al. [97] have also reported a way to determine the quality of frozen hake (Merluccius capensis) by analyzing its changes in microwave dielectric properties. The above mentioned “Torrymeter” has been successfully improved as a sensor for measuring fish freshness as a result of these investigations. In further investigations, the SEQUID project has shown that it is possible to predict certain quality-related variables (with comparable accuracy to existing methods) using a combination of time-domain reflectometry at microwave and RF frequencies and multivariate analysis [98].

184

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

12.6

Conclusions

It is possible to implant reliable online sensors in fish industry both for determining the freshness as well as for monitoring processes (salting/desalting, thawing, etc.). The future of control in fish processing is the analysis of the physical and chemical properties using the dielectric signal at different frequencies, using multisensors. Multivariable knowledge of the process yields a modeling of the product.

References
1. Moltó, E. Investigación sobre sensores electrónicos para la medida objetiva de la calidad postcosecha. Agrícola Vergel, 219, 193–198 (2000). 2. Dalgaard, P. Freshness, quality, and safety in seafoods. Flair-Flow Europe Technical Manual F-FE 380A/00. The National Food Centre, Dublin, Ireland (2000). 3. Bisogni, C.A., Ryan, G.J., and Regenstein, J.M. What is fish quality? Can we incorporate consumer perceptions? In: Seafood Quality Determination, Elsevier Science Publishers, BV, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, pp. 547–563 (1987). 4. Botta, J.R. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality, VCH Publishers Inc, New York, (1995). 5. Consumer Reports. America’s fish: Fair or foul? Consumer Reports. Fe. 25–31 (2001). 6. Olafsdottir, G., Nesvadbab, P., Di Natalec, C., Careched, M., Oehlenschlägere, J., Tryggvadóttira, S.V., Schubringe, R. et al. Multisensor for fish quality determination. Trends Food Sci. Technol., 15(2), 86–93 (2004). 7. Simal, S., Benedito, J., Clemente, G., Femenia, A., Rosselló, C. Ultrasonic determination of the composition of a meat-based product. J. Food Eng., 58, 253–257 (2003). 8. Liu, Y., Ying, Y., Ouyang, A., and Li, Y. Measurement of internal quality in chicken eggs using visible transmittance spectroscopy technology. Food Control., 18, 18–22 (2007). 9. Bittner, D.R. and Norris, K.H. Optical properties of selected fruits vs maturity. Trans. ASAE., 11(4), 534–536 (1968). 10. Chevalier, D., Ossart, F., and Ghommidh, C. Development of a non-destructive salt moisture measurement method in salmon (Salmo salar) fillets using impedance technology. Food control, 17, 342– 347 (2006). 11. Clerjon, S., Daudin, J.D., and Damez, J.L. Water activity and dielectric properties of gels in the frequency range 200 MHz–6 GHz. Food Chemistry, 82, 87–97 (2003). 12. Nelson, S.O. Use of electrical properties for grain-moisture measurement. J. Microwave Power, 12(1), 67–72 (1977). 13. Nelson, S.O. Dielectric properties measurement techniques and applications. ASAE Annual Int. Meeting, Orlando, paper 98–3067 (1998). 14. De los Reyes, R., Haas, C., Andrés, A. Changes in the dielectric properties of “salted cod–water” system during the desalting process and their relation with other physical properties. In Proceedings of EFFOST, Valencia, Spain (2005). 15. De los Reyes, R., Haas, C., Andrés, A., Fito, P., and De los Reyes, E. Dielectric spectroscopy studies of “Salted Cod–Water” systems during the desalting process. In Proceedings of the IMPI’s 40th Annual Symposium (2006). 16. De los Reyes, R., Fito, P., and De los Reyes E. Medida de propiedades dieléctricas en alimentos y su aplicación en el control de calidad de productos y procesos. ed., ProQuest (2007). 17. Jayasooriya, S.D., Bhandari, B.R., Torley, P., and D’Arcy, B.R. Effect of high power ultrasound waves on properties of meat: a review. Int. J. Food Prop. 7, 2, 301–319 (2004). 18. Got, F., Culioli, J., Berge, P., Vignon, X., Astruc, T., Quideau, J.M., and Lethiecq, M. Effects of high-intensity high frequency ultrasound on ageing rate, ultrastructure and some physicochemical properties of beef. Meat Sci. 51, 35–42 (1999).

Physical Sensors and Techniques

185

19. Knorr, D., Zenker, M., Heinz, V., and Lee, D.-U. Applications and potential of ultrasonics in food processing. Trends Food Sci. Technol., 15, 261–266 (2004). 20. Dolatowski, Z.J., Stadnik, J., and Stasiak, D. Applications of ultrasound in food technology. Acta Sci. Pol., Technol. Aliment., 6(3), 89–99 (2007). 21. Suvanich, V., Ghaedian, R., Chanamai, R., Decker, E.A., and Mcclements, D.J. Prediction of proximate fish composition from ultrasonic properties: Catfish, cod, flounder, mackerel and salmon. J. Food Sci., 63(6), 966–968 (1998). 22. Dove, E.L. Notes on Ultrasound—Echocardiography. 51:060 Fundamentals of Bioimaging (2003). 23. Chen, H. and Marks, B.P. Evaluation previous thermal treatment of chicken patties by visible/nearinfrared spectroscopy. J. Food Sci., 62, 753–756, 780 (1997). 24. Chen, H. and Marks, B.P. Visible/near-infrared spectroscopy for physical characteristics of cooked chicken patties. J. Food Sci., 63, 279–282 (1998). 25. McElhinney, J., Downey, G., and Fearn, T. Chemometric processing of visible and near infrared reflectance spectra for species identification in selected raw homogenized meats. J. Near Infrared Spec., 7, 145–154 (1999). 26. Heia, K., Sigernes, F., Nilsen, H., Oehlenschläger, J., Schubring, R., Borderias, J., Nilsson, K., Jørgensen, B.M., and Nesvadba, P. Evaluation of fish freshness by physical measurement techniques. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry. Proceedings of the final meeting of the concerted action “evaluation of fish freshness” AIR3CT94 2283, Institut International du Froid, Paris, France, pp. 347–354 (1998). 27. Osborne, B.G. Near-infrared spectroscopy in food analysis. In: Encyclopedia of Analytical Chemistry. ed., Robert A. Meyers. John Wiley & Sons Ltd, Chichester, U.K. (2000). 28. Uddin, M., Ishizaki, S., Okazaki, E., and Tanaka, M. Near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy for determining end-point temperature of heated fish and shellfish meats. J. Sci. Food Agri., 82(3), 286– 292 (2002). 29. Wold, J.P., Johansen, I.R., Haugholt, K.H., Tschudi, J., Thielemann, J., Segtnan, V.H., Narum, B., and Wold, E. Non-contact transflectance near infrared imaging for representative on-line sampling of dried salted coalfish (bacalao). J. Near Infrared Spec., 14, 59–66 (2006). 30. Zhang, H. and Lee, T. Rapid near-infrared spectroscopic method for the determination of free fatty acid in fish and its application in fish quality assessment. J. Agr. Food Chem., 45, 3515–3521 (1997). 31. Huang, H., Yu, H., Xu, H., and Ying, Y. Near infrared spectroscopy for on/in-line monitoring of quality in foods and beverages: A review. J. Food Eng., 87, 303–313 (2008). 32. Benson, I. B. Near infrared absorption technology for analysing food. In: Food Authenticity and Traceability. ed., Lees, M. Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, U.K. (2003). 33. Karoui, R., Lefur, B., Grondin, C., Thomas, E., Demeulemester, C., De Baerdemaeker, J., and Guillard, A. Mid-infrared spectroscopy as a new tool for the evaluation of fish freshness. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 42(1), 57–64 (2007). 34. Marquardt, B. Wold, J.P. Raman analysis of fish: A potential method for rapid quality screening. Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft + Technologie, 37, 1–8 (2004). 35. Fito, P.J., Ortolá, M.D., De los Reyes, R., Fito, P., and De los Reyes, E. Control of citus surface drying by image analysis of infrared thermography. J. Food Eng., 61, 287–290 (2004). 36. Jacobsen, S. and Pedersen, W. Noncontact determination of cold-water prawn ice-glaze content using radiometry. Lebensmittel - Wissenschaft + Technologie, 30(6), 578–584 (1997). 37. Dittmar, M. Reliability and variability of bio-impedance measures in normal adults: Effects of age, gender, and body mass. Am. J. Phys. Anthropol., 122, 361–370 (2003). 38. Barbosa-Silva, M., Barros, A., Post, C., Waitzberg, D., and Heymsfield, S. Can bioelectrical impedance analysis identify malnutrition in preoperative nutrition assessment? Nutrition, 19, 422–426 (2003); Wirth, R. and Miklis, P. Bioelectric impedance analysis in the diagnosis of malnutrition. Z. Gerontol. Geriatr. 38, 315–321 (2005). 39. Bosworth, B.G. and Wolters, W.R. Evaluation of bioelectric impedance to predict carcass yield, carcass composition, and fi llet composition in farm-raised catfish. J. World Aquacult. Soc., 32, 72–78 (2001).

186

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

40. Duncan, M., Craig, S.R., Lunger, A.N., Kuhn, D.D., Salze, G., and McLean, E. Bio-impedance assessment of body composition in cobia Rachycentron canadum (L. 1766). Aquaculture, 271, 432– 438 (2007). 41. Barbosa-Silva, M. and Barros, A. Bioelectric impedance and individual characteristics as prognostic factors for post-operative complications. Clin. Nutr., 24, 830–838 (2005). 42. Cole, K.S. Electric phase angle of cell membranes. J. Gen. Physiol., 15, 641–649 (1932). (Full Text via CrossRef.) 43. Damez, J.-L., Clerjon, S., Abouelkaram, S., and Lepetit, J. Dielectric behavior of beef meat in the 1 kHz to 1500 kHz range. Simulation with the Fricke/Cole–Cole Model. Meat Sci., doi: 10.1016/j. meatsci.2007.04.028 (2007). 44. Yu, T.H., Liu, J., and Zhou, Y.X. Using electrical impedance detection to evaluate the viability of biomaterials subject to freezing or thermal injury. Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 378, 1793–1800 (2004). 45. Vidačeka, S., Medića, H., Botka-Petrakb, K., Nežakc, J., and Petraka, T. Bioelectrical impedance analysis of frozen sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax). J. Food Eng., 88, 263–271 (2008). 46. Martisen, O.G., Grimnes, S., and Mirtaheri, P. Noninvasive measurements of post-mortem changes in dielectric properties of haddock muscle–A pilot study. J. Food Eng., 43, 189–192 (2000). 47. Hennings, C. The “Interelectron Fish Tester V”–A new electronic method and device for the rapid measurement of the degree of freshness of “wet” fish. In: The Technology of Fish Utilization, R. Kreutzer, ed., Fishing News Ltd., London, U.K., pp. 154–157 (1964). 48. Thomas, B.J. Ward, L.C., and Cornish, B.H. Bioimpedance spectrometry in the determination of body water compartments: Accuracy and clinical significance. Appl. Radiat. Isotopes, 49, 447–455 (1998). 49. Taylor, H.B. Microwave moisture measurements. Ind. Electron., 3, 66–70 (1965). 50. Kraszewski, A. Microwave Aquametry, IEEE Press, Piscataway, NJ (1996). 51. Busker, L.H. Microwave moisture measurement, I & CS, 41, 89–92 (1968). 52. Felbacq, D., Clerjon, S., Damez, J.L., and Zolla, F. Modeling microwave electromagnetic field absorption in muscle tissues. Eur. Phys. J.–Appl. Phys., 19(1), 25–27 (2002). 53. Metaxas, A.C. and Meredith, R.J. Industrial Microwave Heating, IEE Power Engineering series 4, Peter Peregrinus Ltd., London, U.K. (1993). 54. Datta, A.K. and Anantheswaran, R.C. Handbook of Microwave Technology for Food Applications, eds., Datta, A.K. and Anantheswaran, R.C., Series of Food Science and Technology, Marcel Dekker, New York (2001). 55. Hewlett-Packard. Basic of measuring the dielectric properties of materials. Application note 1217–1. Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, CA (1992). 56. De los Reyes, E., Imágenes radar para el estudio de superficies agrícolas, 113, Dcbre. 1981, pp. 111–116 (1981). 57. Sempere, L. Radiometría interferométrica de microondas para la monitorización del contenido en humedad del suelo. Tesis doctoral de la Universidad Politécnica de Valencia. Director Elías De los Reyes (1999). 58. Fear, E.C., Hagness, S.C., Meaney, P.M., Okoniewski, M., and Stuchly, M.A. Enhancing Breast tumor detection with Near-Field Imaging. IEEE Microwave Magazine, 3(1), 48–56 (2002). 59. Catalá-Civera, J.M., Sánchez-Hernández, D., and y de los Reyes, E. Rubber vulcanisation for the footwear industry using microwave energy in a pressure-aided cavity. International Conference on Microwave Chemistry, Prague, Czech Republic (1998). 60. Plaza, P.J., Zona, A.T., Sanchís, R., Balbastre, J.V., Martínez, A., Muñoz, E.M., Gordillo, J., and de los Reyes, E. Microwave disinfestation of bulk timber. J. Microwave Power E.E., 41(3), 21–36 (2007). 61. Zona, A.T., Balbastre, J.V., Nuno, L., de los Reyes, E., Calderon, O., Perez, E., and Vivancos, M.V. Procedure to exterminate woodworm in wood timbers by microwave-power application. In Proceedings of Global Congress on Microwave Energy Applications GCMEA 2008 MAJIC 1st (2008). 62. WO/2005/009122. Microwave method of controlling mites In A Food Product Of Animal Origin (2005).

Physical Sensors and Techniques

187

63. Catalá-Civera, J.M. and de los Reyes, E. Enzyme inactivation analysis for industrial blanching applications: Comparison of microwave, conventional and combination heat treatments on mushroom polyphenoloxidase activity. ed., Acs., J. Agric. Food Chem., 47, 4506–4511 (1999) (ISSN 0021-8561). 64. Andrés, A., Bilbao, C., and Fito, P. Drying kinetics of apple cylinders under combined hot air-microwave dehydration. J. Food Eng., 63, 71–78 (2004). 65. Schiffmann, R.F. Microwave processes for the food industry. In: Handbook of Microwave Technology for Food Applications, Datta, A.K., and Anantheswaran, R.C., Cap. 9, 299–337. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (2001). 66. Anon, G. Tempers frozen fish blocks inside a cold storage warehouse, Quick frozen foods, 43(11), 64 (1981). 67. Ohlsson, T. Industrial uses of dielectric properties of foods. In: Physical Properties of Foods. 2. COST 90bis final seminar proceedings. eds., Jowitt, R., Escher, F., Kent, M., McKenna, B., and Roques, M., Elsevier Applied Science. London, U.K., pp. 199–211 (1987). 68. Catalá-Civera, J.M. Combined Microwave and air drying of apple (var. Granny Smith). In Proceedings of European Research towards Safer and Better Food, 74, 383–387 (1998). 69. Martín, M.E., Fito, P., Martínez-Navarrete, N., and Chiralt, A. Combined air-microwave drying of fruit as affected by vacuum impregnation treatments. In Proceedings of the 6th Conference of Food Engineering (CoFE’99), 465–470 (1999). 70. Bilbao, C, Albors, A, Gras, M.L., Andrés, A., and Fito, P. Shrinkage during apple tissue air-drying: macro and microstructural changes. Proceedings of the 12th International Drying Symposium IDS2000, Paper No. 330 (2000). 71. Sharma, G.P. and Prasad, S. Drying of garlic (Allium sativum) cloves by microwave-hot air combination. J. Food Eng., 50(2), 99–105 (2001). 72. Okamura, S., Tsukamoto, S. New sensor for high moist leaves in green tea production. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed., Kupfer, K., pp. 340–346. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany (2005). 73. Bircan, C. and Barringer, S.A. Determination of protein denaturation of muscle foods using dielectric properties, J. Food Sci., 67(1), 202–205 (2002). 74. Nelson, S.O. Dielectric properties of agricultural products–Measurements and applications. Digest of Literature on Dielectrics, ed. A. de Reggie. IEEE Trans. Electr. Insul., 26(5), 845–869 (1991). 75. Nelson, S.O. Dielectric properties measurement techniques and applications. Trans. ASAE, 42(2), 523–529 (1999). 76. Nelson, S.O. Radio frequency and microwave dielectric properties of shelled corn. J. Microwave Power, 13, 213–218 (1978). 77. Trabelsi, S. and Nelson, S.O. Universal Microwave Moisture Sensor. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed., Kupfer, K., pp. 232–235. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar. May 29–June 1, Weimar, Germany (2005). 78. Trabelsi, S. and Nelson, S.O. Microwave dielectric properties of cereal grain and oilseed. In Proceedings of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers, St. Joseph, MI, Paper No. 056165 (2005). 79. Trabelsi, S. and Nelson, S.O. Microwave dielectric methods for rapid, nondestructive moisture sensing in unshelled and shelled peanuts. In Proceedings of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers, St. Joseph, MI, Paper No. 056162 (2005). 80. Joshi, K. High resolution, non-destructive and in-process time domain aquametry for FMCG and other products using microstrip sensors. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 384–390. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany (2005). 81. Plaza-González, P.J., Canós, A.J., Catalá-Civera, J.M., and Peñaranda-Foix, F. Microwave non-contact sensor for on-line moisture measurement of laminate paper. International Conference on Sensor Technologies and Applications, pp. 52–55 (2007). 82. Lisovsky, V.V. Automatic Control of Moisture in Agricultural Products by Methods of Microwave Aquametry. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 375–383. MFPA an der BauhausUniversität Weimar. May 29–June 1, Weimar, Germany (2005).

188

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

83. Kent, M. Microwave dielectric properties of fish meal. J. Microwave Power, 7, 109–116 (1972). 84. Kent, M. Complex permittivity of fish meal: A general discussion of temperature, density, and moisture dependence. J. Microwave Power, 12, 341–345 (1977). 85. Wu, H., Kolbe, E., Flugstad, B., Park, J.W., and Yongsawatdigul, J. Electrical properties of fish mince during multifrequency ohmic heating. J. Food Sci., 63, 1028–1032 (1988). 86. Zheng, M., Huang, Y.W., Nelson, S.O., Bartley, P., and Gates, K.W. Dielectric properties and thermal conductivity of marinated shrimp and channel catfish, J. Food Sci., 63, 668–672 (1998). 87. Kent, M. Hand-held instrument for fat/water determination in whole fish, Food Control, 1, 47–53 (1990). 88. Kent, M., MacKenzie, K., Berger, Knöchel, R., and Daschner, F. Determination of prior treatment of fish and fish products using microwave dielectric spectra. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 210, 427–433 (2000). 89. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., and Berger, U. Composition of foods including added water using microwave dielectric spectra, Food Control, 12, 467–482 (2001). 90. Clerjon, S., and Damez, J.L. Microwave sensing for food structure evaluation. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 357–364. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar. May 29–June 1, Weimar, Germany (2005). 91. Hullberg, A. Quality of Processed Pork. Influence of RN genotype and processing conditions, P.H.G, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Uppsala, Sweden (2004). 92. Oehlenschläger, J. The intellectron fishtester VI an almostforgotten powerful tool for freshness/spoilage determination of fish on inspection level. 5th World Fish Inspection & Quality Control Congress, The Hague, the Netherlands, 20.10.–22.10 (2003) 93. Kent, M., Oehlenschlager, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., and Schimmer, O. Estimation of the quality of frozen cod using a new instrumental method. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 219, 540–544 (2004). 94. Kent, M., Oehlenschlager, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S., Manthey-Karl, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., and Schimmer, O. A new multivariate approach to the problem of fish quality estimation. Food Chemistry, 87, 531–535 (2004). 95. Knöchel, R., Barr, U.K., Tejada, M., Nunes, M.L., Oehlenschläger, J., and Bennink, D. Newsletter of the SEQUID (Seafood Quality Identification) project. European Commission Framework Programme V Quality of Life and Management of Living Resources RTD Project QLK 1-200101643 (2004). 96. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., Schimmer, O., Albrechts, C., Oehlenschläger, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S. et al. Intangible but not Intractable: The prediction of food ‘quality’ variables using dielectric spectroscopy. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 347–356. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany (2005). 97. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., Schimmer, O., Tejada, M., Huidobro, A., Nunes, L., Batista, I., Martins, A. Determination of the quality of frozen hake using its microwave dielectric properties. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 40, 55–65 (2005). 98. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., Schimmer, O., Oehlenschläger, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S., Kroeger, M. et al. Intangible but not intractable: The prediction of fish ‘quality’ variables using dielectric spectroscopy. IOP Publ. Meas. Sci. Technol., 18, 1029–1037 (2007).

Chapter 13

Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration
Yesim Ozogul Contents
13.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................190 13.2 Sensory Methods ...........................................................................................................190 13.2.1 The European Union Freshness Grading (EU or EC Scheme) ..........................191 13.2.2 The Quality Index Method ..............................................................................191 13.2.3 The Torry Scheme ............................................................................................192 13.2.4 The Quantitative Descriptive Analysis .............................................................192 13.3 Physical Methods ..........................................................................................................194 13.3.1 Texture Analysis ...............................................................................................194 13.3.2 The Torrymeter ................................................................................................194 13.3.3 The Intellectron Fischtester VI .........................................................................195 13.3.4 The RT-Freshtester ...........................................................................................195 13.3.5 The Cosmos .....................................................................................................195 13.3.6 Electronic Nose ................................................................................................196 13.3.7 Near-Infrared Reflectance Spectroscopy...........................................................196 13.4 Chemical and Biochemical Methods .............................................................................197 13.4.1 ATP and Its Breakdown Products ....................................................................197 13.4.2 Biogenic Amines ..............................................................................................199 13.4.3 pH....................................................................................................................199 13.4.4 Total Volatile Basic Nitrogen........................................................................... 200 13.4.5 Trimethylamine .............................................................................................. 200 13.4.6 Dimethylamine ................................................................................................201
189

190

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

13.4.7 Formaldehyde ..................................................................................................201 13.4.8 Lipid Oxidation Indicators ...............................................................................201 13.4.9 Lipid Hydrolysis .............................................................................................. 203 13.5 Microbiological Methods ............................................................................................. 203 References ............................................................................................................................... 204

13.1

Introduction

Seafood is generally considered to be a high-protein food, low in fat and saturated fat when compared with other protein-rich animal foods. It is well known that fish oil is the major and the best source of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), called omega-3 fatty acids, especially eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA). Scientific evidence suggests that omega-3 fatty acids are essential for normal growth and development throughout the life cycle and inhibit the formation of atherosclerotic plaques, prevent arrhythmias, and contribute to the prevention or amelioration of autoimmune disorders, Crohn’s disease, breast, colon and prostate cancers, rheumatoid arthritis, and particularly cardiovascular diseases [1–6]. The Nutrition Committee of the American Heart Association recommends consumption of any type of fish two or three times a week. Therefore, it is important to prevent their loss due to oxidation. Freshness is the most important attribute when assessing the quality of seafood and is of great concern in the seafood sector [7]. The quality of seafood degrades after death due to the chemical reactions [changes in protein and lipid fractions, the formation of biogenic amines and hypoxanthine (Hx)] and microbiological spoilage. As a result of these events, sensory quality of seafood deteriorates [8–13]. Seafoods are rich in PUFAs, which are susceptible to lipid oxidation. It leads to the development of off flavor and off odors in edible oils and fat-containing foods called oxidative rancidity [14,15]. Because of their high degree of unsaturation, they are less resistant to oxidation than other animal or vegetable oils [14]. This chapter summarizes methods used for evaluation of freshness and spoilage of seafood. As it is well known, no single instrumental method is reliable for assessment of the freshness and spoilage of seafood. However, chemical, microbiological methods along with sensory methods have been applied by commercial seafood companies and many researchers to ensure that the seafood products meet expectations of consumers. The current regulation of the European Community (1996) establishes principles based on sensory, chemical, and microbiological analysis to control and certify the quality warranty in the seafood field (Council Regulation No.: 2406/96). The shelf life of fish is affected by many factors such as handling, storage condition from catch to the consumers, the kind of fishing gear, bleeding, gutting methods, season, catching ground, age, and life cycle of fish affecting the nutritional quality, freshness, and safety of seafood. Therefore, estimation of remaining shelf life of fish should be made with caution [7].

13.2

Sensory Methods

Sensory evaluation is the most important method in freshness assessments. Sensory evaluation is defined as the scientific discipline used to evoke, measure, analyze, and interpret reactions to characteristics of food as perceived through the senses of sight, smell, taste, touch, and hearing [16]. Sensory evaluation provides rapid measurements of freshness of seafood. There has been a trend to standardize sensory evaluation as an objective assessment of freshness. Sensory characteristics of

Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration

191

whole fish are clearly visible to consumers, and sensory methods are still the most satisfactory way of assessing the freshness quality since they give the best idea of consumer acceptance [17]. Freshness declines as storage life progresses until the product is no longer acceptable to consumers. The most appropriate method to assess freshness is a sensory panel. There are many factors affecting the measurement of sensory quality, including the sample under investigation, the assessment method, and the judges [18]. There are two types of sensory methods, subjective and objective. Subjective assessments of fish have been used for acceptability. They are often estimated generally using adjectives such as like/dislike or good/bad, which require subjective decisions. Fish freshness is most commonly determined by objective scoring based on organoleptic changes that occur as fish storage time is extended [19]. Objective scoring schemes require trained, expert judges, but the advantage is that panels can be small. These assessors individually use their appropriate senses (sight, smell, taste, and touch) to determine the level of each sensory characteristic in the defined grade standard appropriate for the seafood examined [20]. Subjective assessment, where the response is based on the assessor’s preference for a product, can be applied in the fields like market research and product development where the reaction of consumers is needed. Assessment in quality control must be objective [16]. Assessors must be trained and have clear and descriptive guidelines and standards to get reliable results for sensory analyses [21]. Sensory methods are also fast and nondestructive unless fish is cooked.

13.2.1

The European Union Freshness Grading (EU or EC Scheme)

The EU Freshness Grading was introduced for the first time in the Council Regulation No. 103/76 (for fish) and 104/76 (for crustaceans) and updated by decision No. 2406/96 (for some fish, some crustaceans, and only one cephalopod, the cuttlefish). The EU scheme is commonly accepted in the EU countries for freshness grading to market fish within the Union and generally carried out by trained personnel in auctions. Whole and gutted fish are assessed in terms of appearance of skin, eyes, gills, surface slime, belly cavity, odor, and texture of fish. There are four quality levels in the EC scheme, E (extra), A (good quality), B (satisfactory quality), where E is the highest quality and below level B (called Unfit or C) is the level where fish is discarded or rejected for human consumption. However, there are still some disadvantages; trained and experienced persons are required, since the scheme uses only general parameters for iced fish [16,22,23]. It does not take differences between species into account. In addition, it does not give information on the remaining shelf life of fish. A suggestion for renewal of the EU scheme can be seen in the Multilingual Guide to EU Freshness Grades for Fishery Products [24], in which special schemes for some fish species (whitefish, dogfish, herring, and mackerel) were developed.

13.2.2 The Quality Index Method
The quality index method (QIM) has been suggested as an alternative to the EU scheme. The QIM, originally developed by the Tasmanian Food Research Unit in Australia [25] and improved further, is considered to be rapid and reliable to measure the freshness of whole fish stored in ice [21,22]. This method is based on significant sensory parameters (skin, slime, eyes, belly, odor, gills, etc.) for raw fish [25,26], and the characteristics listed on the sheet are assessed and appropriate demerit point score is recorded (from 0 to 3). The scores for all characteristics are summed to give the overall sensory score. Quality index (QI) is close to 0 for very fresh fish, whereas higher scores are obtained as the fish deteriorates [16,26]. There is a linear correlation between the sensory

panelists evaluate the odor and flavor of cooked fillets.2). Objective terms should be used rather than subjective terms. often referred to as the Torry scale.4 The Quantitative Descriptive Analysis Quantitative descriptive analysis (QDA) is used by a trained sensory panel to analyze the sensory attributes of products such as texture. respectively) [21].2.1) [34].min. the Torry Scheme was developed at the Torry Research Station for use with expert and trained judges. Hyldig [29] indicated that the QIM is expected to become the leading reference method for the assessment of fresh fish within the European community. Melanogrammus aelefigus. a higher score can be given for a single parameter [27]. plaice. Rapid PC-based QIM is also available on the Internet at http://www. and turbot (Scopthalmus rhombus. instrumental methods are also needed to satisfy the need for quality measurements in fish industry. QDA provides a detailed description of all flavor characteristics in a qualitative and quantitative way. and flavor. QIM Eurofish published a manual [21] containing QIM schemes for 12 fish species and information about how to use the QIM schemes (QIM-Eurofish 2004). Descriptive words should be carefully selected. QIM Rating system software was developed for cod. and Scopthalmus maximus. 13. sensory methods are time consuming. 13. Pollachius virens. is rapid and easy to perform. Pleuronectes platessa. Solea vulgaris. and not always practical for large-scale commercial purposes. In QDA. saithe. Recently developed QIM schemes were presented for raw gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) [30]. . and is nondestructive and can be used as a tool in production planning and quality warranty work [27]. and the panelists trained should agree with the terms.192 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis quality expressed as a demerit score and storage life on ice. haddock. is a descriptive 10-point scale and has been developed for lean. farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) [31]. In this scheme. nondestructive method based on direct observation of sensory parameters of fish and can also be specific for species. This method is considered to be a relatively fast. The average score of 5. trained personnel required. positive and negative sensory parameters based on whether fish are fresh fish or fish at the end of the storage period [37]. odor. common octopus (Octopus vulgaris) [33]. herring. sole. The advantages of QIM are that it requires short training. and redfish by the Danish Institute for Fisheries Research. which makes it possible to predict remaining storage life on ice.2. pollock. During spoilage. The most comprehensive scoring scheme to assess fish is the Torry Scheme [36].dk/QIMRS/qim_0202. fresh cod (Gadus morhua) [32]. Therefore. The scores are given from 10 (very fresh) to 3 (spoiled) (Table 13. the QIM is suitable for early stage of storage of fish where other instrumental methods are not accurate [28]. expensive. Sebastes mentella marinus. and fat fish species. The method can also be used for texture. Pandalus borealis.htm. The Torry Scheme. brill. In addition. herring (Clupea harengus) (Table 13. redfish shrimp. It has been widely used in its original or modified forms. The trained panel is handed a broad selection of reference samples and use the samples for creating terminology that describes all aspects of the product [16].5 may be used as the limit for consumption [21]. Objective sensory methods are essential for quality control and estimation of shelf life of seafood. medium fat.3 The Torry Scheme In contrast to the QIM.dfu. However. the words for describing the odor and flavor of the fish can be categorized into two groups.

With permission. S. brown Odor Fresh. . Nordic Industrial Fund (in Danish). Int. pp. 37. and Hyldig. 1992. 2004. G.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration Table 13. Quality Standards for Fish: Final Report Phase II. seaweedy. D. 975.. 37–59. matte.. developed by Nielsen. Food Res..1 QIM Scheme for Sensory Evaluation of Herring Quality Parameter Whole fish Appearance of skin Description Very shiny Shiny Matte Blood on gill cover None Very little (10%–30%) Some (30%–50%) Much (50%–100%) Texture on loin Hard Firm Yielding Soft Texture of belly Firm Soft Burst Odor Fresh sea odor Neutral Slight off odor Strong off odor Eyes Appearance Bright Somewhat lusterless Shape Convex Flat Sunken Gills Color Characteristic red Somewhat pale. metallic Neutral Some off odor Strong off odor Score 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 1 2 3 ◾ 193 Sources: Modified by Jónsdóttir.

Baltic herring. however. J. TMA Strong bitterness. hardness is the most important to the consumer.2 Torry Score Sheet for Freshness Evaluation of Cooked Cod Fillets Odor Initially weak odor of sweet. which immediately begin to break down the proteins after the harvesting.3.. hake. slight sulfide Score 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 Source: Shewan. springiness. turnip. Among textural attributes. Scotland. wood sap. flounder. 4. et al. Dielectric properties of fish are used for determination of freshness.2 The Torrymeter The Torry fish freshness meter “Torrymeter” was developed at Torry Research Station in Aberdeen. mackerel. 13. there is little agreement on which is the best method [42]. during processing..1 Texture Analysis Texture analyses for seafood are extremely important in research. followed by strengthening of these odors Shellfish. and cooking [39. boiled milk. With permission. metallic. texture. Initially no sweetness but meaty flavors with slight sweetness may develop Sweet and meaty characteristic Sweet and characteristic flavors but reduced in intensity Neutral Insipid Slight sourness. boiled potato Milk jug odors. soapy.3 Physical Methods 13. Sci.3. starchy. vanillin Condensed milk. rubber. blue whiting. TMA Lower fatty acids (e. Texture includes the most common characteristics such as hardness.194 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 13.M. Fish muscle has higher levels of indigenous proteases. odor. and flavor during spoilage and have been used as quality indicators since the first commercial version of the Torrymeter in 1970 [43].40]. seaweed. trace of “off” flavors Slight bitterness. 1953. 13. Dielectric properties of fish skin and muscle alter in a systematic way during spoilage as tissue components degrade. These changes occurring at microscopic level are related to alterations in appearance.g. starchy. and chewiness of food. 283. acetic or butyric acids) decomposed grass. A linear relationship was found between Torrymeter readings and sensory attributes for cod. quality control. Fish muscle may become soft or mushy as a result of autolytic degradation or tough as a result of frozen storage [16]. sour milk. . and product development in the seafood industry [38]. improper handling storage. natural odor Wood shavings. deciding the commercial value of the meat [41]. tallow Flavor Watery. J. boiled meat Loss of odor. reminiscent of boiled clothes Lactic acid. Food Agric. “off” flavors.. sour. Numerous mechanical methods have been used to measure texture.

RT-Freshtester. the “Cosmos” instrument is handheld. allows automatic grading of 60–70 fish/min. and fish-handling procedures. portable.3 The Intellectron Fischtester VI The basic principles of Torrymeter (the United Kingdom) and the Intellectron Fischtester VI (Germany) are similar. The loss of skin and muscle integrity and deterioration of the skin caused by bruising during harvesting and packing operations would result in more variable Torrymeter values. partly frozen such as superchilled fish. and capacitance) of the fish flesh [52].3. The method is based on conduction through skin and. [51] also studied the effect of washing with tap and treated seawater on the quality of whole scad (Trachurus trachurus) and found that Torrymeter and RT-Freshmeter readings were significantly (P < 0. The electric properties of fish can change after death of the fish due to disruption of the cell membranes by autolysis.3. 13. it could be used for evaluation of fresh and chilled fish in the seafood industry and on fishing vessels. 13. The Fischtester readings can be used as an objective criterion for the state of freshness/spoilage together with sensory data across the fish chain. Like other instruments. However. Fat also has an effect on the dielectric properties of fish and tends to make observed Torrymeter values more variable [47]. as well as rapid and nondestructive. season. The Intellectron Fischtester VI gives reliable information about the days in ice and left of iced stored fish. and readings from all instruments decrease with storage time.3. Gelman et al.4 The RT-Freshtester Like Torrymeter and the Intellectron Fischtester VI. works only on whole fish and fillets with skin on. Therefore.05) lower in fish washed with seawater than fish washed with tap water or unwashed. 13. fast and nondestructive. Mechanical abuse and freezing can affect the readings.5 The Cosmos The “Cosmos” instrument developed by Japanese is applied for the evaluation of fish quality by determination of smell intensity. . The skin of fish could be affected by osmolarity and contact with electrically charged particles [51]. [50] found that the Torrymeter readings obtained from six species of different origin were poorly correlated with sensory evaluation. RT-Freshtester reflects dielectrical properties of fish. and fish chilled in refrigerated seawater [54]. They are unsuitable for frozen or thawed fish. iced gilthead sea bream. and farmed Senegalese sole [43–49].Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 195 whole. which interfere with the reading of both instruments as they are based on electrical properties of skin. It has also reported that there is a linear correlation between the instrument readings obtained on the day of harvest/catch and the date of spoilage [53]. conductivity. measuring the electric properties (resistance. However. [50] found strong correlation between the organoleptic and Cosmos results for six species of fish and concluded that application of the “Cosmos” instrument for objective quantitative evaluation of fresh and chilled fish quality by determination of smell intensity appears to be practicable. Gelman et al. these instruments need calibration depending on sample preparation. Inácio et al. therefore. fishing grounds. This could be explained by seawater containing ions.

3. and quality assessment of frozen minced red hake [82]. Olafsdottir et al. Fish freshness has also been evaluated by a computer screen photoassisted technique (CSPT)based gas sensor array. diff use reflectance infrared Fourier transform (DRIFT) spectroscopy has advantages. electrochemical sensors (CO. Compared with FT-IR. The most frequently used methods are artificial neural networks (ANNs).7 Near-Infrared Reflectance Spectroscopy Near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy has been used in various analytical applications. The concentrations of these compounds are related to the degree of spoilage. amines.3. and it is nondestructive. NO. chemometric analysis such as principal component analysis (PCA). easy to handle. free fatty acid (FFA) in fish oils [79. Data analysis is important in electronic nose measurements. 13. and thawed. and partial least-square regression (PLS-R).67–71]. and it was found that CO sensor showed the highest response [65]. an electronic nose called FreshSense was developed and distributed by Element-Bodvaki in Iceland and has been found to be a rapid. and requires little training of operators [73]. it can be operated on-/at-line. H2O. Previous optics-based electronic noses relied on absorbance and fluorescence. The most important chemicals involved in fresh fish odors are long-chain alcohols and carbonyls. and protein content in fish [74–78]. Different electronic noses have been employed for measurement of fish freshness. nondestructive method to measure volatile compounds. it has the ability to measure numerous samples within a short time. Trggvadottir and Olafsdottir [64] also found that the response of all electronic sensor (CO. which determines the relation between sensor output patterns and the properties of the sample being analyzed [72]. FreshSense is based on a closed. Since these kinds of analyses are both time consuming and expensive. it requires too much handling of samples. combining wavelengths in the optical range [56]. and NH3). that is. and acid compounds are produced by microbial activity and lipid oxidation during storage of fish [55. H2O. N-cyclic. static sampling system and electrochemical gas sensors. and prototype solid-state–based gas sensor called the FishNose [57–62]. Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) spectroscopy is another technology that is a rapid. [63] studied the freshness of iced redfish and found that there was a good correlation between the response of CO sensor and QIM method for both air and modified atmosphere storage of redfish. water-holding capacity of thawed fish muscle [81]. it is fast. short-chain alcohols and carbonyls. However.80]. semiconductor dimethylamine (DMA) gas sensor. . bromophenols. These are metal-oxide semiconductor gas sensors. NO. CSPT evaluates both effects [56. sulfur compounds. SO2.56]. thickness shear mode quartz resonators.196 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 13. water. This technique is based on the fact that a computer screen can be easily programmed to show millions of colors. causing changes in protein and muscle structure. and aromatic. and NH3) results for haddock from different seasons showed a similar trend. This method has been applied for determination of fat. cod caught by long line and gillnet [73]. online industrial production chain. However. nondestructive. indicating spoilage of odors in seafood. On the other hand. the main indicator of fish freshness. chilled modified atmosphere packed (MAP) cod fillets [83]. The technique is characterized by speed and simplicity. Studies on cod fillets and heads also gave similar results.6 Electronic Nose Odor. which are sensitive to volatile compounds. and N-cyclic compounds. It has been indicated that a combination of electronic nose systems based on different sensor technologies improved the performances compared with the single technology for the codfish fillets [66]. SO2. has been analyzed by sensory panel or gas chromatography (GC).

In postmortem fish muscle. Traceability is becoming a method of providing safer food supplies and of connecting producers and consumers. This alternative method could be cost effective and definitely more reliable. sensitive. 13. These objective methods should correlate with sensory quality. cheap. the most used method to evaluate fish freshness is to combine several measurements obtained from different methods and correlate the findings with sensory analysis [59].4. It has been indicated that there is a correlation between nucleotide catabolism and loss of freshness. Currently. Traceability can be defined as the history of a product in terms of the direct properties of that product and/or properties that are associated with that product once these products have been subject to particular value-adding processes [85]. and it has been indicated that this spectroscopic technique is useful in assessing the freshness and quality of sardine during iced storage [84]. leading to accumulation of adenosine diphosphate (ADP) and inosine monophosphate (IMP). degradation of ATP proceeds according to the sequence . which is the main energy source for metabolic activity. since they eliminate personal opinions on the product quality.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 197 its use is simple. The sequences of nucleotide catabolism proceed as shown in Figure 13. The oxidation Adenosine triphosphate (ATP) Adenosine diphosphate (ADP) Adenosine monophosphate (AMP) Inosine monophosphate (IMP) Inosine (Ino) Hypoxanthine (Hx) Xanthine (Xa) Uric acid (Uric) Figure 13. and the chemical compound that is determined should increase or decrease as microbial spoilage or autolysis progresses [16]. The most used procedures for the objective measurements of seafood quality are given in the next sections.1 shown. this technique has been applied to sardine muscle during iced storage.4 Chemical and Biochemical Methods Chemical and biochemical methods for the evaluation of seafood quality are more reliable and accurate.1. 13. The initial stage of the reaction catalyzed by endogenous enzymes takes place quickly. Nucleotide breakdown reflects both action of autolytic enzymes and bacterial action [16].1 ATP and Its Breakdown Products Rigor mortis occurs in postmortem muscle tissue and is associated with stiffness of muscle or flesh. For the first time. This process results from breakdown of adenosine triphosphate (ATP). recording the product temperature from the moment of catch. The traceability system can also be used for the determination of fish freshness. and requires a small amount of sample.

Several methods have been proposed for the analysis of single or a combination of nucleotide catabolites. H. and adenosine monophosphate (AMP). The formulas are as follows: lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ K (%) = ⎢ × 100 ATP + ADP + AMP + IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ K i (%) = ⎢ × 100 IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ G (%) = ⎢ × 100 ⎣ AMP + IMP + lno ⎥ ⎦ lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ P (%) = ⎢ × 100 AMP + IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ Hx ⎡ ⎤ H (%) = ⎢ × 100 IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ IMP ⎡ ⎤ Fr (%) = ⎢ × 100 IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ . P. [93] is a biochemical index for fish quality assessment based on nucleotide degradation. which excludes ATP.198 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis of Hx to xanthine and uric acid is slower and is the result of endogenous enzyme activity or microbial activity [86]. the K value can be superior to the other values. These results showed that measuring the concentration of single nucleotide degradation product to determine freshness quality of seafood is not appropriate. [103]. and Gill et al. P value has been described by Shahidi et al. Burns et al. [100]. The K. [103]. With some species.9. The K value proposed by Saito et al. in some species ATP. Luong et al.88–92]. Shahidi et al. Determination of G and P values are useful with lean fish. [102]. However. whereas inosine and Hx reflect poor quality [87]. [97]. body location (dark or white muscle). However.106]. It was reported that K and related values increased linearly (except Fr value) with storage time in turbot [91]. Karube et al. Since adenosine nucleotides are almost converted to IMP within 24 h postmortem [96]. season.13. [97] proposed the Ki value. [93]. Karube et al. European eel [13]. H values have been described by Luong et al. but measuring the concentration of ATP and its degradation products can be useful in determining freshness quality [20]. The H value of iced Pacific cod was observed to increase steadily. although it was observed to decrease during the first 2 or 3 days of iced storage. but the high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method is the most reliable among them. G. The IMP is associated with fresh fish flavor. respectively. The G value proposed by Burns et al. The concentrations of ATP and its breakdown products have been used as indicators of freshness in many fish species [8. and it varies within species of fish [94. stress during capture. ADP. it is difficult to obtain meaningful G and P values since fatty fish deteriorate due to rancidity [103]. indicating its superiority to Ki value [101]. The K value includes intermediate breakdown products. Ki. and storage conditions [105. [100] was found to be superior to Ki value for iced Atlantic cod. and sea bream [104]. [101] as an index of freshness quality.95]. and AMP remain even after 2 weeks [97]. ADP. [101]. In addition. The rate of nucleotide degradation varies with species. the Ki value has been shown to increase very rapidly and then remain constant even though freshness quality continues to decrease greatly [98. [102] also proposed Fr value for yellow fin tuna. before its subsequent increase. Gill et al. and Fr values are calculated by the procedures described by Saito et al. Therefore.99]. handling.

tryptamine from tryptophan. [121] for determination of quality of fish. since microbial flora vary seasonally [11]. and stomach contents at death. and the concentration of these increases with storage time [91. GC [126. The hazardous concentrations of histamine are 5 mg/100 g and 20 mg/100 g fish—the legal limit for histamine set by the U. respectively.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 199 13. putrescine. depending on the species being examined [10. putrescine.124. Consumption of seafood containing high amounts of these amines can have toxicological effects. reliability. and use of a biosensor [130–132]. Since the amines are produced by spoilage bacteria toward the end of shelf life of a fish.123]. their levels are considered as indices of spoilage rather than freshness [112]. cadaverine. These problems may be more severe in sensitive consumers who have a reduced mono. The biogenic amine content of fish depends on fish species. The formulas used were as follows: QI = (histamine + putrescine + cadaverine)/1 + (spermidine + spermine) BAI = (histamine + putrescine + cadaverine + tyramine) QI is based on the increases in putrescine. HPLC is mostly performed because of its sensitivity.125]. The importance of estimating the concentration of biogenic amines in fish and fish products is related to their impact on human health and food quality.109. Food and Drug Administration [117] and the EU [118]. The others especially putrescine and cadaverine have been reported to enhance the toxicity of histamine [115]. species.107. Among the biogenic amines.11.4.2 Biogenic Amines The concentration of biogenic amines has been reported to be a reliable method of measuring the quality of fish. and other factors . Putrescine is also an intermediate of a metabolic pathway that leads to spermidine and spermine [119]. postmortem temperature. tyrosine produces tyramine. histidine yields histamine. Process technology is influenced by rigor development. tryptamine. 2-phenylethylamine.4. spermine. In addition. free amino acid content [112]. the moment of capture. capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) [128. histamine is potentially hazardous and the causative agent of histaminic intoxication [114]. and arginine leads to putrescine. and 2-phenylethylamine is derived from phenylalanine.and diamine oxidase activity [116]. including thin-layer chromatography (TLC) [122. the presence of decarboxylase-positive microorganisms.0 to 7. Postmortem pH varies from 5.129]. cadaverine. and histamine and decreases in spermine and spermidine during storage of fish. Among these techniques.5. The most significant biogenic amines produced postmortem in fish and shellfish products are histamine. the disadvantages of using biogenic amines as an index of freshness quality are that their absence does not necessarily indicate a high-quality product [113].127]. the enzyme responsible for its detoxification. respectively.108]. tyramine. The QI and the biogenic amine index (BAI) were proposed by Mietz and Karmas [120] and Veciana-Nogues et al. 13. By means of decarboxylation reactions. and agmatine. and reproducibility. cadaverine.1 depending on season. There are various analytical techniques used to determine the concentration of biogenic amines.S. and pH [133]. HPLC [120. whereas BAI is based on increases in histamine.3 pH The pH is also an important parameter to show depletion in tissue and quality of flesh during storage. The formation of biogenic amines results from microbial degradation during the later storage of fish. Biogenic amines are generated by microbial decarboxylation of specific free amino acids in fish or shellfish tissue [111]. spermidine. and tyramine. Cadaverine is derived from lysine.110].

with the production of lactate. farmed gilthead sea bream [147]. as shown below: Following death of fish. Low initial pH is associated with higher stress before slaughtering [13. was compared with two routine methods.5 Trimethylamine The one type of spoilage caused by microorganisms often detected as a fishy odor is due to the decomposition of trimethylamine oxide (TMAO) via the enzyme TMAOase demethylase.141].4. which is considered to be the main cause of off odors in fish products [58. and hake [148]. and DMA (produced by autolytic enzymes during frozen storage). The European Commission (Council Regulation No. and it has been used as an indicator of marine fish spoilage: CH3 CH3 – N=O CH3 TMAO CH3 CH3 – N CH3 TMA . Low pH also promotes oxidation of myoglobin and lipids [134]. turbot [92]. Low pH is used as an indicator of stress at the time of slaughtering of many animals. Therefore.4 Total Volatile Basic Nitrogen In seafood. ammonia (produced by deamination of amino acids and nucleotide catabolites). The EC reference method for TVB-N determination. whereas the second one includes the use of trichloroacetic acid instead of perchloric acid [149].151]. total volatile basic nitrogen (TVB-N) primarily includes trimethylamine (TMA. Th is is caused by the depletion of energy reserves. sardine [12. 95/149/EEC of March 1995) on fish hygiene specifies that if the organoleptic examination indicates any doubt as to the freshness of the fish. It was found that there was a good correlation between three methods. 13. Since the activity of enzymes depends on pH. 13. the levels of 30–35 mg N/100 g muscle are considered the limit of acceptability for icestored cold-water fish [17. affecting light scattering and the appearance of fish. it could not be regarded as a good indicator of fish freshness and proved to be better as a spoilage index. mainly glycogen. It is well known that determination of TVB-N differs systematically according to the procedures used. However. Based on the results obtained from the literature. involving preliminary deproteinization with perchloric acid. The analyses of these indicators are considered unreliable because they reflect later stages of spoilage rather than freshness [140]. The first one includes direct distillation of fish after adding magnesium oxide.135]. such as frozen eel [145]. as shown in a variety of fish such as European hake [142]. and European eel [13]. bacteria act upon TMAO to produce TMA.200 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis [134.136–139]. the level of TVB-N was not correlated with the time of storage of some fish species. Therefore. TVB-N should be used as a chemical check. A relatively low pH may cause a decrease in water binding to the myofibrils. produced by spoilage bacteria).59]. 144].4. pike perch [146]. it affects reactions taking place during storage of fish. and direct distillation methods have been recommended as a rapid routine method. TMA is produced by the decomposition of TMAO due to bacterial spoilage and enzymatic activity [150. However. Atlantic cod [143]. TVB-N level correlated with fish quality. The level of TVB-N in freshly caught fish is generally between 5 and 20 mg N/100 g muscle.

type of storage and processing. and environmental factors [152]. biosensor using flavin-containing monooxygenase type-3 [168]. this reaction is replaced by a slow conversion by an enzyme to DMA and formaldehyde [16. but it can react with a number of chemical compounds such as amino acid residues. fish contain TMAO. and time. stage of spoilage. and low-molecular weight compounds. DMA. The formaldehyde content of frozen seafood is generally used as a spoilage index.4.6 Dimethylamine As mentioned earlier. 13. time of year. which results in a dry and firm texture of the fish muscle [174]. enzymatic and nonenzymatic lipid oxidation occurs. flowinjection-gas diff usion method [167].Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 201 TMAO appears to be part of the system used for osmoregulation. or TVB-N contents. whereas freshwater fish generally contain only 5–20 mg% [153]. but values increase during spoilage. when bacterial growth is inhibited. whereas fish can be stored in a frozen state for several months without severe changes in quality. The limiting factor of frozen storage in lean fish species is denaturation of proteins. terminal amino groups.8 Lipid Oxidation Indicators During processing and storage. photometry [161]. and methods employed for analysis. the storage temperature.150]. Fresh fish has a very low amount of TMA with values less than 1. The TMAO content of seafood varies with species. causing denaturation and cross-linking of proteins [171]. fish size. colorimetric method [160]. However. During chilled or frozen storage of fish. This reduces the solubility of myofibrillar proteins [172]. The amount of DMA produced depends on species (except gadoid species. 13. but it appears after 3 or 4 days. other species do not develop adequate amounts of DMA). A close relationship has been found between lipid damage and quality of the final product [173]. especially in gadoid fish. semiconducting metal–oxide array [166]. a capillary electrophoresis method [165]. lipid oxidation is the limiting factor in fatty fish species. . However. including steam distillation [158].7 Formaldehyde The formaldehyde content in seafood products is generally considered as nontoxic.157]. Many analytical methods have been developed for the measurements of TMA. Several assays have been described for the determination of TMAOase activity in fish muscle [151.4.5 mg TMA/100 g in fresh cod. which is converted to TMA by bacteria in iced fish. location of catching. after which the rate of production of TMA parallels the bacterial proliferation pattern [154]. TMA can be used as a spoilage indicator and not as an index of freshness.4. and solid-state sensors based on bromocresol green [169]. 164]. Conway microdiff usion and titration [159]. The fish is considered stale when the rate of TMA production is higher than 30 mg/100 g cod [155]. DMA can be used as a spoilage index during frozen storage of some species such as frozen hake [170]. 13. its usefulness depends on time of year. Seawater fish have 1–100 mg TMAO in every 100 g muscular tissue. The formation of these products may cause severe quality changes or spoilage during prolonged frozen storage. GC method [163. TMA is not produced in a significant amount during the early stages of chilled storage of fish. resulting in rancidity. age. HPLC method [162]. Fresh fish has a limited shelf life and is prone to deterioration.156.

2). The major chemical indicators for the determination of the extent of oxidative rancidity . initiation.202 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Initiation: Initiators (heat.C. moisture content. J. and degree of exposure to light [178–180]. They also destroy pigments. leading to protein denaturation. off flavors. The peroxide radical can attack another lipid molecule RH. propagation. trace of heavy metals) RH Propagation: O2 R RO2 + RH ROOH 2ROOH Termination: R+R R + ROO ROO + ROO RR ROOH ROOH + O2 RO2 ROOH + R RO + OH ROO + ROO + H2O R+H Figure 13. ketones. lipid oxidation compounds interact with proteins. 1–22. Excess free radicals and peroxides in foods cause destruction of essential fatty acids and vitamins A. The amount of hydroperoxides can be used as a measure of the extent of oxidation in the early stages.) Off taste and off odor are usually defined as rancidity.182]. in Rancidity in Foods. (From Hamilton. including the degree of unsaturation of the oil.). Seafood has highly unsaturated lipid content. consequently. and alcohols. Peroxides are not stable compounds. and termination (Figure 13. 1994. resulting in peroxide (ROOH) and new free radical (propagation phase). thiamine. Initiators (such as light. The amount of reactive compounds increases gradually. fish and fish oils are highly susceptible to the development of oxidative rancidity. Peroxides can also react with proteins and result in a decrease in their nutritional value. Fish oil contains about 20% of their total fatty acids as long-chain PUFA.. nutritional losses. Chapman & Hall. which are the volatile products causing off flavor in products. B6. pro-oxidants.. (Eds. unpleasant odors. R. Many factors affect the onset and development of rancidity (oxidative and hydrolytic degradation of lipids).J. and they break down to aldehydes.175–177]. Under chilled/frozen conditions. and taints [179.. There are three steps in autoxidation of unsaturated fatty acids.C. forming stable deterioration products (termination phase) [181. and cause off flavor/odors [183]. and pantothenic acid. and modification of electrophoretic profiles of proteins [172. 3rd edn. U.180]. Allen. the type and concentrations of antioxidants. and Hamilton. produce toxins. and then the quantity of radicals and peroxides decreases. Free radicals from oxidizing lipids can polymerize with proteins and destroy certain amino acids. C. temperature. light. R.K.2 The autoxidation of fatty acids. pp. London. heat) convert RH to free radicals (initiation phase). and free radicals react with oxygen to produce peroxide radicals (ROO). oxygen availability. E. The hydroperoxide value is generally shortened to peroxide value (PV). Several chemical and physical techniques applied alone or together have been used to determine the degree of oxidation and hydrolytic degradation of lipids in edible oils.

During prolonged storage of seafood. free amino acids. Mathematics models have been well established for the growth of spoilage bacteria such as Photobacterium phosphoreum. AV and TBA values measure the secondary products of lipid oxidation. It is possible to predict shelf life of seafood based on knowledge of initial numbers and growth of SSO. A gradual increase in FFA formation was obtained for all kinds of samples as a result of the frozen storage time for fatty fish such as tuna. Microbial assessments have been carried out to monitor the numbers of various groups of microorganisms during the production process as part of food safety objectives and also hazard analysis critical control point (HACCP) systems [196]. AV. Spoilage of fish and fish products is a result of the production of off odors and flavors mainly caused by bacterial metabolites [197].191]. It was indicated that the main requirements for shelf life predictions are to collect information about SSO. reach a peak.186].188. which break down to secondary products of oxidation or react with proteins. sardine. Microbial growth models can be used to determine the effect of various time/temperature combinations on shelf life of fish in production and distribution chain.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 203 are anisidine value (AV). FFAs and their oxidation products would have an effect on muscle texture and functionality. Increase in the PV is most useful as an index of the earlier stages of oxidation. horse mackerel [13.190. Analysis of these interaction products by fluorescence detection as a quality assessment index for frozen-stored sardine was studied by Aubourg et al. PV. Microbiological analyses of seafood involve testing for presence or absence of pathogens such as salmonellas and determination of numbers of colony-forming units (CFU) named “total viable counts (TVC)” or “aerobic plate count (APC). since oxidation products are unstable and react with biological amino constituents. there are some difficulties with common methods when quality has to be assessed. such as proteins. European eel. coliforms. and phospholipids. However. Many methods have been employed for the measurements of lipid oxidation in foods as a means of determining the degree of damage [20. and lean fish such as blue whiting.4. since they interact with myofibrillar proteins and promote protein aggregation [189]. Cozzolino et al. and TBA values may increase.5 Microbiological Methods Numbers and types of microbes present in foods are important indicators of safety and quality. TOTOX (2VP + AV). cod [192. 13.193]. peptides. [80] also reported that PLS-R and near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy to monitor both oxidation and hydrolytic degradation of lipids in fish oil can be successfully employed.” or numbers of CFU of indicator organisms such as Enterobacteriaceae. [188] and it was found that fluorescence detection of interaction compounds can provide an accurate method to assess quality differences during frozen storage of sardine. PV measures primary products of lipid oxidation. and decline [184. and also freshwater fish [194].9 Lipid Hydrolysis Hydrolysis leads to hydrolytic rancidity and involves hydrothermal or enzymic (lipase) hydrolysis to FFA and other products. haddock. 13. and thiobarbituric acid (TBA). PV.185]. or enterococci [195]. The numbers of specific spoilage organisms (SSOs) and the concentration of their metabolites can be used as objective quality indicators for determination of shelf life of seafood. as oxidation proceeds the PV can start to fall. Shewanella putrefaciens . spoilage domain such as the range of environmental conditions over which a particular SSO is responsible for spoilage and spoilage level [198]. causing production of interaction products [187].

. W. Arnesen. followed by isolation. Clin. Woodhead Publishing Limited... pp. effects on risk factors and safety. The decrease in impedance (or increase in conductance) is due to the breakdown of the substrate molecules in the media to smaller molecules (e. 146. Dietary polyunsaturated fats in relation to mammary carcinogenesis in rats. modern microbiological techniques [such as polymerase chain reaction (PCR).. A.. Thromb. 2005.. U.. Cucchiara. and Annese.A. and Kristensen. On the other hand. Importance of n-3 fatty acids in health and disease.. However. Lipids. Among the microbiological methods for determination of bacterial counts in a short time. 22 PS omega-3 fatty acids supplementation in pediatric Crohn’s disease Italian multicentric study. Branden. and oligonucleotide probes give results in 1 day or even less [209–213]. 2002.K.E. E. and are costly. 107(21). C. requiring a minimum of 1 or 5 days to recognize. 89–97. 171S–175S. 163–170. Kinsella. Food Technol. S.H. acids).F. K. Brochothrix thermosphacta [199].. 34(1). 360–378. and biochemical and serological identification. and Salmonella spp. 1986. Liver Dis. The principle of the impedance measurement is based on the phenomenon that at a time point (i. 2. 1986. de Caterina. Res. animal data. [206]..E. In: Safety and Quality Issues in Fish Processing. Am. ... J. Bremner (Ed. these methods have limitations in performing quantitative analyses.K. epidemiology.204 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis [198]. Martinsdóttir. 4. handling.. 2632–2634. H. Circulation. an accelerating change in impedance (or conductance) will occur in the growth media.. and Carroll. Romano. S. Marine n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids and coronary heart disease: Part I. Leaf. References 1.g.). J. 21. Sferlazzas. Quality management of stored Wsh. 40. and Billman.. Roggero. and storage after catch [202]..M.B. Y. L. C. 17(1). 5. H. Barabino. Schmidt. The change in electrical properties (impedance. and capacitance) due to the growth of microorganisms in the culture media has been used for the rapid estimation of total bacterial counts [204]. because it varies from batch to batch due to season. Background. detection time—DT) at which bacteria have grown to a population of approximately 107 CFU/mL or higher. These methods are also not appropriate for online processing of seafood. 2000. V. Current microbiological culture methods rely on growth in culture media.D.. 6. which have more charges than the substrate itself [207].E. L. impedance is the most promising [203].. coliforms [205]. Xiao. 2003. feeding.. Nutr. 7. conductance. Food components with potential therapeutic benefits: The n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in fish oils. which were shown to correlate with remaining shelf life of product and also correlated better than classical TVC measurements. and Clostridium perfringens [201]. reverse transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR)]. catching method. Dig. Cambridge. 115(3).X. E. R. G. Mathematical models along with impedance technique may provide reliable information on shelf life of seafood within 24 h.. 2002. Clinical prevention of sudden cardiac death by n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids and mechanism of prevention of arrththmias by n-3 fish oils. Listeria monocytogenes [200]. Rasmussen.. also lack in sensitivity. A. J. 3. Kang. These methods are laborious and time consuming. A82.. P. antibody techniques [such as enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA).. 285–288.... Conner. enzyme-linked immunomagnetic chemiluminescence (ELIMCL)]. Prediction of the remaining shelf life of seafood requires reliable estimates of the initial population of SSO.e.

J... QIM: A European tool for fish freshness evaluation in the fishery chain. Connell (Ed. K. Connel. V.). Cambridge. A. Martinsdóttir. Surrey. Lipids. J. Y. Fennema (Ed. R. H. pp. 21.. A.. A convenient. 682–686. 1995. E. 10.. 23.W. H.” AIR3CT942283 (FAIR Programme of the EU) Nantes Conference. Fishing News Books Ltd.). 1985. Paris. M. 2004... Soc. Rodríguez. Bull. E. B. Johnston. Heia (Eds.M.Y. and Shewan. 1992. Fish Process. Ozogul. and Martinsdóttir. The effects of modified atmosphere packaging and vacuum packaging on chemical. Nawar. and K. Shiau. Freshness assessment of European eel (Anguilla anguilla) by sensory. Careche. Fishing News Books Ltd. 20.).. Food Hyg. Ijmuiden. 170–174.J. 9. Bremner. 2002. 3rd Edn.S. Branch. the Netherlands.). 16. A. M.L. U. Blackie Academic and Professional.. 11. E. 59–70. chemical and microbiological assessment of farm-raised European sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) stored in melting ice.. 2001. Hamilton (Eds.. 1989. Nielsen. Dalgaard.J. 9–23. J. Luten. Allen and R. G. 225–320. Martinsdóttir. E.. A.. 1996. pp. Rome. VCH Publishers Ltd. 352–355.. Schelvis-Smit. FAO.. J. 1995. 14. 7. Besteiro. Technol. 1999. In: Food Chemistry. 1997.K. 79. Chapman & Hall.C.. 15. Careche. Yamanaka. Paris. Luten.J.K. J.H. Farnham. Kyrana.. V. and Pan. and Whittle. Sensory evaluation of fish freshness. W. and Kikuchi.B. Cadaverine as a potential index for decomposition of salmonid fishes.. J. 1997.R. 30. pp. 745–751. J..K. P.D. pp.. Shiomi. C. and Polat. Control of Fish Quality. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness. and Hyldig.. 275–300. 2005. U.. 18. Rapid microbial methods and fresh fish quality assessment. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry.. Food Chem... International Institute of Refrigeration.... Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality. J.. pp. V.). G. 24.. In: Rancidity in Foods. 17. J. Verrez-Bagnis. K. Sveinsdóttir. In: Reference Manual for the Fish Sector. Scotland... Huss. J.J. Olafsdóttir... 1998. U. Heia (Eds.. Aberdeen. Surrey... 195 p. F. Agric. Sci. Botta. J. . 245 p. Australia. 26. Food Chem. P. Quality and Quality Changes in Fresh Fish. 319–328. C.. Food Chem. Ozyurt. 46. O. microbiological and sensory changes of sea bass (Lateolabrax japonicus) under partial freezing and refrigerated storage. pp. V. 1992. A. Kuley. 56–65.B. 1995. chemical and microbiological methods.. Tommy Research Station. 22. easy to use system for estimating the quality of chilled seafood.... U. Hanna. Food Technol. November 12–14.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 205 8.A.K. France. 1994. November 12–14. London. 49–57. Ozogul. Biochemical changes in freshwater rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) during chilled storage.A.. R. G. 19.J. 1980. F. and K.. 1985. Hall (Ed. 37(8). Chang. International Institute of Refrigeration.. 1473–1480.. Y. 287–296.. 279–286. 85. Sensory and nonsensory assessment of fish. sensory and microbiological changes of sardines (Sardina pilchardus). Polat. K. pp. I. Dalgaard.P. A. 25.. Verrez-Bagnis.R. Chang. In: Fish Processing Technology.. J. J. J. Food Sci. Bringing fish inspection into the computer age. Sensory analysis in fish. 1–22.M. In: Advances in Fish Science and Technology. E. H.. New York. G. Int. C. 12. Food Agric. Connel.C. Hamilton. P. J. 13. Multilingual Guide to EC Freshness Grades for Fishery Products.R. Biochemical.. and Vail.. T. J. 92. Luten. Glasgow. and Lougovois.B. Sensory.. Martinsdóttir.” AIR3CT942283 (FAIR Programme of the EU) Nantes Conference.).C. Olafsdóttir. 37. J. and Pascual. G. Luten. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry.. Marcel Dekker. Howgate.J. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness. QIM-Eurofish. and Ozogul. Ozogul. Farnham. France.

55(1).. An objective tool for determination of sensory quality.. M. Martinsdóttir.R. and Nielsen.. 33. D.E. Davidovich. 34. Hattula. 1976. J. 2004..G. 116–120. P. H..). Pastor. 1990. and Rand.. 209–221. H... Res. Hansen. 79–82. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry. 14.. Laboratory assessments of commercial fish. and Larsen. 336–340.. Consumer perception of sensory quality in muscle foods. and Hyldig. Food Sci.. K. 2003. Noordwijkerhout. 37–59. K. D.H. and Boeri. G. 23(3–4).. Paris.R..M. J. Crupkin.R. J.A. Part III. and Bowers. L. and Manikantan. 43. and Kristbergsson. Hydilg..S. 1202–1205... Constantinides. Effects of proteinase inhibitors from potato on the quality of stored herring. Nielsen. Heia (Eds.. Food Technol. 89–105. Mackintosh. and Lupín. A. 15(3). Nordic Industrial Fund (in Danish). J. J. E. Pivarnik. 2007.. Freshness assessment of six New England fish species using the Torrymeter. 47(11). Food Qual. 65(7). 81.. P. Hyldig. J. The development of a numerical scoring system for the sensory assessment of the spoilage of wet white fish stored in ice. and Vaz-Pires. 39. R..L. 15(3).. Bonilla.. K. 1997. Development of quality index method (QIM) scheme for fresh cod (Gadus morhua) fillets and application in shelf life study.. 352–358.. Degradation of oval-filefi sh meat gel caused by myofibrillar proteinases. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness”. 2000.. Jouko Poutanen. D. D. Barbosa. and Martinsdottir. Quality Index Method. 30. Food Technol.. Martinsdottir. K. 1980. J. Fish.. Davidovich. 1995. G. Tucker. 1990. Jason. A. S. Jorgensen.M. J.. K. K. and Tejada. and Ehrenberg. 117–122. Sakata.. J. Martinsdóttir. Sci. 18.... T. Food Control.206 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 27. Chambers. R. A. Luoma.. Texture measurements in fish and fish products. 1953.. E.. 2002..N.C.. M. 49. Careche. Jónsdóttir. 40. and De Vecchi. Food Res. Comparison of methods of freshness assessment of wet fish.C. Development of methods for quality index of fresh fish. S. Gibson. J. Aksnes. Lupin. Olafsdóttir.M. 2002. S. 47.. 1992.. Soule. J.. 283–298. J. G..).P. D. J.). 35. pp. Jørgensen. 185–197. A. Y. B.. Barassi.. 11... 11(1). Karakoltsidis.A. Storage life of chilled Patagonian hake (Merluccius hubbsi). J.G. 2007. M. 237–245. Food Sci. In: FAR Meeting. R. P. France. 161–168. Kazantzis. AIR3CT942283 (FAIR Programme of the EU) Nantes Conference. 36. V.. Toyohara. Pathare. Hyldig. Nielsen. Food Agric... 46. Effects of catching method on different quality parameters of Baltic herring (Clupea harengus L. Food Technol. Preference.. Kostiainen.L.. and Suuronen P. Food Control. E. 45.. 2004..B. 1981.. A.. 2004. Evaluation of texture parameters of Rohu fish (Labeo rohita) during iced storage. 4. . C. L. 285–300. Sveinsdóttir. 13(4).. Dalgaard. T. H.C. November 12–14. the Netherlands... C.. Sveinsdottir. 1993. 32..N. G. E. 42. 31. 1570–1579. T. and Shimizu... A. pp.H.. H. E.. J. Quality standards for herring. Verrez-Bagnis.. International Institute of Refrigeration. Z. M. Burt. 29. R. J. G. Luten.T. J Sci. R..L. 71–80. Yamashita. C. Giannini. 41. and K. 975–983. 1992.. Kallio. Food Eng.M. 16(2). Aquatic Food Product Technol. Soule4. 55. Jonsdóttir. Boeri. A. The storage life of iced southern blue whiting (Micromesistius australis).. 225–234. Hyldig. In: Quality Standards for Fish: Final Report Phase II. Kimoshita.... Quality index method developed for raw gilthead seabream (Sparus aurata). M. Trucco.. Coppes. 38. E. J. Huidobro.K...A. D.. 1989. Quality index method (QIM): Development of a sensorial scheme for common octopus (Octopus vulgaris). C. Shewan.. Food Agric. 37(10). Pavlisko.. 67(4).F. and Kristbergsson. B.A. Food Sci. Influence of handling procedures and biological factors on the QIM evaluation of whole herring (Clupea harengus L. 297–305..... Sveinsdottir. R. Application of quality index method (QIM) scheme in shelf life study of farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Quality index method (QIM) scheme developed for farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar).. Giannini. Int.. and Sanders. Food Technol. 364–368. S. Jhaveri. L. 44. S. Aquatic Food Product Technol. M. G. A. J. A.G. A rapid method for quality management.L. 37. Food Sci. Jain. 28. P..

2000. Santonico. I. Project Report 04-00 FAIR CT-98-4076. E. M. M. Bazzo.. Oehlenschlager. Y.. Y. Dalgaard. Anal.. 2001. Olafsdottir. Bungaro. 380–382. 25. Sens... A.. A.. 50. E. and Jonsdottir. A.. June 10–14. Di Natale. and Di Natale.. C. G. 2000. Iceland... D. B.. 220–226. 61. Takao. 1996.V. M. T.. A rapid non-destructive method for fish quality control by determination of smell intensity. D’Amico.H... G. Olafsdottir. 72–77. Boschi. Int. 53. 8. Labreche. The National Food Centre. J. Shimizu... B. Fish freshness detection by a computer screen photoassisted based gas sensor array. Actuat. Characterisation of food freshness with sensor array.. E. Kawaguchi. Sens. Di Natale. 2002.. and Vaz-Pires. Meas.. M.. Multisensor for fish: Storage studies of cod in Reykjavik and Tromso. Jonsdottir... Trends Food Sci. S. Martinsdóttir. 1997. Pennazza. 225–232. F. V... 58. and Göpel.. and Egashira. 2003. 406–411.J. and Richards.. 2003. G. 54. Schweizer-Berberich... Actuat. R. and Jonsdottir.... Ireland. Lougovoisa. 217. S. 57. R. Nielsen. F. 2654–2659. J. 2006. Food Res. 51. V. A.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 207 48.. Technol. D. R.A. Chanie. Macagnano. 258–266(9). 45. H.. Hognadottir. S. L... C. 48(6). Food Chem. 225. 1103–1114.. Alimelli.. 64. Freshness. FIGD analysis. Haugen. Paolesse. RT-freshmeter and sensory analysis.. P. and Olafsdottir. R. Lundby.. D’Amico.. P. The development of an electronic fish freshness meter. 62. Rapid gas sensor measurements to predict the freshness of capelin (Mallotus villosus). E. 2000. J. Flair-Flow EUROPE Technical Manual. H. 55... J. and Kent.. C. and Glatman. and Nilsen. J. 7. Technol. J. 67. 63.. 18(19).. A. Rapid control of smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) quality by electronic nose: Correlation with classical evaluation methods. A. Aquatic Food Product Technol. 2001. 2007. R. Changes in the quality indices during ice storage of farmed Senegalese sole (Solea senegalensis).. E. P. Tajeda. M. V.... C. G. Sci. E: Sci. Vahinger. 66. 320–328.. G.. J. Henehan.. and Kyrana. 11(3/4).. Dalgaard.. In: TAFT Trans Atlantic Fisheries Technologies Conference. Agric. Mackie. Technol.. 2353–2359.. Lundström. 582(2). C. M. and Einarsson. Westad. For fish meal production. Olafsdottir.. Martinsdottir. Einarsson. Martindottir.. Food Res. Davide. Recognition of fish storage time by a metallophorphyrins coated QMB sensor array. J.. T. J Phys. and Jónsson. G. Jason. A. Dublin. R. Brunink. Sens. Undeland. F. B: Chem. Chim. Olafsdottir.. Oehlenschläger. S. E. I. 77. Actuat. 8(8).. 2000. and Ferri. S. 1994. Di Natale. Filippini.. B. 826–830. Precision and application of electronic nose for freshness monitoring of whole redfish (Sebastes marinus) stored in ice and modified atmosphere bulk storage. S. Kyranas. Food Agric. J.. B.. P. G. Teagasc. J.P. F. E. F. B. Paolesse. 229–249. Reykjavik. Application of an electronic nose to predict total volatile bases in capeline (Mallotus villosus). 1975. Sens. 2007. G. Eur.. 56. Gelman.R... Semiconductor dimethylamine gas sensors with high sensitivity and selectivity. Nakanishi. and D’Amico.E. 49. Ólafsdóttir. and Olafsdottir. Paolesse.. J. Instrum. Multisensor for fish: Questionnaire on quality attributes and control methods. Food Res. Eur. electronic nose. and D’Amico... 116(1–2).... P. Acta. Bernando.S.V. R. W. 52.. 2002. . 59. 65. G. S. Agric. A.. 572–578. Paolesse.... G. Faccio.. Sens. 83(6). Food Chem. Ólafsdóttir. I. Actuat.. X. Trggvadottir.M... texture. 60. Comparison of selected methods of assessing freshness quality and remaining storage life of iced gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata)..R.C.. Trggvadottir. 282–290.C. 1997. 551–560. texture and electronic nose to evaluate fish freshness.. Project Report 02-01 FAIR CT-98-4076.. Effect of washing with tap and treated seawater on the quality of whole scad (Trachurus trachurus). 580–585. Martinelli. 65. Methods to evaluate fish freshness in research and industry. The Intellectron Fischtester VI—A neglected and underestimated powerful instrument for fish freshness/spoilage determination. 1995. Li.. Marcq. Porphyrins-based opto-electronic nose for the volatile compounds detection. 36. Inácio. A. Jensen. Lauzon. Technol... Actuat. G. Comparision and integration of different electronic noses for freshness evaluation of cod-fillets. 2003. Sci. Drabkin. Salimbeni. M.... De las Heras. Quality and Safety in Seafoods F-Fe 380a/00 (May 2000)..

1996. J.. Nortvedt.. Macagnano.. Rapid near-infrared spectroscopic method for the determination of free fatty acid in fish and its application in fish quality assessment. 8414–8415. 3667–3672. 102. Rodriguez-Casado.. J.. Soc. Syst. Intell. Torrissen.J. and Kramer... 55(3). A. Freshness assessment of thawed and chilled cod fillets packed in modified atmosphere using near-infrared spectroscopy. Pink.N. MacEwan. Predicting sensory score of cod (Gadus morhua) from visible spectroscopy. J. 38(1). A.. Bechmann. Naczk..... Kauer. fat and protein in tuna fishes.. Jhaumeer-Laulloo.. J..C.. E. C. 42. K. S... Drew. Carmona. 205–215. 1997.... 669–675.)..K. and Quaglia.. 5. S. D. Rapid assessment of quality parameters for frozen cod using near infrared spectroscopy.M.. 35. 75. P. J. K... R. E. Structural changes in sardine (Sardina pilchardus) muscle during iced storage: Investigation by DRIFT spectroscopy. 82. D. 77.. 2001. Lab. Agric. K. Buss. Ramasami. Kinetics of degradation of adenosine triphosphate in chill-stored rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). 628–634. 69. Zhang. 84.F Kramer and J.. M. J.. P. Andersen.. P.. I. 2005.. D... Wold. Kennish. and Walt. S.M. In: Seafood Quality Determination. and D’Amico.. P. Murraya.. and Esaiassen.. Di Natale. P. Gormley. A comparison of selected rapid methods for fat measurement in fresh herring (Clupea harengus). Food Chem.. 85. Array of opto-chemical sensors based on fiber optic spectroscopy. 50(3). J. H. Dublin. Technol.. Food Sci. 821–828. Traceability of food products: General framework and experimental evidence. I.. Khodabux. Multivariate determination of free fatty acids and moisture in fish oils by partial least-squares regression and near-infrared spectroscopy. 1998. Babbitt. Evaluation of the quality of frozen minced red hake: Use of Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. Chem. Gamberi. Food Sci. 1024–1030. Technol. 73. H. D.. T. Mencaglia. B: Chem.. Nature...I. 83. 2002.. Gerard Downey.. 199–207.. 88. LWT-Food Sci. 70. Actuat. N. Non-invasive and non-destructive percutaneous analysis of farmed salmon flesh by near infra-red spectroscopy. Non destructive determination of fat and moisture in whole Atlantic salmon by near-infrared diff use spectroscopy.R. Scaife. D. A. LWT-Food Sci. C. J. J. Food Eng. 305–311. J. Food Chem. Paolesse. Food Chem.. K. 95–99. and Rondeau. O.. M.. K. L’Omelette... A. Review of high-pressure lipid chromatographic methods for measuring nucleotide degradation in fish muscle. 79. Chreeb. M. N. Greene. Sánchez-González. 1997..H....M.E. Technol. Bucarelli. G. 697–700. Vogt. Howgate. 123. 81(2). Janzen. Tetrahedron. F. IEEE Sens. 1165–1174. Mantini. Technol.B. P. A. Jensen. 72. and Reond. and Mann. Di Natale. J. Am. Sinesio.R... 71. C. Tarizzo. Food Compos.. A. C. 81. A.. J. 734–736.. 2005.. E.. Bøknæs. M..G..... 80. 2005... D.. B. 11133–11138. 78. 1996. K. Agric. 31(7–8).. 60. A.Z. Chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture. and Martens. Di Natale. 2007. Anal. and Tuene.. A.. R. and Careche.... J. J. Anelectronic nose transducer array of vapoluminescent platinum(II) double salt. G. and Somersw. and Manzini R. Regattieri. 2004. M.A.M.M. Mignani. H.. Macagnano. 1998. 86.. 55(5). R.... 46. 3515–3521.. Chemometr. 1990. Suslick. 62. Nilsen. G.S. Food Chem.S. D. D’Amico. 2007. White. and Pink.. protein and dry matter in Atlantic halibut filet.. Food Sci. Elsevier Science Publishers. New York. and Sen. A. Downey. F. Dickinson. A.M. 382. A chemical detecting system based on a cross-reactive optical sensor array. J. 579–588.R. Cozzolino. and Isaksson.. 103(3).D. Int. T. Rakow. LWT-Food Sci. A. 1236–1238.E. 2002.208 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 68.R. Moreno. J.. Macagnano.. 45(9). . and Lee. Electronic nose and sensorial analysis: Comparison of performances in selected cases. 648–652. 74. A. LWT-Food Sci.. 76. Technol. 347–356. Food Chem. J. Patterns of nucleotide catabolism as freshness indicators in flatfish from the Gulf of Alaska.. Sens. T. Moneta. 15. Paolesse. Colorimetric sensors array for molecular recognition. 2005. 209 p. Liston (Eds. 38. 1998. and Jørgensen. C. 246–252. 2007.S. 1998. T. E. 1987. Application of near-infrared transmittance spectroscopy in the determination of fat. 87. 40.

Hypoxanthine ratio determination in fish extract using capillary electrophoresis and immobilized enzymes. D. Luong. 37. 19–22. Kreuzer (Ed. Food Sci. C. N. and Sherwood. Hagiwara. Sci. J. Beyer. 1373. 2001.. T. T. J. 57.. Masson. J. Thompson. 335–340. Alasalvar. Int. 1186–1190. Özogul.N. J. LWT-Food Sci. Male. I. Food Control. T. 125–130.. M. 106. 42.. Kuda.. Agric. 90.. D.. E. Jones. L. 36.. 24. Özogul. M.. salmon. 1453–1456.. 752–758. and Toyama... and Male... 2002. J. Food Sci. 2006. Development of a new biosensor system for the determination of the hypoxanthine ratio.J. and Gibbs. K. J. Applications of polarography for assessment of fish freshness. da Silva.. Hypoxanthine and other purine-containing fractions in fish muscle as indices of freshness. Murata.. 2039–2045. Food Sci.. 51. P. A.. Agustini. Biochemical. Erikson... Huynh. S. E.L. Luong. T.. Tech. Kee. Food Sci. J. Objective procedure for fish freshness evaluation based on nucleotide changes using a HPLC system. and Yano. S.. and Dunajski. 110. 99. 95. M.. Aquat.. and Fletcher. C. 108. Change of K value and water state of yellowfin tuna Thunnus albacares meat stored in a wide temperature range (20 to 84°C). 13. D. an indicator of fish freshness. and Matsuyoshi. Food Sci. P. 35.D.. and Karmas.. J.T. P. Off. 2002.. T. 306–313.. F. 1987.A.S.J. Enzyme Microb. 50. Soc. A new method for estimating the freshness of fish. and Kose. Mietz. Technol... 103. 104.. J.T.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 209 89.R.D.B.B.. Gokbulut. 93. 96. Karube. 101. Watanabe. M. Y.. G. Food Chem.. Agric.. F. Agric. Muscle high-energy phosphate and stress affect K-values during ice storage of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). 1994. H. sensory and microbiological attributes of wild turbot (Scophthalmus maximus)... Fishing News Books Ltd. Gill. 1477.. and Takai.. F. 139–145. pp.. Fujita.H. Fish. Jpn. 2007. 91.D. Y. Matsuoka.. X. Taylor. Suzuki. 1990.K.A.. 98. 52. Ferreira. and Nguyen. 1986. . Buisson. and Bernatt-Byrne. Food Sci.. J.M. J. Food Sci.. 457–461. K. Biogenic amine content and biogenic amine quality indices of sardines (Sardina pilchardus) stored in modified atmosphere packaging and vacuum packaging. 14. during chilled storage. Tanaka.. Luong.. Biogenic amines formation in Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus) stored under modified atmosphere packaging using a rapid HPLC method. Male.. Effects of freshness on ATP-related compounds in retorted chub mackerel....L. 94. 43–47. 749–750. T.. 1959. Pinho. 1978. 55.. 321–326.. 868–872. 40. 1988. Ozogul.. A. 2002. Characterization of quality deterioration of yellow fin tuna. J.C. and Irvine. Ryder. Polyamine and histamine content of rockfish. 61(1). Food Chem. S. and Özogul. Scott. 100. Plestilová. B. In: The Technology of Fish Utilisation.. Bull. M.W.. Food Chem.. Surette. 1984. Report Fish. T. and Özogul. Goto. Y.T. Suzuki. 92. Production of histamine and tyramine by bacteria isolated from Portuguese vacuum-packed cold-smoked fish. 102. 580–583.V. Food Chem.. O. J. 1992. 1984. lobster and shrimp as an indicator of decomposition. and Sigholt. Ozogul.A. J. Ishizaki. 1965. J. Arai. T. K. E. R... Sci.). 99(3). Biochemical basis of postmortem nucleotide catabolism in cod (Gadus morhua) and its relationship to spoilage. M. 1992. London.. Chem. 179–183. J. 99.B.H. S... 62. Technol. 67. LeBlanc. 2006. P. T. Quantick.. R.. M.. Comparative quality assessment of cultured and wild sea bream (Sparus aurata) stored in ice. and Sakaguchi M. J... 1991. Food Chem. Scomber japonicus.. Storage of yellowtail (Seriola quinqueradiata) white and dark muscle in ice: Changes in content of adenine nucleotides and related compounds..... Sci.. 105.. 515–522. 56. Freshness quality of harp seal (Phoca groenlandica) meat. Determination of fish freshness with an enzyme sensor system. 109. Burns.B. 574–578.A. 32. Food Chem.. U. microbiological and sensory assessment.. Anal. A.. J. K.. Assoc. 1985. Ozkutuk. J. Technol.H... Gould.. D. and Shahidi.A.R.I.. 97. Taylor. Chong. 314–319. H. Greene.. E. K. Storage of New Zealand Jack mackerel (Trachurus novaezelandiae) in ice: Chemical. Saito. Shahidi. U.. G.. Can. Kuley. T. C. E. F. Adenosine triphosphate catabolites as flavor compounds and freshness indicators in Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus) and Pollock (Theragra chalcogamma). from the Black Sea.H. 77–81.. Gill. I. Food Sci. Agric.W.. 49. K. Fish.H.B. 257–258. F. 107. 1997..

H. Yamanaka. Effects of processing on the amine content of pork bellies. Biogenic amines in food. 729. N. Multidetection. Lakritz. Taylor... Aspen Publication. 119. Margolis. the Netherlands.. Kikuchi. D. and Nakamara. Pirie.. Agric. Food Sci. J.J. Biosensor for food freshness.-F. Decomposition and histamine in raw. 42. D. A.. 59. Shimakura.. 1996. P. M. VA. Chromatographia. Compliance Policy Guides 7108. Oxygensensorbased simple assay of histamine in fish using purified amine oxidase. B.. An analysis of different methods of sample preparation in relation to food characteristics. 126. J.R. sec. S. Cheese and Other Foods. S. Archiv für Lebensmittelhygiene.. July. and Conte. 681. Moret.. The formation of non-volatile amines in relation to concentrations of free basic amino acids during postmortem storage of the muscle of scallop (Pecten maximus). Gill. 22. Imark.-Y. Agric.H.-J. Marine-Font.. F. 121. pp. A.. G.. A.1.E. 127. Res.. Kramer and J.V.A. Med. 132. Biogenic amines in fish and shellfish.. 112. 236–246. . M. M. Rios. Poli. 1996. 118. 53. 46(3/4). 329–365. L.J.. 134–135. 39. Adachi. Iida. Determination of histamine. D. 122. 235–245. L... Feier. 540.-H.H. and Sumner.210 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 111.. Otsuka. Mietz. McNair. A. In: Seafood Quality Determination. 1996. and Kneubühl. 1999. herring (Clupea harengus) and mackerel (Scomber scombrus). Adv. Determination of biogenic amines in fish and fish products—HPLC method. M. 44(6). J. Res.. M. Council Directive (EEC) 91/493/EEC.. 8. and Goetsch. 1977. 116. E. Parisi.. Food Nutr. Proceeding of an International Symposium. Liston (Eds. L. 1026–1029. 45. T. M.. 117.M.. Chang. U. Inter. Veciana-Nogues.). Mascini. Selective and rapid determination of biogenic amines by capillary zone electrophoresis. and Flick.E.. MD. 1997.. T. A. A.. 130.. Spinelli.. 1994. Rosenthal (Ed. J. Int. Aquacult. 324.. 23–30. 291–295. and Macsini. Hwang. 1997. 1985. 11. and Roberts. Blacksburg. N Eng. 128. J. canned tuna and related species. 60(3).C. Suzuki.. 125.) Elsevier Science Publisher. and Vidal-Carou. Food Chem. and Arakawa. Nomura. 6(4). G. J. 693. Morrow. Bonilla... 52. S. A.525. M.... Poli.S.. Greaser. C. 113. and Yamanaka. I. T. 114. 124. frozen tuna and mahi-mahi. A. Histamine and food processing. and Karmas.. VPH/FOS/85. 120. Life Chem. and Flick. Rep.T. K. 716–720. 1994. Arce. H. 133. S. Chromatogr. M. S. Flesh foods and their analogues. High-performance liquid chromatographic evaluation of biogenic amines in foods. 129. FDA....D. 1974. pp.. G. 2000. 1991. Mackie.240. Chromatogr. Zampacavallo. B. 48. 2041–2044. Food Chem. Ritchie. Objective analysis of seafood quality... Enriquez-Ibarra. High-pressure liquid chromatographic determination of biogenic amines in fish implicated in food poisoning. A Progress Report. 4324–4328. M. 363–369...L.. Inter-laboratory studies on precision characteristics of analytical methods. Analysis of Biogenic Amines in Finfish. World Health Organization. A. 1997. and Pearson. Y.. Rawles. 296–300.. Food Chem. Virginia Tech. Taylor. and Valcarcel. M.S. J. EEC.J. Laying down the health conditions for the production and the placing on the market of fishery products. Food Rev. Amsterdam.. and Wasserman.. 1997.D.L.J. H. putrescine and cadaverine. Chemical quality index of canned tuna as determined by high-pressure liquid chromatography. K. Nihon Suisan Gakkaishi. 519–522. 1990. C. K.H.. Food Sci. 289–301. M. H.L.. In: Food Texture Measurement and Perception. Food Chem.. Concentrations of polyamines in fresh water fishes. Effects of canning on biogenic amine contents. Bodmer. L. Histamine Poisoning Associated with Fish. Rowland. 1986. 1991. Gaithersburg. Wang..... 1–47. Shiua.... Biogenic amines in fresh and canned tuna.... 170–176.R. Shalaby. Biosensors applied to biochemical fish quality indicators in refrigerated and frozen sea bass reared in aerated or hyperoxic conditions.. J. 155–158. 1987...M... 123. Shiomi. 1999. B.. 335–348. J. G. 1993.G. 1994. G. and Chai. semiquantitative method for determining biogenic amines in foods.. O. 367–372 1995. L. S. pp. L.L. A.M. Ohashi. Evidence that histamine the causative toxin of scombroid fish poisoning. 131. 115. Inflamm.M. J.

... Quality changes in sardines (Sardina pilchardus) stored in ice and at ambient temperatures. Tejada. 150. 2007. Food Chem. Marx H. and Olcott. 1988. Baixas-Nogueras. J. K. Özoğul. pp. Agric. 734–736. Hebard. New York. 1996.. F. and Jewer. 110–112. Münkner. In: Farmed Fish Quality. C.. Effect of the slaughter method on the quality of raw and smoked eels (Anguilla anguilla L. I. Govaris.. Merluccius. C. 479–484..H. Azam.. Martin. Zur zusammensetzung der TVB-N fraktion in sauren extrakten und alkalischen destillaten von seefishfillet. 204. Bover-Cid. Özyurt. Food Sci.. Sotelo.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 211 134. Polat... In: Safety and Quality Issues in Fish Processing. K.. S. 142. 2002. Ersoy. R. and Stolle. 1–11. Eur. L. Westport.. Reinhold Pub. 146. Quality of farmed gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) during ice storage related to the slaughter method and gutting. Battal. Rehbein. 13. H.. Haard. 1997. Botta. and Howgate. E.F. Composition of European hake.R.. and Huidobro. 49. Effect of methodology on total volatile basic nitrogen (TVB-N) determination as an index of quality of fresh Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua).. Comparison of the official EC method for the determination of total volatile bases in fish with routine methods. E. Rhaliby. Nielsen. 1998. H. Hydrolysis and oxidation of European eel oil during frozen storage for 48 weeks. Vyncke. Food Res.. Chemical and sensory changes in Mediterranean hake (Merluccius merluccius) under refrigeration (6°C–8°C) and stored in ice. G.. 30(7). CO...).E.. H. Technol... G.. Özkütük.. and Vareltzis. In: Chemistry and Biochemistry of Marine Food Products. Robb. Food Sci. Ababouch. Warriss (Eds... 1984. U. L. longline and harpoon in Turkey. G.A. Avi. A.. 215.. and Küley. M. M. B.T.M. Z Lebensm Unters Forsch A. M. . Food Agric. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. 44–48. Res. Kestin and P.. G. 80.E.. The effect of slaughter method on the quality of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) during storage on ice.. N. 1987.E. H. Woodhead Publishing Limited. Italy. S. Havemeister. and Smith. M. M. 33–37. 2001. 135.. 149–304... Souibri. Food Res. Archiv für Lebensmittelhygiene.). 2003. Composition of fish. J. Aquacult. Gökbulut. and Oehlenschlager.J. K. 138.. A.. Özyurt... 2002.E...K. Eur.). Bremner (Ed. Hebard. and Busta. Simeonidou. D..V. 50. Fish.. 40. p. Huss. W. Özogul. H.. 1989. A. A. and Jørgensen.. A. In: Industrial Fishery Technology. 34.D. M. J.S... C. Technol. A. B. 149.. Technol. Determination of the quality parameters of pike perch Sander lucioperca caught by gillnet. A sensitive trimethylamine-N-oxide aldolase assay in two steps without deproteinisation. Hofmann. and Vidal-Carou. P. 197.G. and Vareltzis. S.C. 1963. Y. H.. 140.. J. Methods of stunning freshwater fish: Impact on meat quality and aspects of animal welfare.. Effect of commercial and experimental slaughter of eels (Anguilla anguilla L. pp.. Govaris.. Int. 2006. Zeitschrift fur Lebensmittel-Untersuchung Und-Forschung. 148.H.K. Occurrence and significance of trimethylamine oxide and its derivatives in fish and shellfish.. pp.E.. R. 347–356. Brunner B. 750. 152. and van de Vis. 137. 6504–6510. van de Vis.J. Simeonidou. J. 143. and Martin.. 204A... 33. Oxford. 123–132. Archiv für Lebensmittelhygiene. 224.. and Schelvis-Smit.. 145. U. S.A. J. 1996. Özogul.M. Morzel M. Flick.A.. J. J. Veciana-Nogués. J.R. 139. Int. Y. Perez-Villarreal.. Ward (Eds. Food Agric. Stansby. Fishing News Book.. 69–79. 1982. Sci.). 405–410. 151. K. Quality assessment of seven Mediterranean fish species during storage on ice. R. 221–254. Weinzierl. 73. Food Res. Kuhlmann. 141.F. W. 147... S.) on quality and welfare. Oehlenschläger. Sci. 282–286. 144. F.. Sci. F. Fresh Fish: Quality and Quality Changes. B. Lauder.K.. J. H. Rome. and Küley. O. Food Microbiol.. A. 153.. 2002. Mackie.M.. Rehbein.E. Effect of frozen storage on the quality of whole fish and fillets of horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus) and Mediterranean hake (Merluccius mediterraneus). 1997. The role of enzymes in determining seafood color. Chapter 26. 412–420. Ouadhi.. and D.. M. 47.. W. 136.. 132. Özogul. 24. W. 1–7. 2000. C. Cambridge.S. Flick. J.H. 234–248. flavor and texture. 1982..

Rey-Mansilla. J. Simultaneous determination of ammonia. S. 1996.. and Jørgensen. and Valle. J. P. dimethylamine.K. 103.. VA. J. Pacquit. Technol. Actuat. 1994. Anal. 158. 261–267. B. A. Sens. Assay of biogenic amines involved in fish decomposition. 1989.. and Kolakowska.. The effects of freezing on flesh proteins. B.R. I. Diamonda. 43–49. 76. Bo M. 84. Z.. 187(2). Quality Assurance in Seafood Processing: A Practical Guide. A. M.A. A. Processing Technology and Quality. 169. M.. AOAC. and Ducastaing. 2006. 463–467. and Valcàrcel. 74–75.. 163. J. 756–760.. García. Nielsen.. M. 33.. Aubourg. 165. M. and Nielsen.. Food Res. 7. Z. A.. p. trimethylamine and trimethylamine-imageoxide in fish extracts by capillary electrophoresis with indirect UV detection. 113–122.T. Chapman & Hall. In: Seafood Proteins.. 99–112.E... Monser. 159. Mitsubayashi. Chem. D. 160.. 162..G. Y. Assoc. Biochem.. Botta (Eds.D. Hashimoto. characterization and partial purification of TMAO-ase. and Tao. pp. M. 2002. Res. Sotelo. Bo M. Sikorski.P. Trimethlyamine N-oxide demethylase (TMAO-ase) of saithe (Pollachius-virens) kidney-a study of some physicochemical and enzymatic properties.. Crosby Lockwood and Sons. 69. J. A. 1995. Chapman and Hall. Rapid quantitative determination of trimethylamine using steam distillation.. Int. 79. Segee. B. 167. Direct determination of trimethylamine in fi sh in the flow-reversal injection mode using a gas extraction sampling device. 1049–1053. In: AOAC Official Methods of Analysis. Talanta. P.. Great Britain.K.. S.. and Vida-Carou.H.. Actuat. B. Hsieh.L. Arlington. 157. Lau. S.T. 29–34. Álvarez-Pontes. 213. 234–239. L. Flavour of fish. and F.. Influence of frozen storage and defrosting on the chemical and nutritional quality of sardine (Clupea pilchardus). London. U. Mackie.. 2004. 175. 3814–3822. Adv.. Z... Albala-Hurtado. Y. 173. Zhi. K. 1987. Malle. 2002. H.M. Cottin. R. 2007. Sci. J. 67. 168.S.S. Changes in protein in frozen stored fish. Rios.. 233–341. 871–877. Off. A. 57. M. Joly. 1996. M. Food Agric. Dhaouadi. McLaughlin. 75–82.. Hanching... E. Anal. Pan. K. Food Chem. Nutr. Quantitative relationship between trimethylamine oxide aldolase activity and formaldehyde accumulation in white muscle gadiform fish during frozen storage.C.T. M... 43–47. London.. Del M.).. Physiol. Food Rev. 2001. and Jørgensen. Food Chem. Jørgensen. Validation of a flow-injection-gas diff usion method for total volatile basic nitrogen determination in seafood products. M. Comp. Trimethylamine nitrogen in seafood. Malle. pp. Chem. trimethylamine. K. Castrillón.. Microdiffusion Analysis and Volumetric Error. 170. Anal. 2004. and Zeisel. S. 1993. F. Shahidi (Eds. P. 1990. Sens. . T.J. 161. 155. Kon.. 171. Agric..). 1994. 164. Lindsay. and Kinsella... Havemeister. S. 569–573.... Oickle. 50. Sadok.. A. 1995. Food. 9. B.. Ann daCosta. Vrbanac. M. Eur. W. and inhibition with emphasis on fish. Food Res. 172. and Vetelino. Micheals. T. products. AOAC Official Method 971. Localization of formaldehyde production during frozen storage of European hake (Merluccius merluccius). Kubotera. The measurement of dimethylamine. Sikorski.. J..E. 70... 1996. Timm.. and Paulson. pp. Izquierdo-Pulido.. Biochem. and Nakakura. 103(3). and Adhoum. Validation of a gas-chromatographic method for volatile amine determination in fish samples. Bonnell. A.14. In: Seafoods Chemistry. Trimethylamine biosensor with flavin-containing monooxygenase type 3 (FMO3) for fish-freshness analysis. N.. J. Hammond. 1982. J. Veciana-Nogues. Conway. Food Protect. 166.. B. Development of a volatile amine sensor for the monitoring of fish spoilage.. 1992. Marquis. A semiconducting metal-oxide array for monitoring fish freshness.. P.. Yano.. M. R. 49–56. 509–518.. 59..212 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 154. Chem.. Localization. C. Rehbein.K. U. Quilty.K. 156. 575–610. B. K. R. 71B. 52. Shahidi and J. 174. New York..C. Gill. Chapman and Hall. 1947. 515–520.... B. and Navarro.T... L. H. Sci.. and trimethylamine N-oxide using capillary gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.. J. 1994. Food Agric.. A. Frisby.. Food Chem. Oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids: Mechanisms..

1–16. sodium chloride and storage temperature on the growth of Brochothrix thermosphacta... Separation and quality of fish oil from pre-cooked and non pre-cooked tuna heads. Effect of lipid oxidation and frozen storage on muscle proteins of atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus). 197.W. Amsterdam. 177. Corry. M.. Microbiological Testing in Food Safety Management.J. 1999.. J. 2002. Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during frozen storage. 671–678. 117–136.. 2007.. 28... W.). 33.. Sacchi. J. Comparison of analytical methods for monitoring autoxidation profiles of authentic lipids. In: Seafood Safety. B.. Rey-Mansilla. Differential lipid damage in various muscle zones of frozen hake..Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 213 176. 198.. A 13C-NMR study of lipid alterations during fish canning: Effect of filling medium. 1995. Food Res. Hedgesb. 2004. Kalu. London. 60(2). Kolle. 215. pp. Technomic Publishing Company. 189–193. C.. Baranyi.. United States. I.. Wolf. 186. Technol. .. 2nd Edn. 2002. B. 77(8).J. Micro-organisms in Foods 7. the Netherlands... R. Saeed.. 1999. and Pierce.E. 1997. Influence of prefreezing storage. 111–116. Lipid components and enzymatic hydrolysis of lipids in muscle of Chinese freshwater fish.S. S. 191. Technol. Aubourg. JAOCS. 1983. Miao.. Nature of fluorescent compounds generated by exposure of protein to oxidizing lipids. 187. Assessment of quality hanges in frozen sardine (Sardina pilchardus) by fluorescence detection. N. M. Chan. Y. 185.. S.. Boogard. T. Methodology for following lipid oxidation in muscle foods.. and Fukuda. 2007. 445–450.. 1990. Eur. Yuan. Undeland. pp. J. Eur. and Pérez-Martín.A. S. 91–95. 1998.. Agric.J.H. 161–178. PA. Food Chem. Modelling of microbial activity and prediction of shelf life of packed fresh fish. Sotelo. 194. Lancaster.. M. 579–586. and Labella. A. 37(7). S. Padley.W. 193–199. Y. M. Prisk. U. 188... J. 180. 69. Food Agric.J. and Ugliano.. 69.. E. 182.. 19. Technol. R. A predictive model for the combined effect of pH. An AVI Book. Am.. 2000. Food Microbiol. Lugo-Sánchez. Food Microbiol.. Kaneniwa. ICMSF. 24. Food Microbiol. Chemistry of free radicals in lipids.. 825–831. Series of Monographs. 178. H. 183. Postmortem biochemical and functional characteristic of monterey sardine muscle stored at 0°C. 189. P. Food Sci. N. Food Sci. 47. H.. S. C.. L. 575–580.. Lipid Res. Influence of storage time and temperature on lipid deterioration during cod (Gadus morhua) and haddock (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) frozen storage. Aubourg. 289–294. W. In: Autoxidation of Unsaturated Lipids. Kim. Medina I.. Aubourg.. J. 1110–1117. Kitts (Eds.. H. 121–137. Int.. 181. A rapid method to determine the oxidation kinetics of n−3 fatty acids in fish oil.. Aubourg.). 9. Int. J. Aubourg..P.. Food Res. Shahidi. 1943–1948. 38–80. J. 30. Measurement uncertainty of the EU methods for microbiological examination of red meat. and Spie. Kluwer.. and Medina. C. Quality loss related to rancidity development during frozen storage of horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus). Microbiological spoilage of fish and fish products..G. Overview of current seafood nutritional issues: Formation of potentially toxic products. 1996. Int. 2002. and Howell. Benjakul. 5–10. S.L.. P. Chan (Ed. 305–318.. 2075–2081. 2000... Chantachum. 1997. Deman. Piñeiro. C. E. R.. Food Chem. M.. Food Microbiol. and Sriwirat. 19. S. Lida.E. R. 1997. S.. J. M. and Jarvisc. and Karel. Effect of brine pre-treatment on lipid stability of frozen horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus). J. C. S.. J. Pacheco-Aguilar. Leake. 1985. J.M.. 184. 179. 190. 208. The mechanism of autoxidation. Oil Chem. Processing and Biotechnology.D. R.K. H..W. Soc. S.. 1987. R. JAOCS. 75(5).K.. 652–657. Dalgaard. and Robles-Burgueňo. Melton. I. T. J..P. 82.S. and H.E. 65(1). L..B. and D. and Aubourg.P.. F.M. Sci. and Huss.. and González. Food Agric. Sci. 196. Food Science and Technology. Gram. 1999. Lingnert.. Kelly. 192.. J. 502–507. 79.. F.. 1995. Tucker. Sci. 195. M. 81(7). W.. Food Chem... 40–47.L. Principles of Food Chemistry. H. F. Food Biochem. and Roberts. 193. Borquez. McClure. pp. Jones. 1993.. 199.D. Hamilton. 1987. Academic Press. Food Technol. J. S. and Sotelo. Food Agric.

. 202. Detection of Listeria monocytogenes using a commercial PCR kit and different DNA extraction methods.K... C. K. K.. Bacteriol. A. and Zurera. 110. J. Juneja.L.. 53.. J. 114(2). and Nychas.. 213.. Clin. 293..D.C. 2006... Huang.. F. 206.. J.. Lett. Landete. 48.E. Reed. 2007. 1307–1311.. 1999. P. 85–92.... Matsui. Rapid impedance detection of salmonella in confectionery using modified LICNR broth. A. and Chang. P.. Danbara. G. Appl. Methods. 212.. and Hartung. Akhavan-Tafti. B. 2007.. 1986. 2004. R. Marcobal. Abe. Enzyme-linked immunomagnetic chemiluminescent detection of Escherichia coli O157:H7. Food Microbiol. Koutsoumanis. Evaluation of a rapid impedimetric procedure for the quantitative estimation of coliforms. Food Microbiol. Panicker.. 3528–3534. 2007. G.. Wu.H.. 208. 2003.. 259–267. E. J. Appl. A. de las. B. Gehring. and Klein.-J.V. 1993. Salmonella contamination in pigs at slaughter and on the farm: A field study using an antibody ELISA test and a PCR technique..H.. Management of microbiological safety of ready-to-eat meat products by mathematical modelling: Listeria monocytogenes as an example. 49(1–2). J. Int. June 1997.. Microbiol. Nowak... D.. R. and Thippareddi. Int. Lee. M. G. K. A. G.M. and Nychas. Lambropoulou. S. 221–226. Pérez-Rodríguez. 167–172. Valero. and Bej. Tu. and Muñoz. R. Int. A... Rivas. R. Appl. J. Ogden.. H. 258–269.. H. Irwin. I. Amagliani. Huang. A. 1983. 2007. Immunol. G. H.-J. K. J. García-Gimeno. T. Microbiol. T. J. Environ.... A predictive model for the non-thermal inactivation of Salmonella enteritidis in a food model system supplemented with a natural antimicrobial.H. E. S.. R. 204.. V. 61. Food Microbiol.. J.E. and Frodsham.A. Wakayama. Bullock.. Molecular methods for the detection of biogenic amine-producing bacteria on foods. 18. Int. Drosinos. Use of conductance methods to predict bacterial counts in fish. 207. J.. C. Int. J.G... Firstenberg-Eden. 209. 117.H. 66. 1989. Chaunchom. Müffling. Dai. J. 114. 63–74..K. 205. Food Sci. Bacteriol.M. Food Microbiol. 263–268. 203. 210.J. 385–391. 97–106.. S... C.. Methods. Carrasco. Detection of pathogenic bacteria in shellfish using multiplex PCR followed by CovaLinkk NH microwell plate sandwich hybridization. G.P. J.. and Kawahara.. Brandi... 2000. K. J. 1460–1464..Y.D. Lida. . 211. E. 115.E. and Handley. FEMS Microbiol.. Taoukis. S. Omiccioli. Andreotti. Rapid and sensitive method for detection of Salmonella strains using a combination of polymerase chain reaction and reverse dot-blot hybridization. 199–209.. Food Control.. Rapid detection of oxacillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus in blood cultures by an impedance method. Predictive model for growth of Clostridium perfringens in cooked cured pork. P. 201.214 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 200.. H. Food Microbiol.S.. Applicability of an Arrhenius model for the combined effect of temperature and CO2 packaging on the spoilage microflora of fish. 1137–1142. J.S. Microbiol. Koutsoumanis. and Magnani. L. 66. Giammarini.

........... 225 215 ..............216 14..........................................................218 14............................................................1 Sample Preservation ....................................................4 Analysis of Proteins ........................................3.............2 DNA Markers ...........................................2 Lipid Extraction and Gas Chromatography ...1 Introduction .................1 Sample Preservation and DNA Extraction Methods ............ and Michiaki Yamashita Contents 14..................2 SNIF–NMR and IRMS ...................................6 Stable Isotopes .........................................................2 Morphological Examination..................................1 Sample Preservation............... 222 14.............................218 14..................................................... 219 14................................................................................................3 Genetic Analysis .Chapter 14 Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood Iciar Martínez...........216 14.3............................................5....3 Analysis of Proteins ....................................................................5 Analysis of the Lipid Content .......3 1H NMR and 13C NMR Analyses . 220 14............................................6....... 220 14............. 222 14...............................................4.......................................5.........4.........................................................................................217 14............6....................................................................1 Sample Preservation ......................................................................................2 Protein Extraction ........................................217 14.................. Inger Beate Standal............................. Marit Aursand............................................. 224 14.......221 14..... Yumiko Yamashita.........................5.................... 225 14.............. 222 14..4............

......... Several methods have been successfully applied to differentiate farmed from wild seafood........... 100% discrimination between farmed (AquaGen strain) and wild parr was achieved by examining the body form.. 226 14...................... because farmed and wild organisms carry different hazards and are therefore submitted to different regulations and analytical controls.. the set of technologies to apply are basically the same as those described here..... shape of the head...... fins....... analysis of the protein and lipid contents..................... Farmed cod often present unattractive black lines consisting of layers of melanin-filled cells associated with blood vessels due to overabundance of copper in commercial feeds................... In cod....................7............. Correct information about the production method of seafood is also important..1 14........ stable isotope analyses combined with fatty acid (FA) profiles have proven particularly useful when tested........................ but wild specimens may contain parasites harmful to humans. therefore............ as well as examination of the stable isotope and trace element profiles........................ 227 References ............2 ICP-MS ........2 Morphological Examination There are few publications and no official guidelines for the morphological differentiation of farmed and wild aquatic organisms........... and sea-ranched S........... 226 14......7 Trace Element Fingerprint................ In particular..2 Also in an earlier study............................. 2001 laying down detailed rules for the application of CR EC No 104/2000 regarding informing consumers about fishery and aquaculture products) and similar laws apply in Japan (Law on Standardization and Proper Labeling of Agricultural and Forestry Products...... and the United States (The Federal Food........................................ commercially farmed specimens may contain residues of veterinary drugs whose presence is unlikely in wild seafood..... For example................. The production method is also part of the information essential to fulfill the traceability of a product and............. JAS Law......................... the most prominent differences are the higher condition factor.... larger liver..... including morphological examination................. Drug........... 228 14..... farmed...... In small Salmo salar........... and caudal peduncles could be used for a total correct classification of wild...........................216 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 14..... and length of the pectoral fin.. 227 14........ size of the eyes and mouth.............. analytical methods should be made available to confirm it.... Standards for organic farming are still under development in many countries................. and these are seldom present in farmed seafood.....5 The flesh of farmed cod sometimes presents ....................7..............8 Other Methods .1 Sample Preservation ..................... Although in this work no special mention is made to organic farming......3 it was shown that the morphology of the head...... genetic analyses............ and Cosmetic Act and The Fair Packaging and Labeling).......... and smaller head4 as well as backbone malformations in farmed specimens............ The later study showed that the environmentally induced phenotypic divergence increased with age and with the numbers of generations under domestication....... 227 Acknowledgments ....... of 1999)......1 Introduction The implementation of analytical methods to differentiate farmed from wild-produced seafood is important to ensure correct consumer information and avoid fraud: Information about the production method of seafood is obligatory in the EU (CR EC No 2065/2001 of October 22......... salar parr..........

thus limiting its application.14–16 Hayes et al. Dynal (Invitrogen). One requisite condition for any genetic analysis is the obtention of good quality DNA suitable for PCR amplification. in particular if it has a high enzymatic activity (for example if it contains the hepatopancreas in a crustacean).A Stool DNA Isolation Kit (United Bioinformatica Inc. Then. treatment with Chelex. the best method is to freeze it in liquid nitrogen or in a biofreezer. Amersham Biosciences (GE Healthcare). we recommend preservation in 96% ethanol. If this policy had been followed. Each kit is provided with a detailed description of how to use it. Nucleospin (Clontech). GeneRelease (Bio Venture Inc.17 suggested that it was possible to assign accurately a fish sampled from the market place to either the farmed population or the wild using either microsatellite or single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) markers. The DNA is then separated from the contaminating cellular components by salt precipitation.1 Sample Preservation and DNA Extraction Methods The sample should be extracted as soon as possible after sampling. for example by chelating divalent cations using EDTA and EGTA. The DNA .11. it would be relatively difficult to find markers for wild and farmed fish. Th is step is not necessary in samples preserved in ethanol.6 However. give satisfactory results.11–13 and a loss of rare alleles has usually been observed in the farmed populations. such as Qiagen. the cells are opened (by heat treatment. and others.3.9 resistance to diseases or to stress. since enzymatic activity also takes place at subzero temperatures.7 proposed that the genetic diversity of aquacultured stocks of fish should be maintained and their genetic impact on wild stocks minimized by using breeding programs designed to generate genetic diversity. Delays and the use of preservations methods will diminish the quality and the yield of DNA. so that all the ethanol is evaporated.18 or gel filtration. The basic steps in all DNA extraction methods include the inactivation of nucleases. Samples fi xed in ethanol must be allowed to dry completely. because the enzymes are inactivated by the fi xation. since diversity would be one of the selected traits in the farmed fish. a normal freezer (−20°C) may also be used. Depending on the type of sample and its use.10 and optimal adaptation to different environments.3 Genetic Analysis Doyle et al.8. and then recovered by ethanol or isopropanol precipitation.Z. or by the use of Proteinase K) and proteins are removed usually by incubation with Proteinase K. To extract frozen samples we recommend to start the procedure before the sample is completely thawed. E. 14. Genomics analyses are dealt with in more detail in Chapter 4 of this handbook. and then be rehydrated in water or in the extraction buffer. and the liver in farmed cod is much bigger than the liver of wild fish.9 Genetic analyses have allowed the differentiation of wild from farmed fish populations in a variety of species. However. which is the most common analysis. chloroform extraction. Many commercial kits.N. 14. which are usually absent in many intermediate products as well as in the ready-to-eat dish. If the sample must be preserved.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 217 a translucent grayish aspect.). in contrast to the white opaque color of the wild. For very long periods. classification based on morphological criteria demands the presence of the morphologic diagnostic characters. sonication.). Wizard (Promega). in most breeding programs the fish are indeed selected based on commercially interesting traits such as growth performance.

we have found it helpful to leave the tubes after the first precipitation of DNA with isopropanol in a freezer at −20°C or at −80°C for a few hours before centrifugation (Marian Martinez de Pancorbo.24 The method requires that all parent fish of the brood stock are DNA typed as well as all the individuals under examination. sample preparation. Spain. DNA analyses may be performed using chips that permit the determination in one fast step of many characteristics simultaneously. An additional advantage is that it is possible to use robots for many of the steps (DNA preparation. and others. SNPs. Japan. must be performed very carefully not to lose the sample. have started programs to map the whole genome of some species.27 tissues between farmed and wild salmon and cod have been reported. China. shrimp. since some alleles are more frequent in one group than in the other. breeding stock. This method has been successfully used by the authors of this paper (unpublished results) and by Bucklin and Kochert22 with whole individuals of Calanus. salmonids (salmon. pH 8. several countries. In these samples the pellet may be practically invisible. including the species. and also for forensic studies. and sea bass. from food matrices include the use of hexadecyl–trimethyl ammonium bromide (CTAB).15. whether microsatellites. or mitochondrial. which may be used to identify the strains of the farmed individuals that display an increased frequency of the desired traits. protein markers commonly used for genetic analyses have the potential to be used as markers for farmed or wild. Three more methods that have reputedly produced good quality DNA suitable for amplification. cod. which is washing the pellet with 50% ethanol.0). In the future. any marker. . 14. genomic.218 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis pellet is usually washed at least once with 70% ethanol. cod. however.23 In principle. and the DNA is reconstituted in double-distilled sterile water or in a slightly alkaline buffer (50 mm Tris–EDTA. The outcome of these programs is already producing lists of genetic markers linked to traits of interest. However. including oysters.13. the United States.4 Analysis of Proteins No clear protein marker has been identified to discriminate farmed from wild seafood. It is worth mentioning. India. however.11. personal communication). that the Norwegian company GenoMar has patented a method to trace back farmed individual Atlantic salmon. such as Norway. 14. and production method. differences in the protein pattern of liver25 and muscle26. which markers and how many of them are necessary to differentiate a wild from a farmed specimen are completely dependant on the species and the breeding stock and need to be examined on an individual basis.3. has the potential to be useful to differentiate farmed from wild specimens of a given species. so the next step.20. tilapia. Atlantic halibut.18 and the salt extraction method. catfish.17 However.2 DNA Markers In recent years.19 the Chelex method. Arctic charr). traits. by using a series of SNP and microsatellite polymorphisms by PCR and by oligonucleotide ligation assay (OLA). On other occasions. and bass.). it is possible to amplify the DNA of a sample by simply dehydrating it and placing a small amount directly into the PCR amplification mixture. the alcohol is allowed to evaporate. etc. University of the Basque Country. which further increases the amount of samples that can be processed. tilapia.14 In addition.21 When using the salt extraction method with heavily degraded samples. trout.

it is common to apply directly to new species those conditions that have proven successful for other species.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 219 Industrial fish farming is a relatively new activity compared with farming of land animals.25–27 In addition. with no preservation at all.. these authors identified 33 differentially expressed proteins. which they use as their preferred energy source. 14. is more common in stressed and in farmed than in wild fish.32 Unfortunately. that is. optimal freezing would be achieved immediately after excision by submersion in liquid nitrogen and storage at −80°C or by freezing and storing directly at −80°C. the depletion of the wild stocks of pelagic fish and the high price of feeds based on fish meal and oil. the amino acid profiles of plant proteins do not meet the essential amino acid requirements of fish. including heat shock proteins. which would be a natural diet.33.27 also registered the altered expression of five enzymes implicated in the glycolytic pathway and citric acid cycle in farmed cod. Using proteomic analysis. neither feeds nor breeding conditions may be optimal for farming. In addition.35. Interestingly. However.38 found that the reason for the softening in this species did not seem to be the faster growth of the farmed fish. which is reflected in the composition of their organs.)29 that may have adverse effects on fish. it has been shown that components in fish feeds may contain very high levels of metals (Cu.37 Martinez et al. and structural and FA-binding proteins. Zn. attributed to the fish’s increased requirement for energy metabolism. Some enzymatic systems that may be responsible for the muscle softening are metalloproteases and collagenases. indicating increased emphases on catabolism relative to anabolism in the fish fed this diet. no study has identified yet the main system/s responsible for the soft texture in farmed fish or the spots that may be used as markers to discriminate farmed from wild fish.1 Sample Preservation The optimal case would be when the extraction of proteins can take place on the sample immediately after the experimental treatment. −20°C . and proteolysis) of the proteins in the sample should be chosen.28–31 The source of protein in teleost fish is very important. which were attributed to increased proteolytic activity in the muscle of the farmed compared with the wild cod.36 Martin et al. When this is not possible. and Ca)34 and that vegetable meals may contain antinutritional factors (protease inhibitors. Soft texture. and then modify them depending on the results. and they require high levels of dietary protein (30%–60%).25 attributed the alteration in the protein expression in the liver of rainbow trout to the presence of antinutritional factors in feeds containing soy protein.4. a preservation procedure that minimizes the modifications (denaturation.26 examined the protein expression in skeletal muscle of farmed and wild cod by high-resolution twodimensional electrophoresis and found differences between the two. and this may induce stress in the farmed animals. lectins. Thus. Texture is an important quality attribute of the fish flesh. Proteins and proteomic analyses are dealt with in more detail in a different chapter of this handbook. and they hypothesized that the greater concentration of insoluble collagen present in wild salmon may contribute to their firmer texture. have prompted the development of feed formulations based on vegetable oils and proteins. several enzymes involved in anabolic metabolism were downregulated in fish fed the diet rich in soybean meal. Johnston et al. For short periods of time. aggregation.33 Moreover. Although feeds and breeding conditions need to be developed and optimized for each species. Thus. Optimal methods include fast freezing and frozen storage using temperatures as low as possible. etc. antigenic proteins. The authors noted a downregulation of some structural proteins in fish-fed soy proteins. Mg. lysosomal cathepsins. Olsson et al. Fe. usually considered negative. and feed diets based on plant protein require supplementation with synthetic amino acids. and the proteasome. neutral calcium-activated calpains. loss of functional groups. several enzymes.

In addition to published works. It should be noted that any preservation procedure will alter the protein profile in the sample. there are many methods suitable for protein analyses. ready to use gels from several companies. this may be because some commercial preparations of these enzymes are contaminated with proteases. and peptide mass fingerprinting of the digests is then . the optimal extraction procedure for any given sample must be determined empirically. but 3–10 are commonly used for wide screenings. usually 8%–20% or 12% PAGE. due to the great diversity and properties of the proteins contained in the edible tissues of seafood. The first step in proteomic analyses is to extract as many proteins as possible from the sample. The proteins are separated first according to their pI in 3% polyacrylamide gels in which a pH gradient is created using a mixture of ampholytes. alkylated. SDS). Proteomics permits the separation of many proteins (often thousands) from a complex protein mixture in one step.2 Protein Extraction There are many methods for extraction of proteins. therefore.4. In our experience. The pictures of the gels containing similar samples of wild and farmed specimens obtained after scanning are compared using adequate software (such as Bionumerics or PDQuest) to identify differentially expressed spots that are then excised from the gels. tributylphosphine) to solubilize the widest possible spectrum of proteins. The tryptic fragments are cleaned from contaminants. dithiothreitol (DTT). its application is widespread in many fields. depending on the proteins one wishes to examine. silver (high sensitivity. It is common to use several buffers with increasing concentration of chaotropic agents (urea. Proteomic techniques have a clear advantage in this field. usually with trypsin. Both first and second-dimension gels can be purchased as precast. and. therefore. but not all protocols are compatible with MS). The use of protease inhibitors should always be considered: use of some inhibitors and cocktails may help to preserve the sample during the extraction procedure. reduced. but they will hamper the study of protease activities that may be relevant in some other works. 14. After separation. and. We therefore recommend not to use such enzymes. detergents (CHAPS. thiourea).). 14. we focus on the use of techniques with the potential to identify such markers. etc. Since current studies are still trying to identify markers. the gels can be stained by Coomassie Blue (low sensitivity but compatible with mass spectrometry (MS) analysis necessary for subsequent peptide fingerprinting and sequencing). and fluorescent labeling or staining (of intermediate sensibility and also compatible with MS). Some authors have claimed that the use of DNase I and RNase in the extraction buffer increases the number of spots in the gels. The optimal pH range to choose depends on the sample. and reducing agents (b-mercaptoethanol. the strip containing the proteins separated by their pI is loaded on top of the second-dimension SDS-PAGE gel. one should be very careful when comparing samples preserved and stored under different conditions.25–27 BioRad39 and GE Healthcare Amersham have some excellent manuals about protein extraction and analysis. However.3 Analysis of Proteins As already mentioned. for a wide screening. Triton X-100. Their use should be evaluated for each particular study. cooking. as well as the different degrees of processing to which the sample may have been submitted (freezing. Afterward. The choice of method depends on the protein and the property one wishes to examine. and digested.4.220 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis may be acceptable. destained. and there are special protocols for each application.

in particular when combined with stable isotope composition (see the following paragraph). C18:2n6.42. palm. 14. This is probably the most time consuming step of the whole procedure. linseed. spot cutters.53.41 The workload can be reduced by using precast gels and automated procedures with suitable software and robotic stations (sample and gel handling and staining. soybean. or menhaden. lateral flow strip tests permit in situ easy and fast screening of seafood samples. etc. sand eel. there are more FAs present in detectable amounts. herring. has often given correct classification of farmed and wild specimens.59 Other studies in the same species showed that the flesh had higher levels of C18:1n9 and C22:6n3 and less C20:5n3 than the feeds. the total amount of TGs alone may be used as a criterion to differentiate farmed from wild fish.43 The changes in the FA composition of the TG fraction following changes in the composition of the diet have been explained using a dilution model. which uses MS data to identify proteins from primary sequence databases. and it is seldom that only one of them makes more than 25% of the total.60 The FAs C18:1n9 and 18:2n6 may act as markers . Once the diagnostic proteins are identified. identification of diagnostic spots. whereas C18:1n9. capelin. so that the concentrations in flesh were higher than in the diet. the whole process can be greatly simplified by targeting only the biomarkers: raising or synthesizing antibodies targeting those proteins in order to use them in several formats. the final identification and assignment of the spots in the gels must be performed visually by trained personnel. however. C22:1n11. which FA is more abundant is species dependant. The whole procedure is described in detail by Martin et al. in control laboratories. and ELISA format will permit the routine analyses of many samples. the FA profile of TGs reflects that of the feed. because farmed fish usually have a much higher content than wild ones.). and C18:3n3 were selectively metabolized. However. and sand eel and C22:6n3 is more abundant (over 10%) in Atlantic and Coho salmon. The FA composition of fish oils is more complex. C16:0 and C18:1n9 are relatively abundant in all fish oils. NCBI) using suitable software (MASCOT.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 221 usually performed by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight (MALDI-TOF) MS. Development of protein chips will facilitate the simultaneous screening of many targets and samples. rapeseed. very different staining intensities. cottonseed.44 and this FA fingerprint has often been successfully used49–52 as a diagnostic to identify the production method.). for example. ProteinLynx Global SERVER).55–58 Specific FAs are selectively retained or used. Proteomic analysis is a complicated procedure necessary to identify the biological markers. due to frequent errors in the automated spot identification procedure (because of imperfect spot separation and identification caused by overlapping of spots.44 Frequently. For example.5 Analysis of the Lipid Content The analysis of the triglyceride (TG) fraction. that is. etc. it has been shown that there was selective deposition and retention of C22:6n3. and sunflower) used as partial substitutes for marine oils in fish feeds53–57 have in common a very low or undetectable amount of the long-chain omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) C20:5n3 (EPA) and C22:6n3 (DHA) characteristic from fish oils. As in vegetable oils. In Atlantic salmon for example. olive. herring. The FA profile of vegetable oils (such as corn. The proteins are afterward identified by searching in databases (National Centre for Biotechnology Information. and sardines than in capelin.45–48 In addition.25 and reviewed by Granvogl et al. but C22:1 (several isomers) is relatively more abundant in Coho salmon. and often a single FA may account for about 50% of the total FA content in these oils.

and light-tight containers and stored at low temperatures. together with the special feed formulations used for organic farming and the fact that escaped farmed fish and wild fish eating around farms may display intermediate lipid profiles. and is the preferred tool in lipid analysis when interpretation of . including fish and fish products. 11B. 14. 23Na. 15N. 17O. since in a one-dimensional spectrum each peak is produced by those nuclei placed in an identical local chemical environment. and polymerization.62 one must always take into account the very wide variation in the concentrations of lipid components that can be found in apparently homogeneous populations of farmed salmon.64 may contribute to the difficulty of performing correct classifications as wild/ farmed based only on the FA composition. 10B. 14. NMR spectroscopy can be used to identify functional groups.61 As indicated by Refsgaard et al.222 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis for vegetable oils. the latter seems to be the most persistent after a dietary switch to fish oil diet.3 1 H NMR and 13C NMR Analyses High-resolution nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (HR-NMR) has emerged as a popular technique in the analysis of foodstuff. which may be used as a rapid profiling technique. −80°C. HR-NMR has been particularly valuable in the study of marine lipids. and an inert atmosphere..50. NMR spectroscopy exploits the magnetic properties of certain nuclei: nuclei that contain odd numbers of protons or neutrons have an intrinsic magnetic moment and angular momentum. which. 13C. it is particularly important to exercise care when working with marine lipids: it is recommended to use low temperature (work in ice or in a cold room) and avoid or minimize exposition to air and light in order to prevent lipid hydrolysis.2 Lipid Extraction and Gas Chromatography Procedures for lipid extraction are described in another book chapter of this series. The spectrum is often used to obtain information about the number and type of molecules in a mixture.. 14N. because it provides multicomponent information and can be applied nondestructively. On the other hand. 2H.65 NMR gives a fingerprint of the sample analyzed. 29Si. Fresh samples should be kept wrapped in air. The most commonly used HR-NMR techniques in wild/farmed classification are 1H NMR and 13C NMR. The major advantage of 1H NMR spectroscopy compared with 13C NMR is the higher sensitivity and thereby shorter acquisition times per experiment.52.5. 31P.1 Sample Preservation Due to the high levels of PUFAs. but NMR is applicable to any nucleus possessing spin (e. oxidation.5. For detailed descriptions of the analysis of fish samples.52 that give detailed descriptions of the procedure. 14.63. and in particular. The most commonly measured nucleus is 1H (the most receptive isotope at natural abundance). 195Pt).g.5. which leads to less overlapping of signals. it is best to use as low a temperature as possible. 19F. If freezing is required. that is. and even after the levels of C20:5n3 and C22:6n3 were restored to the original high levels. the ratio n3/n6 was not fully restored. both of which are able to detect a range of metabolites in a nontargeted way. the reader is directed to several publications46. 13C NMR has a greater range of chemical shifts. 35Cl.

0 ppm for 13C NMR.28 ppm for 1H NMR and by the triplet of CDCl3 at 77.8 mL solvent is used. 13C NMR and 1H NMR spectra are fi rst obtained by Fourier transformation of the resulting free-induction decay (FID) function after applying a prospective line-broadening function. Both the area/ intensities of peaks and full spectra can be input for multivariate analysis. which is easily evaporated. a sample size of 50–100 mg of lipid in 0.67 1H NMR has been used to perform quantitative measurements of total n-3 FAs and of the levels of DHA.73 which is of value for authentication purposes. 1H NMR has also been applied to differentiate between wild and farmed salmon and sea bream of different origins. because it may interfere with the multivariate data analysis.71 Another technique that in the future may be used more often is the analysis of intact tissue by high-resolution magic angle spinning (HR-MAS). although the optimal sample size depends on the instrument. and other intermolecular interactions.66. ideally for screening many samples with short acquisition time. but it is not necessary for classification purposes. may lead to erroneous classification. in conjunction with chemometrics. the chemical shift scale is referred to the shift of TMS or indirectly to TMS by the peaks from chloroform at 7. they are normally converted to ASCII or JCAMP file formats. the relative intensities for corresponding signals across different spectra are comparable.71 13C NMR gives information about FA composition of fish72 and the positional distribution of PUFAs in triacylglycerols and phospholipids. 99. However. inhomogeneities in the applied magnetic field. a semiquantitative 13C NMR approach has been chosen.e.66 Potential problems about inconsistencies in ppm values between samples in the data analyses should be solved by manual alignment or data pretreatment methods. Typically. interactions with metal ions.75 Small differences in experimental conditions. phasing and baseline correction are applied but no zero fi lling. such as instabilities in apparatus.8% CDCl3). although this approach has still not been widely used for authentication purposes. The assignment of spectral resonances gives information about the chemical composition of the samples. Tetramethylsilane (TMS) is usually added as a chemical shift and intensity reference. It is expected that in the future the use of flow injection systems. Typically. or differences in relative concentrations of the samples analyzed. Factors that affect the exact chemical shift of NMR signals include the type of solvent used. When full spectra are used.68. Regions without signals or unwanted signals are removed before multivariate analysis. due to the fact that quantitative measurements require a considerable longer experimental time. will increase the sample throughput significantly.77 Regarding reproducibility issues. leaving the sample ready for analysis.75 and it is important that all the samples contain the same volume.70. The most commonly used solvent in the analysis of neutral lipids is deuterated chloroform (i.. Both HR 1H and 13C NMR.76 In some studies.77 It is advisable to check that all spectra have acceptable linewidth and lineshape after the NMR analysis. Multivariate methods are frequently applied to study differences among NMR spectra. Normally. Standardized procedures should be followed to ensure repeatability and comparability. The application of multivariate statistics to NMR spectral data increases the potential of the technique considerably.78 .5–0. even though the signal intensities within each spectrum are not quantitative. temperature variations. hydrogen bondings. have allowed the differentiation between wild and farmed salmon74 and cod51 of different origins.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 223 spectra is the goal. the whole procedure from sample preparation to analysis by a data exploration technique can be affected by factors unrelated to the sample characteristic of interest. pH.69 This analysis can be carried out with a high degree of automation and gives a rapid fingerprint (2–5 min) of the lipid profile.

Samples of muscle tissue of wild salmon were significantly more enriched in nitrogen (d15N: mean = 12. . the 13C/12C ratio for both milk fat and cheese protein give information on the type of forage fed to the cows. C4 plants may have d13C mean values of −12/−14‰. the abundances of the stable isotopes differ between substrate and product.759%).224 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 14. the higher the proportion of the heavier isotope.63) and 15N (0.52 were able to classify correctly according to the production method. and oxygen as three: 16O (99.75. For example.23‰) than the aquaculture specimens. Using the d15N of choline and the d18O of total oil. depending on their diet and their position in the trophic chain: the higher its position in the trophic chain. A significant kinetic fractionation is already found in the initial fi xation of carbon dioxide in photosynthesis: the isotopic signature of C3 plants (plants that form a three-carbon compound as the first stable intermediate in the incorporation of CO2.82 Dempson and Power83 examined the potential of using stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen 13C and d15N) by isotope ratio mass spectrometry (IRMS) to identify escaped farmed Atlantic (d salmon. the abundance of stable isotopes varies among different compounds. 171 Atlantic salmon specimens originating from three continents and 15 different geographic regions. d13C of individual FA. and O2. Moreover. Usually animal products become enriched in the heavier isotope (15N and 13C). and oxygen has been proposed as a method suitable for food authentication.38‰) but depleted in lipid-corrected carbon (d13C: mean = −20.11%). C16:1n-9. N2. Some atmospheric gases.204%).37%). and 18O (0.80 The natural isotopic abundance largely varies depending on the chemical forms. Thus. N2O and CH4 exhibit wide isotopic variation. nitrogen as two: 14N (99. In contrast.81 This is because the 13C/12C ratio depends almost exclusively on the photosynthetic mechanism used by the plants for CO2 fi xation. mostly broadleaf plants and plants in the temperate zones) shows a higher degree of 13C depletion than the C4 plants (where the CO2 is converted first into a four-carbon organic acid: these plants are mostly found in warm sunny regions.46 were equally successful classifying sea bass using the FA profile. In addition. exhibit limited variation. equilibrium reactions also lead to a fractionation of the isotopic forms. resulting in a complete separation of the two groups. nitrogen. they were also able to correctly classify the fish according to their geographic origin. C18:1n-9. For example.50 were also able to correctly classify Atlantic salmon according to their geographic origin and production method by using four FA compositions (C16:0. Introducing the percentage of C18:2n6 as a third variable in their model. and they reflect both significant isotopic fractionation by microbes and the different biological substrates producing these gases. plus the kinetic fractionations occurring in animal metabolism. SD ± 0.51. Bell et al. Differences in the 15N/14N ratio also result essentially from diet.89%) and 13C (1. SD ± 0. a kinetic fractionation occurs. since the physical properties of molecules containing heavier isotopic forms are different. 17O (0. typically tropical grasses. Since a molecule containing heavier isotopic forms has stronger chemical bonds.037%). The isotopic abundances in animal tissues and animal food products are the summation of the feeds ingested throughout all their life. although many broadleaf plants are also C4). such as maize. such as CO2. Aursand et al.6 Stable Isotopes The variation in the abundance of the stable isotopes of carbon. because the enzymatic reaction rates on substrates that contain the lighter isotopic forms are faster than in reactions involving the heavier isotopic forms. Thomas et al. and C22:1n-9) together with the overall isotope ratio 2H/1H of the fish oils and three deuterium molar fractions obtained by site-specific natural isotope fraction studied by NMR (SNIF–NMR). while typical d13C mean values of C3 plants may be −26/−28‰.79 Carbon exists as two stable isotopes: 12C (abundance 98.

carbon as CO.6. The C and O isotopic profiles of fish tissues may be altered if CO is used for stunning or killing. Interestingly. nitrogen. The element is converted to a gaseous form to be analyzed by the mass spectrometer. Enriched samples contain relatively more of the heavier isotopes. d13C values are normalized for lipid content following techniques developed by McConnaughey and McRoy87 and validated by Kline et al.1 Sample Preservation It is very important not to contaminate the sample during handling. For example. Approximately 1 mg of dried. a flight tube with a magnet. where R is the heavy:light isotopic ratio of the sample or standard. pulverized to a fine powder using a ball mill grinder. it must not be washed in the laboratory after collection (which may alter the O and H profile of the sample). and the abundance ratios of the heavy and light isotopic species are then calculated.84 has helped to understand the nitrogen isotopic variations in fishes. 14. 14. the d15N values of heart and liver were also affected by environmental temperature. The research of Sweeting et al. The light elements.6. the collected tissue samples are dried at a constant temperature of approximately 50°C for 48 h.86 To facilitate comparisons between specimens with differing lipid contents. All international standards are . and commercially farmed Atlantic salmon measuring d13C and d15N by IRMS in raw fillets. whereas IRMS can be applied to all except 12 elements. and stored in glass desiccation vials until analyzed. thus hydrogen is introduced as H2. experimental duration. and environmental conditions on fish tissue. Usually. are typically determined with a gas isotope rationing mass spectrometer. However.85. nitrogen as N2. organic. since these authors assessed the effects of body size.2 SNIF–NMR and IRMS Two methods are used to assess stable isotopes: SNIF–NMR and IRMS. ground tissue is used in the simultaneous analysis of stable C and N isotopes. The instrument consists of an ionizing source.48 NMR techniques have been described previously.88 Stable isotope ratios are expressed in delta (d) notation with measurements consisting of parts per thousand difference (‰) between the isotopic ratio of a sample relative to an international standard.1 were able to differentiate wild. and so on. whereas IRMS gives only an average value of the isotopic forms in the molecule. SNIF–NMR can only be applied to the few isotopomers possessing spin. The gas is introduced in the mass spectrometer and is ionized by removal of an electron in the ion source. An advantage of SNIF–NMR over IRMS is that it produces a distinct isotopic fingerprint giving information on the frequency of each isotope in a given molecule and the position of the isotope in the molecule. probably reflecting the metabolic functions of these tissues and their associated turnover rates. the paths of isotopic species are deflected by the magnet by an angle that is a direct function of their mass over charge ratio. and d15N of the glycerol choline fraction of flesh phospholipids. Molkeltin et al. the ions are finally detected at the detector. and oxygen as CO2. The ionized gas is then introduced in the flight tube under vacuum or carried by helium. for nitrogen 15N:14N). respectively (for carbon 13C:12C. and oxygen isotopes. and a detector to measure the different isotopic species. as follows: d = (R sample/R standard − 1) × 1000‰.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 225 d13C and d18O of total muscle oil. such as carbon. The assumption that fractionation was independent of body mass was upheld for muscle and heart tissue but not for liver.

Thus. handling. and price. in particular since the analysis may detect contaminants at the pM level.1 Sample Preservation As for stable isotope analysis. cadmium and arsenic levels in the muscles of clams from China and Korea were higher than those of clams from Japan. with the exception that clams from Miyagi had high arsenic content.91 In the case of fish. farmed and wild specimens of the same species have different geographic distributions. and it must be accurately weighed with a microbalance. attributable to manganese and vanadium levels. Rare trace elements taken from the environment.1–1 g of tissue samples are placed into 50 mL Teflon tubes and 8–16 sample volumes of a mixture of concentrated trace-metal-grade nitric acid/hydroperoxide mixture (5:3) is added. and often the geographic origin of both farmed and wild seafood may be of relevance for its safety. The first step in the analysis is the digestion of the sample: 0. in addition to DNA-based species identification techniques.7 Trace Element Fingerprint Sometimes. Biochemical analytical techniques using multiple elemental analysis. Multivariate trace elemental analysis is increasingly used as a technique to differentiate the geographic origins of foodstuff. lead. The origins of farmed and wild eel collected from different regions in Japan. All implements and containers should be cleaned with 0. The sample may be stored in a centrifuge tube at a temperature of −40°C or lower until analyzed. In addition. 14. multivariate trace elemental analysis is expected to be helpful in determining whether the fish was farmed and its geographic distribution. The same research group (Yamashita et al. respectively.92–94 Otolith chemistry is useful for identifying the natal origin and assessing the relative contribution of different nursery areas to mixed adult stocks. as well as vitamin K and its metabolites. multiple elemental analysis could also be used in this case to identify imported clams from China and Korea. copper. The . it is very important to avoid contaminating the sample during sampling. Taiwan. and strontium levels and Factor 3. Thirteen elements were shown to be the most diagnostic. have been used to differentiate the geographical distribution of origin of farmed Japanese eel. quality. otolith chemistry is used as a recorder of time and environmental conditions. Recently.95 By using ICP-MS analysis the sensitivity in the determination of rare trace elements can be increased from the nM to pM level.. and analysis.226 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis set at 0‰ by convention. false labeling problems were encountered in which imported live Japanese eels from Taiwan were illegally sold as being of Japanese origin. cadmium. and China. unpublished data) examined the trace element composition of the muscle and shell of littleneck clams collected in Japan. Therefore. and China were compared by analyzing the trace and heavy metal contents in the muscles to determine the differences among the fish farms for cultured eels and also to identify the river where wild eels had been caught. Korea.5 M nitric acid and rinsed with Milli-Q ultrapure deionized water. and vanadium. Each sample should be separated from the tissues using ceramic knives and scissors and Teflon-coated tweezers to avoid contamination of metals. attributable to cobalt. 14. were shown to be of relevance to determine the origin of eels.7. such as uranium. and they found distinct patterns for each of the three origins. Multivariate analysis showed that differences in elemental composition in the muscle between Japanese and imported clams were mainly due to two factors: Factor 1. Carbonate rock from the Pee Dee Belemnite formation89 and nitrogen gas in the atmosphere90 are used as the standards for carbon and nitrogen.

To verify that the instrument is properly calibrated on a continuous basis. but although the diet of wild salmon contains astaxanthin. 14.3′S) that does not occur naturally and can therefore be used as a marker for farmed salmon.42. For the determination of mercury. atomization. Each solution (5 mL) of the microwave samples is applied to the atomic absorption spectrophotometer. and the resulting digest is a clear liquid with a yellow tint. and the last 10 samples are analyzed again. In. most artificial feeds contain a mixture of canthaxanthin and astaxanthins of different origins (both natural and synthetic). an internal standard mixture is added. the use of carotenoids is allowed. much of the astaxanthin used in fish feed nowadays is produced from cultured microalgae or from krill. Analysis by chiral chromatography can be used to identify a chiral form (the meso form 3R. Perkin-Elmer). the instrument is recalibrated. there might be specific requirements that may be targeted to identify the production method. Japan). The ions are extracted from the plasma through a differentially pumped vacuum interface and are separated on the basis of mass-to-charge ratio by a quadrupole mass spectrometer that has a minimum resolution capability of 1 atomic mass unit (amu) peak width at 5% peak height. the samples are diluted to a final volume of 50 mL in Digitube (SCP Science. and the ion information is processed by a data handling system. and stored at room temperature until use. Afterwards. which suffers from severe memory effects. If the measured concentration deviates from the true concentration by more than 10%.2 ICP-MS Multielement determination of trace elements is usually measured by inductively coupled plasma mass spectroscopy (ICP-MS). and ionization. a calibration blank and calibration standards are used as surrogate test samples after every 10 analyses. the mass calibration and resolution are checked using diluted metal solutions as standards. In the farming of salmon for example. the Norwegian Research . Y.8 Other Methods Depending on the species. five internal standards are used: Sc. Tb.98 However. 14. For internal standardization. Acknowledgments This work was carried out with the financial support of the EU-STREP Project Sigma Chain: “Developing a Stakeholders’ Guide on the Vulnerability of Food and Feed Chains to Dangerous Agents and Substances” Contract No FOOD-CT-2004-506359. and Bi. To initiate the proper operating configuration of the instrument and data system. Canada). the total mercury concentration is determined by cold vapor atomic absorption spectrometry. Ions transmitted through the quadrupole are detected by continuous dynode electron multiplier assembly.98 making this approach more unreliable than it used to be.96 Samples digested as described above are introduced by pneumatic nebulization into a radio frequency plasma. where energy transfer processes cause desolvation.7.97 using an automatic mercury analyzer (Hiranuma HG-200. Multiwave 3000 Microwave Oven.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 227 digestion may be carried out by placing the tubes in a microwave oven (for example.

A combined salt and confinement stress enhances mortality in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) selected for high stress responsiveness. NAR. 1998. 63. Ø.. 261. et al. Evaluation of three methods for effective extraction of DNA from human hair.J. G. 1988. J..F. Mar.. 2003. and Midling K. O. Fish Biol.. 7. A review of the physiological and nutritional energetics of cod. 224. J. Aquaculture. Genetic characteristics of broodstock collected from four Norwegian coastal cod (Gadus morhua) populations. et al. 3.K. 535. 4692. 213. J. 2006. 209. 10.). Paralichthys olivaceus (Temminck and Schlegel) using microsatellite markers. S. Evaluation of three strategies using DNA markers for traceability in aquaculture species. Miller. 13. 343... 21. 820. Bailey. 118. 17. and Martinez. 8. Chapela.. Sci.H. Solem. et al. 2. Aquacult. .. and Gunnes. H. Aljanabi. Can.A. 37. 67. S.. J. Universal and rapid salt-extraction of high quality genomic DNA for PCR-based techniques. G.R. et al. 16. References 1. 1211. 1994. Int. Aquaculture.M. 1997. 1991.. Eknath. ICES J. Technol. Fish Biol. and Gross. 70. and Nakamura. Roed. 556. F. 11. 5. et al. K. et al.W. 137. 20. 2006. Can.. 15.B. and Fjalestad.. 250.. Pampoulie. 2005. 43.. M. Kang. Coughlan.. Blood vessel melanosis: A physiological detoxification mechanism in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). 2006. Fevolden. 2005. 19. J. J. Inter. 2007. 238. A. J. R. M. 1. 15. Genetic differences between five major domesticated strains of Atlantic salmon and wild salmon. Doyle. Gildberg. 16. Identification of organically farmed Atlantic salmon by analysis of stable isotopes and fatty acids. Suenaga. Gadus morhua L. 51. Phenotypic divergence of sea-ranched. 240.. 273. B. E. 14. Microsatellite DNA variation in wild populations and farmed strains of turbot from Ireland and Norway: A preliminary study. 52. Aquaculture. Berg. Digestive enzyme activities in starved pre-slaughter farmed and wild-captured. et al. Dykes. Hayes. Sonesson.J. 2006. K. Res.. SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture.. B. 1466.. M.. M. Food Res. 701. Jonsson. B. Sci. Aquaculture. Genetic comparison of experimental farmed strains and wild Icelandic populations of Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua L. Sci.Ø. 131. Applications of selection for multiple traits in cagereared Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Genetic relationship between broodstocks of olive flounder... Comparison of DNA extraction methods from muscle of canned tuna for species identification.K.228 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Council. NAR. Jobling. Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). Aquaculture. A. 48. Fish.P. Fish Biol.. J. Skaala. A. Aquaculture.E. 2007. Ø.. farmed and wild salmon. and by grants from the Fisheries Research Agency and the Ministry of Agriculture. C. J. et al. 70. 69.. B. and Gjerde. I. A...): Allelic diversity and identification of individuals..and intra-population morphological differences between wild and farmed Atlantic salmon juveniles. 2004.H.. 67. et al. Aquat. Taggart. 216. Fleming.. 9. S. 148.. Eur.. 25.A. Aquaculture. Chromatogr. 2005. Selective diversification of aquaculture stocks: A proposal for economically sustainable genetic stock conservation. I. Ø. D. Food Control. and Kjønes. Microsatellite analysis in domesticated and wild Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L. 1. Cooper.W. Aquat. and Polesky. K. 2006. J. H. Aquaculture. 18. 916. Friars. 2004.. A simple salting put procedure fore extracting DNA from human nucleated cells. 2808. 18. 137. J.D. Genetic improvement of fanned tilapias: Composition and genetic parameters of a synthetic base population of Oreochromis niloticus for selective breeding. 4.M. Fish. 1995. and O’Flynn. Aquacult. 6. 1988.E.. with particular reference to growth under farmed condition. Skaala.. 2007. Forestry and Fisheries of Japan. 1215.. Dahle. Molkentin.K. 12.

J. 2004.A. Bioanal.. in Seafood from Fish to Dish. and Kochert.. 2007.. 2007. Partial or total replacement of fish meal by soybean protein on growth. Fish meal replacement by plant meals in extruded feeds for Atlantic salmon.B. 23. High resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis as a tool to differentiate wild from farmed cod (Gadus morhua) and to assess the protein composition of klipfish.. Mar. 5. Eds. 28. Gelatinolytic activity in muscle of farmed and wild Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) related to muscle softening. Oncorhynchus mykiss. Biotechnol. Source regions for recruitment of Calanus finmarchicus to Georges Bank: Evidence from molecular population genetic analysis of mtDNA. Biophys. Aquaculture. Aquaculture. 2007. R.. et al. 34. and Heerdet. 1995.C. S. 2000.. Replacement of fish meal by plant-proteins in diets for rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss)-effect of the quality of the fish-meal based control diets on digestibility and nutrient balance. Lea. and Olli. Olsson. 2000. http://www. I. 40. 2-D Electrophoresis for Proteomics: A Methods and Product Manual. Chem. A. 2-D Electrophoresis.com/EP1472366A2. 1995. M.pdf. GE Healthcare. Biochim. 32..B. and Arildsen. Quality. 215. 29. Potential o f plant-protein sources as fish meal substitutes in diets for turbot (Psetta maxima): Growth. 205. 27. M.. et al. Olsson. Bucklin. Gomes. Wageningen Academic Publishers. G. Salmo salar L. J. cholesterolemia and flesh quality in rainbow trout. et al.M. E. 148. 35.A. C.freepatentsonline. 161. 2007. 1994. 197. the Netherlands. protein utilization. 107A. 183. 36. 2006.. Aquaculture. Francis. et al. J. 504. et al. 41. H.. Garfin.. Sample preparation by in-gel digestion for mass spectrometry-based proteomics.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 229 22. gelifesciences. Martinez. 38. Fast growth was not associated with an increased incidence of soft flesh and gaping in two strains of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) grown under different environmental conditions.html. Physiol. Roth. 31.. Comp. et al.com/aptrix/upp00919. et al. 1996. L. Krogdahl. http://www. B. Burel. J.A. 257... Food Chem. 651. Aquaculture. and Becker..pdf. 363. 349. Aquacult. Asa (NO). 11. Slizyte. O. Res. S. nutrient utilisation and thyroid status. Martin. Carter.D.G.. E. and Eichacker. and Westgaard. 991. Acta.nsf/Content/2A3643B6787 885E0C 12570BE000DC671/$file/ 80642960. (http://www1... 2001. 24.B.B.. R. J. 188.F.. Ploscher.. 2006. Deep Sea Res. Slinde.. Vielma. I.biorad. 1995. Protein and amino acid requirements: A critique of methods. Simultaneous analysis of six microsatellite markers in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua): A novel multiplex assay system for use in selective breeding studies. 1665. EP1472366. Principles and Methods. T. and Hauler.I.. Anal. Cowey. 102. Lie. II.. C. B. Handbook 80-6429-60AC. 1223. Bio-Rad. Proteomic sensitivity to dietary manipulations in rainbow trout.. Luten. E. Water Sci. 2003.P. 37. et al. J. 2003. L. Safety and Processing of Wild and Farmed Fish. 265. Metabolic disorders in muscle of farmed Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). Ichthyol.. 199.. The effect on rigor mortis and the physical properties of flesh. Delghandi. 2000. Eds. Antinutritional factors present in plant-derived alternate fish feed ingredients and their effects in fish. and Dauksas. Johnston.. 31. K.. T. 185. 43.. 389. G. 33.. et al. Soybean proteinase inhibitors affect intestinal trypsin activities and amino acid digestibilities in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). Aquaculture. Pre or post mortem muscle activity in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). 30. 2004. 257. 2001. C. Mortensen.B. Verification of food origin based on nucleic acid pattern recognition... .. A... Biochem. 199.J. Technol. 38. Influence of dietary soy and phytase levels on performance and body composition of large rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) and algal availability of phosphorus load. A. et al.141.. Appl. 25. Makkar. 17. Genomar.L. Aquaculture.. D.com/LifeScience/pdf/Bulletin_2651. G. potential estrogenic or antigenic effects. Granvogl. 39.. 26.. Kaushik.S.. 504. 133. 299. Aquaculture.

ISBN 1-876-996-07-2. Authenticity assessment based on other principles: Analysis of lipids. heart histology and standard oxygen consumption of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) raised at two temperatures. M. F. G. JAOCS. 2004. Eds. Luten.B. 105. 43.. JAOCS.L. J.. 55. Acta. p. 541. Froyland. J. Polyunsaturated fatty acid composition of the salmon (Salmo salar L. 60. 388.230 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 42.. 218. 659. 59. 5934.. p. 2009. 2008. 2006. 51. 2008. Bell. Mabon.. 55. et al. Determination of origin of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): The use of multiprobe and multielement isotopic analyses in combination with fatty acid composition to assess wild or farmed origin. Aquaculture. 61. 1996. 60. Nutr. F. 38. 2nd ed. SEAFOODplus report 6. Discrimination of wild and cultured European sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) using chemical and isotopic analyses. J. U. 2001..S. 2002. Oehlenschläger.. and Lie. Thomas. Jobling.B. Dosanjh. Biochim.. 56. 85. CSIRO Marine Research and FRDC. B. I.G. 631.. Discrimination of cod liver oil according to wild/farmed and geographical origins by GC and 13C NMR. Aquaculture. D. 175.3. Bell.D. et al.... .” Aquaculture. Fish Physiol. Differentiation of cultured and wild sturgeon based on fatty acid composition.. J. 52. Aursand. et al. in Seafood from Fish to Dish. Evaluation of the profile of lipids as a tool to discriminate wild from farmed salmon. and Martin.B.. Revision of analytical methodologies to verify the production method of fish. 2006. H. Are modifications in tissue fatty acid profiles following a change in diet the results of dilution? Test of a simple dilution model. J. 232. 52 p. Blackwell Publishing. Food Chem. et al. 2004. Agric.G. et al. Gunstone. Nichols. 55. ISBN 978-87-7075-001-1. Martinez. Replacing dietary fish oil with increasing levels of rapeseed oil and olive oil—Effects on Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L.G. R. 2003.. et al..E. K. 272. 49. and Axelson... 1994..G. J. stable isotopes and trace elements.. 2007. J. 77. F.. 2003. and thyroidal status of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) in sea water.K. Gunstone. 44. Agric.. Biochem. 2007. 56. P.. Australia. 311. 131. 45. Bell. Safety and Authenticity. 58. B. 57. Chen. B. 2007. Compositional and organoleptic quality of farmed and wild gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) and sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) and factors affecting it: A review.D. J. et al. Nutr.) pineal organ: Modification by diet and effect on prostaglandin production. F. J.. Food Sci. Seasonal variations in chemical and sensory characteristics of farmed and wild Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus). et al. Nutritional Value of Australian Seafood II.. J..G. M. 2000. Henderson... 989. Hobart. 123.. 2002.. 47. Quality. I. N. Rapeseed oil as an alternative to marine fish oil in diets of post-smolt Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): Changes in flesh fatty acid composition and effectiveness of subsequent fish oil “wash out. Grisdale-Helland.. I. and Elliot. Influence of high contents of dietary soybean oil on growth.. Chapman & Hall. Wageningen Academic Publishers.. et al. 19. 1998... G. Tasmania.. 1299. tissue fatty acid composition. Torstensen.B.. M. Agric. 48. F.. J. The Lipid Handbook.. feed utilization.. Martinez. B. Biophys.B. Eds. Mooney. 191. 551. 50.. 55. 207. 46. Martinez.D.J. the Netherlands. Food Chem.. Influence of dietary blends of menhaden oil and canola oil on growth. 53. Grigorakis. Ø.T. 217. Food Chem. Replacement of fish oil with rapeseed oil in diets of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) affects tissue lipid compositions and hepatocyte fatty acid metabolism.. Standal. Characterization of farmed and wild salmon (Salmo salar).8. Aquaculture.. in Fishery Products: Quality.D. 515. Bell.E.. 289.. I. J. Aquaculture. and Park. I.. Olsson.J. 198pp.) tissue and lipoprotein lipid composition and lipogenic enzyme activities. Safety and Processing of Wild and Farmed Fish. and Rehbein. M. 1995. 10. L. muscle lipid composition. 1535. I. et al. Harwood. 54. Standal. London. Aursand... High-resolution C-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy pattern recognition of fish oil capsules. Aquacult. and Padley. Eds.

Agric. Lipids. De Niro.. Ed. 68. Am.M. 1995. fillets and extracts of farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) for quality assessment and compositional analyses. Am. Agric. H. Aursand. 227. J. 2003. I. Amsterdam. 52... Schuppe-Koistinen. I. M. the Netherlands. M.S. M. 34. Quantitative high-resolution 13C and 1H nuclear magnetic resonance of fatty acids from white muscle of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Sacchi. M. Rezzi. 66. Brockhoff. 1993...Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 231 62. 81. 80... Res. J.. T. Fan.S. Camin. 2001. 75. Soc. Spectrosc. 2003. Prog. Pattern recognition methods and applications in biomedical magnetic resonance. 72..P. 1992.A. 999.. S. 67. Omega-3 fatty acid content of intact muscle of farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) examined by 1H MAS NMR spectroscopy. L... and Colquhoun I.. 2007.W.. J. 445. Carbon isotopic evidence for different feeding patterns in two hyrax species occupying the same habitat.. Acta 487. Soc. Chemometric analysis of NMR spectroscopy data: A review. 1998. Classification of gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) from 1H NMR lipid profiling combined with principal component and linear discriminant analysis.. 39. Spectrosc. J.. 70. 808.. et al. J. 161... I. Oil Chem.K. 1978. T. 239. Nucl. Origin recognition of wild and farmed salmon (Norway and Scotland) using 13C NMR spectroscopy in combination with pattern recognition techniques. K.F. H. and Spanish cheese. Reson. 28. Magn. et al. Peak alignment of NMR signals by means of a genetic algorithm. Environ. Biological and Marine Sciences. Anal. Aursand. and Epstein. U. 6592. Chem. Oil Chem. Aursand. M. F.B. Salmon farming affects the fatty acid composition and taste of wild saithe Pollachius virens L. 293. p. 70. Steindachner. Oil Chem. I. Aursand. 2006. Bioanal. Jørgensen. Springer. and Axelson. et al. R. and Jacobsson. Aquaculture. Alam. 1998.. P. H.E. Refsgaard.. 250. Phys. and Grasdalen. Prog.. Eds. . 2004. 1996. D.. 2003. 906. Rainuzzo. Annu Rep. 971... T. Metabolite profiling by one-and two-dimensional NMR analysis of complex mixtures. Analyst.J.. Nucl. et al. and Alam. G. Application of multielement stable isotope ratio analysis to the characterization of French. Fernandez-Jover. Am. 63.. I. 387. Phytochemistry. 2005... Chim.. G. 2001. 123. Dennis. Forshed. J. 1009. 74. 72.A. Science. 73. Changes in body condition and fatty acid composition of wild Mediterranean horse mackerel (Trachurus mediterraneus. and Martinez. 77. and Martinez. et al. 76. 931. C.. Masoum. S. Magn. Lindon. Food Chem.. M. 1. Webb. 79. 1868) associated to sea cage fish farms. and Nicholson. 71. Recent developments in food authentication.. M. 69. Reson. 2007. 65. 78. in Handbook of Modern Magnetic Resonance Modern Magnetic Resonance. and Grasdalen. K.. Soc.E. Application of support vector machines to 1H NMR data of fish oils: Methodology for the confirmation of wild and farmed salmon and their origins. H. High resolution 1H magnetic resonance spectroscopy of whole fish. 54. Anal.. Agric. S. Holmes. Food Chem. E.. J.. et al. et al. Mar.. 2007. 151R. 225. Italian. J. 1993. Gribbestad. 1. Aquaculture Res.. Interpretation of the 13C NMR spectra of omega-3 fatty acids and lipid extracted from the white muscle of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Aursand. Gribbestad. M. D. and Jensen. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance rapid and structure-specific determination of w-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in fish lipids. 63. Webb. 55. 46.. 9963. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry. RSC Books. M. J. B. in Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: A View to the Future. Factors affecting the robustness of metabolite fingerprinting using 1H NMR spectra.. S. and Grasdalen.H. London.. 64. Aursand. 70. 62. 41. Defernez. Positional distribution of n-3 fatty acids in marine lipid triacylglycerols by high-resolution 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.J. M... Biological variation of lipid constituents and distribution of tocopherols and astaxanthin in farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Food Chem.. J. NMR Spectrosc.. Skog. M.. 1499... 2005. Chem. 62. 189. 201.

S. Acta.. 80. 75. Franke. 1.. Biol. T. 89. Identification of northern bluefin tuna stocks from putative nurseries in the Mediterranean Sea and western Atlantic Ocean using otolith chemistry. Sweeting.M... Wilson.. et al. et al. 12. 1494. Effects of body size and environment on diet-tissue d15N fractionation in fishes. Mar. 176.. Technol. Use of stable isotopes to distinguish farmed from wild Atlantic salmon.. 193. J. 2006. B. . 92. Oceanogr. T. 1998. 85. AOAC Int. Alaska. and Power. 1993. 98. Rapid liquid chromatographic method to distinguish wild salmon from aquacultured salmon fed synthetic astaxanthin. 188. Cosmochim. Food-web structure and the fractionation of carbon isotopes in the Bering Sea. M. mechanisms and applications. J. 622. Using stable isotopes to confirm the trophic ecology of Arctic charr morphotypes from Lake Hazen. Y.. J.R. 290. 87. Atmospheric nitrogen is a reliable standard for natural 15N abundance measurements. Fac. Vet. Eur. 53. Dempson. Fish Biol. 257. W. Sci. Medic. Ecol.. 55. Geographic origin of meat . 83. Ecol. J.C. Ihnat. et al. Mariotti. Freshwater Fish. et al. Y.. et al. 72. Nature 303. 1109. 685. Omura. Exp.. 84. Ann. 2007. 89. Stable isotopes determination in food authentication: A review. C. 84. 1979. 2006. J. Ser. et al. 90. 340.. Rooker. S. J. 1999. Committee on residues and related topics—Metals and other elements. R. 133. K.. Ghidini. et al..J..R. AOAC Int.. Thorrold. and McRoy. Yamashita.elements of an analytical approach to its authentication.232 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 82. 91. C. Craig. 96. R. Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometric method.R. Fish. Evidence for anadromy in a southern relict population of Arctic charr from North America. Trace elements in waters and wastewaters. and Goering.. E... 1999.. 88. and Okazaki.A. H. 12.. 95. Aquat. McConnaughey. M.E. J. Distinct regional profiles of trace element content in muscle of Japanese eel Anguilla japonica from Japan. J. 43... Sci. et al.. Fish. 60. Fish Biol.. Biol. Canada. Oceanogr.. XXVI. Trace element signatures in otoliths record natal river of juvenile American shad (Alosa sapidissima). 1957. Natural isotope indicators of fish migration at Prudhoe Bay.14. Mar. Mar.B.. Ecol. Doucett. First action. Can.. Campana. Prog. 2003. AOAC Official Method 993.J.1998. 97. Salmo salar. 86. 55... Taiwan. 221.R. Nunavut. 1997. A. Fish. J. Food Res. and China. 13. Limnol. 348. 2005. 94. 2004. 2002. Geochim. 93. 493. 1826. 263. 2006.R. Guiguer. 1983. Di Parma. Chemistry and composition of fish otoliths: Pathways.. Isotopic standards for carbon and oxygen and correction factors for mass spectrometric analysis of carbon dioxide. Albert. Kline.P. S..J.

........9.6.............................................................................8 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons................................................................................................9 Legislative Aspects..............2...............6 Organoleptic Roles of Volatile Compounds of SF .................................................................. 240 15.................................1 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Odor ..................................4 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Aspect and Color ............................... 234 15.............1 Properties and Toxicology ........................1 Introduction .... 236 15.....241 15...........................................................1 Liquid Smokes........Chapter 15 Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood Vincent Varlet..................................................... 248 15............................. 238 15.............................2 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Flavor ............................................................2............ 245 15...........2 Extraction and Analysis Methods of PAH in SF and Seafood Treated by SF .....................................................................................................................................................................3 Use of Smoke Flavorings .................... 246 15..... 237 15..............................................1 European Regulations on PAH Found in SF ............. 239 15.. 234 15..............6.............................................................249 15................... Thierry Serot............249 15............................6............................................... 237 15...............................................247 15................5 Role of SF Process Parameters in Volatile Compounds Generation ....................................3 Smoke Powders .............8............... 248 15................................................... 237 15........................6........... 246 15.....................2 Smoke Flavoring Process ...249 233 ......... 241 15............4 Chemical Composition of Liquid Smokes .................................... and Carole Prost Contents 15.8.2.............2.............2 Smoke Oils .........................3 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Texture .....4 Smoke By-Products ......................................7 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in Preservation ....

.. purified...... The gaseous smoke can be cooled down by water or by organic solvents.. mainly hard woods...... and provides a higher diversity of smoked food [1].......... It also allows the reduction of the PAH final concentrations............ This kind of smoke flavoring (SFs) appears as an alternative to the smoking process as it is carried out in Europe..... In United States where 75% of smoked foods are treated by liquid smokes.251 15......9. a water-soluble phase. the crude smoke condensates are separated in three phases: a water insoluble heavy oil by-products phase.. The main woods used for smoke production are oak.. The combustible gases are recycled and directed to the furnace............ and a water insoluble tar phase... The heavy oil by-products......... Indeed....................... SFs are obtained by the condensation of wood smoke and can be further fractionated.. especially thanks to the industrial benefits brought about by their use.... between 20% and 30% of European smoked food is treated by liquid smokes... or concentrated.. hickory... allows a better control of PAH in the final product. Wood sawdust is pyrolyzed in a furnace with low oxygen content.. beech...... Indeed.1.... and their uses in the seafood industry are increasing.250 15.......234 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 15........ a better preservation of the combustible....10 Conclusion ........... etc.... A simplified version of SF processes is presented in Figure 15. which give rise to new perspectives in the food industry [3]....... The smoke is filtered to eliminate particules and condensed. wood smoke phenolic components are known to be antioxidants..............) with a wide range of organoleptic qualities...................... it allows decreasing microorganism activity.......... the use of SF allows an easier storage (SF bottles versus wood logs)........... wood smoke imparts desired organoleptic characteristics such as smoky flavor.. Coupled to salting and drying steps........ This industrial process leads to more homogenous products smoked with a repeatable intensity and provides an easier cleaning of the smokehouse........1 Introduction Smoking is the oldest food preservation technique....... the chemical composition of soft woods is responsible for the generation of higher quantities of contaminants as PAH........... However..... Today.... The fractionation of smoke condensates allows obtaining a high diversity of SFs (powders.. obtained after a settling out time (several days) of the smoke condensates in the settling tank........ Simultaneously. Moreover..... the use of liquid smokes avoids the release of smokes..... aqueous solutions..... that is............ oils.. and marple..... However.... the smoking process has two main inconveniences: the production of carcinogenic contaminants—polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)—during the incomplete pyrolysis of wood used to produce smoke and the release of smokes in the atmosphere. and reduced risk of accidents due to fire.................2 European Regulations on PAH Concentration in Food Treated by SF ..... By comparison with the smoking technology........ 15........2 Smoke Flavoring Process The first liquid SF was developed and patented by the Kansas pharmacist Wright in the late of nineteenth century [2].. the legislation and the organoleptic quality of SF and products treated by SF constitute critical points that show the necessity of better improvement and harmonization of this technology.. After condensation........ SFs are widely used in the meat industry... are recycled and directed also to .250 References ........ liquid smokes are commercialized since the end of the nineteenth century..

Condensing tower Filter stage two Settling tank Oil exchange system Filter stage one Dryer/blender Further processing Aqueous smokes Recycled combustible gases Smoke oils Patented furnace Recycled heavy oil by-products Smoke powders Wood dust by-products Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood Figure 15. ◾ 235 .1 Diagram of fabrication of SFs.

Different SFs (liquid smokes. soluble aqueous flavors. smoke oils.2 SFs from primary products. . buffered aqueous flavors are partially neutralized or buffered aqueous flavors. allowing better water solubility.2. They can be employed in sauces or marinades of seafood products. a purified extract of the high-density water insoluble tar phase can be used for the production of SFs and is called primary tar fraction (PTF). 15. Soluble aqueous flavors are aqueous flavors that contain an emulsifier such as polysorbates. They are used when intermediate product dispersion is required as in brine.2.1 Liquid Smokes Different kinds of liquid smokes are available: aqueous flavors. Aqueous flavors. can be used directly or diluted for applications requiring lower concentrations [4]. These products have a pH greater than 4 and can also be added to the brine. concentrates of liquid smokes. or drying/blending of these PP. smoke condensates obtained from PTF and PSC are named primary smoke products (PP). or smoke by-products) can be obtained after different steps of filtration. The water-soluble phase leads to primary smoke condensates (PSC). the furnace because they cannot be used for human consumption. Therefore. separation. smoke powders. They are presented in Figure 15. Concentrates of liquid smokes consist of concentrated versions of aqueous flavors and require lower usage quantities. and buffered aqueous flavors. However.236 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Smoke extracts Smoke distillates Primary products Liquid smokes Smoke oils Aqueous flavours Soluble aqueous flavours Concentrates of liquid smoke Buffered aqueous flavours Smoke powders Figure 15. due to their low pH. flavors) and also the characteristic aspect and color of smoked food. This form of SF is especially used for the smoky taste that it confers to the food. Finally. They are especially used when the final water rate in the treated food must be low. They are employed to confer smoky organoleptic qualities (tastes.

Therefore. 15. in seafood industry. Smoke powders can also be rehydrated and used in brine as liquid smokes.2. Smoke by-products constitute more complex SFs. Wet salting (or curing if nitrited salts are used) is made with brines spread on food or in which the food is dipped. Therefore. As smoke oils. can be added to the smoke powders used in the meat industry to improve simultaneously the storage of food and to confer smoky characteristics to the final product. Smoke extracts are produced by way of more or less selective extraction of smoke constituents directly from the smoke aerosol (by countercurrent circulation of water or organic solvents) or from the PP.3 Smoke Powders Smoke powders are obtained by blending liquid smokes and dry powder carriers such as maltodextrines or barley and corn flours and drying them [5].Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 237 15. Consequently. Today. They are less acidic than aqueous flavors and allow to exhibit more complex smoky tastes. hundreds of smoke by-products are available. it is very important to consider the salting step made with common salt mainly authorized for seafood and the curing technology made with a salt treated by nitrite and nitrate authorized for meat. the liquid smokes and smoke powders can be added to salt or in brine but not smoke oils. because smoke oils are especially employed in food preparations such as emulsions. Nitrited salts. Indeed. smoke powders used in the meat industry should be different from those used in seafood industry in order to avoid nitrited salts in seafood treated with smoke powders. However. or fish oils. smoke oils can be only used in preparations such as taramas.2 Smoke Oils Smoke oils are made by blending liquid smokes with vegetable oils.2. and so forth. The final composition of smoke powders must be known in order to avoid the presence of allergens or other nonrequired additives such as nitrited salts. Dry salting (or dry curing if nitrited salts are used) is made with dry salt deposited directly on food. Therefore. . We must distinguish dry salting and wet salting. The distillation is commonly performed with steam water at atmospheric pressure. whereas liquid smokes are used for the characteristic smoky odor and color of smoked products. fish sauces. A reaction between the phenolic compounds of SFs and these nitrited salts or powders can lead to a nitrosation and to nitrophenols. Smoke distillates are obtained by the fractionating distillation of PP. generally forbidden in seafood industry according to the countries. These smoke powders can be added to salt used for salting steps or to dehydrated sauces or soups elaborated from seafood products. the organoleptic qualities can vary in a high range changing the food matrix. these SFs are not used much in seafood industry. but their uses are specific to a food: smoke aromatic preparations can be produced to treat certain kinds of meat and cannot be used for fishes for example. 15. their uses are really characteristic of a product and cannot be employed for a wide variety of food due to their typical organoleptic qualities. salmon. SFs for herring.2.4 Smoke By-Products Smoke by-products are constituted by smoke extracts and smoke distillates [6]. most frequently in 90:10 (v/v) proportions. Consequently. smoke powders are mainly used to confer smoky tastes to the final product. These molecules can increase the generation of carcinogenic nitrosamines. smoke manufacturers can control their products and can create smoke by-products whose uses are recommended for a kind of fish. are present in the market. As seafood emulsions are not very common. consequent to the reaction between amino acids and nitrite.

The final organoleptic qualities (color. that is. meat treated by this process is considered as smoked but « smoked by liquid smoke » must appear on the package.) are dependant of the dilution of SFs in water according to proportions varying between 20% and 25% for SFs and 75% and 80% for water. but aqueous liquid smokes are the most used SFs in this technique. atomization of SFs consists in the vaporization of liquid smokes. direct addition. the synthetic SFs created are not sufficiently similar to real wood smoke or to SFs. This difference constitutes a critical point in the liquid smoking status. Smoke powders are preferred when water use is impossible as in dehydrated mixes. The progress made during the last decades in elucidating the chemical composition of wood smoke gave rise to attempts aiming at producing SF. Showering is a technique currently used in North America. Soluble aqueous flavors or buffered aqueous flavors are mainly used. Liquid smoke solution is therefore recycled and filtered and the concentration is readjusted. Drenching/soaking is the opposite of showering technique. liquid smokes are also employed in the curing brine. products treated by liquid smoke atomization are considered as flavored and not smoked. Indeed. Smoke oils are preferred for lipidic emulsions or lipidic sauces. The mist generated is composed only by small droplets and there is no gaseous phase. mainly liquid smoke concentrates on the products in a smokehouse.3 Use of Smoke Flavorings There are four techniques to incorporate or deposit SFs in or on seafood products: showering. Products are dipped in SFs solution for short periods (from 5 to 60 s). However. composed entirely of synthetic compounds or partly from a liquid smoke base [7].238 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis The development of synthetic SFs must be also noticed. which carries a particulate or dispersed phase [8]. vaporized liquid smoke is similar to real wood smoke. in numerous European countries. Other devices have been optimized in order to generate a similar physical composition of . According to the final product. but it is also employed in the seafood industry. an emulsifier must be added in the SFs. Direct addition consists in the incorporation of SFs during the fabrication of the food products. between 15 and 20 mm. From a physical point of view. and this technique appears as an alternative to the smoking process. Diluted SFs fall by gravity through perforated plates on the hung products. The mist obtained is constituted of small droplets with a similar size as in real wood smoke. there are different carriers of SFs. because the products are immersed in the SFs solution instead of pouring the SFs solution on the products. etc. They provide a better water solubility and prevent the heterogeneity of layer formation on the product surface or the product separation during storage. taste. the composition of liquid smoke mist is not similar to real wood smoke. wood smoke is composed by a gaseous phase formed by the most volatile compounds. However. Besides. from the granulometry point of view. and atomization. because to guarantee the homogeneity of the SFs during the treatment and to prevent the settling out of smoke condensates in water. SFs are so easy to produce that it would not be profitable to create synthetic SFs when natural ones are available at a cheap price. Finally. especially in the labeling of the smoked products. Indeed. SF is sprayed with air under pressure through special nozzles and forms a wood smoke mist in the cell of smoking. SFs can be incorporated directly with the ingredients during the formulation or through injection needles when the shape of the product cannot be modified. which can be injected into the product as for the salting step. especially used for meat products. In France. Therefore. 15. Water-based composed SFs such as soluble aqueous flavors or buffered aqueous flavors are commonly used in this technique. drenching/soaking.

furfural and homologues. Hardwoods lead to G/S and G/P ratios. water. hemicellulose in hardwood (nonconiferous woods) is mainly constituted by pentosans whereas hemicellulose in softwood (coniferous woods) is mainly composed by hexosans. which confers a subtle glossy and sticky aspect. Important moisture favors the smoke penetration and strong smoky organoleptic characteristics. Glucuronic acids decompose to carboxylic acids. and sometimes small quantities of furans and phenolic compounds. of 1. which decompose to form alpha cellulose and provide a higher amount of PAH. Hemicellulose pyrolysis leads to furan and its derivatives and aliphatic carboxylic acids. predominant in softwoods) and in para position (syringol derivatives predominant in hardwoods). hence the high acidity of liquid smokes. to favor the deposition of smoke components. 15. In seafood industry. hence the limitation of the use of softwoods for smoking. The wood polysaccharides lead to methanol. whereas weak moisture gives to the product a good color but a weaker smoky taste. such as alkyl phenolic compounds and derivatives like phenolic ethers with methoxy groups in ortho position (guaiacol derivatives. but the optimization of the parameters to have a similar particulate or dispersed phase is not easy. respectively. it creates a gaseous phase. the drying step is necessary to prepare the surface of the fillets. The pyrolysis of lignin can also lead to alkyls aryls . The pyrolysis of cellulose initiates the hydrolysis of glucose followed by dehydration to 1. acetic acid. furanones. hydroxyacetaldehyde. Therefore. A high knowledge of the biochemical composition of the wood used and the parameters of the combustion are essential to generate SF. According to the liquid smoke used. a good knowledge of the food matrix to be treated is required to apply SF in the best conditions and to reach the expected organoleptic qualities controlled by SF chemical composition. methanal. first to control the drying of the product and second. Indeed. The main characteristics that permit the differentiation of hardwoods and softwoods are the guaiacol:syringol (G/S) and guaiacol:phenol (G/P) ratios. ventilation must be planned in order to reduce the moisture. lignin thermal decomposition provides compounds considered as most important for the smoke flavor. In fish smoking. The volume of liquid smoke mist is controlled by the number of nozzles and the smokehouse size. airflow. The compounds generated from hemicellulose pyrolysis depend on the nature of the wood. The adjustments are carried out on the flow of liquid smoke from the tank owing to a temporization on the liquid admission and on the flow of air under pressure. Finally. The SF is sprayed on a surface at high temperature. and various anhydroglucopyranoses (mostly levoglucosans) [11].6-anhydroglucose (betaglucosan) and finally to acetic acid and its homologues. This step must take into account the initial water rate of the raw material and the composition of the final product. formic acid.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 239 wood smoke with liquid smoke atomization. wood moisture. the methods of production and the possibilities of applications of SF are very wide.4 Chemical Composition of Liquid Smokes The chemical composition of SF depends on the composition of the wood raw material used and especially the relative amounts and structure of its main components: two polysaccharides namely cellulose and hemicellulose and lignin. Similarly. The smokehouse must be hermetically closed during atomization. liquid smoke atomization is the most used technique of SF. The surface must present a beginning of protein coagulation. acetaldehyde. The SF composition can be complexified by the addition of spices and aromatic herbs [10]. which favors the vaporization of SF [9]. Therefore. The role of pyrolysis parameters as pyrolysis temperature.5 and 2. and air moisture are also essential in the SF final composition. The thermal decomposition of pentosans provides a higher amount of furans than hexosans. The moisture control is essential.

24].22]. and phenolic compounds [10. differences can be observed depending on the molecules. the furannic derivatives. known as the smoky skeleton of SF. the diversity of settings of pyrolysis parameters can explain the diversity of organoleptic volatile compounds and the diversity of qualities of SF. the velocity. the main organoleptically active volatile compounds generated during the pyrolysis process can be sorted in three groups of molecules: the phenolic compounds. From 200°C to 600°C. Indeed. between 280°C and 320°C for cellulose. whereas syringol quantity is tripled. because their contents in smoke or in food increase from 400°C to 1000°C. lignin dimers. the wood granulometry and moisture. The high moisture allows to reduce the wood combustion efficiency. However. An optimal moisture is planned in the industry between 17% and 20%. and 400°C for lignin [17]. A slow combustion is reached with weak air velocity. After the water release (close to 120°C–150°C). but they have a weak impact on the smoky flavor of SF and food processed with SF [13]. Lower concentrations of oxygenated compounds have been found to be caused by an oxygen depletion during combustion [20].18. The combustion is faster when the granulometry of the wood raw material is important [23. furannic compounds. The air velocity indirectly influences the SF composition by the modification of pyrolysis temperature or smoke temperature [21. different groups of compounds are formed.240 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis ethers from lignans.5 Role of SF Process Parameters in Volatile Compounds Generation Except the wood type that influences the smoke quality strongly [15]. As the best pyrolysis temperature to obtain the required volatile compounds are between 380°C and 500°C. The wood moisture appears as the second important parameter [20]. with a lower water rate than that in softwood. because it plays a role in the pyrolysis temperature. The rate of carbonyl compounds increases gradually with the temperature from 200°C to 600°C. Wood granulometry can also influence SF composition. steps of SF purification through filters or apolar solvent washes are often required to decrease the PAH levels. and the enolones derivatives [14]. The generation of volatile compounds is dependent on the wood pyrolysis temperature [16]. Then. exothermic reactions of pyrolysis of wood components occur between 200°C and 250°C for hemicellulose. it seems difficult to generate the desired organoleptic volatile compounds without PAH contaminants.19]. Therefore. Air moisture is also very important and must be set in adequation with air velocity to keep the water rate constant in the air during the combustion. According to the pyrolysis process. phenol amount is multiplied by two between 450°C and 650°C. PAH must also be surveyed. whereas a rate between 20% and 30% has been reported as optimal to reduce the emission of particules [11]. The manufacturer can choose SF according to the required result on the organoleptic characteristics of the final product. A temperature of 450°C–500°C was reported to lead to the best composition for the creation of carbonyls. the quantity of phenolic compounds increases with a maximum close to 500°C and decreases after 500°C. The use of hardwood. 15. the pyrolysis temperature. and humidity of air constitute key parameters of SF composition. a lower temperature is reached and allows increasing the generation of smoke volatile compounds and minimizing PAH formation. The rate of acids is higher for temperature lower than 300°C and decreases after 300°C with the increase in temperature. A step of filtration is almost obligatory to avoid these contaminants. For example. is recommended because it burns slower. Due to their . and trimers [12]. Therefore.

A much more complex mixture of compounds is responsible for the characteristic aroma of smoked fishes [35]. and preservation of the product.1 Odorant Thresholds of Various Phenolic Compounds Phenolic Compounds Phenol o-Cresol m-Cresol p-Cresol Guaiacol 4-Methylguaiacol 4-Ethylguaiacol 4-Vinylguaiacol Vanilline Syringol Eugenol Ethylvanilline Odorant Thresholds in Water (μg/L) 5900 650 680 55 3–21 90 50 3 20–200 1850 6–30 100 References [25] [25] [25] [26] [25] [25] [27] [26] [25] [25] [26] [25] .1 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Odor Even if the concentrations of odorant volatile compounds in SF can be various.2). taste. odor. The role of syringol is important. Similarly. making them odorant at low concentrations. syringol. guaiacol. two main classes of odor-impact molecules can be defined: phenolic compounds and carbonyl compounds.34] (Table 15. color.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 241 chemical composition. Many studies have indicated that phenolic compounds present in the vapor phase of smoke may be odor-active compounds [30–32]. The medium-boiling fraction (91°C–132°C) composed of isoeugenols. Phenolic compounds of low-boiling fraction (60°C–90°C) composed mainly of phenol. Phenolic compounds are known to constitute the odorant “smoky” skeleton of wood smoke and smoked fish. Phenolic compounds of medium volatility have been considered as the most important odorant molecules.6 Organoleptic Roles of Volatile Compounds of SF 15. These observations have been recently corrected [14. but it may not be the main contributor to wood smoke flavor.6. which gather furannic and enolone derivatives. Some of them have very low odorant thresholds.33. cresols. 15.29].28. phenolic compounds are not sufficient to explain the SF role in smoked fish odors. Table 15. and alkylguaiacol may also contribute to imparting a smoky flavor to smoked fishes [13. and methylsyringol has a pure and characteristic smoky flavor [10].34]. the diversity of SF causes diverse consequences on the texture. They are the major compounds in SF with a wide range of odorant thresholds (Table 15.1) [14.

64 ± 18. LRI.33 ± 1.74 ± 27. burnt Smoked. green Odorant Attributes Given by the Judgesb Number of Judgesc Average Intensity d 242 ◾ Compounds LRI (DB5) Furfural 859 4-Methylpyridine 865 Furfuryl alcohol 875 2.6-Dimethylphenol 1130 . vanilla. potato Cooked potato. STD MS.48 ± 8. LRI. LRI. burnt. LRI MS.63 ± 13. LRI MS.4-Hexadienal 904 2-Methyl-2-cyclopenten1-one 920 2-Acetylfuran 925 5-Methylfurfural 970 Phenol 992 Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 2-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2cyclopenten-1-one 1036 2.45 ± 172. fatty Roasty.53 360.37 ± 3. earthy.27 ± 2.17 ± 26. STD MS.34 (24.55 ± 39. spicy.97 23. green.27 ± 0. LRI. green Cooked vegetable.90 (1.Table 15.2 Odorant Characteristics and Concentrations of the Most Potent Odorant Volatile Compounds in Salmon Fillets Treated by Liquid Smoke Means of Identificationa Mean ± SDe 124. STD MS.12 42.98 20. STD MS. spicy/ woody (3) (2) 5 6 (2) 4 4 3 5 6 7 (2) 4 4. metallic. burnt. LRI.53) 8.07 (1. STD MS. milk Smoke.25 6 (5) 6 7 (4) 7 7 6 8 8 8 Chemical. LRI.6-Dimethylpyridine 890 2.18 ± 37.94 49. LRI MS. milk Cooked/soup. spicy Spicy. LRI. chemical.50) 65. STD MS. ink Marine. wood fire.24 ± 63.04 7 4 16. mushroom Cooked.22 ± 9. STD Cooked.3-Dimethyl-2cyclopentenone 1052 o-Cresol 1068 p-Cresol 1093 Guaiacol 1110 2. LRI. STD MS.55 ± 9.75) MS. LRI. LRI MS. chemical Green. LRI.62 74. STD MS. roasty Chemical. STD MS. green Cooked vegetable. spicy. STD MS. LRI. Animal.44 17.

62 ± 4. LRI MS. violet.87 ± 1. LRI.71 (3.91 36.72 44. spicy Oily. spicy.96 ± 10. smoke. LRI 1160–1180 4-Methylguaiacol 1192 482. green Spicy.17 15.5Dimethylphenol/ (E)-2-nonenal MS. LRI MS.E)-2. LRI. clove Green.16 ± 5. vanilla Cooked.2. smoked Cooked vegetable.3-Trimethoxy-5methylbenzene 243 . green. LRI. LRI. clove Sawdust.25 ± 10. LRI.85 ± 40. spicy Spicy. medicinal 7 4 10. STD MS. green.12 4.4Trimethylcyclopenten-1one MS MS. green.82 ± 6.21 ± 7.4. smoked Candy.5-Dimethoxytoluene 1282 4-Ethylguaiacol 1287 Indanone 1307 4-Vinylguaiacol 1330 (E. vanilla. green.15 ± 1. LRI MS. green.86 (2.46 Solvent.79 (6. LRI. fatty Burnt rubber. green 6 3 11.35 3-Ethyl-2-hydroxy-2cyclopentenone 1140 1.and 2. smoke. rotten. LRI MS.15 ± 243.15) 86.26 ± 1. LRI. STD Cucumber.2-Dimethoxybenzene 1147 2. STD MS. fatty.25 ± 4. STD MS.13 6. STD MS. milk Burnt. earthy 6 (5) 8 7 (3) 7 8 8 8 (5) 7 7 5 4 3 (3) 6 4 (2) 5 5 5 5 (2) 8 6 Ashes.36 1132 MS Cooked.24 ± 1. STD MS. chemical Green.95) 8.4-Decadienal 1330 Syringol 1365 Eugenol 1370 Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood 4-Propylguaiacol 1382 1400 ◾ 1. LRI. spicy.2. LRI MS.51 ± 18.97 2.3-Dimethoxytoluene 1247 (E)-2-Decenal 1266 3. STD MS.50 18. STD MS.61 ± 22. burnt Smoke. spicy. spicy 6 5 17.49 ± 6.15) (continued) 2.3.

J. 55.Table 15. roasty 7 4 Burnt rubber.5 is rounded to 5 and an intensity between 5.68 MS. LRI.81 ± 11. and odor description of the injected standard of this compound).48) 1. .. STD MS. and odor description of an identified compound correspond to the retention time. LRI Animal. roasty. linear retention index (when the LRI of the identified compound corresponds to the LRI in the literature). LRI. Agric. spectrum. a b c Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis d e Means of identification: MS. Note: Frequency of detection. Number of judges (out of eight) who have detected an odor.55 ± 8. LRI MS. V. rotten 7 4 Spicy. odor intensity.87 ± 2. LRI. Average intensity of the eight judges is rounded to the nearest whole number. An intensity between 5 and 5. 2007. STD. LRI MS. Food Chem. and quantities of odor-active compounds detected by fewer than six judges are indicated in parenthesis.35 (20.77 24. chemical 6 4 Smoke.2 (continued) Odorant Characteristics and Concentrations of the Most Potent Odorant Volatile Compounds in Salmon Fillets Treated by Liquid Smoke Means of Identificationa Mean ± SDe 7. 9 = very strong odor intensity). et al.5 and 6 is rounded to 6 (1 = very weak odor.39 6.23 ± 0. it must be considered as an attempt of identification. STD MS.40 ± 3.3. spectrum. woody (4) (2) Clove.5-Trimethoxytoluene 1527 4-Allylsyringol 1615 8-Heptadecene 1680 Source: Varlet. standard (when the retention time. Means of three fillets. mass spectrum (identified using the mass spectra of the compounds). 4518. In micrograms equivalents of dodecane per 100 g of smoked salmon. green.. When only MS is available for identification. spicy 6 3 Odorant Attributes Given by the Judgesb Number of Judgesc Average Intensityd 244 ◾ Compounds LRI (DB5) (Z)-Isoeugenol 1423 (E)-Isoeugenol 1473 2. The odor given corresponds to the odor detected by the judges during olfactometric analysis for its retention time but not surely due to the compound that we try to identify.

the same compounds responsible for the odor should be involved in the flavor that SF confers to seafood. Furthermore. The fractionation of a commercial liquid smoke preparation evaluated by a sensory panel concluded that the phenol fraction was essential but not complete from a sensory standpoint [42]. they may contribute in mixture to the overall odor.39]. Furannic compounds were thought to contribute to soften the heavy smoky aromas associated with phenolic compounds [37. and very little information is available. The high-boiling fraction of phenolic compounds (133°C–200°C) was described with an acid and chemical property that was judged of poor quality. 4-methylguaiacol perception was superior to that of syringol and guaiacol. sometimes cooked. or oils. However. The oils used in smoke oils can soften the smoke aroma. However. Two categories of carbonyl compounds can be differentiated: furannic compounds and enolone derivatives.34]. liquids.6. . as the other minor odor-active compounds. Furfural and homologues exhibit cooked/roasty aromatic notes.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 245 Carbonyl compounds have also been reported as contributors to the smoky aroma of wood smoke. it was commonly admitted that syringol derivatives impart a smoky odor and guaiacol derivatives contribute to a smoky flavor. reactions between liquid smoke compounds and the components of the matrix can occur through Maillard and Strecker reactions.38]. and the odorant contribution of odor-active compounds cannot be the same if the SF is in the form of powders. Moreover. They were isolated early from wood smoke and described as grassy. and seem to contribute little to overall aroma. 4-methylguaiacol. However. Sensory analysis performed on standards confirmed the importance of guaiacol and o-cresol in the smoky flavor and dimethylphenol.2 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Flavor Phenolic compounds were shown as the major contributors of the smoky flavor [35]. For several decades. if they do not have a strong individual influence. The taste thresholds of some phenolic compounds were determined [40] and showed a high diversity between the molecules. The results of this fractionation are given in Table 15. and isoeugenol in spicy/sweet flavor [41]. More recently. A polyfunctional carbonyl subfraction was isolated from wood smoke and possessed a caramellic/burnt sugar aromatic note [36]. Recently. As for the assessment of the odor.3. furannic compounds were found to play a role in cold smoke odors of liquid smoke or fishes treated by liquid smoke [14. The determination of the role of SF components in the final product odor is complex due to the odorant interactions that can occur between the odor-active compounds. The amino acids from the seafood matrix and the carbonyl compounds from the SF can generate furannic compounds and nitrogen-containing compounds with roasty/smoky aromatic notes [19. the physical state of SF can also influence the aroma. but taste was not investigated as much as odor. whereas syringol and 4-methylguaiacol showed the same but lower effect than guaiacol [40]. Concerning the bitter taste. phenolic compounds are not the only flavor-active compounds. Synergic or masking effects are possible and make the final odor complex. because they are not the compounds mainly detected in SF and seafood treated by SF odors by sensory analysis [37]. early works performed on individual phenolic compounds have identified the impact of guaiacol on the smoky flavor. the determination of the effects of compounds of SF on the flavor is complex. guaiacol derivatives and more generally the phenolic compounds of low-boiling fraction molecules (60°C–90°C) have been shown to cause the odor. Then. Enolone derivatives are compounds derived from cyclopentenone. 15.

and the intensity of the process.3 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Texture The texture of smoked products is due to coagulation of proteins.246 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 15. which can vary from golden yellow to dark brown according to the nature of the wood. These . 3. and lysine residues [44]. the product must also be placed in a dry and hot ambient atmosphere for short periods in order to favor color formation. Indeed. histidine. In the liquid smoking process. 5. which has been reported in wood smoke and smoked meat [41] but not in smoked fishes until now. Studies on standards have shown that cyclotene was a flavor-active compound [41]. Formaldehyde seems to be involved in the texture of smoked fishes and to be responsible for the layer at the dried surface of fishes [45].4 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Aspect and Color The color of seafood treated by SF can derive from physical and chemical reactions. Their physical deposition of SF on seafood can confer its color to the product. smoke condensates are colored mainly due to phenolic compounds. Formaldehyde was shown to react with the amino group of the N-terminal amino acid residue and the side chains of arginine. Formaldehyde. The acidic aqueous SF can also increase the coagulation of proteins and act on the texture. Other compounds such as enolone derivatives could also play a role in the SF flavor. After scission and dehydration. distilled at 91°C–132°C. According to their concentrations found in the different SF. cysteine. whole liquid smoke. the deposition of Maillard compounds leads to a darker color of fish flesh [46]. terpene subfraction. 15. Thus. melanoidines could be created by polymerization through aldolic condensations. 15. they could play a role in the inner texture of the product. A brief drying after smoke absorption can cause a higher level of dehydration and lead to higher amounts of Maillard products. phenolic subfraction.3 Sensory Taste Intensities of Liquid Smoke Fractions Fractionb Taste Property a 1 6 3 1 1 2 7 1 1 2 3 3 2 3 3 4 11 0 0 0 5 4 6 1 0 6 10 1 0 0 Smoke taste intensity Tarry taste intensity Chemical taste intensity Acidulous taste intensity a b Intensity scale: 0 = below threshold. which have brown/yellow characteristic color. 1.6. distilled at 67°C–90°C. However. 11 = highest value. distilled at 133°C– 200°C. However. the eventual dilutions of SF. Maillard and Strecker compounds can also be responsible of the color of the smoked product [45]. 6. furannic compounds could also have an effect on the flavor [43]. can react with proteins. SFs under powder or oil forms do not act on the surface texture.6. because they are added in the product during its fabrication. 4. 2.

Glycolic aldehyde. there is a critical concentration that must not be overcome to avoid an inversion of antioxidant effect that can become prooxidant. but no information is available concerning this pathway [47]. methylglyoxal. and hydrocarbons are not influential. Concerning the antimicrobial effect of wood smoke condensates. that is why some researchers have concluded the absence of relation between the inhibitory effect of essential oils and their phenolic content. or 4-propenylsyringol. syringol.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 247 compounds give to the final product a brown color. 15. phenolic compounds can easily support the lack of electrons. Carbonyl-amino reactions as Maillard reaction could play a main role in smoked food. Coniferaldehyde and syringaldehyde are considered to be irreversibly bound to proteins and to contribute orange tints to the products [24]. because of its terminal amino group. 4-vinylguaiacol. the antioxidant properties depend on the radical located in the para position from the hydroxy group as in 4-methylguaiacol. 4-methylsyringol. Food industries are working to develop new applications of smoke condensates. is considered as a major source of the amino components in such reactions.24]. However. especially against bacteria [51]. The most active compounds are polyhydroxyphenolic compounds such as pyrogallol and resorcinol. but a loss in arginine and histidine is also observed. Therefore. the most prevalent essential amino acid in fish. The antioxidant compounds of wood smoke condensates are those with an active phenolic function. They lead to resinous substances (phenoplasts). The phenolic compounds can give an electron to stabilize the oxidant molecule and with their ringlike structure and mesomeric forms. it seems that phenolic compounds and carboxylic acids play an inhibitory role. Protein-bound lysine. the glossy aspect noticeable on certain smoked products is the result of reactions between phenolic compounds and aldehydes [48]. Finally. which could contribute to product safety by controlling the growth of foodborne pathogens. The antioxidant behavior is increasing with the temperature of the boiling point of the phenolic compounds [44]. Carbonyl compounds and esters are nearly not implied. and 2-oxopropanal are considered to be important color precursors [6. Studies on the antimicrobial activity of some smoke condensates have revealed very variable effects on the growth of microorganisms [50]. alone or in synergy. Among monohydroxyphenolic compounds. and the degrees of reticulation of the molecule vary as a function of time [49]. A part of the fi nal color could derive from phenolic compounds with aldehyde function. phenolic compounds and carboxylic acids. The polymerization is favored by the heat. As in odor and flavor.7 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in Preservation Smoking process is the oldest preservation technique because of the antimicrobial and antioxidants properties of wood smoke. An oxidant molecule acts by electronic capture and can trouble the preservation of the product by the initiation of lipid oxidation. . the activity of compounds must take into account the synergic or antagonist effects in mixture. A synergic effect has been shown between high-boiling point phenolic compounds and oxidized phenolic compounds and it prolongs the antioxidant action [44]. could be responsible for most of the antimicrobial properties. and 4-vinylsyringol is lower. The antioxidant activity of guaiacol.

PAHs are considered as carcinogenic contaminants of processed food [56].58]. especially benzo[a]pyrene (B[a]P) [59]. They are considered as carcinogenic contaminants.8 epoxyde OH B[a]P 7. Therefore.54]. they are considered as heavy PAHs.10-epoxyde Glutathion S OH OH OH O B[a]P 7. Therefore.248 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 15. PAHs are formed by the incomplete burning of carbon-containing material. the uses of SF in food industrial processes must be ruled out in order to guarantee food O DNA adducts OH Benzo[a]pyrene:B[a]P OH B[a]P 7. home cooking and industrial food processes represent the major source of human contamination [55]. As they can be absorbed by animals. more toxic than light PAHs. Owing to their lipophilic properties (log Kow between 4 and 7).8-dihydrodiol-9. they are considered as environmental pollutants and can contaminate the human feed raw material [53. because their catabolism leads to poly-hydroxy-epoxy-PAH suitable for binding to DNA adducts. . These compounds have been studied for several years. PAHs comprise fused aromatic rings made up of carbon and hydrogen atoms: up to four fused benzene rings. which are constituted by less than four benzene rings.3 Benzo[a]pyrene metabolization. it is used as the leading substance to illustrate PAH contamination.8-catechol O OH S O COOH O O OH OH OH OH OH O B[a]P sulfo-conjugate B[a]P glucuronide Detoxification products Figure 15.8. B[a]P is the first PAH whose toxicity and carcinogenicity was assessed from the observations of Sir Percival Plott in 1775 at St Bartholomew hospital of London about cancer of the scrotum of the chimney sweepers. PAHs can cross the biological membranes and accumulate in tissues. PAHs are generated during smoke production by wood pyrolysis. However. Hundreds of individual PAHs may be formed and released during the process of incomplete burning of the wood.8-dihydrodiol OH B[a]P glutathion conjugate OH OH B[a]P 7.1 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Properties and Toxicology PAHs are well known as being food contaminants and carcinogens [52]. hence their toxicity (Figure 15.8 15.3). particularly smoked food [57. In SF.

or tandem mass spectrometry [70].8. eight light PAHs were considered as environmental contaminants. Gas chromatography is coupled to mass spectrometry [58. 15. PSC and PTF.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 249 safety avoiding PAH contamination. This harmonization was necessary to homogenize the legislation about SFs.1 European Regulations on PAH Found in SF In 2003. PAHs are often coextracted with fat matter. and lead to mistakes in the identification. such as bidimensional chromatography at the gaseous phase (GC/GC) [71] or liquid phase (LC/LC) [72]. they have not been applied to SF or seafood treated by SF. the U. 15. Moreover. For the separation of the PAHs extracted from SF or seafood treated by SF. the maximum levels of B[a]A and B[a]P were set at 20 and 10 mg/kg of liquid smoke. Thus. Apolar solvents or mixes of apolar and semipolar solvents are used to extract the maximum of PAHs. a liquid–liquid solvent extraction is often used [61–63]. solid–liquid extraction can be carried out. but.9 Legislative Aspects 15.9. . In both condensates. The extraction step must integrate the composition of the matrix.69]. which can disturb the extraction. but solid-phase extraction (SPE) cartridges are now more frequently employed. Therefore. Other extraction devices have been developed to investigate PAH in smoked food such as accelerated solvent extraction (ASE) [65]. that is. In the 1980s. a European regulation set the maximum contents of PAH in the primary products (PP) of smoke condensates used for the production of SF. and stir bar sorptive extraction (SBSE) [68] but not on liquid smokes or seafood treated by SF. because they do not have the same toxicity. gas chromatography and liquid chromatography are the most used techniques [55]. respectively [73]. In the case of solid seafood treated by liquid smoke.S. Purification was especially performed on an alumina or silica column. flame ionization detector (FID) [60]. The nature of the SPE cartridge phase is linked to the extraction method and the biochemical composition of the initial matrix.2 Extraction and Analysis Methods of PAH in SF and Seafood Treated by SF The quantification of PAHs in SF and seafood treated by SFs is performed in two steps: an extraction step and the analysis step. respectively [74]. The eight heavy PAHs left were shown as being carcinogenic or mutagenic contaminants and gave rise to serious health concern. the analysis step is the most critical point. Although all steps are important. Several devices are therefore developed to optimize the analysis. Environmental Protection Agency (US-EPA) identified a list of 16 PAHs as the most frequently found [60]. the concentrations of benzo[a]anthracene (B[a]A) and benzo[a]pyrene (B[a]P) must not exceed 20 and 10 mg/kg of liquid smoke. purification and/or delipidation steps such as saponification are often applied to reduce the fat matter rate of samples [64]. with a weak toxicity but high concentrations in the samples analyzed. For example. it is essential to quantify only the toxictargeted compounds. to our knowledge. In the case of liquid matrices as liquid smoke. in Italy. which combines a separation step and a detection step. even if they were found in weak quantities. these PAHs were considered as toxic at low levels. cause chromatographic coelutions. However. and liquid chromatography is coupled to ultraviolet or fluorimetric detector [59–63]. supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) [66] or solid-phase microextraction (SPME) [67]. Among them. Indeed. the chromatography must be sufficiently efficient to separate isomers of PAH. Parameters of the chromatographic separation and detection must be adjusted to avoid coelutions with interferences from lipids.

it is legitimate to wonder if the exclusive monitoring of the B[a]A and B[a]P in PP is adequate to illustrate the PAH contamination of SF. important differences in PAH concentrations are noticeable [57. All these benefits could help to reconsider the status of atomization of liquid smoke and the maximum PAH contents related. Therefore. excluding bivalve molluscs. This value is the result of the necessary harmonization between the national laws of European countries [79]. Therefore. the toxicity of other heavy PAHs was recently demonstrated and the monitoring of these PAHs was recommended by a European regulation published in 2005 [76]. the PAH contamination was only set for B[a]P [77]. this process can also be considered as a flavoring of the surface of the product. As for SF. Indeed. In this case. it is necessary to better control the composition of SFs and to improve knowledge about the influence of the pyrolysis parameters (wood nature. that is. Moreover.250 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis However. very small amounts. 15. leading to less PAH contaminated food by comparison with the traditional smoking techniques [80].03 mg/kg.69. Th is fact can be understood by the use of smoke condensates in flavoring quantities. Thus. Finally. the 2003 maximum values must be reviewed again. and head and thorax meat of lobster and similar large crustaceans [76. the PAH contamination reached in SF is largely below the values authorized in PP [60. 0. 15. if it is considered as smoking technique. In certain countries such as France. . as drenching or showering. it can lead to problems of labeling. This value is very low compared to those authorized in PP. Indeed. that is. atomization of liquid smoke must be lower than 0. However. SFs appear as a safe alternative to smoking techniques. However. according to the origin of SF and industrial manufacturers. whereas food is treated by SF and not directly by PP. the smoking regulations set a maximum B[a]P value of 5 mg/kg of smoked fishery products and smoked crustaceans. Nevertheless. the vaporization of SF in a smokehouse causes a loophole in the legislation. it leads to lower PAH contents. the liquid smoking process decreases the emissions of PAH compounds to the environment. Indeed. it is paradoxical to apply flavoring regulations to the smoking process.03 mg/kg and leads often to noncompliant smoked products. Moreover. SFs are used in higher quantities than those employed in flavoring processes. The high maximum values authorized in PP do not seem well adjusted with the weak final PAH contamination of SF.10 Conclusion A wide range of SFs and uses of SFs are now available to flavor seafood products. atomization of liquid smoke in a smokehouse is considered as a smoking process but the maximum level of PAH must not overcome that of flavoring legislation. for meat industry. The main criticism that can be formulated against SF is the lack of control of the final organoleptic qualities of such processed food.9. a European regulation set the maximum content of B[a]P in foodstuffs treated by SF at 0. atomization of liquid smoke would constitute the smoking technique. but it could also initiate an international consideration of labeling of smoked and flavored food.2 European Regulations on PAH Concentration in Food Treated by SF In 1988.03 mg/kg. Moreover. the respective legal B[a]P amount is 5 mg/kg. Indeed. However. The content of PAH in SFs and in the final product can be better controlled than during traditional smoking. because these values were set for PP and not SF. brown meat of crab.75]. Therefore.63] which justifies controls and regulations.78].

Food Res. Smoke and liquid smoke. Z. Besides. W.A. M. in Seafood: Resources. wood.. J. which could contribute to give to the SF a less processed characteristic.. Moscow. J. 44. Food Chem. Tour highlights production and uses of smoke-based flavors. M.. Miler. M. Pref. Formation of the main degradation compound groups from wood and its components during pyrolysis. 1267. The flavor chemistry of wood smoke. and Manzanos.E. 2... 2002. moisture. Sep. shoot sawdust and composition of the aqueous smoke flavoring preparations obtained. However.J. Kurko. 15. 1687. the optimization of SFs effects on food products must be done avoiding PAH generation...F.I.D. 8. E. in France. M. 1984.. 70. Sci.. according to allergic people and religious groups. Agric. Novel concepts in technology and design of machinery for production and application of smoke in the food industry. The role of smoke particles. 137. and Manzanos... 85.. and Baryłko-Pikielna. Ed.J.. 1996.D. 637. Sci. 49. 43. 79. and Manzanos. T. The problem can come from the emulsifiers that are sometimes added in SFs. 635. Food Chem. Guillén.. the traceability of SF must be improved. 4. Studies of the smoking process for foods. January. V.L.). L. References 1. Hollenbeck..D. and Preservation.. 10. 1995. and Sikorski. D.A. Gomaa. 49. 55..J. 21.E. P. 1995.W. 9. Jira. J. 14. V. C. Chem. and Campbell. 2007. J. whereas SFs are produced from natural wood. et al. J. M. Anal. Fleischwirtschaft Int. Pyrol. et al. R.. SFs are forbidden for the smoking of organic products from aquaculture. Food Agric. temperature. Simon. . Foster. Kostyra. Sikorski. 1993. the processed food cannot be consumed. 503.. R.M. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked food products and commercial liquid smoke flavourings. Guillén.. 871. Simpson. E. Pyrol. and Oesch. CRC Press.. Appl. J. Principles of Smokeless Smoke Curing. Appl. 283. Agric. 2005.. 1999.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 251 wood size. Olfactometric determination of the most potent odor-active compounds in salmon muscle (Salmo salar) smoked by using four smoke generation techniques... Food Chem. Food Chem.. et al. E. 55. D.H. FL.. M.. 13. 4518.J. M. Factors affecting elimination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons from smoked meat foods and liquid smoke flavourings. Sci. Mol... Kuoppala. Nutr. Guillén. Agric... Z. 1987. 1996. K. Pure Appl. Pyrolysis-gas chromatography/mass spectrometry of Quercus sp. Guillén. et al.. 5. 28. 16.. 1990. Volatiles composition and flavour profile identity of smoke flavourings. etc. P. Guillén. 1977. Nutritional Composition. Alén. Varlet. 139. and today no information is available. M. Food Chem. 17..M. 17(1–2). 163.. 1302. Study of the volatile composition of an aqueous oak smoke preparation. M. Food Agric.D. 1996. Indeed.. 251.. 463. W. Study of an aqueous smoke flavouring from the aromatic plant Thymus vulgaris L. Legkaja i Pishchevaja Promyshlennost. 2006.E. Food Qual. M. 2005. 12. Food Rev. 79. Manzanos. Anal. N. 4. Boca Raton. Application to structural elucidation of macromolecules and aromatic profiles of different species. 181.. Contam.D. and Zabala. 10(5). Relationships between the maximum temperature reached in the smoke generation processes from Vitis vinifera L. M. 2005. 18.. Food Technol. 3(1–2). 7. Int. 75(2). Study of the components of a solid smoke flavouring preparation.. 3.B. Nonier. Finally.. p. 6... J.. 19. Food Addit. Study of a commercial liquid smoke flavoring by means of gas chromatography/mass spectrometry and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. J. 2005. 1961. Šimko. 9.. Pszczola. J. Smoking. Maga. and Ibargoitia. Chemical reactions of smoking. Composition and analysis of liquid smoke flavouring primary products. 11. 36.

. Pure Appl. 29. 49. A “smoke” flavor fraction of a liquid smoke solution. 137.. Rev. F 7:1. 26.. Identification of flavour constituents in carbonyl. Food Chem.. Contribution of volatiles to rice aroma.. Rusz. J. 1975.L.. Board Can. Effect of smokehouse temperature. 25. 23.. 201. 44. Chemical aspects of the smoking of meat and meat products.. and Doerr. 2002. Adv.C. Meat Res.... Olsen. Guillén... 31. Identification of formaldehyde-induced modifications in proteins: reactions with model peptides. Agric. 22. 32. 3. Baryłko-Pikielna. 1999. Food Sci. Chem.T. Food Chem. American Society for Testing and Materials. J. FL. 8.. R. Buttery. 43. Influence of the moisture content on the composition of the liquid moke produced in the pyrolysis process of Fagus sylvatica L. Acta Aliment. Agric. 33.G. 30. Sensory properties of phenolic compounds isolated from curing smoke as influenced by its generation parameters. 1667. 2395. bacteriostatic and antioxidative effects in smoked foods. Chem. 934. 49. 146. 21. Guillén.. 78(4).. PA. 4126.D. 1976. 36(5) 1006. et al. Compilation of odor and taste threshold values data. and Ling. Swan. Chemical composition and application of smoke flavor. Caractérisation des composes volatils responsables des qualities odorants du saumon fume (Salmo salar) et evaluation des contaminants du fumage (Hydrocarbures Aromatiques Polycycliques). J. 36. Food Chem. 1978. A.M. Kurata.... and Burtles. Chem. 2006. Smoke flavor as related to phenol. 85. 38.S. 1970.J. Hamm.. 2002. M. Isolation and identification of some components of the lower-boiling fraction of commercial smoke flavourings. M. 53. Smoking of foods. V. 2004. 102. Carbohydrate and nitrogenated compounds in liquid smoke flavorings. Ojeda. M. Chemical references in sensory analysis of smoke flavourings. ASTM Data Series DS 48A.. Boca Raton.252 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 20. G.. W. J. 22. Turnbaugh. et al.. 6235. 203. J.. Toth..N. M.-Wiss. Contribution of smoke compounds to sensory. 279. Lantz. and Potthast. carbonyl and acid content of bologna. J. 1639.. CRC Press LLC. 41. 1970. The development of flavour in potable spirits. and Miler. K.. Burdock. Philadelphia..L. Chem. 31. Soc. Varlet. 28. 1977.. M. 1980. Physical and chemical processes involved in the production and application of smoke. 1201. 1974. humidity. et al. et al. K. 18(5). Food Chem.L. Bratzler. University of Sciences of Nantes.. 49. . 2007.B. Manzanos. 433. 111. 87. N.A.. H. Agric.E. 37.. A. Food Sci. Cardinal.. Biol.. M. A.-Technol. and Eyo. 2004. J. Chem. 5(3). 1969. Clifford. J.. Food Res. 1977. 1977. 27. 40.M. and Toledo.. wood. Kim.G. F.. 7(2). Pure Appl. W.. Pure Appl. R. 1005. humidity and air flow on smoke penetration into fish muscle. 29. T.. Daun.A.A. Flavor effects of different woods on whitefish smoked in a kiln with controlled temperature.E. Fish. 27(7). J. Res. Thesis. Chan. J. Lebensm. B. L. J.. 34. Biol. Proc. 1655. 40. 34. Feranoli’s Handbook of flavor Ingredients. Food Chem. 38. Workers. Effects of the smoking process on odour characteristics of smoked herring (Cuplea harengus) and relationships with phenolic compound content. Analysis of smoke and smoke products. Food Chem.C. 1984. 1972. Pol. 42. Process Biochem.J. Meet. Sérot. S.. Organoleptic evaluation of three phenols present in wood smoke. and air velocity. Fazzalari. Eur.. M. and Vaisey. and Ibargoitia. 47. S.. 1988.... J.Z.... L. Chem. M. 96. Food Chem. 1966. L. M. Radecki. T. M. noncarbonyl neutral and basic fractions of aqueous smoke condensates. Food Sci... and Ibargoitia.. and Fujimaki. 35. Wasserman. Agric. 1977. 1978.S. R. B. Agric.... C.D.. 49. Fiddler. Wasserman. June/July. Tang. et al. 2001. Metz. 39. U. K.W. et al. 24. A. A. Effect of smoking processes on the contents of 10 major phenolic compounds in smoked fillets of herring (Cuplea harengus). 240.

C. Food Microbiol. Curing and smoking. V. J.. Fleischwirtsch.. R. et al. 2000. Paris. Parisod. Aristimuño. 219.. W. R. 111. B. Int.A. 2005. 64. P.. C.. and Sérot. 47. 2007. 54. and Chiu. 56.. P. Food Res. 2002. Baird.. 49. Guillén. Prost.J. and Partearroyo. C.. Yersinia enterocolitica.D. 59. 218. Contam. 171. Nyman. Palme. Šimko. Simon. Wang. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked meat products and smoke flavourings additives.. La fumaison. and Sikorski. B. S. P. 1977.. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in commercial liquid smoke flavorings of different compositions by gas chromatography–mass spectrometry. Pure Appl. Z. 104(2). Hooven.P. 55.P. Food Res. and Anklam.D.. D. 45.. 1993. 10(5).J.. Chromatogr. 63. 53.. . 208. J. 44. Carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbonDNA adducts and mechanism of action. Food Chem. P. C. 2000. 1985. 2002. Food Chem..M. 2244. 1536. 50. 49. 2000. and Aristimuño. The phenomena of quality in the smoke curing process. 2004. Volatile aldehydes in smoked fishes: Analysis methods. 105.A. Chromatogr. Tilgner.. Mutagen. E. A GC/MS method for the determination of carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in smoked meat products and liquid smokes. Palme. 46.. J.. Varlet.. Šimko. 2001.. and Partearroyo.. 1988. Quantitative determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in barbecued meat sausages by gas chromatography coupled to mass spectrometry.. 18.. in Technologie de la viande et des produits carnés. and Fernandez-Galian. M. séchage.. Girard. W. V. and Mahadevan. L. 3. J. 1103... 1629. and Anklam. 2003. Changes of benzo(a)pyrene contents in smoked fish during storage. P. cold-smoked rainbow trout stored at 4°C. W. 1996. Suñen. Food Chem. fumage. hydrolysats. 52. 61.. 57. 1160... Antibacterial activity of smoke wood condensates against Aeromonas hydrophila.. Stołyhwo. Lavoisier.J.. 876. 770. Environ. S.. marinage.. Food Chem. Food Addit. B. 48. Sainclivier. Agric. 2007. Comparison of two clean-up methodologies for the gas chromatographic/ma ss spectrometric determination of low nanogram/gram levels of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in seafood. Guillén.. 40. Food Chem. 48... 293. C. Chem. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked fish—A critical review. 48.. Contam. 27. Food Addit..Y... 303. Scientific Committee on Food (SCF). Validation (in-house and collaborative) of a method based on liquid chromatography for the quantitation of 15 European-priority polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoke flavourings: HPLC-method validation for 15 EU priority PAH in smoke condensates.D. Suñen. 106.. B. 1991. 58. A.. Food Chem.. B. 2005. M. Technol. 36. L’industrie alimentaire halieutique... Sopelana. and Listeria monocytogenes at low temperature.. M.387. R. A.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 253 45..A.. Bulletin scientifique et technique de l’Ecole Nationale Supérieure Agronomique Centre de Recherches de Rennes. and Turesky. M.E. M. E. 60. T. 2006. Fernandez-Galian. Müller. 17(1). 62. 51. E. P. Study of several aspects of a general method for the determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in liquid smoke flavourings by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. 61. 489. J. Mol. Agric. 91(2)... 1991. Eur. Mottier. SCF/ CS/CNTM/PAH/29 final. 71(1). Food Chem. Des techniques ancestrales à leurs réalisations contemporaines: salage. Activity of smoke wood condensates against Aeromonas hydrophila and Listeria monocytogenes in vacuum-packaged. Agric. Evaluation of analysis of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in meat products by liquid chromatography.. Single-laboratory validation of a gas chromatography–mass spectrometry method for quantitation of 15 European priority polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in spiked smoke flavourings. Chen. 307.. Jira. E.H. Opinion of the Scientific Committee on Food on the risks to human health of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in food (expressed on 4 December 2002). occurrence and mechanisms of formation. Sopelana. 126. Simon. J..

U... Moret.L. Purcaro. Lebensm. Off. Wang. 24(7). L. A. T. 76. A. 78. G. Popp. Res. Evaluation of acute toxicity and genotoxicity of liquid products from pyrolysis of Eucalyptus grandis wood.. Chromatogr. S. 184. L 34: 43. Council Directive of 22 June 1988 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to flavourings for use in foodstuffs and to source materials for their production. 34. 169. EC 1881/2006. Food Chem. J. J. 79. 716.J. P. 71. 523(2). 2004. and Dean. L. Agric. Ré-Poppi. Wenzl. J. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in water by solid-phase microextraction–gas chromatography–mass spectrometry..S. 1161. G. 19(9). A. Regulation (EC) No 2065/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 10 November 2003 on smoke flavourings used or intended for use in or on foods.. 101. Chem. 66. P. Eur. 2003. 897. J. et al. Chim. Food Chem. Commission Recommendation of 4 February 2005 on the further investigation into the levels of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in certain foods. 2001. EC 88/388. 1–2. Use of liquid smoke flavouring as an alternative to traditional flue gas smoking of rainbow trout fillets (Oncorhyncus mykiss). Allegato III. 1473. Eur. R. EC 2065/2003. Varlet et al... J. Trends Anal.. N. 47. EC 2005/108. Assessment of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon content of smoked fish by means of a fast HPLC/HPLC method. Conte.. 2005. Use of supercritical fluid extraction-high performance chromatography in the determination of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons from smoked and broiled fish. 80. attuazione delle direttive 88/388/CEE e 91/71/CEE relative agli aromi destinati ad essere impiegati nei prodotti alimentari ed ai materiali di base pere la loro preparazione. 77. Off.. D. 2006. Dos Santos Barbosa.. 2003.. 744. Pimenta. 74. J. Accelerated solvent extraction and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry for determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked food samples. Toxicol. 2000. Arch.. Italian Law Decree. Commission Regulation of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain contaminants in foodstuffs. 521. et al. 259.-Wiss. W. 153. Chromatogr.. et al. Chromatogr. 38.. M. Contam. Food Addit. Environ.. and Tapanainen. Liq. Off. 70. Anal.. 2007. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in vegetable oils using solidphase microextraction—Comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography coupled with time-offlight mass spectrometry.-Technol. 67. et al. 1. Union. J. et al. Decreto Legislativo N°107 del 25/01/1992. Relat. 73.254 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 65. 47.. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons from wood pyrolysis in charcoal production furnaces. 309. 75. 1996.. Union. 68. Technol. Hattula. and Zhou. L.. 2007. 72.. 1. 2006... Agric. 1999. Union. Järvenpää. L. E.. J.. T. King. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in wastewater by off-line coupling of solid-phase microextraction with column liquid chromatography.. 1062. A. 1988.M. J. . Off. and Santiago-Silva. Union. 304. 284. Analytical methods for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in food and the environment needed for new food legislation in the European Union. 25(7). 1367. 69. Huopalahti. Environ. 1999. Acta. Readman. et al. Eur. 364: 5. Determination of PAH profiles by GC-MS/MS in salmon muscle processed according to four different smoking techniques. Eur. J.. 2006. J. Contam.

NUTRITIONAL QUALITY III .

.

................... Ingrid Overrein.................2 Indirect Measurements of Energy............................................................................4...............................7 Calories .............270 16........................................................................................... 269 16..................................................4 Proteins ...........1 Introduction .......7.............................................275 16..............................267 16..............3 Nondestructive Methods .........................................................6 Determination of Water Content .............. 273 16.....274 16...............2 Nondestructive Analysis of Total Proximate Composition........................................................276 References .......267 16............................................................................................5 Determination of Carbohydrate Content ....................................3..................3................4................... 268 16.................................................3 Food Composition Tables and Databases ..........................................................4 Comparison of Methods ...................................................................................4....... Christel Solberg............................................................................276 257 ....2 Methods for Protein Determination .............267 16............................................5 Nondestructive Analysis of Proteins ........ 269 16.................................4.......3....... 273 16..................................................................................3..........1 Direct Measurement of Energy .4....3 Lipids ....................................................................7................270 16.....................4 Direct Methods for Soluble Protein Determination ..............7............274 16......1 Nutritional Aspects .............................270 16... 269 16................................................. and Rasa Slizyte Contents 16............................3 Determination of Total Nitrogen ......Chapter 16 Composition and Calories Eva Falch. 258 16.......................................274 16.......................2 Methods for Determination of Total Lipids ....................... 258 16..............................1 Nutritional Aspects ...........................................................................

where the weak absorptions enable useful data to be obtained using sample thickness of 1–2 cm of samples such as meat. proteins. Diff use transmittance measurements are usually carried out in the 800–1100 nm region of the spectrum. which involves concentrated sulfuric acid and heavy metal catalysts. the adoption of NIR testing resulted in a total cost saving of CAN$ 2.2 Nondestructive Analysis of Total Proximate Composition Analysis of each nutrient separately is time-consuming and requires a diverse set of equipments. rapid. and easy to perform nondestructive analysis for simultaneous determination of the major components in fish. the chemical composition of fish generally varies due to seasons. 600. the range 1100–2500 nm. an indium gallium arsenic covers the range 800–1700 nm. The NIR spectrum is defined between the wavelength 800 and 2500 nm. in this spectral region the spectrum of the transmitted light is very compact and no single peaks are visible. Methods for simultaneous determination of the major components are therefore valuable. As well as increased efficiency of the Canadian wheat segregation program. The spectral data will be reduced by principal component analysis. However. making it possible to measure over the whole NIR spectrum and not only on a small number of selected filters. the silicon detector covers the range 400–1100 nm. cheese. or reflected depending on the interaction with NIR wavelength and physical status of the sample as transparent or nontransparent. to ensure obtaining data on the exact proximate composition. stages of maturity. transmitted. and then one can perform a linear regression on the principal components. The first instruments on the market were filter instruments measuring in reflectance mode. When Williams was running the program for the Canadian Grain Commission. however. making it difficult to use this spectral range before the development of multivariate calibration technology. such as the introduction of partial-least squares (PLS) by Martens in 1982 [3]. but the available detectors cover a smaller range.fishbase. During the 1980s monochromator instruments were developed. The end result is a calibration equation from which the constituent of interest is calculated from a linear combination of spectral data. or whole grain.1 Introduction The proximate composition in most fish and shellfish is primarily water. and lipids. and a lead sulfide.000 Kjeldahl analyses were conducted per year and incidentally producing 47 ton of caustic waste in the process.1 and further discussed in the text below. 16.5 m per year and a saving for the environment by replacing the Kjeldahl system. by the chemical-free NIR method. Therefore.258 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 16. Nearinfrared spectroscopy (NIR) is the most common method for such analysis and is therefore comprehensively presented in this chapter. The development of NIR in food analysis started with the development of analysis of cereal grains and oilseeds in Canada [2]. In fish meat these constituents make up about 98% of the total mass.7 deals with the different methods to determine and calculate calories in fish and shellfish. and the other minor constituents include carbohydrates. and sizes. and so on.org). Section 16. The NIR radiation interacting with a sample may be absorbed. There are several methods available to analyze the major components in seafood and the main methods along with their advantages and limitations are presented in Table 16. . analysis should be performed on the specific samples. NIR has been found to be a reliable. and minerals [1]. vitamins. geographical locations. Proximate data on different fish species are collected in databases such as the FishBase (www.

The equipments are relatively expensive. physiological and physical states can affect values of conductivity. and can be performed online [17–20. precise. water. displacement of reflectance spectrum by moisture content. fully automated. Calibrations require skilled personnel.8] For reflectance instruments (surface analysis) some drawbacks such as interference by starch and lipids.133] NIR/NIT Reflection. nondestructive. and protein content noninvasively. nondestructive. Nondestructive and can be used on live fish. expensive Few articles on fish composition Need more research Composition and Calories [21. Different calibrations for different species and organs. can be used on live fish Samples are placed in an electromagnetic field and electric conductivity is measured Specific for different species.Table 16. can be nonsensitive. or transmission of nearinfrared light (850–1700 nm) Ultrasound Measurement of ultrasonic velocity Rapid. and disturbance by particle size in samples Ultrasonic properties of tissue depend on composition and temperature [11. transflection.1 Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products Advantages Drawbacks Selected References Methods Principle Total Proximate Composition Rapid method simultaneously analyzing fat. and protein. [4–6.173] Total body electrical conductivity (TOBEC) May obtain data on water.172–174] (continued) ◾ 259 . lipids. Calibrations need to be made against reference methods.

less exposure to chemicals (compared with manual solvent extraction) No laboratory facilities are required No use of chemicals A simple and inexpensive method [43] Possibilities to further characterize the lipids extracted Requires laboratory facilities [26–31] Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Manual solvent extraction Extraction of minced samples generally using chloroform and methanol as solvent Gravimetric determination Automatic solvent extraction Extraction of minced samples by solvents in automatic systems (Soxhlet. processing) [46] Automatic. Need of sample specific calibrations Weaknesses due to quantification of proteins without combining with destructive methods Drawbacks Selected References Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products 260 ◾ Methods Principle Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) Nuclei of atoms in a sample provide spectra when the sample is exposed to a magnetic field Total Lipid Determination Chemical Extractions: Provides high total lipid yield Time-consuming Use of health hazard chemicals Destructive technique Requires well-trained laboratory personnel May discriminate structured fat (such as phospholipids) Requires laboratory facilities Physical and chemical changes might occur during examination Precision level may be dependent on sample (maturity stages of the fish.1 (continued) Advantages Rapid. fexICA). the fat content can be calculated theoretically by the formula Fat% = 80 − water % . nondestructive (See under NMR below) [13–15.57] Excellent for determination of fat and water content or even distinguish lipid classes and water properties. lipid content.) Microwave drying The sample is dried and from the water content found. location of lipids.55. etc.22. (SoxTech. Fosslet.Table 16.

51–52] Relatively inexpensive. rapid. easy.8] [46. processing) Needs to be calibrated for the individual species Most suitable for neutral lipid determination See NIR/NIT above [4–6. lipid content. NIR/NIT Transmitted or transflected Near Infrared light (800–1700 nm). Low-field NMR See NMR above Composition and Calories NMR mouse ◾ Nondestructive and rapid.55] Fat meters Determination of water by analyzing the dielectric properties using a microwave strip (calculation of lipids as for the drying method). nondestructive. and nondestructive and allows in vivo measurements (continued) 261 . location of lipids. portable (small size).Nondestructive Methods: No laboratory facilities are required Precision level may be dependent on sample (maturity stages of the fish. The NMR mouse is rapid. requires specific calibrations Traditional low-field instruments require withdrawal of homogeneous samples for analysis (invasive) [14–16. may also provide other nutrient data in the same analysis Some portable instruments are available Allows in vivo measurements Expensive. and portable Allows in vivo measurements Nondestructive and rapid Broad range of applications.22.50.

133] Direct Protein Determination on Soluble Proteins Rapid. 74.133] Kjeldahl Sample digestion followed by neutralization. independent of physical state of sample Does not give a measure of the true protein. and titration with acid Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Dumas combustion method High temperature combustion and detection of N by thermal conductivity detector [53. and environmentally friendly High initial costs. distillation. safe (no chemical exposure). since all nitrogen in foods is not in the form of protein. high precision and good reproducibility. low sensitivity.1 (continued) Advantages Drawbacks Selected References Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products 262 ◾ Methods Principle Protein Determination Proteins Total Nitrogen Determination Widely used internationally. trapping of ammonia.Table 16. potentially toxic chemicals are used Rapid. time-consuming. inexpensive to use. Absorbance depends on the type of protein analyzed . inexpensive to use and sensitive to low concentrations of proteins Limited to soluble proteins Most samples must undergo steps of sample preparation before they can be analyzed.67. easy to perform. standard method for comparison. hazardous. Difficult to obtain the accurate protein concentration [53. interference by nonprotein nitrogen compounds.120.

and reaction products are detected between 500 and 750 nm Rapid. Absorbance at 540 nm Lowry protein assay Copper(II) ions in alkaline solution react with protein to form complexes. protein-dye complex adsorbs on glass surface.133] A violet-purplish color is produced when copper(II) ions interact with peptide bonds under alkaline conditions. nondestructive.Biuret method (Alkaline copper reagent test) Negligible interference from materials that absorb at lower wavelengths. detergents [133. buffers salts. easy to perform Relatively low sensitivity compared with other UV-visible methods.177] Composition and Calories Near-UV absorption Measurement of UV absorption (280 nm) [133] ◾ Rapid. interference from common laboratory chemicals. depends on amino acid composition 263 (continued) . variation of binding capacity for different batches of commercial grade dyes [68. easy to perform. no addition of reagents required Low sensitivity.133. color development depends on amino acid composition [67. High amounts of endogenous proteases may cause errors.131. and internationally accepted Dye-binding (Bradford) method The protein and dye complex causes a shift in the absorption maximum of the dye from 465 to 595 nm. Unstable reagents are used. high sensitivity. Other compounds can interfere. technique is less sensitive to protein type: it utilizes absorption involving peptide bonds that are common to all proteins. interference by UV-absorbing compounds (nucleic acids and nucleotides). The amount of absorption is proportional to the protein present Color formation and binding depend on proteins present. which react with the Folinphenol reagent. interference from ammonia.175] High sensitivity and easy to perform Standard curve is nonlinear.176.

nondestructive. sensitive Most methods do not include all amino acids. influence by lipids and sample particle size.Table 16. low dependency of signal response on amino acid composition.97. option to quantify free amino acids. derivatization. nondestructive. 108. Derivatization agents: OPA: no derivatization with secondary amino acids. might interfere [90–92. FMOC: less soluble. no addition of reagents required. low interference from nucleic acids and nucleotides Interference by oxygen and UV-absorbing compounds (buffer.96.133] Faster than ion exchange chromatography. fluorescence Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Nondestructive Determination Rapid. multicomponent analysis See NIR/NIT above Strong interference by water. value for net protein. hydrolysis destroys some of the amino acids. salts) [132. and detection of amino acids with UV absorbance. quantifies amino acids. complex calibration See NIR/NIT above [133] Infrared absorption Absorption at 780–2500 nm NIR/NIT Transmitted or transflected Near-infrared light (800–1700 nm) . chromatographic separation.1 (continued) Advantages Rapid.178] Drawbacks Selected References Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products 264 ◾ Methods Principle Far-UV absorption Measurement of UV absorption Highperformance chromatography (HPLC) Hydrolysis. high sensitivity.

Water Determination Simple to use and inexpensive equipments required [151] Shorter analysis time compared with air and vacuum drying. Vacuum drying: may be difficult to keep uniform temperature distribution in the oven Air or vacuum drying The sample is dried until constant weight (e. 12 or 24 h) and water evaporated is determined. For the microwave method it is possible to analyze many samples simultaneously Risk of overheating [40] Faster than oven drying methods Requires laboratory facilities Uses health hazard chemicals (toluene) See NIR/NIT above Calibrations are needed and knowledge on chemometry is an advantage [152. Air drying (101°C) may lead to thermal damage.g. Infrared drying Microwave drying Drying by irradiation Dean and Stark method Volumetric analysis of water after boiling in toluene See NIR/NIT above Possible to distinguish between free and bounded water NIR/NIT See NIR/NIT above NMR See NMR above Composition and Calories ◾ 265 ..178] [151] Long analysis time.

266

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Near-infrared transmittance (NIT) instruments are particularly suitable to the analysis of fish. Generally, the sample has to be minced, and it is usually possible to run several subsamples. The results are averaged to obtain more representative spectral data from the sample. The spectral data are then used to perform multivariate calibrations against the chemical or physical data. The same spectral data will be used against the different selected variables, so one can simultaneously predict, for example, water, fat, and protein content from the same spectral data as accurately as the traditional “wet” chemical methods [4]. To analyze directly on a fillet one needs an interactance probe; this involves illumination and detection at laterally separated points on the sample’s surface. It is normally accomplished using a fiber-optic probe in which one set of fiber-optic bundles carries the incident radiation and another carries the reflected radiation. Due to the striped structure of fish muscle, it is necessary to have a large interactance probe, usually two times 2 cm. With this type of probe it is possible to make analysis directly on the fillet, without previous mincing, but with a slightly lower accuracy [4–6]. Portable instruments are now available [7], and successful results are also obtained for whole fish [5] and for live fish [8]. Instead of a conventional monochromator, instruments are now also made with diode arrays, making it possible to measure the whole spectrum at the same time and in that way reducing the time for measurement, making online analysis possible [8]. NIR absorption will change with temperature and calibration, and NIR measurements must therefore be made on samples with approximately the same temperature [9]. Moreover, the measurements are affected by texture and whether the sample has been frozen and thawed [10,11]. Due to the requirement of extensive sample specific calibrations, the analysis should be performed by skilled personnel [12]; however, once calibrated the analysis is easy to perform. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is another nondestructive technique that enables determination of fat and water, and recent studies have shown that it might be possible to also gain data on protein levels in dried samples [13]. The low-field NMR instruments commonly in use require withdrawal of cylindrical samples of 10–40 mm diameter for analysis [14,15]. The method is fast, accurate, and easy to use when the calibrations are performed. A new handheld portable NMR instrument (NMR mouse) has recently been developed [16,14], and it enables an analysis time of less than 20 s and can even be used in vivo on living fish [14]. Less common methods for nondestructive analysis of proximate composition in fi sh are ultrasound techniques [17–20], the total body electrical conductivity (TOBEC) technique [21], and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) [22]. The ultrasound method is rapid, automated, and can be used online, and empirical equations have been developed to relate the ultrasonic velocity to composition [17]. A weakness in this method is the variations in ultrasonic properties of fi sh tissue due to temperature [17]. For nonfatty fi sh, the solid nonfat content can be determined from a single measurement; however at least two temperatures are suggested during analysis of fat and solid nonfat in fatty tissue [17]. In the TOBEC method the live fish is placed in a low-frequency electromagnetic field, and the distinct electrical characteristics of body fat and fat free tissue provide the proximate data [21]. MRI can provide valuable information on proximate composition and distribution of chemical constituents in fish samples [14]; however, these imaging instruments are expensive and are used primarily in certain research laboratories. Calculation of fat content by measuring the water content is possible with cheap, robust instruments (see below), but they can be used only when the protein content is stable.

Composition and Calories

267

16.3

Lipids

16.3.1 Nutritional Aspects
Marine lipids contain the omega-3 fatty acids such as C20:5n-3 (EPA) and C22:6n-3 (DHA) with well-documented beneficial health effects [23–25]. These fatty acids are found in all parts of the fish and are constituents of different lipid classes such as phospholipids, triacylglycerols, lysophospholipids, partial glycerides, esters, and free fatty acids. Marine lipids are the only source of EPA and DHA, and extraction and utilization of these fatty acids is a major industry. The market shares for higher value applications such as food ingredients, health care products, and medicine are increasing owing to the supply to aquaculture business.

16.3.2 Methods for Determination of Total Lipids
The lipid content in fish can be determined by several different methods varying in efficiency, total lipid yield, accuracy, skill requirement, and cost. The main methods are shown in Table 16.1 ranging from organic solvent extraction, microwave drying, to nondestructive techniques. Fish lipids are generally composed of polar and neutral lipid compounds. Although the triacylglycerols dominate in the lipid classes of fatty fish such as the pelagic species, the phospholipids are the main lipid class in lean white fish species. In addition, other derivatives of fatty acids (partial glycerides, free fatty acids, esters etc.), sterols, fat-soluble vitamins, and carotenoids are found in fish and comprise the large group called total lipids. Chemical methods: Traditional methods for determination of total lipids are generally based on solvent extraction followed by gravimetric determination. The lipid yield obtained is highly dependent on the solvent system, and using a combination of polar and nonpolar solvents it is possible to extract the total lipids and not only the free lipids such as triacylglycerols. Differences in lipid yield among the methods are claimed to correlate with the extraction efficiency of the more tightly bounded polar lipids such as phospholipids [26]. A combination of chloroform, methanol, and water is most often used for manual extraction of total lipids in fish [27,28]. The methanol penetrates the tissue while the chloroform dissolves the fat. The samples are first homogenized and after several extraction steps, followed by evaporation of solvents, the total lipids are gravimetrically determined. The Bligh & Dyer method (B&D) was originally used on fish muscle and less solvent volumes were used compared with the Folch method. A comparison between the Folch and B&D method has previously shown that the B&D method underestimates the lipid yield when the lipid content in fish muscle is above 2%, whereas no significant differences are found at lower levels [29]. Modifications of the B&D method are widely reported in the literature [30,31], although these specific modifications are rarely described in detail [29]. One recent study demonstrated that a modified B&D method using NaCl and electrolyzed cathode water gave higher lipid yield compared with the conventional method [32]. Generally, the crude lipids extracted by B&D compose a broad range of lipid classes, and the method demonstrates a high efficiency in extracting both polar and neutral lipids. However, parameters such as solvent ratio, order of solvent addition, and number of extraction steps are important parameters that affect the lipid yield and might be individually suited for specific sample material differing in lipid class composition. An example is the increased lipid yield obtained when using higher amounts of methanol, which was explained by a better extraction of phospholipids in a study by Smedes and Askland [31].

268

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Due to the high lipid yield generally obtained by the B&D method, it has been widely used as a reference to test the efficiency of other methods, and it is particularly used in research laboratories. Additionally, this extraction allows the successive characterization of lipids such as lipid classes (tri-, di-, and monoacylglycerols, free fatty acids, phospholipids etc.), lipid oxidation products, and fatty acid composition. Hence, manual extraction is relatively time-consuming, requires laboratory facilities, and the solvents used are toxic to humans and environment. Less toxic solvents are used in some studies [31,33–37] without achieving the same lipid yield as that obtained by using the traditional solvents. Solvent extraction of animal tissues in general and procedures for preparation of samples are comprehensively discussed by Christie [38] and by the same author in the Lipid Library Website (http://www.lipidlibrary.co.uk/topics/extract2/index.htm). Another commonly used method for solvent extraction of fatty fish species is the ethylacetate method [39] without the use of expensive equipment. The method even specifies what part of the fish should be included in the analysis. Ethylacetate has replaced the health-harmful benzene that was used in the early extractions. Among the automatic solvent extraction techniques, the Soxhlet method [40] and modifications of this method have been most widely used for determination of total lipids in fish. The sample is lyophilized before solvent extractions, removal of solvents, and gravimetric determination [41]. Petroleum ether and diethyl ether are the most common solvent used but the use of hexane and acetone are also reported in some studies [41,26]. The original Soxhlet method was developed by Soxhlet in 1879. This was originally a time-consuming method (16 h); however, today, there are more rapid methods available based on the same principle with commercial instrumentation such as the SoxTec equipment. New developments in this field are continuously reducing the analysis time, and a new microwave-integrated Soxhlet may run samples in less than an hour [42]. Lipid content can also be determined without the use of chemicals such as in the microwave drying method. This is a simple and inexpensive method that indirectly calculates the lipid content from the water content analyzed [43]. The principle behind this method is a reported reverse intercorrelation between water and lipid content in clupeid fish [43–45] calculated from the following formula: Fat content% = 80% − water content % [43]. Limitations in this method lie particularly in the lack of fitness of the intercorrelation between water and lipids during different maturity stages for the fish [46] and also variations between different locations in the fish [46–50]. Furthermore, this intercorrelation is affected by processing, particularly heat treatment, that might reduce the water content.

16.3.3 Nondestructive Methods
The intercorrelation between water and lipids in fish is also applied as the principle for the nondestructive portable Fat Meters developed by Kent [44,51–52]. The sample is irradiated by microwaves with a microwave strip, the water is measured by the dielectric properties, and the lipid content is then calculated. These instruments (Fish Fat Meters and Torry Fat Meters) are calibrated for a range of fish species [45], and they are simple to use. However, these methods share some of the same limitations as those in the microwave drying method such as the lack of fitness during spawning, and additionally, the accuracy of the Fat Meters has also been reported to be dependent on the lipid content in the fish [46]. Although the Fat Meter is limited to determining fat and water content, methods such as NIR spectroscopy may simultaneously determine the content of lipids, proteins, and water from the surface of the sample in a few seconds [4,53]. The NMR technique has particularly been applied

Composition and Calories

269

in quantification of lipids in fish [15,46,54–56], and the low-field NMR can distinguish between different lipid classes [57]. When increasing the field strength to high-resolution NMR, a range of different lipid constituents can be detected [58,59]. The ultrasound velocity technique has provided data that enable classification of salmon muscle into low, medium, and high fat [20]. See earlier section in this chapter for further information on these methods.

16.3.4 Comparison of Methods
Nondestructive and rapid techniques are of particular importance for fatty fish such as herring, mackerel, and some farmed fish species. The lipid content in these species usually shows large variation, and analysis results are valuable on board the fishing vessel or processing plant for sorting into groups based on their lipid content. Vogt et al. [43] who compared the lipid yield obtained by Torry Fat Meter, NIR, the microwave method and a modified Soxhlet, found that the NIR- and microwave methods were closest to the reference solvent extraction (R 2 = 0.90). A high correlation (R 2 = 0.96) has been found between ethyl acetate extraction and NIT analysis of whole minced capelin [60], and another study [46] demonstrated a good correlation between NIR and solvent extraction in specific locations of the fish (middle part of fish and fi llet skin side) (R 2 = 0.80–0.93). NMR measurements, in the same study, showed a good correlation with the solvent extraction when the analysis was performed on minced samples. Generally, the solvent extraction techniques obtain the higher yield, which might be explained by the contribution of other lipid classes than triacylglycerols, such as polar lipids and sterols that are not always included in the rapid analyses. However, readings from the Fat Meter have been reported to show higher yield than reference values in samples of herring [61], which might be explained by the variation in the intercorrelation between water and lipids. Th is same study demonstrated a bigger difference between the methods at higher lipid content in the samples. Higher variation between methods are reported when analyzing lean fish compared with fatty fish high in unpolar lipids [26]. The statement of what is the most suitable method for lipid determination is highly dependent on the applicability and what criteria are the most important for the analysis such as accuracy, robustness, time of analysis, use of solvents, and portability, and so on.

16.4

Proteins

16.4.1 Nutritional Aspects
Due to its favorable content and balance of essential and nonessential amino acids, fish protein is regarded to be of high nutritive value. Seafood proteins are also highly digestible, which adds to the understanding that digestibility of raw fish meat is in the range 90%–98% and that of shellfish about 85% [62]. Protein and amino acid requirements vary through life and are generally higher among young growing children compared with adults [63,64]. These nutritional aspects are more comprehensively described in other chapters in this book. Fish and marine invertebrate tissue contains from about 11%–24% (ww) crude protein depending on species, nutritional conditions, and the type of muscle. Although amino acid composition might vary among different types of tissue, there is a high similarity in the same tissue among species as pointed out by Mambrini and Kaushik [65]. The total body composition of amino acids shows high similarity among various cultured fish species [66].

270 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

16.4.2

Methods for Protein Determination

Several of the most important methods for protein determination in food date from the late 1800s (Dumas, Nessler’s reagent, Biuret, Kjeldahl, Folin-Ciocalteau, and Dye binding) [67]. Quantification of total protein in fish and fish products can be determined by total organic nitrogen followed by conversion into crude protein or by a set of direct methods.

16.4.3

Determination of Total Nitrogen

Determination of proteins by analysis of total nitrogen (N) multiplied by a specific factor is a common procedure in fish analysis [68]. The N content of food is commonly determined using the Kjeldahl [69] or the Dumas [70] methods. Kjeldahl includes digestion of material and quantifies only N that is transformable to NH4+ using titration, colorimetry, or an ion-specific electrode [71]. In the Dumas method, all N is converted to N2 through combustion using a nitrogen element analyzer. Generally, the Dumas method gives higher N values than the Kjeldahl method [72–74], and a Kjeldahl-N to Dumas-N ratio of 0.80 for fish has been calculated [71]. The conversion factor for N was originally 6.25, based on average nitrogen content in different proteins of 16%, which might not be suitable for all protein sources, as they vary in amino acid composition. Generally, studies on fish have shown lower values with a more specific conversion factor of 5.8 presented for fish filet [75,76], and a factor of 4.94 (nitrogen to net protein) for protein estimates for fish and fish products are suggested by Salo-Väänänen and Koivistoinen [77]. More specific conversion factors based on the N content in isolated proteins are frequently applied for different categories of food [78]. Salo-Väänänen and Koivistoinen [77] showed that the true conversion factor was 5%–20% lower than the general 6.25 in a line of food products. Moreover, up to 40% variations were found in a comparison study of the 6.25 factor against foodspecific factors or sum of amino acids [79]. These differences indicate a significant contribution of nitrogen from other than amino acids or protein structures. Large amounts of those compounds are found in fish and fish products, probably due to both natural composition and degradation products [77]. These other N contributions might originate from nucleic acids, nucleotides, trimethylamine n-oxide (TMAO), free amino acids, or others. Contributions of N from products such as urea might appear in sharks, skates, and rays. There are, however, options to separate protein N from nonprotein N by precipitation and filtration after solvent extraction if required [80]. The nitrogenous compounds that do not originate from proteins can also be separated using methods such as ion-exchange chromatography (IEC), gas chromatography (GC), thin-layer chromatography (TLC), and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) [81,82].

16.4.4

Direct Methods for Soluble Protein Determination

Protein is amino acids linked together via peptide bonds, and quantification of these amino acids might give more accurate values for protein estimates [68,77,83]. The term “net protein” is often used for those values that are corrected for added water during analysis. There are options to exclude or include the free amino acids during sample preparations, or they have also been analyzed separately using HPLC methods [84–86]. A more extensive description of various methods and techniques used in protein analyses are covered by Owusu-Apenten [67]. Acid hydrolysis followed by amino acid quantification such as by HPLC [87–90] or the more traditional IEC [89,91–93] are direct and specific methods for protein determination. During IEC, the derivatization of amino acids takes place postcolumn in most methods using, for

Composition and Calories

271

example, ninhydrin [94,89] or O-phthalaldehyde (OPA) [95]. Common derivatization reagents for quantification of amino acids in HPLC methods are OPA [90,96] and 9-fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (FMOC) [96], which are often used in combination with 2-mercaptoethanol, ethanethiol [90], or 3-mercaptopropionic acid [90,96]. An additional derivatization agent 2-(9-anthryl)ethyl chloroformate showed good correlation with the use of FMOC and lower detection limits for amino acids when analyzed in UV absorbance due to better spectral properties of the produced chromophore [97]. Other derivatization reagents are discussed in Sarwar and Botting [91] and in Fekkes [92]. In HPLC methods both pre- and postcolumn derivatizations are used with variable mobile phases based on methanol and acetonitrile. The reaction time, choice of solvents, and the concentration of 2-mercaptoethanol determine the efficiency of the reaction between OPA and amino acids with influence on quantification of the amino acids [90] (generally, 2-mercaptoethanol should be kept in the lower concentration range for optimization of the method [90]). OPA does not react with secondary amino acids, and FMOC is, among others, less soluble and might create interference reactions, but by combining those both, the primary and secondary amino acids can be detected [98]. Further optimization of this approach and adding an online dialysis step have improved the method with separation of 25 amino acids, and quantification of most of them [96]. Hyp (hydroxyproline), which is primarily found in connective collagenous tissue [99], might otherwise be quantified through derivatization with 7-chloro-4-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole [100,101] or N2-(5-fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl)-l-valine amide [102]. Alternative methods are the spectrophotometric determination of Hyp as a measure of collagen [103] or collagen/gelatin in fish skin [104], the latter using a modified spectrophotometric method for Hyp determination by Bergman and Loxley [105]. The destruction of Trp (tryptophan) during hydrolysis in hydrochloric acid can be omitted by replacing with a line of others, including methane sulfonic acid containing 3-(2-aminoethyl) indole [106,107]. Enhanced signal of tyrosine, phenylalanine, and Trp has also been obtained using online photolysis with chemoluminescence methods in the HPLC system [108]. A more comprehensive overview of alternative methods for quantification of Trp is otherwise reviewed by Molnar-Pearl [109] and includes both alkali hydrolyses along with more complex derivatization and detection methods. During amino acid determination with the HPLC methods, detection of Cys (cysteine/ cysteine) might require special procedures during extract preparations such as iodoacetic acid [110] or 3,3′-dithiodipropionic acid as used in Glencross et al. [111]. Some nitrogenous compounds such as nucleic acids and amines, the latter originating mainly from microbial decarboxylation of amino acids in food such as putrescine, cadaverine, spermidine, spermine, tyramine, and histamine [112], can also be separated using methods such as HPLC [113,114] and reverse-phase HPLC [115,116]. Amino acid determination is often used in nutritional studies on fish, and requirements are frequently determined after analysis using IEC or HPLC methods [111,117–119], or alternatively 13C-NMR after extraction has been applied in such studies [120]. Quantification of the individual amino acids in HPLC methods is based on standards (amino acids) and use of an internal analytical standard such as a-butyric acid (ABA), responses to those, and molecular weight make the basis for calculating the amino acids. The protein values are calculated as the sum of all amino acids corrected for water added during hydrolyses, and the free amino acids might be removed through the extraction procedure or analyzed separately. Proteins can also be determined by a number of spectrophotometric methods. Some of these analyses are based on the ability of proteins to absorb (or scatter) light, whereas in other analyses, proteins are chemically or physically modified to absorb (or scatter) light. Due to variation of amino acid composition in proteins, most of these methods give results that can be different from absolute protein concentrations [83].

272 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Methods where proteins are chemically or physically modified for determination (colorimetric assays) can also be divided in to two groups: dye-binding reaction and redox reaction with proteins [121]. In the redox spectrophotometric methods, analyses are based on reaction with Folin reagent, and the following methods could be mentioned: Biuret reaction [122], Lowry protein method [123], and bicinchoninic acid (BCA) assay [124]. In the Biuret reaction Cu(II) with proteins in alkaline medium is reduced to Cu(I), which binds to protein forming a Cu(I)–peptide complex with purplish-violet color [121]. The same principle is used in BCA assay, where Cu(I) is detected by reaction with BCA, which gives an intense purple color [125]. One of the most popular methods in this group is the Lowry protein method [123], which is initially based on the Biuret reaction, where peptide bonds react with Cu(II) in alkaline medium to produce Cu(I). Later Cu(I) reacts with the Folin reagent. The reaction gives a strong blue color [83]. The intensity of color partly depends on the amount of Tyr and Trp in samples but can also be influenced by other components such as N-containing buffer or carbohydrates [121]. The amounts of proteins in sardine determined by the Lowry method were comparable to those determined by Kjeldahl method [121]. The Lowry method is suitable for protein extracts such as actomyosin, which is an important component in surimi-based products [126]. However, the BCA assay is shorter compared with the Lowry method (where two steps are needed), more flexible and stable in alkaline conditions, and has a broad linear range. The BSA assay can also be interpreted by the usual chemical components such as EDTA, thiols, reducing sugars, hydrogen peroxide, or phospholipids [121,125]. The dye-binding spectrophotometric assay is based on the reaction between acid dye and positively charged amino acid residues in proteins [121]. In acidic conditions, the created insoluble complexes are removed and the unbound dye is determined by measuring its absorbance. The amount of protein is proportional to the amount of bound dye. Coomassie dye in acidic conditions binds to proteins and creates complexes that influence a color shift from a maximum from 465 nm to 595 nm, using the Bradford method [127]. Absorbance of Coomassie dye-protein complex is measured at 595 (575–615) nm, because the difference between the two forms of the dye is greatest in this area. Within the linear range of the assay (∼5–25 mg/mL), the protein amount is proportional to bounded Coomassie [127]. This method is suitable for determination of extractability of proteins [128] or protein content in extracts [129–131]. Th is technique is simple, sensitive, and uses shorter analysis time compared with the Lowry method. Moreover, the dye-binding assay is less affected by reagents and nonprotein components from biological samples [132]. Proteins in solution can be quantified in a simple spectrophotometric analysis by near- or farUV absorbance [133,134]. Absorption in the near UV by proteins depends mostly on the content of Tyr and Trp and less on the amount of phenylalanine (Phe) and disulfide bonds. This absorbance measurement is simple, sensitive, needs no reagents, and the sample is recoverable [133,134] Crude protein extracts or individual fractions of proteins [135] can be measured at 280 nm. Disadvantages of the method include interference with other components such as nucleic acid, which absorbs in the same wavelength region [133]. Far-UV absorption can also be used for determination of protein content: peptide bonds absorb in the area with the maximum at about 190 nm. Different proteins give a small variation in absorbance, and the method can be considered as accurate for protein determination. However, oxygen also absorbs at these wavelengths, and to avoid interference, measurements at 205 nm is used. It should also be mentioned that components such as carbohydrates, salts, lipids, amides, phosphates, and detergents interfere [133,134].

Composition and Calories

273

16.4.5 Nondestructive Analysis of Proteins
Recently, other advanced and nondestructive methods have become more common for determining protein. NIR is one of these [4,53], and it was originally developed for protein analysis and has since that time been developed and calibrated for a range of fish species. Low-field NMR is generally not suitable for protein determination in a nondestructive manner. See earlier text for more information on the nondestructive techniques.

16.5 Determination of Carbohydrate Content
Carbohydrates are often classified into three broad groups: sugars (mono- and disaccharides), oligosaccharides (three to nine monosaccharides) and, polysaccharides (more than nine). The content of carbohydrates in fish muscle is low [136,137] and is further influenced by conditions experienced before and during capture, which may lead to depletion of glycogen stores and thereby a decrease in the carbohydrate level. Under anoxic conditions postmortem, glycogen will continue to be metabolized, resulting in increased lactic acid along with reduced pH and eventually a gradual loss of the sweet, meaty character of fresh fish. Some marine invertebrates on the other hand are characterized by a high content of carbohydrates; up to 10.2% and 12.5% total sugars can be found in subcuticular tissue of spiny lobster and blue crab, respectively, with the highest amounts of glucose followed by galactose and mannose [138]. Glycogen stores of scallops are highly dependent on season (temperature, food availability, and lifecycle), and highest levels are usually reached after the summer period [139], showing levels up to 23%–25% glycogen of dry weight of adductor muscle [139,140]. Seasonal variations of glycogen content in mussels (Mytilus edulis) are also high, showing values in the range 4%–37% of tissue dry weight [141,142]. Among the line of methods suitable for seafood, the amount of total carbohydrates in shellfish can be determined by using the phenol-sulfuric acid procedures described by Dubois et al. [143] as used for scallop (Pecten maximus) in Maguire et al. [144] and silver carp in Gnaiger and Bitterlich [144]. This method is based on hydrolysis of polysaccharides and does not measure all sugar molecules in the materials equally accurately, because the carbohydrates are absorbed at different maximum wavelengths and in addition differ in the ability to form the chromogenes formed in the method. If measurements are performed at 488 nm and a standard curve is prepared using glucose, this will lead to a possible underestimation in the case of chemical characteristics of monosaccharides deviant from glucose. This relatively simple method is often used, because it gives a good estimate of total carbohydrates in tissue that contain 10% or more of hexose polymers [145]. Glycogen from seafood can also be determined after preparation of solution of glucose units using a range of assay kits for glucose followed by colorimetric determination (Boehringer Mannheim, Cayman chemicals, Biovision or others), as described for Abalone tissue using a combination lipid and glucose extraction method in studies of Allen et al. [146]. Glycogen levels in small amounts of tissue can additionally be analyzed using the anthrone methods with spectrophotometric determinations [147–149], which have been demonstrated as useful for scallop [150]. Carbohydrates are frequently calculated and expressed as total carbohydrates by difference, which is the remainder after subtraction of moisture, crude protein, total fat, and ash and includes fibers if present in the analyzed material. An excellent overview of definitions and internationally used carbohydrate tag names along with applicable analytical procedures for food in general is given by Munro and Burlingame [151].

274 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

16.6 Determination of Water Content
Water content in fish can be determined by simple drying methods. Using conventional air ovens, a common practice has been to dry the sample at 105°C for 12 h, which by experience has shown satisfactory drying of fish and fish products. To ensure complete drying, the sample can be dried to constant weight. Other methods [40] refer to 101°C for 24 h by conventional ovens and 70°C for 24 h using vacuum ovens. The sample is weighed in a container, and after heating the sample is cooled and weighed again. The water content is determined by the following formula: Water content (%) = (Weight of wet material − weight of dried material) × 100 Weight of wet material

Infrared and some microwave ovens may allow an analysis time of 1–2 h [152]. Further, the new nondestructive methods such as NIR/NIT, NMR, or Fatmeter, which are described previously in this chapter, may be used for fast determination of water, and the low-field NMR technique can even distinguish between free and bounded water [15,153]. In a volumetric method (Dean & Stark), the samples are boiled in toluene before measuring the volume of water. This method is relatively fast but uses toluene, which is hazardous to health [152].

16.7

Calories

The energy content of food is generally given in kilocalories (kcal) and kilojoules (kJ), which have a conversion factor of 1 kcal = 4.184 kJ. Seafood show variable composition of proteins and fat, and energy content is dependent on this distribution, which often might also be highly influenced by seasonal variations. In a seasonal study of 35 fish and shellfish species, Soriguer et al. [154] found a substantial variation in biochemical composition, where even mackerel known as fatty type of fish, in parts of the year could be classified within the lean fish category. The lipid level in particular has high significance for the calorie content of fish, with implications for calculations in dietary studies and databases; this is important to bear in mind when these are used.

16.7.1 Direct Measurement of Energy
The gross energy content of food (measured as heat of combustion, kcal/g) may be determined directly by using a bomb calorimeter (micro- or macromethods), which includes burning food with oxygen in an insulated container of constant volume [155,156]. The heat is adsorbed in water, and the energy is determined from the mass of water, its temperature rise, and its specific heat. Dichromate wet oxidation with potassium dichromate is also sometimes used as a direct method, giving rise to slightly lower energy values in fish samples than when measured by bomb calorimetric methods [157,158]. Food composition databases are not based on direct measurements of gross energy, because those are not equal to energy requirements [159]. Instead the metabolizable food energy is used, which accounts for the energy in food remaining after losses through the feces, gas, urea, and the body surface [160].

Composition and Calories

275

16.7.2 Indirect Measurements of Energy
The energy released by oxidation of protein, fat, and carbohydrate is the basis for sets of conversion factors. The Atwater general factor system is the foundation for the most frequently used systems for energy conversion [161], which originates from combustion with adjustments for losses in digestion, absorption, and excretion of urea. The Atwater general energy conversion values are 4.0 kcal/g for proteins, 9.0 kcal/g for lipids, and 4.0 kcal/g for carbohydrates (calculated by difference, i.e., subtracting water, ash, proteins, and lipids). Originally no differences were determined between the fiber and available digestive carbohydrates, but exploring more specific heat of combustion led to factors of 3.75 kcal/g when used for monosaccharides and 4.2 kcal/g for polysaccharides, with application in the Atwater system [162]. However, the specific conversion factor used for carbohydrates in shellfish is 4.11 kcal/g [163]. For other food material, energy factors for dietary fiber have been developed, taking into account availability, provided also by the microorganisms in the colon giving values recommended by FAO [164] of 8.0 kJ/g (2.0 kcal/g). A more specific set of factors for energy conversion were developed due to different combustion rates and digestibility of various sources of proteins and fats and additional impact caused by processing. The specific set of factors presented in Merrill and Watt [163,165] arrived at 4.27 kcal/g for protein and 9.02 kcal/g for fat in meat and fish. It is, however, important to consider the choice of analytical methods regarding conversion of proteins to calories. Both the variable nonprotein N and the variations in amino acid composition in different protein sources might have implications on the calculated energy levels if based on N analysis (see above). When energy contributions from proteins are set, the most accurate method will be as the sum of amino acids (free and protein bound). Alternatively, Kjeldahl or Dumas techniques are used with more source-specific conversion factors such as those used by Jones [166] or others, when these are known. In terms of conversion to energy, the more specific conversion factor of 5.65 kcal/g for protein was suggested [167] and tested in combination with direct energy measurements for use with fish tissue, resulting in slightly higher values compared with bomb calorimetric methods [157]. Calculation of energy contribution from fat might include analysis of fatty acids with total fat calculated as triacylglycerol equivalents [160]. For fatty fish muscle the factor 0.90 is used in conversion of total fat to total fatty acids, whereas 0.70 is used for white fish muscle [169]. Gravimetric methods are also used for energy calculations, which (depending on methods used; see above) would include weight of the additional lipid components that are not transformed to energy, per se. The calorie content of extracted lipids (methanol/chloroform extraction) from fish tissue as found by microcalorimetric methods suggests the use of a lower energy conversion factor such as 8.49 kcal/g [157]. Gross energy levels obtained from bomb calorimetry might deviate from energy when based on analysis and conversion factors due to the lipid calculations. A high level of lipids in tissue is usually accompanied with high energetic content by both methods. However, with high levels of sterols, the gross energy by bomb calorimeter can be higher than the metabolic energy level calculated from the analysis by use of conversion factors. Th is method deviation was pointed out for low-lipid squid samples by Krishnamoorthy et al. [169]. In the study of feed, fish, and feces by Henken et al. [158] three different methods for calculating energy content were compared (I, dichromate wet oxidation; II, bomb calorimeter; or III, chemical analyses followed by conversion factors 5.65, 9.45, 4.2 kcal/g [proteins:fat:carbohydrates]). Proteins were calculated with N*6.25, fat analyzed by Soxhlet with hexane extraction, and carbohydrates calculated by difference. Agreements were obtained in methods II and III and lower energy values were obtained with method I. Inadequate protein oxidation by dichromate method

276 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

[170] was solved by correction factors but still resulted in lower values in fish, feed, and feces compared with bomb calorimetry or direct analyses followed by conversion factors. In recent years the field of nutrition has become highly complex due to developments in both analytical and physiological methods. A variety of different analytical methods are in use along with various sets of conversion factors, which again are based on their own specific analytical methods. In scientific work it is particularly important to specify methods and calculations made in the presented results. Standardization of analytical methods and energy conversion factors might improve the use of nutrient databases for energy calculation.

16.7.3 Food Composition Tables and Databases
Food composition databases are practical tools providing a line of useful information on foodrelated subjects. For the users it is convenient to find further links, reports, published works, nutrient composition tables, and so forth, through a database. Researchers are requested to make relevant publications available through these pages, adding to the up-front knowledge in the area. When food databases contain original analytical results, the values can be trusted to represent more accurate levels and are more useful for governmental and research purposes. There are several general databases available to the public both on international, regional, and national levels such as those of The International Network of Food Data Systems (FAO/INFOODS), United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Pacific Island Food Composition Tables (PIFCT), and German Nutrient Database (BSL). The user groups for food databases are among others found within the groups of food researchers and industry, dieticians, epidemiological and health researchers, and national and governmental authorities. National and regional food composition tables are important, because they may reveal specific dietary traits of subpopulations important for health and epidemiological research. Differing nutritional definitions are also common as with different sets of energy conversion factors, which is important to be aware of when food tables are used. Databases as such FishBase provide specific tables for seafood such as proximate data and energy levels of different organs and ecological data of harvested species in specific regions. However, the databases might have a potential for improvement with regard to expected variability in the composition of food items, which might be due to seasonal variations, variations experienced during the growth, production phase, or as influenced by storage or processing conditions. Additionally, processed food with many ingredients is complex, some nutrients are labile, and constituents such as fat and moisture might be added and/or removed during food preparations. As it might be practically impossible to obtain the full detailed composition, there is selection of constituents in food tables. Most databases contain 10–25 food groups [160], but some also contain more than 100 nutrients and food components such as the Nutrition Data System for Research (NDS-R) in the United States [171]. Skills and knowledge in the analytical methods on which the values are based on, advantages, and drawbacks in the table values are required.

References
1. Sikorski, Z.E., Kolakowska, A., and Sun Pan, B., The nutritive composition of the major groups of marine food organisms. In: Seafood: Resources, Nutritional Composition and Preservation, Ed., Sikorski, Z.E., CRC Press, 29–54. Boca Raton, FL, 1990. 2. Williams, P.C., Application of near infrared reflectance spectroscopy to analysis of cereal grains and oilseeds, Cereal Chem., 52, 561–576, 1975.

Composition and Calories

277

3. Martens, H. and Russwurm, H., Food Research and Data Analysis, Applied Science Publisher, London, U.K., 1982. 4. Solberg, C., NIR–A rapid method for quality control. In: Seafood from Producer to Consumer, Integrated Approach to Quality, Eds., Luten, J.B., Børresen, T., and Oehlenschläger, J., Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, pp. 529–534, 1997. 5. Wold, J.P. and Isaksson, T., Non-destructive determination of fat and moisture in whole Atlantic Salmon by near infrared diff use reflectance spectroscopy, J. Food Sci., 62, 734–736, 1997. 6. Downey, G., Non-invasive and non-destructive percutaneous analysis of farmed salmon flesh by near infrared spectroscopy, Food Chem., 55, 305–311, 1999. 7. Shimamoto, J., Hiratsuka, S., Hasegawa, K., Sato, M., and Kawano, S., Rapid non-destructive determination of fat content in frozen skipjack using a portable near infrared spectrophotometer, Fish. Sci., 69(4), 856–860, 2003. 8. Solberg, C., Saugen, E., Swenson, L.-P., Bruun, L., and Isaksson, T., Determination of fat in alive farmed Atlantic salmon using non-invasive NIR techniques, J. Sci. Food Agr., 83, 692–696, 2003. 9. Solberg, C., Rapid on line non-destructive measurement of fat in live and filleted salmon. In Near Infrared Spectroscopy: Proceedings of the 11th International Conference, Ed., Davies, A.M.C. and GarridoVaro, A., NIR Publications, Sussex, U.K., pp. 471–474, 2004. 10. Uddin, M., Okazaki, E., Turza, S., Yumiko, Y., Tanaka, M., and Fukuda, Y., Non-destructive visible/NIR spectroscopy for differentiation of fresh and frozen thawed fish, Food Chem. Toxicol., 70(8), 506–510, 2005. 11. Uddin, M., Okazaki, E., Ahmad, M.U., Fukuda, Y., and Tanaka, M., NIR spectroscopy: A nondestructive fast technique to verify heat treatment of fish-meat gel, Food Control, 17, 660–664, 2006. 12. Osborn, B.G., Fearn, T., and Hindle, P.H., Practical NIR Spectroscopy with Application in Food and Beverage Analysis. Longman Scientific and Technical, Essex, U.K., 90–144, 1993. 13. Lundby, F., Sørland, G.H., and Eilertsen, S., Determination of fat, moisture and protein in fish powder within 30 min, by combining low resolution NMR techniques and microwave technology, Abstract from the 8th International Conference on the Applications of Magnetic Resonance in Food Science, 2006, Nottingham, U.K. 14. Veliuylin, E., Van der Zwaag, C., Burk, W., and Erikson, U., In vivo determination of fat content in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) with a mobile NMR spectrometer, J. Sci. Food Agr., 85, 1299–1304, 2005. 15. Aursand, I., Veliuylin, E., and Erikson, U., Low-field NMR studies of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), In: Modern Magnetic Resonance, Modern Magnetic Resonance. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry, Biological and Marine Sciences, Ed., Webb, G.A., 895–903, 2006, Springer, Dordrecht, the Netherlands. 16. Blumich, B., Blumer, P., Eidman, G., Guthausen, A., Haken, R., Schmitz, U., Saito, K., and Zimmer, G., The NMR MOUSE: Construction, excitation and applications, Magn. Reson. Imaging, 16, 479–484, 1998. 17. Ghaedian, R., Coupland, J.N., Decker, E.A., and McClements, D.J., Ultrasonic determination of fish composition, J. Food Eng., 35(3), 323–337, 1998. 18. Suvanich, V., Ghaedian, R., Chanami, R., Decker, E.A., and McClements, D.J., Prediction of proximate fish composition from ultrasonic properties: Catfish, Cod, Flounder, Mackerel, and Salmon, J. Food Sci., 63(6), 966–968, 1998. 19. Sigfusson, H., Decker, E.A., and McClements, D.J., Ultrasonic characterisation of Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus), Food Res. Int., 43, 15–23, 2001. 20. Shannon, R.A., Probert-Smith, P.J., Lines, J., and Mayia, F., Ultrasound velocity measurement to determine lipid content in salmon muscle; the effect of myosepta, Food Res. Int., 37, 611–620, 2004. 21. Jaramillo, F., Bai, S.C., Murphy, B.R., and Gatlin, D.M., Application of electrical-conductivity for nondestructive measurement of channel Catfish, Ictalurus punctatus, body-composition, Aquat. Living Resour., 7(2), 87–91, 1994.

278

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

22. Veliuylin, E., Borge, A., Singstad, T., Gribbestad, I., and Erikson, U., Post-mortem studies of fish using magnetic resonance imaging. In: Modern Magnetic Resonance, Modern Magnetic Resonance. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry, Biological and Marine Sciences, Ed., Webb, G.A., 949–956, Springer, Dordrecht, the Netherlands, 2006. 23. Dyerberg, J., Bang, H.O., Stofferson, E., Monkada, S., and Vane, J.R., Eicosapentaenoic acid and prevention of thrombosis and atherosclerosis? Lancet, 117, 1978. 24. Uauy, R. and Valenzuela, A., Marine oils: The health benefits of n-3 fatty acids, Nutrition, 16(7–8), 680–684, 2000. 25. Vanshoonbecek, K., de Maat, M.P., and Heemssterk, J.W., Fish oil consumption and reduction of arterial disease, J. Nutr., 133, 657–660, 2003. 26. Ewald, G., Bremle, G., and Karlsson, A., Difference between Bligh and Dyer and Soxhlet extractions of PCBs and lipids from fat and lean fish muscle: Implications for data evaluations, Mar. Pollut. Bull., 36(3), 222–230, 1998. 27. Folch, J., Lees, M., and Stanley, G.H.S. Preparation of lipid extracts from brain tissue, J. Biol. Chem., 226, 497–509, 1957. 28. Bligh, E.G. and Dyer, W.J., A rapid method of total lipid extraction and purification. Can. J. Biochem. Physiol., 37, 911–917, 1959. 29. Iverson, S., Lang, S.L.C., and Cooper, M.H., Comparison of the Bligh and Dyer and Folch method for total lipid determination of a broad range of marine tissue, Lipids, 36(11), 1283–1287, 2001. 30. Lee, M.C., Trevino, B., and Chaiyawat, M., A simple and rapid solvent extraction method for determination of total lipids in fish, J. AOAC Int., 79(2), 487–492, 1996. 31. Smedes, F. and Askland, T.K., Revisiting the Bligh and Dyer total lipid determination method, Mar. Pollut. Bull., 38(3), 193–201, 1999. 32. Toge, Y. and Miyashita, K., Lipid extraction with electrolyzed cathode water from marine products, J. Oleo Sci., 52(2), 1–6, 2003. 33. Hara, A. and Radin, N.S., Lipid extraction of tissue with a low toxicity solvent, Anal. Biochem., 90, 420–426, 1978. 34. Burton, G.W., Webb, A., and Ingold, K.U., A mild, rapid and efficient method of lipid extraction for use in determining vitamin E/lipid ratios, Lipids, 20(1), 29–39, 1985. 35. Undeland, I., Harrod, M., and Lignert, H., Comparison between methods using low-toxicity solvents for the extraction of lipids from herring (Clupea harengus), Food Chem., 61(3), 355–365, 1998. 36. Woitke, P., Haarich, M., and Harms, U., Co-factors in biota: Results of a German interlaboratory exercise on the determination of total lipids in fi sh tissue, Accredit. Qual. Assur., 5, 499–503, 2000. 37. Jensen, S., Heggberg, L., Jorundsdottir, H., and Odham, G., A quantitative lipid extraction method for residue analysis of fish involving nonhalogenated solvents, J. Agr. Food Chem., 51(19), 5607–5611, 2003. 38. Christie, W.W., Ed., in Advances in Lipid Methodology–Two, Oily Press, Dundee, U.K., pp. 195–213, 1993. 39. Norwegian Standard (NS 9402), Atlantic Salmon: Measurement of Colour and Fat, 1st edn., Oslo, Norway, 1994. 40. AOAC Official methods, 960.39. In: Official Methods of Analysis, 15th edn., Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Arlington, VA, 1990. 41. Bremle, G., Okla, L., and Larsson, P., Uptake of PCBs in a contaminated river system: Bio concentration factors measured in the field, Environ. Sci. Technol., 29(8), 2010–2015, 1995. 42. Virot, M., Tomao, V., Colnagui, G., Visinoni, F., and Chemat, F., New microwave-integrated Soxhlet extraction. An advantageous tool for the extraction of lipids from food products, J. Chrom., 1174, 138–144, 2007. 43. Vogt, A., Gormley, T.R., Downey, G., and Somers, J., A comparison of selected rapid methods for fat measurement in fresh herring (Clupea harengus), J. Food Compos. Anal., 15, 205–215, 2002.

Composition and Calories

279

44. Kent, M., Measurement of dielectric properties of herring flesh using transmission time domain spectroscopy, Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 25, 26–38, 1990a. 45. Clerjon, S. and Damez, J.L., Microwave sensing for food structure evaluation, Meas. Sci. Technol., 18, 1038–1045, 2007. 46. Nielsen, D., Hylding, G., Nielsen, J., and Hauch Nielsen, H., Lipid content in herring (Clupea harengus L.)–influence of biological factors and comparison of different method of analyses: Solvent extraction, Fatmeter, NIR, and NMR, Lebensm Wiss. U. Technol.-Food. Sci. Technol., 38, 537–548, 2005. 47. Aursand, M., Bleivik, B., and Rainuzzo, J., Lipid distribution and composition in commercially farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), J. Sci Food Agr., 64, 239–248, 1994. 48. Undeland, I., Hall, G., and Lignert, H., Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during ice storage, J. Agr. Food Chem., 47(2), 524–532, 1999. 49. Katikou, P., Hughes, S I., and Robb, H.D.F., Lipid distribution within Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) fillets, Aquaculture, 202(1–2), 89–99, 2001. 50. Toussaint, C., Fauconneau, B., Medale, F., Collewet, G., Akoka, S., Haff ray, P., and Davenel, A., Description of the heterogeneity of lipid distribution in the flesh of brown trout (Salmo trutta) by MR imaging, Aquaculture, 243, 255–267, 2005. 51. Kent, M., Hand held instrument for fat/water determination in whole fish, Food Control, 1, 47–53, 1990b. 52. Kent, M., Seasonal variation in the calibration of microwave fat: Water content meter for fish flesh, Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 27, 137–143, 1992. 53. Khodabux, K., L’Omelette, M.S.S., Jhaumeer-Laulloo, S., Ramasami, P., and Rondeau, R., Chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture, fat and protein in tuna fishes, Food Chem., 102(3), 669–675, 2007. 54. Jebsen, S.M., Pedersen, H.T., and Engelsen, S. B., Application of chemometrics to low-field 1H NMR relaxation data of fish flesh, J. Sci. Food Agric., 79, 1793–1802, 1999. 55. Toussaint, C.A., Medale, F., Davenel, A., Fauconneau, B., Haff ray, P., and Akoka, S., Determination of the lipid content in fish muscle by a self-calibrated NMR relaxometry method: Comparison with classical chemical extraction methods, J. Sci. Food Agric., 82, 173–178, 2001. 56. Shimamoto, J., Hasagawa, K., Sato, M., and Kawano, S., Non-destructive determination of fat content in frozen and thawed mackerel by near infrared spectroscopy, Fish. Sci., 70, 345–347, 2004. 57. Sørland, G.H., Larsen, P.M., Lundby, F., Anthonsen, H.W., and Foss, B.J., On the use of low-field NMR methods for the determination of total lipid content in marine products. In: Magnetic Resonance in Food Science, Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, U.K., 299, pp. 20–27, 2005. 58. Aursand, M., Rainuzzo, J., and Grasdalen, H., Quantitative high resolution 13C and1H nuclear magnetic resonance of fatty acids from white muscle of atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), J. Am. Oil. Chem. Soc., 70(10), 971–981, 1993. 59. Falch, E., Størseth, T.R., and Aursand, M., Multi-component analysis of marine lipids in fish gonads with emphasis on phospholipids using high resolution NMR spectroscopy, Chem. Phys. Lipids, 144(1), 2006. 60. Solberg, C. and Fredriksen G., Analysis of fat and dry matter in capelin by near infrared transmission spectroscopy, J. Near Infrared Spec., 9, 221–228, 2001. 61. McAdams, D., Measuring fat by meter, Seafood Int., 11(9), 35, 1996. 62. Acton, J.C. and Rudd, C.L., Protein quality methods for seafoods. In: Seafood Quality determination, Eds., Kramer, D.E. and Liston, J., Elsevier, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, 1983. 63. Pellett, P.L. and Young, V.R., Nutritional Evaluation of Protein Foods. Publication no. WHTR-3/ UNUP-129, United Nations University, Tokyo, Japan, 1980. 64. FAO/WHO/UNU Expert Consultation, energy and protein requirements, World Health Organization Technical Report Series 724, 1985. 65. Mambrini, M. and Kaushik, S.J., Indispensable amino acid requirements of fish: Correspondence between quantitative data and amino acid profiles of tissue proteins, J. Appl. Ichthyol.-Z. Angew. Ichtyol., 11, 240–247, 1995.

280

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

66. Wilson, R.P., Amino acids and proteins. In: Fish Nutrition, 3rd edn., Eds., Halver, J.E. and Hardy, R.W. Academic press, San Diego, California, 144–179, 2002. 67. Owusu-Apeten, R.K., Food Protein Analysis. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 2002. 68. Greenfield, H. and Southgate, D.A.T., Food composition data. production, management and use, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, 2003. 69. Kjeldahl, J., A new method for the determination of nitrogen in organic matter, Z. Anal. Chem., 22, 366–382, 1883. 70. Dumas, J.B.A., Procedes de l’analyse organique. Ann. Chim. Phys., 247, 198–213, 1831. 71. Simonne, A.H., Simonne, E.H., Eitenmiller, R.R., Mills, H.A., and Cresman, III C.P., Could the Dumas method replace the Kjeldahl digestion for nitrogen and crude protein determinations in foods? J. Sci. Food Agr., 73(1), 39–45, 1997. 72. Thompson, M., Owen, L., Wilkinson, K., Wood, R., and Damant, A., A comparison of the Kjeldahl and Dumas methods for the determination of protein in foods, using data from a proficiency testing scheme, Analyst, 127(12), 1666–1668, 2002. 73. Jung, S., Rickert, D.A., Deak, N.A., Aldin, E.D., Recknor, J., Johnson, L.A., and Murphy, P.A., Comparison of Kjeldahl and Dumas methods for determining protein contents of soybean products, J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc., 80(12), 1169–1173, 2003. 74. Miller, E.L., Bimbo, A.P., Barlow, S.M., and Sheridan, B., Repeatability and reproducibility of determination of the nitrogen content of fishmeal by the combustion (Dumas) method and comparison with the Kjeldahl method: Interlaboratory study, J. AOAC Int., 90(1), 6–20, 2007 75. Sosulski, F.W. and Imafidon, G.I., Amino acid composition and nitrogen to protein conversion factors for animal and plant foods, J. Agric. Food. Chem., 38, 1351–1356, 1990. 76. Gnaiger, E. and Bitterlich, G., Proximate biochemical composition and caloric content calculated from elemental CHN analysis: A stochiometric concept, Oecologia, 62, 289–298, 1984. 77. Salo-Väänänen, P.P. and Koivistoinen, P.E., Determination of protein in foods: Comparison of net protein and crude protein (N × 6.25) values, Food Chem., 57(1), 27–31, 1996. 78. Jones, D.B., Munsey, V.E., and Walker, L.E., Report of committee on protein factors, J. Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 25, 118–120, 1942. 79. Heidelbaugh, N.D., Huber, S.C., Bednavzk, J.F., Smith, M.C., Rambaut, P.C., and Wheeler, H.O., Comparison of three methods of calculating protein content of foods, J. Agr. Food Chem., 23, 611–613, 1975. 80. Orban, E., Nevigato, T., Lena, G.D., Masci, M., Casini, I., Gambelli, L., and Caproni, R., New trends in the seafood market. Sutchi catfish (Pangasius hypophthalmus) fillets from Vietnam: Nutritional quality and safety aspects, Food Chem., 110, 383–389, 2008. 81. Cinquina, A.L., Cali, A., Longo, F., De Santis, L., Severoni, A., and Abballe, F., Determination of biogenic amines in fish tissues by ion-exchange chromatography with conductivity detection, J. Chromatogr. A, 1032(1–2), 73–77, 2004. 82. Karovicova, J. and Kohajdova, Z., Biogenic amines in food, Chem. Pap., 59(1), 70–79, 2005. 83. Waterborg, J.H., The Lowry method for protein quantitation. In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn, Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 84. Flynn, K.J., Some measurements of dissolved free amino acids in natural waters and within microalgae by the use of HPLC, Chem. Ecol., 3, 269–293, 1988. 85. Quereshi, G.A. and Qureshi, A.R. Determination of free amino acids in biological samples: Problems of quantification, J. Chromatogr., 491, 281–289, 1989. 86. Duun, A. and Rustad, T. Quality changes during superchilled storage of cod (Gadus morhua) fillets, Food Chem., 105, 1067–1075, 2007. 87. Ishida, Y., Fujita, T., and Asai, K., New detection and separation method for amino acids by highperformance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatogr., 204, 204, 143–148, 1981. 88. Blundell, G. and Brydon, W.G., High performance liquid chromatography of plasma aminoacids using orthophthalaldehyde derivatisation, Clin. Chim. Acta, 170, 79–84, 1987.

Composition and Calories

281

89. Bütikofer, U., Fuchs, D., Bosset, J.O., and Gmur, W., Automated HPLC-amino acid determination of protein hydrolysates by precolumn derivatisation with OPA and FMOC and comparison with classical ion exchange chromatography, Chromatographia, 31, 9/10, 441–447, 1991. 90. Dorresteijn, R.C., Berwald, L.G., Zomer, G., Goojijer, C.D.de., Wieten, G., and Beuvery, E.C., Determination of amino acids using o-phthalaldehyde-2-mercaptoethanol derivatisation, effect of reaction conditions, J. Chromatogr. Part A, 724, 159–167, 1996. 91. Sarwar, G. and Botting, H.G., Evaluation of liquid chromatographic analysis of nutritionally important amino acids in the food and physiological samples, J. Chromatogr., 615, 1–22, 1993. 92. Fekkes, D., State-of-the-art of high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis of amino acids in physiological samples, J. Chromatogr. Part B, 682, 3–22, 1996. 93. Wu, T. and Mao, L., Influences of hot air drying and microwave drying on nutritional and odourous properties of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idellus) filets, Food Chem., 110, 647–653, 2008. 94. Hamilton, P.B. and Anderson, R.A, Ion-exchange chromatography of amino acids-semi-automatic method of operation with cationic-exchange resin columns, Anal. Chem., 31, 1504–1512, 1959. 95. Benson, J.R. and Hare, P.E., O-Phthalaldehyde: Fluorogenic detection of primary amines in the picomole range. Comparison with fluorescamine and ninhydrin, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA., 72, 1, 619–622, 1975. 96. Heems, D., Luck, G., Fraudeau, C., and Verette, E., Fully automated precolomn derivatisation, on line dialysis and high performance liquid chromatographic analysis of amino acids in food, beverages and feedstuff, J. Chrom. Part A, 798, 9–17, 1998. 97. Björklund, J., Einarsson, S., Engström, A., Grzegorczyk, A., Becker, H-D., and Josefsson, B., Automated amino acid determination by high-performance liquid chromatography with 2-(9-antryl)ethyl chloroformate as precolumn reagent, J. Chromatogr. Part A, 798, 1–8, 1998. 98. Schuster, R., Determination of amino acids in biological, pharmaceutical, plant and food samples by automated precolumn derivatization and high-performance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatogr., 431, 271–284, 1988. 99. Adams, E. and Frank, L., Metabolism of proline and the hydroxyprolines, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 49, 1005–1061, 1980. 100. Welch, R.W., Acworth, I., and Levine, M., Coulometric electrochemical detection of hydroxyproline using 7-chloro-4-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole, Anal. Biochem., 210, 1, 199–205, 1993. 101. Dugan, M.E.R., Thacker, R.D., Aalhus, J.N., Jeremiah, L.E., and Lien, K.A., Analysis of 4-hydroxyproline using 4-chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazol derivatization and micellar electrokinetic chromatography combined with laser-induced fluorescence detection, J. Chromatogr. Part B, Biomed. Sci. Appl., 744, 1, 195–199, 2000. 102. Langrock, T., Garcia-Villar, N., and Hoff mann, R., Analysis of hydroxyproline isomers and hydroxylysine by reverse-phase HPLC and mass spectrometry, J. Chromatogr. Part B, 847, 282–288, 2007. 103. Wold, J.P., Lundby, F., and Egelandsdal, B., Quantification of connective tissue (hydroxyproline) in ground beef by autofluorescense spectroscopy, J. Food Sci., 64, 3, 377–383, 1999. 104. Intarasirisawat, R., Benjakul, S., Visessanguan, W., Prodpran, T., Tanaka, M., and Howell, N.K., Autolysis study of big eye snapper (Priacanthus macracanthus) skin and its effects on gelatine. Food Hydrocolloids, 21, 537–544, 2007. 105. Bergman, I. and Loxley, R., Two improved and simplified methods for the spectrophotometric determination of hydroxyproline, Anal. Chem., 35, 1961–1965, 1963. 106. Simpson, R.J., Neuberger, M.R., and Liu, T-Y., Complete amino acid analysis of proteins from a single hydrolysate, J. Biol. Chem., 251, 7, 1936–1940, 1976. 107. Chiou, S.H. and Wang, K.T., Simplified protein hydrolysis with methanesulphonic acid at elevated temperature for the complete amino acid analysis of protein, J. Chromatogr. Part A, 448, 404–410, 1988. 108. Bolden, M.E. and Danielson, N.D., Liquid chromatography of aromatic amines with photochemical derivatization and tris(bipyridine)ruthenium(III) chemiluminescense detection, J. Chromatogr. A, 828, 421–430, 1998.

282

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

109. Molnar-Perl, I., Tryptophan analysis in peptides and proteins, mainly by liquid chromatography, Review. J. Chromatogr, A, 763, 1–10. 1997. 110. Campanella, L., Crescentini, G., and Avino, P., Simultaneous determination of cysteine, cystine and 18 other amino acids in various metrices by high performance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatogr. A, 833, 137–145, 1999. 111. Glencross, B., Hawkins, W., Evans, D., Rutherford, N., McCafferty, P., Dods, K. and Sipsas, S., Assessing the implications of variability in the digestible protein and energy value of lupin kernel meals when fed to rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss, Aquaculture, 277, 251–262, 2008. 112. Vacha, F., Krizek, M., and Pavlieck, T., Content of biogenic amines in common carp (Cyprinus carpio). In: Towards a Predictable Quality. Aquaculture Europe ‘99. Trondheim, Norway, August 7–10, 249–250, 1999. 113. Ozogul, F., Taylor, K.D.A., Quantick, P., and Ozogul, Y., Biogenic amine formation in Atlantic herring (Clupea herengus) stored under modified atmosphere packing using a rapid HPLC method, Int. J. Food. Sci. Tech., 37, 515–522, 2002. 114. Korös, A, Hanczkó, R., Jámbor, A., Qian, Y., Perl, A., and Molnár-Perl, I., Analysis of amino acids and biogenic amines in biological tissues as their o-phthalaldehyde/ethanethiol/fluorenylmethyl chloroformate derivatives by high-performance liquid chromatography A deproteinization study, J. Chromatogr. A, 1149, 46–55, 2007. 115. Krause, I., Bockhardt, A. Neckermann, H., Henle, T., and Klostermeyer, H., Simultaneous determination of amino acids and biogenic amines by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography of the dabsyl derivatives, J. Chromatogr. A, 715, 67–79, 1995. 116. Pereira, V., Pontes, M., Camara, J.S., and Marques, J.C., Simultaneous analysis of free amino acids and biogenic amines in honey and wine samples using in loop orthophthalaldehyde derivatization procedure, J. Chromatogr. A, 1189, 435–443, 2008. 117. Berge, G.E., Sveier, H., and Lied, E., Nutrition on Atlantic salmon (Salmon salar); the requirements and metabolic effect of lysine, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. Part A, 120, 477–485, 1998. 118. Refstie, S., Bakke-McKellop, A.M., Penn, M.H., Sundby, A., Shearer, K.D., and Krogdahl, Å., Capacity for digestive hydrolysis and amino acid absorption in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) fed diets with soybean meal or inulin with or without addition of antibiotics, Aquaculture, 261, 392–406, 2006. 119. Espe, M., Lemme, A., Petri, A., and El-Mowafi, A., Assessment of lysine requirement for maximal protein accretion in Atlantic salmon usin plant protein diets, Aquaculture, 263, 168–178, 2007. 120. Conceicao, L.E.C., Grasdalen, H., and Dinis, M.T., A new method to estimate the relative bioavailability of individual amino acids in fish larvae using C-NMR spectroscopy, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. Part B, 103–109, 2003. 121. Sozgen, K., Cekic, S.D., Tutem, E., and Apak, R., Spectrophotometric total protein assay with copper(II)-neocuproine reagent in alkaline medium, Talanta, 68(5), 1601–1609, 2006. 122. Noll, J.S., Simmonds, D.H., and Bushuk, W.C., A modified biuret reagent for the determination of protein, Cereal Chem., 52, 610–616, 1974. 123. Lowry, G.H., Rosenbraugh, R.J., Farr, A.L., and Randall, R.J., Protein measurements with the Folin phenol reagent, J. Biol. Chem., 193, 263–275, 1951. 124. Smith, P.K., Krohn, R.I., Hermanson, G.T., Mallia, A.K., Gartner, F.H., Provenzano, M.D., Fujimoto, E.K., Goeke, N.M., Olson, B.J., and Klenk, D.C., Measurement of protein using bicinchoninic acid, Anal. Biochem., 150, 76–85, 1985. 125. Walker, J.M., The bicinchoninic acid (BCA) assay for protein quantitation, In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn., Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 126. Liu, R., Zhao, S.-M., Xiong, S.-B., Qui, C.-G., and Xie, B.-J., Rheological properties of fish actomyosin and pork actomyosin solutions, J. Food Eng., 85, 173–179, 2008. 127. Bradford, M., A rapid and sensitive method for the quantitation of microgram quantities of protein utilizing the principle of protein-dye binding, Anal. Biochem., 72, 248–254, 1976.

Composition and Calories

283

128. Sarkardei, S. and Howell, N.K., The effects of freeze-drying and storage on the FT-Raman spectra of Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus) and horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus), Food Chem., 103, 62–70, 2007. 129. Benjakul, S. and Bauer, F., Physicochemical and enzymatic changes of cod muscle proteins subjected to different freeze-thaw cycles, J. Sci. Food Agr., 80, 1143–1150, 2000. 130. Hultmann, L. and Rustad, T., Iced storage of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)–effects on endogenous enzymes and their impact on muscle proteins and texture, Food Chem., 87, 31–41, 2004. 131. Sovik, S. L. and Rustad, T., Effect of season and fishing ground on the activity of lipases in byproducts from cod (Gadus morhua). LWT-Food Sci. Technol., 38, 867–876, 2005. 132. Kruger, N.J., The Bradford method for protein quantitation. In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn, Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 133. Aitken, A. and Learmonth, M.P., Protein determination by UV absorption. In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn., Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 134. Van Camp, J. and Dierckx, S., Proteins. In: Handbook of Food Analysis, Physical Characterisation and Nutrient Analysis, Volume I, 2nd edn., Revised and expanded, Ed., Leo, M.L., Nollet, F. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 2004. 135. Watts, M., Munday, B.L., and Burke, C.M., Isolation and partial characterisation of immunoglobulin from southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii Castelnau, Fish Shellfish Immun., 11, 491–503, 2001. 136. Mendel, B., Kemp, A., and Myers, O.K., A colorimetric micro-method for the determination of glucose, Biochem. J., 56, 639–646, 1954. 137. Schultz, M., Liese, A.D., Mayer-Davis, E.J., D’Agostino, R.B., Fang, F., Sparks, K.C., and Wolever, T.M., Nutritional correlates of dietary glycaemic index: New aspects from a population perspective, Br. J. Nutr., 94, 397–406, 2005. 138. Kimura, S., Studies on marine invertebrate collagens. V. The neutral sugar composition and glucosylated hydroxylysine contents of several collagens, Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish., 38, 1153, 1972. 139. Ansell, A.D., Storage and utilization of reserves in Pectinid bivalves with particular reference to the adductor muscle. Proceedings of the Scallop Workshop, Brest, France 8–13 May, 17pp, 1978. 140. Epp, J., Bricelj, V.M., and Malouf. R.E., Seasonal partitioning and utilization of energy reserves in two age classes of the bay scallop Argopecten irradians (Lamark), J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 121, 113–136, 1988. 141. Zwann, A. de. and Zandee, D.I., Body distribution and seasonal changes in the glycogen content of the common sea mussel Mytilus edulis, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. A: Physiology, 43(1), 53–58, 1972. 142. Dare, P.J. and Edwards, D.B., Seasonal changes in flesh weight and biochemical composition of mussels (Mytilus edulis L.) in the Conwy estuary, North Wales, J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 18(2), 89–97, 1975. 143. Dubois, M., Gilles, K.A., Hamilton, J.K., Rebers, P.A., and Smith, F., Colorimetric method for determination of sugars and related substances, Anal. Chem., 18, 350–356, 1956. 144. Maguire, J.A., Fleury, P.G., and Burnell, G.M., Some methods for quantifying quality in the scallop Pecten maximus (L.), J. Shellfish Res., 18(1), 59–66, 1999. 145. Gerhardt, P., Murray, R.G.E., Wood, W.A., and Krieg, N.R., Chemical analysis. In: Methods for General and Molecular Bacteriology, 2nd edn., Am. Soc. Microbiol., pp. 518–520, 1994. 146. Allen, V.J., Marsden, I.D., Ragg, N.L.C., and Gieseg, S., The effects of tactile stimulants on feeding, growth, behaviour, and meat quality of cultures Blackfoot abalone, Haliotis iris, Aquaculture, 257, 294–308, 2006. 147. Carroll, N.V., Longley, R.W., and Roe, J.H., The determination of glycogen in liver and muscle by use of anthrone reagent, Department of Biochemistry, School of Medicine, George Washington University, Washington, D.C., J. Biol. Chem., 583–593, 1955. 148. Templeton, M.C., Microdetermination of glycogen with anthrone reagent, Northwestern University, Dept. Medical Anatomy, Publn no. 658, 670–672, 1961. 149. Van Handel, E., Estimation of glycogen in small amounts of tissue, Anal. Biochem., 11, 256–265, 1965.

.M. Gallart-Jornet.. DC. Marroni. 74. and Watt... 195–201. J. and molluscs commonly eaten in the south of Spain. Jones. Brown J. 168.B. A. 2006. M. basis and derivation.R. and Watt. Lakshmi. and Biesiot. Comparative estimations of the energy content of fish tissue from bomb calorimetry. 56. 2004. 24. protein. 585–590. Anal.A. 1998.. An evaluation of the wet oxidation technique for use in determining the energy content of seston samples.G. FAO.. Faulks. J.org/es/ESN/nutrition/requirements_pub_en.G. 165. 164. 159.V. Bulletin 28. Anal. New data for nutrient tables. 1993. Agriculture Handbook. 1125–1127.J. J. Merrill. 501–508.. Am.fao...K... Reinhold Publishing Corporation.. U. A. U... J..T.. Food. 20(2).V.F. 100–118. and Woods. B. Energy value of foods. Food Comp. 154. J. 158. 152. Christie. and calorie content of different Atlantic and Mediterranean fish. Food Chem.S. Beltran-Lugo. Tijssen. 1982. 160. M. P. Comp. J. A.. R. Water distribution in brine salted cod (Gadus morhua) and salmon (Salmo salar): A low field NMR study.Fish. and Watt. 29–33.L. 258.. and Talling. Br... Developing an international food energy system.. M.A. Washington. physical. Rome..D. 166. Exler. B. Sci.. 161. . Lucas. S. Epidemiology. 156.... J.. http://www. 39. 1996. Southgate. textural. 1970. 1383–1388. Broody. 157. DC. Agriculture Handbook No. 183.K. Kent. 117–127. J. Nutr.S. Venkataramiah. Lipid. Carbohydrates in human nutrition.N. 1975. A. 6252–6260. 169.. 1979. 167.. Kinsella..F.L. Report of a technical workshop.. D. C. D. Merrill. 155. 339–360. Food energy-methods of analysis and conversion factors. Food and nutritional paper 77. Report of a joint FAO/WHO expert consultation.. No. 619–632. A comparison between methods used to determine the energy content of feed.C. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper 66. F.... J. Br. Factors for converting percentages of nitrogen in foods and feeds into percentages of proteins. Chevassus-Agnes.. S. P.74. 1997. United States Department of Agriculture. A ballistic bomb calorimeter. T. Maeda-Martinez. J. Burlingame. Agric. 170. W. Valverde.. 9. and Machiels.. updated in 1941. D. 58... Oil Chem. and uses. F. Microwave and infra-red drying versus conventional oven drying methods for moisture determination in fish flesh. 154–159. A. 1959. Food Sci. FAO/WHO. J. Department of Agriculture.. 52. A. Miller. meanings. Atwater. L. 2008. 451–463. DC. J. and Burlingame. Rome. Craig. Henken. H. Soriguer. 1945. 1985. and Lees. E.. I. The chemical composition of American food materials. A. 163..I.. J. Impact of different macronutrient definitions and energy conversion factors on energy supply estimations. R. P. and Rustad. Carbohydrates and related food components: INFOODS tagnames.J. and microstructural properties of adductor muscles of Pacific lions-paw scallop (Nodipecten subnodosus). Hernando. Aquaculture. 1931. Pacheco-Aguilar R.. and Nolasco-Soria. Erikson. 2003. R.T. Int. G. H. United States Department of Agriculture Office of Experiment Stations. Energy value of foods. Seasonal variations in chemical. 1896. B.E. Caloric densities of shellfish meat and fats. 151. Washington. 27(5).. Calorie conversion factors. 1986. Agric. Chem.G.A. shellfish. United States Department of Agriculture Circular No.M. Aquat. and Livesey. Soc. Kenley. Aursand. Munro.284 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 150. Eur. Pareja. Food Technology International (Europe). B. A. 17. 162. R... Aquaculture. J. Martin-Reyes. M. Government Printing Office.. 1978. Washington.stm.A.. Can. J. and Durnin. Freshwater Biol... Lipids and fatty acids of important finfish. 1997.. Krishnamoorthy. Technol.M. D. J.O. Tinahones... J. I. 13.. Food. Washington DC. A. 13. Serna.I..E. New York. Soriguer. B. fish and faeces samples.. basis and derivation. S. 8. 1973. Bioenergetics and Growth. and Payne. Rome. Charrondiere. An experimental reassessment of the factors used in the calculation of the energy value of human diets. Nutr. 1955. G. 153..K. U. wet oxidation and proximate analysis. Newell. Esteva.. 517–535. Axelson..R. S.

. 4.M. 315–322. S. 161–165. 19(4). 4–7.J... Ed. Fish. Turgut.N. De Klerk. 71–79. Hancz. In vivo measurement of total body lipid content of common carp (Cyprinus carpio L. Bull. Milisits. Food Chem. D.. Molnar-Perl.I. D. Bradford’s method of determining protein: Application.. 180.K. B.) by electrical conductivity. Ed. Fish.. P. 1974. K. Food Comp.A. 1979.. C. J. 2001... A. advantages and disadvantages. Dordercht. Novinger. 14. 1989. the Netherlands. Stewart. H. Rand. P... 174. Maintaining a nutrient database in a changing marketplace: Keeping pace with changing food products–A research perspective. Evaluation of total body electrical conductivity to estimate whole body water content of yellow perch (Perca flavescens) and alewife (Alosa pseudoharengu). Webb. Availability of and needs for reliable analytical methods for the assay of foods. 179. M. Food and Nutr. 5(2). Drawbacks in the use of the Biuret method for determination of the same protein in differently treated fish samples. Failure of total body electrical conductivity to predict lipid content of brook trout. Derivatisation and chromatographic behaviour of the o-phthalaldehyde amino acid derivatives obtained with various SH-group containing additives. 2003. Springer. C. G. J. Chromatogr.M. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry. G. 2006. 905–908.. 913. and Martinez Del Rio.. 173. 175. 1999..... and Horn.. and Mills. 172. 97. J. North Am. M. I. and Baskaeva.F. E. Shono. Publisher IEEE. Lantry. Jørgensen. 397–402.. 2001. Anal. 1983.. Lipid content determination in whole fish using ultrasonic pulse backscatter. 3. 1999. 69–76. Manag. In: Ultrasonic Symposium Conference.F..A.. Water distribution and mobility in fish products in relation to quality. 177. C. 176. . 30–39. Schakel. 283–302. D. In: Modern Magnetic Resonance.. Tierzucht–Archives of Animal Breeding 46. Bull. 4. and Hamid. Freese. J. Lab Delo.. E.A. 178.L.T.Composition and Calories ◾ 285 171.S. N. Biological and Marine Sciences. Arch. B. and Jensen. Southgate.

.

........................................1 Fish and....291 17................291 17.......................... 290 17.............................. 289 17.................4 Conclusions ............. seafood proteins are considered as highquality proteins because of their balanced content in amino acids..............1 High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Methods....................................................................... which contribute to fish taste and indirectly to aroma 2...3 by generation of volatile 287 ......................................................2 Gas Liquid Chromatographic Methods .............1 Sample Preparation for Free Essential Amino Acid Analysis ........ 287 17.3.........................3..............................1 Introduction Amino acids are the basic components of the muscle protein structure of seafood................2.......2 Sample Preparation for the Analysis of Seafood Essential Amino Acids .............. 300 References .........Chapter 17 Essential Amino Acids M..........1.................3........................... 300 17. 298 17. 299 17.1 Introduction ................. Concepción Aristoy and Fidel Toldrá Contents 17................ especially in all the essential amino acids necessary for physical and mental well-being...4 Mass Spectrometry ........................................ not all proteins have the same nutritional value..............3..... because protein quality strongly depends on its amino acid composition and digestibility............ Amino acids may also be found in free form...1 Cation Exchange Chromatography ........................2.................................................2 Sample Preparation for Total or Hydrolyzed Essential Amino Acid Analysis.......................................................... 298 17..3............................. in general....... 292 17....... 288 17........1.....2 Reversed-Phase High-Performance Liquid Chromatography ........3...............................................................3 Capillary Zone Electrophoretic Methods ..........................................3 Seafood Essential Amino Acid Analysis...................... However....... 288 17...

0. sulfur-containing amino acids (methionine and cystine/cysteine). (2) its ability to cross-link proteins. the analysis of essential amino acids in seafood is important for the evaluation of both the nutritive value and the sensory quality of seafood.000 g under refrigeration (4°C) to separate the supernatant from the nonextracted materials (pellet) and filtered through glass wool to retain any fat material remaining on the surface of the supernatant.16. Sample preparation will depend on whether free or total essential amino acids have to be analyzed.288 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis compounds through Maillard reactions and Strecker degradations. isoleucine.4 Branched-chain essential amino acids (valine.01–0. Sample cleanup is necessary to eliminate proteins and polypeptides by means of the deproteinization process. and so forth. then. Special attention is also devoted to the analysis of the sulfur amino acid cysteine for several reasons: (1) the high reactivity of its thiol group. and aromatic amino acids (phenylalanine and tyrosine) are the most important from this point of view.21 perchloric (PCA).13 5% of trichloroacetic acid. In this chapter. or (3) its Maillard reaction with sugars yielding characteristic flavors. especially of those considered essentials.15 or a rich alcohol-containing solution (>75%) such as ethanol16–18 or methanol19.13.18. methods for the analysis of amino acids in seafood. cysteine may be essential for infants. and individuals with certain metabolic disease or who suffer from malabsorption syndromes. Although classified as nonessential. which confers numerous biological functions to this amino acid (precursor to the antioxidant glutathione).11 17. which increases the protein stability in the harsh extracellular environment by conferring proteolytic resistance. sulfosalicylic (SSA).1 Sample Preparation for Free Essential Amino Acid Analysis Sample preparation for free essential amino acids includes their extraction and the cleanup or deproteinization of the extract. in rare cases. The extraction solvent can be hot water. or by means of a simple stirring in warm solvent. with the additional advantage that proteins are not extracted and.2 Sample Preparation for the Analysis of Seafood Essential Amino Acids Free or total essential amino acids are analyzed from the whole amino acid profile. the sample is centrifuged at more than 10.20 have been successfully used as extraction solvents. Polytron.23–25 and picric . which can be achieved through different chemical or physical procedures. A more detailed description of amino acid methods of analysis may be found in the work of Aristoy and Toldrá. are described. the elderly.22 trichloroacetic (TCA). there is no need for further cleaning up of the sample. Several chemical methods include the use of concentrated strong acids such as phosphotungstic (PTA).12.1 N hydrochloric acid solution. Once homogenized.5–10 Thus.14 6% of perchloric acid. 17. The extraction consists in the separation of the free amino acid fraction from the insoluble portion of the matrix (fish muscle).2. concentrated strong acid solutions such as 4% of 5-sulfosalicylic acid. and leucine). Free amino acids initiate important changes at early postmortem and during storage and can be very useful as quality indices of processing and storage. It is usually achieved by homogenization of the ground sample in an appropriate solvent by using a Stomacher. or diluted phosphate buffers. In some cases.

or separation method (interferences in the chromatogram. and performance under vacuum) is similar to that of a conventional oven.000. etc.30 All these methods give a sample solution rich in free amino acids but free of proteins. thus excluding nonvolatile contaminants.18.31–33 with amino acid recoveries around 100% for all them.000 Da) that allow free amino acids through while retaining large compounds.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 289 (PA)26–28 acids or organic solvents such as methanol. ethanol. has also given very good results. presence of salts. 30. compatibility with derivatization (pH. the tubes containing the samples are located inside large vessels containing the acid. and so forth. samples are treated with constant boiling 6 N hydrochloric acid in an oven at around 110°C for 20–96 h. Liquid-phase.40. liquid phase or vapor phase. 10. where the hydrochloric acid contacts the sample directly.41 The use of microwave technology for the hydrolysis has been assayed by some authors.39 Some commercial systems are available. Proteins must be hydrolyzed into their constituent amino acids before the analysis.22 Under these conditions. Therefore. 5. When limited amounts of sample are available. The presence of appropriate antioxidants/scavengers during hydrolysis can prevent losses of the most labile amino acids. but the duration of the treatment is shorter (less than 20 min).42 Sample manipulation (sample evaporation to dryness. Typically. to rend insoluble potassium perchlorate.2. The hydrolysis may be accomplished using either liquid-phase or vapor-phase methods. etc. because it gives information on the nutritional value of fish meat. whereas free amino acids remain in solution.000. resulting in a very simple deproteinization procedure with no interferences. a system capable of alternative air evacuating/inert gas purging to get a correct deaeration inside is valuable. Differences among all these chemical and physical methods are caused by several aspects such as differences in the cutoff molecular weight. the vapor-phase hydrolysis method is preferred to minimize contaminants coming from aqueous 6 N hydrochloric acid. In both cases. all of them . recovery of amino acids. proteins precipitate by denaturation. oxygen is removed and substituted by nitrogen or other inert gas. The use of organic solvents. Nitrogen atmosphere and sealed vials are required during the hydrolysis to minimize the degradation.29. Digestion at 145°C for 4 h has also been proposed. One of them is the Pico-Tag Workstation that includes special vessels (flat-bottom glass tubes) fitted with a heat-resistant plastic screw cap equipped with a Teflon valve. which is easily separated by centrifugation.39.35–38 These temperatures in such acidic and oxidative medium may degrade some amino acids. by mixing two or three volumes of organic solvent with one volume of extract. which is easily neutralized by the addition of KOH or potassium bicarbonate. A good choice may be the use of 0.000. The most common method used for complete hydrolysis of proteins is acid digestion.22.2 Sample Preparation for Total or Hydrolyzed Essential Amino Acid Analysis The total essential amino acid profile is usually requested. also disposes of an oven to accomplish the hydrolysis. Some comparative studies have been published on these deproteinization techniques.34 17. addition of constant boiling hydrochloric acid and additives. creating an appropriate atmosphere inside the vessels to ensure low amino acid degradation. Some physical methods consist in centrifugation through cutoff membrane filters (1.). Hydrolysis may be improved by optimizing the temperature and time of incubation41 or with the addition of amino acid oxidation protective compounds.6 N PCA. is well suited to hydrolyze large amounts or complex samples. In the vapor-phase hydrolysis method. An additional advantage is the easy evaporation to concentrate the sample. which permits the alternative air evacuating/inert gas purging.). only the acid vapor comes into contact with the sample. Upon heating. or acetonitrile.

63–66 for a better tryptophan determination. when the analysis of cyst(e)ine would be necessary. serine. although considerable recoveries have been found if no oxygen is present. presence and concentration of oxidation protective agents.3¢-dithiodipropionic acid.67–69 17. methionine. LiOH. or BaOH. Tryptophan is often completely destroyed by hydrochloric acid hydrolysis.58. carboxypeptidase. up to 1% phenol or 0. improve the recovery of nearly all of these amino acids except tryptophan and cysteine. thermolysin. Cyst(e)ine is partially oxidized during acid hydrolysis yielding several adducts: cystine. Derivatization is a usual practice in amino acid analysis. When high sensitivity is required.60 and books. making the posterior analysis easier. Before or after this separation. the pyrolysis from 500°C for 3 h57 to 600°C overnight58 of all glass material in contact with the sample is advisable as well as the analysis of some blank samples to control the level of background present.62 An alternative to acid hydrolysis is the alkaline hydrolysis with 4. in which methionine is also oxidized to methionine sulfone. such as chromatographic (liquid or gas chromatography (GC)) or capillary electrophoresis (CE) techniques. .38 Alkaline hydrolysis instead of acid hydrolysis is also proposed (see below).59. cysteine sulfinic acid. In general.52 4-vinyl pyridine53. threonine. (2) give a quantitative and reproducible reaction. cysteine. The optimization of conditions for hydrolysis based on the study of hydrolysis time and temperature. no single set of conditions will yield the accurate determination of all essential amino acids.54 or 3.56 As can be observed in this section. The choice mainly depends on the equipment available or personal preferences. such as tyrosine.61.30. because each possible methodology has advantages and drawbacks.55. and so on. has been extensively reported in papers35. A third way to hydrolyze proteins is enzymatic hydrolysis by proteolytic enzymes such as trypsin. with or without the addition of 1% (w/v) thiodiglycol for 18 h at 110°C. Good recoveries have been achieved by using 3-bromopropionic acid. The use of alkylating agents to stabilize the previous hydrolysis of cysteine constitutes a valid alternative. being enough for the requirements of any food industry. The separation of the individual amino acids in a mixture requires very efficient separation. amino acids used to be derivatized to allow their separation or to enhance their detection. importance of a correct deaeration. papain. protective agents currently used. The previous performic acid oxidation of cysteine to cysteic acid. In fact. This option is chosen to analyze specific amino acid sequences or single amino acids because of their specific and well-defined activity.36.290 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis essential amino acids. acid-to-protein ratio. adequate hydrolysis procedure as the performic acid oxidation before the hydrolysis is a good alternative. yields acceptable results for the majority of amino acids. unless a very selective way of detection is used. Some additives have been proposed to protect tryptophan against oxidation as is the case of thioglycolic acid. chymotrypsin. The effect of a derivatizing agent is evaluated based on the following aspects: (1) It must be able to react with both primary and secondary amino acids. which is recommended by many authors47.43–50 improves cysteine (and methionine) recoveries.51 3-bromopropylamine. KOH. and tryptophan.36. and cysteic acid making its analysis rather difficult.3 Seafood Essential Amino Acid Analysis The analysis of individual amino acids needs a previous separation of all others. 41. a compromise of conditions offers the best overall estimation for the largest number of amino acids.2 M of either NaOH. or pronase. the 22–24 h acid hydrolysis at 110°C (vapor-phase or liquid-phase hydrolysis) with the addition of a protective agent like 1% phenol. Additionally.1% sodium sulfite. Thus.

After separation. pellicular packaging. Only three amino acids (phenylalanine. amino acids were converted into colored ninhydrin derivatives for spectrophotometric (colorimetric) detection. the spectroscopic detection of amino acids requires their previous derivatization to obtain an UV absorbing or fluorescent molecule. or 4-fluoro-7-nitrobenzo-2. and those with more than one primary amino group or possessing a guanidyl residue elute at the end of the chromatogram.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 291 (3) yield a single derivative of each amino acid. the more acidic amino acids elute first.70 fluorescamine. The derivatization reaction can be performed after separation of the amino acids (postcolumn derivatization) or before separating them (precolumn derivatization).68 Thus. because their spectral (high-ultraviolet (UV) absorbing or fluorescence properties) or electrochemical characteristics will affect the sensitivity and selectivity of detection. The latest generation of Moore and Stein amino acid analyzers also use o-phthaldialdehyde (OPA). Tryptophan also possesses native fluorescence (l ex = 295 nm.12 Two types of derivatives are obtained depending on the chosen separation and/or detection technique.1. (6) have good stability of the derivatization products.1 and 17. absorb at 210 nm and thus cannot be used for spectroscopic detection.15. tyrosine. (4) have mild and simple reaction conditions. The elution involves a stepwise increase in both pH and sodium or lithium ion concentration. Nevertheless. because reagent-consuming amines. are always present. as it is a very unspecific detection wavelength. which facilitates a more selective detection. l em = 345 nm).1.3. The first type are derivatives that enhance amino acid detection in liquid media. and thus the underivatized amino acids are separated using sulfonated polystyrene beads as the stationary phase and aqueous sodium citrate buffers as the mobile phase.3. The classical procedure has been improved with a new polystyrene matrix that offers better resolution power due to smaller particle size. precolumn techniques can be run either offline or online. Amino acids.3. The formed derivatives will be separated by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) as it is important to choose the most adequate derivative.1. and (7) have no interferences due to by-products or excess of reagent. 17. speed. The original method required two separate columns and needed about 4 h to achieve a complete analysis.1 High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Methods HPLC is the preferred technique to analyze amino acids. although unidentified.1. permitting 5–10 pmol sensitivity as standard. in their native form. 17. and they include derivatives for spectroscopic or for electrochemical detection. Although postcolumn techniques should be run online for maximum accuracy.2. and tryptophan) have a chromophore moiety that confers a suitable maximum absorbance for more specific UV detection (280 nm for tyrosine and tryptophan and 254 nm for phenylalanine). recent improvements of the ninhydrin derivatization method71–73 . It must be remarked that the use of sufficient amount of reagent is of special importance when dealing with biological samples. The second type are derivatives that allow gas chromatographic amino acid separation by increasing their volatility and temperature stability. Under these conditions. and better detection systems.3.1 Cation Exchange Chromatography This methodology is based on the amino acid charge. The HPLC techniques to analyze amino acids are cation exchange and reversed-phase (RP) chromatography and are described in Sections 17. (5) have the possibility of automation.38.3-oxadiazole postcolumn derivatization to obtain highly fluorescent derivatives with enhanced sensitivity.

All PTC-amino acids have similar response factors. This method has been employed in the classical Moore and Steintype commercial amino acid analyzers. and finally the derivatized amino acids reach an online detector system. each new methodology must contrast its results with those obtained by cation exchange chromatography (CEC). some difficulties to analyze some essential or sulfur-containing amino acid derivatives). Hitachi. buffer system. feed. Dionex. Another disadvantage is the peak broadening produced by the dead volume introduced behind the column. The most usual derivatizing agents for tissue amino acids are described below. The main drawbacks of this methodology are the high cost of the ion exchange amino acid analyzer and its maintenance. plants. which constitutes an advantage. postcolumn derivatization is not suitable for narrow-bore HPLC.42. also. but.70. which makes it a reference method for amino acid analysis. Amersham Biosciences. because it requires only a standard equipment that can be shared by different types of analysis. LKB. followed by a reaction coil. The advantage of this method is the accurate results for all known sample types (food. or the stability of formed derivatives.1. Kontron. possibility of automation of the derivatization reaction (in the autosampler). The PTC-amino acids are moderately stable at room temperature for 1 day and much longer when kept under frozen storage. 17.2 Reversed-Phase High-Performance Liquid Chromatography RP-HPLC has been widely used. the derivatizing reagent is pumped into the effluent from the column system. the formed molecule improves sensitivity and selectivity at the detection by allowing the spectroscopic (UV or fluorescent) detection of amino acids. and an optimized methodology with the advantage of ease of use and reliability. the highly complex mobile phase composition. time for sample preparation and amino acids separation. with which many of them have been marketed.e. the analysis requirements for free or hydrolyzed amino acids or required sensibility. The resulting system is simpler and cheaper compared with the combination of cation-exchange plus postcolumn derivatization and permits choosing among a great number of possible methodologies. through a mixing manifold.74 Nowadays. Pickering. and the long time of analysis. especially in a dry condition. biological fluids. . Phenylisothiocyanate (PITC): This methodology involves the conversion of primary and secondary amino acids to their phenylthiocarbamyl (PTC) derivatives. To choose the most appropriate method some aspects must be taken into account such as the following: the disposable detector (fluorescence or UV). There are many manufacturers (Beckman.76 There are other reports of applying this technique to the amino acid analysis in food and tissues.) who offer integrated commercial systems including the column. biological fluids. which are detectable at UV (254 nm) with detection limits around 5–50 pmol.77 After separation. and tissues). Precolumn amino acid derivatization may be necessary to confer hydrophobicity to the amino acid molecule. etc. plants).292 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis together with the low sensitivity requirements of fish amino acid analysis still make this method the most used. the separation times for the 20 amino acids naturally occurring in fish proteins take around 1 h and somewhat longer (2 h) for physiological amino acids. tissues. (i.3. This fact and the proliferation of precolumn derivatizing agents have stimulated the development of RP-HPLC methods to analyze amino acids in all kind of matrices (food. making it adequate for partition based on chromatography. In this way. Biotronik.75. the main drawback of this type of derivatization method is the required additional equipment: another pump to introduce the reagent as well as mixing and sometimes heating devices. Obviously. 66. Although this broadening may not affect when using standard-bore columns with flow rates above 1 mL/min..

This method is available as a commercially prepackaged system named Pico-Tag (Waters Associates. which is achieved by the addition of triethylamine and includes several drying steps.5).1 Reversed-phase HPLC chromatogram of PTC amino acids from hydrolyzed hake muscle. The reaction time is less than 10 min even though 20 min are recommended for a complete reaction. The only limitation is the determination of PTC cystine that gives a poor linearity. Moreover.78–80 Sample preparation is quite tedious: it requires a basic medium (pH = 10. It is important to ensure a basic pH to get adequate derivatization recoveries. the last one being the elimination of the excess of reagent that may cause some damage to the chromatographic column. which is more critical when amino acids from acid hydrolysis are analyzed.82 The selection of the column is critical to get a good resolved separation especially when the analysis of physiological amino acids is involved. Massachusetts). the residual PITC reagent left after evaporation will cause damage to the column package.78–80 The chromatographic separation takes around 20 min for hydrolyzed amino acids and 60 min for physiological. standards. Milford.2.29.1 and 17.81 reported a modification of the method in which the analysis of 27 physiological amino acids could be performed in 22 min (30 min including equilibration). which includes the analytical column. Both examples applied to the analysis of total amino acids from hake and free amino acids from salmon are shown in Figures 17.29. Sarwar et al. 700 Ala 600 Gly 500 Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) Glu 400 lS Lys Asp 200 Ser 100 OHpro 300 Arg Thr Leu Pro Tyr Val Met lle Phe His 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 Retention time (min) Figure 17. and solvents. internal standard nor-Leucine. IS. which makes the quantitation of free cystine nonfeasible with this method. . because no buffer is used during the reaction.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 293 The methodology is well described in the literature. as some columns are more resistant than others. respectively.

IS. 1-Dimethylamino-naphthalene-5-sulfonyl chloride (Dansyl-Cl): Dansyl-Cl reacts with both primary and secondary amines to give a highly fluorescent derivative (l ex = 350. Reaction efficiency is highly matrix dependent and variable for different amino acids. The sample derivatization is rather simple. internal standard nor-Leucine. The high wavelength of absorption makes the baseline chromatogram very stable with a large variety of solvents and gradient systems. Detection limits are in the low picomole range. 15 min at 60°C.83.87 or even 2 min at 100°C. taurine. around 9. Palo Alto California. anserine. The reaction time is around 15 min at 70°C and takes place in a basic medium with an excess of reagent. Ans. 4-Dimethyl-aminoazobenzene-4′-sulfonyl chloride (Dabsyl-Cl): This reagent was first described in 1975 for use in amino acid analysis.33 To overcome this problem and obtain an accurate calibration.294 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 1400 1200 Glu Ans Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) 1000 800 Gly 600 Tau βAla His Ala 400 Asp 200 OHpro Ser Lys Pro Thr Arg Tyr Val Met lle lS Leu Trp Phe Orn 0 0 Asn Gln 10 20 30 Retention time (min) 40 50 Figure 17. Nevertheless. presenting a maximum from 448 to 468 nm. However. Stocchi et al.84 Detection is by absorption in the visible range.58 obtained a good separation of 35 dabsyl-amino acids and by-products in a 15 cm C18 column packed with 3 mm particle size. because it is especially affected by the presence of high levels of some chloride salts.5.84 Derivatives are very stable (weeks) and can be formed from both primary and secondary amino acids. l em = 510 nm) although UV (l = 250 nm) detection may also be used. and a reaction time of 1 h at room temperature (in the dark). standard amino acid solution should be derivatized under similar conditions. By-products originating from an excess of reagent absorb at the same wavelength and thus they appear in the chromatogram.58. the reaction conditions . The dansylated amino acids are stable for 1 day85 or until 7 days when kept at −4°C86 and protected from light.2 Reversed-phase HPLC chromatogram of PITC-free amino acids from salmon muscle extract. United States). and only needs a basic pH. Tau. Commercial System Gold/Dabsylation Kit™ uses this technique (Beckman Instruments.

Another proposal102 consists of a slight modification in the OPA derivatization method by using 2-aminoethanol as a nucleophilic agent and altering the order of the addition of reagents in the automated derivatization procedure. which includes the addition of ADAM. this methodology reveals excellent linearity for cystine and also cystine-containing short-chain peptides. and tyrosine. and excess of reagent) must be carefully fi xed to optimize the product yield and to minimize secondary reactions. reinforcing the poor reproducibility of its results.3′-dithiodipropionic acid55 and incorporated by Godel et al. On the contrary. the excess may interfere in the chromatogram and for this reason it must be extracted (with pentane or diethyl ether) or converted into noninterfering adduct before injection. which is present in excess as it is highly fluorescent and probably interferes into the chromatogram as a huge peak.92. l em = 315 nm) and is detected at the femtomole range. The derivatization is fast (1–3 min) and is performed at room temperature in alkaline (pH 9. In order to obtain reliable and precise results. This is relatively easy because the reaction is fast and no heating is necessary.101 or the formation of the mixed disulfide S-2-carboxyethylthiocysteine (Cys-MPA) from cysteine and cystine. cysteine and cystine are quantified together.98 and some of them have been patented and commercially marketed (AutoTag OPA from Waters Associates). lysine.32 . as it is highly fluorescent and then. The addition of detergents like Brij 35 to the derivatization reagent seems to increase the fluorescence response of lysine.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 295 (pH. Nowadays. is of great advantage. itself or hydrolyzed.82. have to be optimized very carefully. using 3.82 Another problem is the large excess of reagent needed to assure a quantitative reaction. o-Phthaldialdehyde (OPA): This reagent reacts with primary amino acids in the presence of a mercaptan cofactor to give highly fluorescent 1-alkylthio-2-alkyl-substituted isoindols. This excess is hydrolyzed to dansyl sulfonic acid. The derivative is fluorescent (l ex = 265 nm. The reaction time is fast (45–90 s) and does not require any heating.94 into the automatic sample preparation protocol described by Schuster. These methods include the conversion of cysteine and cystine to cysteic acid by oxidation with performic acid or carboxymethylation of the sulfhydryl residues with iodoacetic100. One of the main disadvantages of this procedure is the inability of OPA to react with secondary amines. reaction conditions. several methods have been proposed before derivatization. which is not the case with any essential amino acid.32 In these methods. The yield with lysine and cysteine is low and variable. this problem is overcome by standardizing the time between sample derivatization and column injection by automation. as well as reaction time.89 9-Fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (FMOC): This reagent yields stable derivatives (days) with primary and secondary amines.94–96 2-mercaptoethanol.88 Even so.99 In the case of cysteine. the reaction of the excess of reagent with a very hydrophobic amine as 1-adamantylamine (ADAM) gives a late-eluting noninterfering peak. Histidine gives a very poor fluorescence response (10% of the other amino acids).5) medium. many automatic injectors are programmable and able to achieve automatic derivatizations.91 This method is preferred because the addition of ADAM is more easily automatized. An automated precolumn derivatization routine. In the second option. and 3-mercaptopropionic acid are the most frequently used. Tryptophan adducts do not fluoresce and histidine and cyst(e)ine adducts fluoresce weakly. temperature. The major disadvantage is due to the reagent. and fluorescent intensity. because it guarantees the repeatability of parameters. The first option was included in the automated AminoTag method90 developed by Varian (Varian Associates Limited). OPA amino acids are not stable. Some reports have been published proposing several ways of automation. The choice of the mercaptan can affect derivative stability. OPA derivatives can be detected by UV absorption (338 nm) as well. ethanethiol. such as FMOC/amino acid ratio. chromatographic selectivity.86.97. this will commonly form multiple derivatives with histidine.93 The fluorescence is recorded at 455 or 470 nm after excitation at 230 or 330 nm. and the reagent itself is not fluorescent.

Only columns manufactured in the same batch are guaranteed to give the same selectivity if the rest of parameters are fi xed. whereas Figure 17. such as current.e. l em = 395 nm). Electrochemical detection consists in one electrode or an array of electrodes mounted in a cell with an applied potential difference. lipids. triethylamine) to the mobile phase can overcome the problem. In this case. which is only weakly fluorescent at the amino acid derivatives detection conditions and does not interfere in the chromatogram. The presence of residual uncapped silanol groups on the silica surface. . the choice of the RP column is not an easy subject because of the great variability of commercially available RP columns.103 The main advantage of this reagent is that the yield and reproducibility of the derivatization reaction are scarcely interrupted by the presence of salts. Some of these derivatives are also susceptible to electrochemical detection. Due to these variables. However.3B shows the same sample but submitted to a performic acid oxidation before the hydrolysis in which the CisH peak appears by 7. peptides. Only amino acids with aromatic rings or sulfur-containing side chains are sufficiently electrochemically active to be detected by this method. The methodology has been marketed as a prepackaged AccQ Tag kit (Waters Corporation. 1 min. different selectivity. mainly octadecylsilane. can cause unwanted tailing of peaks (especially for the basic amino acids).5 min. different selectivity may be found among same columns. Cystine and cysteine may be analyzed after their conversion to cysteic acid (CisH) by performic acid oxidation. as a consequence. because both mono. Both facts facilitate sample preparation. the AMQ peak is very large at the beginning of the chromatogram and may interfere with the first eluting peaks (see Bosch et al. the optimum pH for the reaction is in a broad range. detergents. potential.108 If the choice of the derivative reaction is a challenge. Any electrical measure. UV detection (254 nm) may also be used. which are separated by RP-HPLC. yielding very stable derivatives (1 week at room temperature) with fluorescent properties (l ex = 250 nm. and proteins. because they are molecules with electroactive functional groups. but 10 min at 55°C would be necessary if a tyrosine monoderivative is required. OPA/mercaptoethanol or OPA/sulfite104. United States). Figure 17.2 to 10. or charge. it will be necessary to readjust the chromatographic conditions to get a good separation of all amino acids. the selectivity obtained with each trademark column is different due to the particular chemistry employed in their manufacture rendering different density of bonded-phase coverage on the silica particle and hydrophobic behavior and. columns are more carefully manufactured with these silanol groups blocked or inaccessible by steric impediment avoiding the tailing.. and other compounds naturally occurring in biological samples and foods.296 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6-Aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbamate (AQC): It reacts with primary and secondary amines from amino acids.105 in addition to fluorescent properties possesses electroactivity (750 mV) and PITC106 has again the advantage of reacting with secondary amines. from 8. Milford. and UV detection at 254 nm may be used for its analysis. The chromatographic separation of these derivatives has been optimized for the amino acids from hydrolyzed proteins.107. The most used column packaging consists of alkyl-bonded silica particles. and the separation of physiological amino acids is improved.3A shows the separation of hydrolyzed amino acids from salmon. Indeed.and di-derivatives are the initial adducts from tyrosine. In these cases. The excess of reagent is consumed during the reaction to form aminoquinoline (AMQ). Sensitivity is in the femtomole range. the addition of a strong cation (i. Furthermore. Nowadays. Massachusetts. even those made by the same manufacturer. because the resulting CisH is well separated inside the chromatogram.50). Reaction time is short. accessible to sample molecules. is related to the analyte concentration. It means that when transferring a published method to a particular set of samples. making them very adequate for biochemical research. The fluorescence of tryptophan derivative is very poor. conductance.

3 Reversed-phase HPLC chromatogram of AQC amino acids from hydrolyzed salmon muscle (A) without and (B) after performic acid oxidation. CysH. methiomine sulfone. aAba. 1-methylhistidine. 1MeHis. a aminobutyric acid used as internal standard. Mobile-phase composition combines an aqueous buffered phase . Typical analytical column dimensions are 15 cm (for hydrolyzed amino acids) or 25–30 cm (for physiological amino acids). cysteic acid. MeS.Essential Amino Acids 200 (A) ◾ 297 Leu 150 Val lle Phe 100 Ala NH3 Arg Asp Thr Gly Ser His Glu Met Tyr Pro αAba Lys 50 Fluorescence (% FS) 0 1MeHis 200 (B) βAla 150 100 MeS 50 CysH 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Retention time (min) Figure 17. packed with 5 mm particle size or shorter columns (10 or 15 cm length) when packed with less than 3 mm particle size. Mobile-phase requirements consist in the ability to dissolve the sample while keeping it transparent to the detection system.

and amines.3 Capillary Zone Electrophoretic Methods Capillary zone electrophoretic technique is extremely efficient for the separation of charged solutes.116 to analyze phosphoserine. the technique is very efficient and it is worth mentioning the separation of 32 nonprotein amino acids from edible seeds. which are much more sensitive than FID for such compounds.3. The difficulty of separating amino acids by this technique relies on their structure. Gas liquid chromatography (GLC) is not often used for the determination of amino acids from tissues or foods. In many cases. and urine matrices but not in tissues in which the presence of natural dipeptides. The buffer may be constituted by less than 100 mM concentration of acetate or phosphate. anserine. and acidic constituents.113. nuts. and even though a particular pH can significantly . especially since the capillary columns appeared. especially in the analysis of D isomers. The detector used is the flame ionization detector (FID). Nevertheless. and the equipment is very versatile and usually available in any analytical laboratory. 17. and the derivatives are stable and ready for GC/FID.2 Gas Liquid Chromatographic Methods The extremely high-resolution capacity is the main advantage of GC.109.112 milk. Some applications67.121 The high efficiency. whereas thermionic-N-P (NPD) or flame photometric detector (FPD) are selective toward organic compounds containing phosphorous and nitrogen. GLC has been combined with mass spectrometry (MS) for detection and identification. including amino acids. The main advantages of these detectors are their high sensitivity and wide linear range. although applications on meat samples are scarcely described. capable of separating 50 compounds. Recently. GLC is. Reactions consist of two stages: an esterification with an acidified alcohol followed by N-acylation with an acid anhydride in an anhydrous medium. The method yields a full amino acid profile (33 amino acids) in 15 min including a 7 min extraction-derivatization step plus 8 min for the gas chromatographic separation. has been developed. GC/NPD.114 In their analysis by GLC. This methodology has been patented as EZ:faast and commercialized by Phenomenex (Torrance. A finely adjusted binary (most used) or ternary gradient elution is often necessary when the overall amino acid profile from hydrolyzed and. carnosine.298 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis with an organic phase constituted by acetonitrile and/or methanol and/or tetrahydrofuran.3. Described applications are available for the analysis of physiological amino acids in blood. Protein removal is not required. a very fast GC analysis of physiological amino acids. and phosphotyrosine. a very highly efficient technique adequate for the amino acid analysis. physiological amino acids has to be analyzed. in comparison with liquid chromatographic techniques. which is universal and the most widely used. Amino acids constitute a mix of basic. United States).110 comparing GLC with cation exchange chromatography reported different conclusions when analyzing some hydrolyzed food samples.117–119 where the separation was achieved by using chiral-GC stationary phases. California. especially.120. dipeptides. plasma. and balenine may complicate the amino acid analysis. the amino acids must be converted to volatile and thermostable molecules.113 and cheese. or GC and LC with MS detection. and low amount of sample make this technique very interesting when compared with classical electrophoresis and chromatographic techniques. phosphothreonine. neutral. The NPD was used by Buser and Erbersdobler115 and FPD by Kataoka et al. in summary. speed. and beans111 or other results obtained in honey. 17. GLC is not very expensive because no solvent is used.

This technique has also been termed micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography (MECC or MEKC).138 Tween 20. which can be resolved on the basis on their mass-to-charge ratios that are characteristic of each ion and allow its identification. Good separations have been reported for precapillary derivatized amino acids with dansyl-Cl. the high cost of purchase and maintenance of mass spectrometers has inhibited their more widespread use in the food industry and/or food control. and others.3. Nevertheless. Other additives commonly used in this analysis are organic modifiers (acetonitrile.119 have been reported. Unfortunately.124 Basic theoretical considerations on this technique125 and its food applications126 are described elsewhere. With few exceptions. Mass spectrometer detectors were first connected to GC equipments.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 299 improve the resolution of one kind. Under the conditions of electro-osmotic flow in CE. it is likely to cause overlap with the others. .127–131 derivatization is used to improve separation. This report includes the optimization of important parameters like the choice of a volatile electrolyte (1 M formic acid) for the electrophoresis. etc.21 chiral amino acids. it is relatively easy to analyze low picomol levels of OPA derivatives in micellar solutions by using a conventional fluorometric detector. and the composition and flow rate of the sheath liquid to obtain the best sensitivity. The identification of the 22 protein amino acids may not be a problem. and so forth.137.136. etc. methanol.). which constitutes an important limitation of this technique. in particular when capillary columns were available.145 when looking for more selective and sensitive detectors with a wide linear dynamic range (3 orders of magnitude) to cover new high-sensitivity applications (chiral analysis. A good compatibility between both techniques.125. The effect of these additives on the electro-osmotic mobility and electrophoretic mobility of the micelle has been studied.136 phenylthiohydantoin.146.138 and OPA139 compared with the separation of OPA-amino acid derivatives by CZE with normal and micellar solutions. showing that higher efficiency is obtained by the MECC methods with sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) as micelle-forming substance. although this detector may be used for more complex identifications as in d.141–143 The CE coupled to electrospray ionization (ESI) MS (CE-ESI-MS) allows direct amino acid analysis without derivatization. although other additives such as dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide. or to allow fluorescence or electrochemical132 detection of amino acids. 19 amino acids were analyzed by CE-ESI-MS in only 17 min with a minimal sample preparation and no matrix interference. o-tyrosine analysis. Terabe et al.133–135 PITC.147 17. CZE shows poor ability for the separation of neutral compounds. allowed a rapid development and the onset of these complementary techniques. biomedical or pharmaceutical research. compatible with MS.). etc. When sensitivity is the target. Some reviews covering high-sensitivity detection following CE have been published.144. isobutanol.113 o-tyrosine in chicken148 or pork149 tissues.) and instrumentation (CE. nonprotein amino acids. reports in the literature of its applications are increasing rapidly.122.123 introduced a modified version of CZE in which surfactant-formed micelles were included in the running buffer to provide a two-phase chromatographic system for separating neutral compounds together with charged ones in a CE system.131 and thus.4 Mass Spectrometry MS is based on the conversion of components of a sample into rapidly moving gaseous ions.and l-isomer mixtures.139 which is usually enough for food analysis or an LIF (laser-induced fluorescence) detector. tetrahydrofurane.118. microcolumn liquid chromatography. the species with different charge can be simultaneously analyzed but with serious doubts in their adequate resolution.140 or even urea141 have been assayed. Application in foods such as in the identification of nonprotein amino acids. to enhance UV detection. SDS is indeed the most used additive to form micelles in this kind of analysis.

acid hydrolysis with HCl 6 N (110°C for 22 h or 145°C for 4 h) with an oxidation protective agent. nucleosides. 2. Any separation strategy may give good results. J. and. offering the additional advantage of analyzing the amino acids without derivatization. Catignani. In general. small peptides.4 Conclusions To obtain the total essential amino acids profile of a given seafood. The convenience of purchasing commercially available kits must be evaluated. K. Food Sci. reduced problems related with matrix interferences or poor resolution between peaks. 1991. 3. G. RP-HPLC methods with precolumn OPA or PITC derivatization are very convenient methods to use. 479–483. In general. amino acids in this case. 35. Yamanaka. vacuum). The requirements in resolution are not so exigent as those for physiological amino acids. Post-mortem biochemical changes in the muscle of Japanese spiny lobster during storage. H.151.2. 62. . is enough for the majority of purposes. Yamaguchi.. The best results were obtained by using AP-MIPI in conjunction with a dual oscillating capillary nebulizer. the analytical technique for a determined sample must be carefully chosen based on the literature. such as phenol. Res. which may be consulted.. atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI). Three types of ionization modes. T. high mobile-phase flow rate vs. were compared by Kwon and Moini150 in relation to sensitivity. R.2. Particular hydrolysis problems related with certain amino acids are described in Section 17. References 1. the most important factors to take into account are the resolution power and selectivity. and so on. may appear in the chromatogram. One of the main requirements for samples to be analyzed by MS is that analytes. Fisheries Sci. When amino acids from seafood proteins have to be analyzed. Since many peaks corresponding to protein and nonprotein amino acids. and taking care of avoiding the presence of oxygen with vacuum and nitrogen purging. 1981. 185–236. H. Nevertheless.L. 1996.152 A very careful control of the derivatization reactions and chromatographic conditions are necessary for a consistent and reproducible analysis. S. atmospheric pressure microwave-induced plasma ionization (AP-MIPI). and ESI.. but tedious and time-consuming sample derivatization is required. 46. due to its high specificity. The majority of published reports in which seafood amino acids are analyzed have used the cation exchange method. and the technique is widespread although it is still expensive. cation exchange and postcolumn derivatization or RP-HPLC precolumn derivatization techniques are the preferred methods. Shimada. Adv. nowadays these difficulties have been overcome with the development of new interfaces. the convenience of purchasing commercially available prepackaged kits should be considered. The highest resolution is obtained by GC with the capillary column technique. Protein digestibility: In vitro methods of assessment. must be ionized. and many applications can be found in other matrices like cheese or meat. Swaisgood. because fewer peaks appear in the chromatogram. 821–824. Therefore. Konosu. which means a minor sample manipulation. a complete resolution of the whole peaks is really difficult. The connection of HPLC and MS detector is much more problematic than with GLC because of the incompatibility between both techniques (solvents from chromatography. Hayashi. Food Nutr. Sensory analysis of taste-active components in the extract of boiled snow crab meat. and..E. However. 17. once again. the first decision is the choice of the hydrolysis method.300 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis MS has also been used as a spectroscopic detector after HPLC or CZE.

Moral. Biochem. et al. 1792–1795. Aihara. Forsch. Hui. Kuhn.D.C. 5–83 to 5–123.H. J. 55. 1999. 2002. et al. Application of high-performance liquid chromatography to the determination of free amino acids in physiological fluids. F. 85–91. K. P. 10. C. Y.. 14. Otsuka Y. Torre.. 295–306.C.L. Grings. 1992.M. S. Tanaka S.. M. Changes in composition of lipids.) in controlled and modified atmospheres during chilled storage.. F.C.. 22–25. High-performance liquid chromatographic measurement of tryptophan in blood. Chromatogr.. Toldrá. Food Microbiol.. J Chromatogr. 18. Ruiz-Capillas.. CRC Press. H.. 1991. F. J.L. Aristoy. E. Change in the contents of arginine. Part 2. Izco. 2004. Culbertson. Bull. R. R... In: Handbook of Food Science. Inc. 199. Koizumi. Dairy Fed.. 6. Onodera. Amino acids. Sci.. Guerrero-Legarreta. Mendes.R. L. et al. C. 19. Ali Qureschi.. Ibañez. W. 2089–2095. et al. 1984. M. In: Handbook of Food Analysis.). A. 1999. Xiong.Y. 476–481. 47. Agric. Augustin. Agric. 1998. Aristoy. 2004. Chem. 39. Toldrá. Deproteinization techniques for HPLC amino acid analysis in fresh pork muscle and dry-cured ham.. 12. 14. 575–582. R. J. 25. 21. Nip. Büetikofer.. Wei. (Ed. Changes in free amino acids and biogenic amines during ripening of fresh and frozen sardine.L. A. J. Food Chem. I. Sakaguchi. Characterization of the casein hydrolysis of Idiazabal cheese manufactured from ovine milk. FL. M. 20. Ardö.. 2006. et al. 1997.G. Ripening of Ossau-Iratzy cheese: Determination of free amino acids by RP-HPLC and of total free amino acids by the TNBS method.. 1662–1666. 1999. Nollet. 37. Technol.. 319–323. A. 81. 2001.. 13. J. G. Food Chem. L. Rahman. C. 17. Food Agric. Manley. Moral. Toldrá. Toldrá. J. 1994. Nguyen. Y. T.I. Barcina. F. Littell. Free amino acids in muscle of Norway lobster (Nephrops novergicus L. J. 1991. Torre. R.. 22.) in controlled atmospheres and their use as a quality control index. 1. Kawai. Biol. and urea in the muscle of marine invertebrates stored in ice. 1982. 23. tissues. U. F. 1.M. A. Chang. et al.. 7–11. Zarkadas. Marcel Dekker.S.). 24. E.C. 2000. J. Eur. 302–307. U. Antoine. 56. Food Chem. A 214. M. 16. Y. McMeekin. ornithine. Y. Ordóñez. Meat: Chemistry and biochemistry. S.L.. C.. 15.M. Food Sci. J. 28–1 to 28–18. E. 297. free amino acids and organic acids in rice bran fermented sardine (Etrumeus teres) during processing and subsequent storage. F. L. M. Free amino acids in dark. Graser. Changes in free amino acids and creatine contents in yellowtail (Seriola quinqueradiata) muscle during ice storage. Duncan..R. Determination of amino acids after precolumn derivatisation using 9-fluorenylmethylchloroformate.... Biosci. T.. Dairy Sci. urine and foodstuffs with electrochemical and fluorometric detections. 1993. 863–866. C. 521–528.. Godel. Food Res. Nunes. Ruiz-Capillas. C. 1984... 8.H. Ohshima.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 301 4. Food Chem. Eur. Wei. Antoine. M. A. 1989. Technol. HPLC method for analysis of free amino acids in fish using o-phthaldialdehyde precolumn derivatization. Analysis of free amino acids in green coffee beans. M. Agric.I. Fohlin. Vol. 11. Int.. Unters.. 49–61. F. Littell. 66. 1475–1481. Nishigaki K. P. Moral. Food Sci. Hagen. 297. 72–77. 5100–5107. Murata. Z. Effect of pre-ripening on microbial and chemical changes in dry fermented sausages.and white-muscle fish as determined by o-phthaldialdehyde precolumn derivatization.Y. C. Sanz. 7. et al... Food Control 11. S. Boca Raton.. 5. (Eds..K. C. Food Biochem. Quantitative determination of free amino acids in cheese. Precolumn phenylisothiocyanate derivatization and liquid chromatography of free amino acids in biological samples.. Food Res. 337. C. J. A 212. P. 1279–1286... Nollet. 2001. A. Measurement of free amino acids in human biological fluids by high-performance liquid chromatography.. Y. Bergström. Biotech. T. New York. 23.. 9. 59. J. J. Li-Chan. 24–32.. Ruiz-Capillas. F. Agric. et al.H. Technology and Engineering. . Q.. Flores. Shibata. 86. Changes in free amino acids during chilled storage of hake (Merluccius merluccius L. C.C.. Comparison of the amino acid composition and connective tissue protein contents of selected bovine skeletal muscles.C. Goncalves.. J. 1992. Toldra. 91–100. Foldi.A. 16.R. Arnold. 47.. Food Chem. Ma. Lebensm.M. Vol. Effect of controlled and modified atmospheres on the production of biogenic amines and free amino acids during storage of hake. I. Ludiwg.I.

1988. Assoc. H. Gehrke. M. Molnár-Perl.L. 35. and heart) by liquid chromatography of precolumn phenylisothiocyanate. J. R. 349–356.. Alegría. Gehrke. 1967. 39.. M. Leffler. Tryptophan analysis simultaneously with other amino acids in gas phase hydrochloric acid hydrolyzates using the Pico-Tag™ Work Station. Zootech. Keller. 43. J. 1990.. P. On the determination of cystine and cysteic acid. 2004. 36. 1984. J. et al. Molnár-Perl. 235–237. 43–46.L. 46. Lucas. 1988. Evaluation of the relative efficacy of various techniques for deproteinizing plasma samples prior to high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis. C.. 37. Quantitative analysis of cystine. pink shrimp. Meredith. C. et al. 1963. Khalifa. 38. Milchwissenschaft. 271–284.. Elkin. Hirs.. 28. J. Hausch. L. Chem. 11. Anal. S. Khalifa. 1990. 1987. 243. 70. Nephrops norvegicus (Linnaeus). J. J.M. nuts and beans for non-protein and protein amino acids. Ion-exchange separation of amino acids with postcolumn orthophthalaldehyde detection. H. R. J. Assignment of an unknown peak on the high performance liquid chromatogram of free amino acids isolated from fresh chicken egg albumen using picric acid as the deproteinizing agent. d-amino acids in dairy products: Detection.M. 68. Anal.. 1994. J. 70. R. 1981. Brüeckner. 45. Methods Enzymol. K. 36.. Krause. 44.B. Itoh.. Sci. methionine.H. Anal. 470–475. Vandenberg. Biomed.A. 1996. Agric. H. Chem. Chromatographia 36. Hydrolysate preparation for analysis of amino acids in sorghum grains: Effect of oxidative pre-treatment. Absheer. Rapid gas chromatographic screening of edible seeds. Int Lab. 171–174.H.W. Chem. Rosa. Blanchard.302 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 26. S. fermented milk. Cohen.W. J. R. R. J. J.J. Simultaneous determination of amino acids and biogenic amines by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography of the dabsyl derivatives. 1170. Gilman. Anal. 30. Assoc. J. 826–829. Jansen. R.. 123–133. I. origin and nutritional aspects. Sci. 42.. Wall. Sotelo. An evaluation of microwave heating for the vapor phase hydrolysis of proteins. Anal.G. I. 197–199. HPLC method for cyst(e)ine and methionine in infant formulas. 1995.. Biol. Assoc. 395–398.. M. 226.S. Assoc. 48. J. J. J. Biochem. T. plant and food samples by automated precolumn derivatization and high-performance liquid chromatography. 84... Chromatogr. Anal. Sample preparation for chromatography of amino acids: Acid hydrolysis of proteins. J. S. 1985. Nunes. 123. Jap. Botting. pharmaceutical. and Norway lobster. Sept.. MacDonald. Nutritional quality of red shrimp.G.H. Chromatogr. McCarthy. Krueger. Engelhart W.G. Off. Sugawara. 1990. et al. 7. 29. M. Appl.W. Chem.. Amino acid concentrations and comparison of different hydrolysis procedures for American and foreign chestnuts. R. A.H. Performic acid oxidation.H. 73.. Off. 1987a. and feeds using two different acid hydrolysis methods. Amino acid analysis utilizing phenylisothiocyanate derivatives. R. 1985. Anal. 68. Chromatogr. . 1985. Assoc. Chem. Parapenaeus longirostris (Lucas). Strydon. Kim. Chem. Chromatogr. and nine other amino acids by a single oxidation-4 h hydrolysis method.. B. Bothmiedema. Schisla. 357–360. Griffith. Aristeus antennatus (Risso). M. J.B. LC-GC Int. 1117–1121. 34. 248–252. 1132–1135.. J. Moore. Off..W. Oh. C. A. Neckermann. Sarwar. 1991. J. Amino acid determination in pure proteins. Bockhardt. 36. 47.L. Biochem. 41. Off. Farre. A 715. Assoc. Chromatogr. A 708. I.. Rapid analysis of nutritionally important free amino acids in serum and organs (liver. 1995. J. R. Adachi. Food Agric.. J. M. 40–45. Analysis of foodstuff amino acids using vapour-phase hydrolysis. 131–141. 89–94. 811–821.. foods. 32. F. 40. 33. H. brain. Anal. Kim. Woodward. 892–893. et al. E. C. Determination of amino acids in biological. 174. Schuster. 553. Advantages and limitations of precolumn derivatization of amino acids with dabsyl chloride.. Chem.R. 1172–1175. I. Barbera. C.E. et al. J. 1988. Ashworth. Food Chem. 1–16. G. Off. Rexroad. 431. 31..A. fresh cheese and acid curd cheese. Milk. A.I. 1982. Off. Food Sci. 1993. R.. 61.R. et al. L. 45. 27.. 67–79. 55. J. 455–460. lysine. Oxidation and hydrolysis determination of sulfur amino acids in food and feed ingredients: Collaborative study.H.

J.B. 1997.E. Jensen. J. S. Zarkadas. C. Farré. et al. J. 147–151. Food Sci.L. 58. pp. Stocchi.H.P... 75. 69. Wubben. Cz. 52..M. Anal. J. Ellis Horwood. Determination of tryptophan content in infant formulas and medical nutritionals. C. 59.. Anal. J. 70. 65. Electrophoresis 17. 43. Bradbury. J. Biochem. Anal. 285–311. 36. 177. et al. J. Gabert. M. Assoc.. J. 54.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 303 49.S.P. et al. 42. B 831. 58. 1996. Academic Press. 637–642. 2303–2307. Moore. Anal. Fullmer. Application of the 6-aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbamate (AQC) reagent to the RP-HPLC determination of amino acids in infant formula.. Alegría.E. 1684–1691. Determination of the tryptophan content of proteins by ion-exchange chromatography of alkaline hydrolysates. Assoc. Liaset. 70. Identification of cysteine-containing peptides in protein digests by high-performance liquid chromatography. A. J.P. In: Amino Acid Analysis. Kaiser. J. 301–306. 1989.R. 1982. 1987b.and dimethylaminoazobenzene thiohydantoinamino acid derivatives for amino acid analysis and microsequencing studies at the picomole level. Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography separation of dymethylaminoazobenzne sulfonyl. 1994. et al. Anal. Off.. 1989.G. Z. 1984.and sorghum-based diet and digesta samples. R. 3535–3540. Chichester. Chem. F. 142. A.. Jue. 43. Off. A. Liquid chromatographic determination of amino acids after gas-phase hydrolysis and derivatization with (dimethylamino)azobenzenesulfonyl chloride. A. 48. M. Absheer. Int.A. S. Kracmar. Amino acids analysis for meat protein evaluation. 1981. In HPLC in Food Analysis. Alegria. 48. S. A. Assessment of the protein quality of beefstock bone isolates for use as an ingredient in meat and poultry products.. Farre.. R. 60. Magnani. 493–496. Biochem.. 1004–1012. M. Knecht. R. Okogun. L. Chang. J.G. D. . Amino acid analysis: Determination of cysteine plus half-cystine in proteins after hydrochloric acid hydrolysis with a disulfide compound as additive. 51. 178.. 107–117. 1973. Agric. Biochem. Chem. Agric. Chem. 176–183. R. 67. 57. Anal. 1995.C. 77–83. B. Chem. Nutritional composition of soluble and insoluble fractions obtained by enzymatic hydrolysis of fish-raw materials.E.W. Yu.F.. Ashworth. Bosch. Agric. O. 1985. Akinyele. 1999. 51.3-diazole for determining cysteine and cystine in cereal and legume seeds. Albin. Zarkadas. Food Chem. Smith. Nutr. Ihekoronye A. Effect of hydrolysis time on the determination of amino acids in samples of soybean products with ion-exchange chromatography or precolumn derivatization with phenyl isothiocyanate.. G. Piccoli. Phillips. 45. J.Y. A. Espe.. Use of 7-chloro-4-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1.F. 2008. Food Chem. 1986. Anal. Standards and accuracy in amino acid analysis. 247. Rattenbury. Williams. Anal. 1972.. Off. 1987. Hale.). Acid hydrolysis of proteins for chromatographic analysis of amino acids. Quantitative gas-liquid chromatography of amino acids in enzymic hydrolysates of food proteins.. et al. Determination of amino acids and peptides. Determination of the number of cysteine residues in high molecular weight subunits of wheat glutenin. (Ed.M. 336–339. R. V. J. 68. 61.H. 64. 56. 63. B. Sci. R..I. Assoc. 50. U... Milerski. 2828–2834..E. J.). Ambler. Bonicel.. (Ed.S. Optimized determination of cystine/cysteine and acid-stable amino acids from a single hydrolysate of casein. Biochem. 47. Biochem. The use of 3-bromopropionic acid for the determination of protein thiol groups. R. 216. J.H. Comparison of the contents of intramuscular amino acids in different lamb hybrids. Chem. 61–66. 66. J. J.. J. 2003. D. 80–85. 1112–1119. 367–372. Morel. Tuan. Beidler. Biol.I. J. 318–322. 62. Jandasek. 2375–2379. R. New York. Faboya. D. Barkholt. J. Food Chem..E. McCrae.E. Baxter. Animal Sci. T.M.. 131. Int.K. M. 55. G. V. J.. 2006. J. 53. Biochem. 119–137. Proc. 1992. Food Chem. García. Food Agric.. 2000. 70.D. Chromatogr. Viadel. Quantitation of cysteine residues alkylated with 3-bromopropylamine by amino acid analysis. Agric. Y. V. Hugli.. 2000. Zumwalt. pp. Amino acid profile of milk-based infant formulas.

A. Chem. J. S. 71. B-Biochem. Off.M. W.A. Amino acids composition difference and nutritive evaluation of the muscle of five species of marine fish. Weng. Chromatogr. Lateolabrax japonicus (common sea perch). 12. 2005. Sci. The FMOC-ADAM approach to amino acid analysis. 41–48. 1172–1175.. 32–34.L. U. 241.. 79. G. 1978. Y. Lindner. 82. 832–840. Bidlingmeyer. et al. X. et al. 6. Comparative study of peptidolysis in some semi-hard round-eyed cheese varieties with different fat contents. Schmidt. Anal.F. 1983. 337. Fully automated amino acid analysis using precolumn derivatization. LC-GC Int. Complete amino acid analysis in hydrolysates of foods and feces by liquid chromatography of precolumn phenylisothiocyanate derivatives. R. A. Tarvin T. Hughes.. 115. L. 1990. Fürst. et al. 1986. Aq.S. 165–171. 76. Efficiency improvements on ninhydrin method for amino acid quantification. Chromatography of 99 amino acids and other ninhydrin-reactive compounds in the Pickering lithium gradient system. Braun..A. & Mol.. J. J. Nutr. 1984. formation of 1-alkyl(and aryl)thio-2-alkylisoindoles. Pagrosomus major (red seabream). Biochem. Andrade. Changes in amino acids and lipids during embryogenesis of European lobster. 1992. Bull. Seriola dumerili (Dumeril’s amberjack) and Hapalogenys nitens (black grunt) from Xiamen Bay of China. 30.. 123–129. J.A. 345–350. J. Amino acid analysis: Reduction of ninhydrin by sodium borohydride. Chromatogr.. Liq. Chang.M.. wines and wine vinegar. Ardo.A. 28. 1981. Calado. Bidlingmeyer.L. et al. Heinrikson. Comp. Off.. Homarus gammarus (Crustacea: Decapoda).. Assoc. S.. Dairy Res.. Chang. Burton. Dansyl amino-acids behavior on a Radial Pak C-18 column. Chem. Martín. R. Buetikofer.W. Feng. 241–249. 1984. G. Vanwieringen. 1470–1474. Amino acid analysis by reverse-phase high-performance liquid chromatography. 90. 336. Amino acid analysis in the picomole range by precolumn derivatization and high-performance liquid chromatography.A.. 91. Anal. 75. P. 1634–1638. 80. 543–547. Grunau. Chromatogr. Johnson. 91. Dairy Fed. Chem. H. D. 1988. M. J. 7. Y.. Chromatogr..D. Tarvin. 136. Assoc. Polo. 572–577. Dejong. Peace. Chromatogr. C. 87. Anal. Physiol. J. Int.304 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 71. B.J. Standara. 1982. et al. Biochem. P. Org. 140. Anal.. Cohen. 85..... 47. Pollack. C. Albers. R. S. 1987. Nutr. 24–32. J. Collar. Chem.. R. 84. Pollack. B.K.. C. L. Liu. Botting. Cohen S. 77. Dansylation of amino acids for high-performance liquid chromatography analysis. C. 1988. et al. Rapid analysis of amino acids using pre-column derivatization. J.A. J. 93–104. 62. Cabezudo.Y. S. Nahrung 43. C. I. 89.36. 88. 74. Anal. M. New rapid high sensitivity analysis of amino acids in food type samples. Knecht. Y.. Graser.G. Lab. 78. Chromophore labelling of amino acids with 4-dimethyl-aminoazobenzene-4′sulfonyl chloride. Chemical methods for evaluating proteolysis in cheese maturation (part 2).C. Y. 81. Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic determination of biochemical changes in free amino acids during wheat flour mixing and bread baking.. Chrom. 86.M. J. 2733–2760. Gripon. 1984. Foldi. Amino acid analysis by high-performance liquid chromatography. Pseudosciaena crocea (large yellow croaker). 594... 410–413. Enzymol. 1988. 112–117. J. 70. Tapuhi. 1995. Quantitative determination of free amino acids in cheese. J. 2006.. HPLC analysis of free amino acids in biological material—An appraisal of four pre-column derivatization methods. Biochem. 539–558. 2006. Bëtner. et al. J. precolumn derivatization with phenylisothiocyanate. D. M. et al. Benedito de Barber... 1975.W. T. 12. Sarwar. S. J.. 19. 241–247... Swiader. Drdak.E. Limin. Lin. Rosa. 65–74.G. Y. 53–59. J.. Derivatization of grape wine musts. J. Liq. P. Stehle. Meredith.38. 92. 83. 1989.. Jing.C.. . Ardo. Vesela. 118. L. 43. J. 1999. Anal. Sun. 72. Food Comp. H.C. T.. E. D. Prieto.. J. An evaluation of the usefulness of pre-column Dns derivatization. Simons. P. Reaction of o-phtalaldehyde and thiols with primary amines. S. In vivo utilization of cystine-containing synthetic short chain peptides after intravenous bolus injection in the rat. Int. R.L. 73. 1999. 2886–2891. Meth.Y.

Chromatogr. Krasnova. J. et al. Biochem. Cereal Chem. Krull. K. B. Liu. Chromatogr. Verhoef. L. Fremaut. Titheradge. 424–438. 153. J.M.. Tian. The separation of ortho-phthalaldehyde derivatives of amino acids by reversed-phase chromatography on octylsilica columns. C. S. van.D... G. 270. Hydrolysate preparation and comparative amino acid determination by cation-exchange and gas-liquid chromatography in diet ingredients.N. Automated HPLC analysis of glutathion and thiol-containing compounds in grape juice and wine using pre-column derivatization with fluorescence detection. 97–102. 104. 475–480.J. Anal. H.. J.T. 1985. Paetzold. Liu. J. Richards. Anal. Lookhart.. M. 1983. Hernandez. M. 90–101. R.. B. Oaks. 5774–5778.S. 223. 1991.C. Chromatogr. 217–225.B. Cerevisia Biotechnol.. ... 28. 1998. 62.. 2000. Chromatogr A 828. C. 111. 106. Stinson. 1992. Technol. A. Analysis of amino acids in human serum by isocratic reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection. Sanuda-Pena. 293–303. Biochem. Chromatogr. 528. first applications. Chem. and proteins using high-performance liquid chromatography with photolytic electrochemical detection. 1997. A. L. de. Chromatogr. Food Agric. A 669. 1987. 107. Gurd... Harvey-White. B. J. H. Food Chem. 383–395.A. 178. 189–198. 97. J. A 913.K. Automated pre-column derivatization of amino acids with o-phthalaldehyde by a reagent sandwich technique.P.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 305 93. Willis. 16. 81. M.C. I.E.. Measurement of plasma and urine amino acids by high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection using phenylisothiocyanate derivatization. Oh. F. B. Automated amino acid analysis using combined OPA and FMOC-Cl precolumn derivatization.D.V. et al. 1–7. Anal. Enzymol. Camanas R.. Food Res.C. 1989. peptides. 378–382.. Cooksy K.S)-isobutyloxycarbonyl tert-butyldimethylsilyl derivatives. 1986. 101.. Determination of submicromolar concentrations of neurotransmitter amino acids by fluorescence detection using a modification of the 6-aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbamate method for amino acid analysis. 408.R. Winspear.R. Sherwood. Formation and instability of ortho-phtalaldehyde derivatives of amino acids. J. 112..J. 1988. 25. 96. 95. 62.. Pripis-Nicolau. 100..A. Amino acid determination in conophor nut by gas-liquid chromatography. Anal. Effect of differing thiols on the reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic behaviour of o-phthaldialdehyde-thiol-amino acids. 454. Food Chem. Kim.J.. Tcherkas. 44–49. 26–37. 2006. L. Ogunsua. et al. 108.. S. et al. 68. A. 2000. Schrijver. Chem. Jarret. 109. Food Comp. H. 105. M. J. Brüeckner. 72. 731–738. 103.C. 110. Carboxymethylation. et al. 287–298. Eur. Dou. R.H. A. Marchand. 1972. J. D.O.. et al. de Revel. P. 1990.A.. 347–354. Jones. 398–405. Kartsova. 1988. C. Automated pre-column amino acid analyses by reversed-phase highperformance liquid chromatography.H. 1994. Anal. Ellis.W. Eenaeme. D.L. Euerby. J.M. 303–308. Micromachined separation chips with a precolumn reactor and end-column electrochemical detector. 94. 10. Chatrathi...V. Determination of aromatic and sulfur-containing amino acids.M.. J. Boulton. M. D. 125–137. Sci. 2001. Y. Meth. Godel. High-performance liquid chromatography analysis of amino acids at the picomole level. M. 102. LC-GC Int. 2001. G. 2599–2606. R. H. Chromatogr. M. Gas chromatographic detection of d-amino acids in natural and thermally treated bee honeys and studies on the mechanism of their formation as result of the Maillard reaction. 99.G. Mills. Simultaneous gas chromatographic analysis of non-protein and protein amino acids as N(O. Automated HPLC method for the measurement of free amino acids including cysteine in musts and wines. et al. Kim... R. Wang. 98.C. Alvarez-Coque.L. Park. M. I.R. J. 5. Seitz. Noble. Glutathione and cyst(e)ine profiles of vegetables using high performance liquid chromatography with dual electrochemical detection. 1990.

Lebensm. Milchwissenschaft. 371. 72. 1551–1553. Weng. et al.3-dicarboxaldehyde derivatization by capillary zone electrophoresis with electrochemical detection.W. C. 400–409.. Starke. 1999. Lukacs. Chem. Turner. J. et al. Amino acid analysis by capillary electrophoresis electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry. J. J. J. Maskarinec. Terabe. G. 299–316. 115. Anal. 1995. Analysis of B6 vitamers by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography with laser-excited fluorescence detection. 1991. 2000.. Separation of 23 dansylated amino acids by micellar electrokiˆ netic chromatography at low temperature. 23.. J. Determination of free D-amino acids in Mammalia by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.. Skoc ir. 124. acids and amino acids in apricots by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. 114. A. Cavazza. 125. Q. 2001.E. Sepaniak.J. Odake. Gas chromatographic determination of free amino acids in cheese. 121. 638–644. Fresen. Schieber. 1998. I. . Agric. C. Brüeckner. O. Wu. 128. Erbe. A 847. 27. Baldwin. Analysis of organic acids and inorganic anions in different types of beer using capillary electrophoresis. 311–315. Skoc ir.W. 131. 1998. 63. A. S. 1981. 1236–1241. Biochem. Application of capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) and micellar electrokinetic chromatography (MEKC) in food analysis. Chem. 1984. Food Chem. Chiral amino acid analysis of vinegars using gas chromatography-selected ion monitoring mass spectrometry. Terabe. D. Electrokinetic chromatography with micellar solution and open-tubular capillary.. 266–272. 48. Anal. 1986. 2669–2674. Determination of underivatized amino acids in beverage samples by capillary electrophoresis.D... Katona. Electrokinetic separations with micellar solutions and open-tubular capillaries. 1992. Brüeckner. N. J Chromatogr. Distribution and contents of free o-phosphoamino acids in animal-tissues. Buser. J. W. M. 987–990. 129. Corradini. Anal. 116.. Kamm. Kataoka. 117. 109. G. I. 577–580.. Kitamori. Unters. K.. Ichikawa.. 1983. Prosek. N. Matsubara... 347–351. S. E. 2000. J. A. 1988. J. H. A 804.. 10.P. 119. 56. H. Anal. Chromatographia 41. Chim. Corradini. K. T. et al. 66.. H. Chromatographia 39... C. E. Sci... 834–841... et al. P. Otsuka. J. 2216–2218. 186. Free-zone electrophoresis in glass capillaries. Bertacco. 47. Food Sci. M. C. 1985. Kleinpeter. Z. Ultrasensitive detection for capillary zone electrophoresis using laser-induced capillary vibration. 118. Klampfl... 122. T. E. Capillary zone electrophoresis. 127. 1999. Cavazza. Determination of amino acids and peptides by capillary electrophoresis and electrochemical detection at a copper electrode. Electrophoresis 22. K. Lukacs. Int. K. Heiger. Lercker. W. For. Lebensm. Separation of 24 dansylamino acids by capillary electrophoresis with a non-ionic surfactant. H. Zs. Lauria. Soga. sugar alcohols. D. 576–582. Ando. Chem. For. Sakiyama. Rapid analysis of essential and branched-chain amino acids in nutraceutical products by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography. and quantification of amino acids in L-lysine fermentation potato juices by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Makita. A 680. 111–113. Sandra. Chromatogr. M. B. 57. Vindevogel. M. Boschelle. Klampfl. 2797–2803.F.. 7–10.. R. 347–355. Chem. Separation. Anal. HRC. 126. Determination of free intracellular amino acids in single mouse peritoneal macrophages after naphthalene-2. J.D. Ye. 123. Clin. Burton. 1991. 348–350. T. 134. W. 380–384. 133. Chromatogr. K. Determination of amino acids by gas-liquid chromatography and nitrogen selective detection. M. A. Simultaneous determination of sugars.W.W. Chem. 207.. Food Chem. identification. Chromatogr. 1998. 1994.N. Z. Sass. T. T..306 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 113. P. Anal. Terabe. F. 2001. Determination of amino acid ratios in natural products by micellar ˆ electrokinetic chromatography.. Agric. 1994. 91–102. 132. 2000. 120. Chem. Jin.. Erbersdobler.. Science 222(4621). S. Otsuka. 3324–3329. 130.. J.P. Unters.. 1994. J. Jorgenson.. 135. 24. 47. Molnar-Perl. 509–513. Buchberger. J. Jorgenson.

M. ´ .. J. Effect of organic modifier concentrations in micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Electrophoresis 11.1. Electrophoresis 16. M. peptides and amino acids. Ulrike. Nakagawa. Castagnola. 1996. Terabe. J. Toldra. Int. Simic. L. Liu. 735–749. J. 124– 132. Chan. 638... Soc. Chen.A. Chromatogr. 1457–1462.. 2001. F. S. T. T. 1993. 2009. Issaq. Recent advances in capillary electrophoresis of proteins. 1985. F.. ´ Toldra. 146... Evaluation of amino sugar. et al. Arellano. M. 1995. 1989. P. T.. 137. 148. 1990. Electrophoresis 16. M. Mass. Essential amino acids. Spectrom. Liu. Separation of pre-column ortho-phthalaldehyde-derivatized amino acids by capillary zone electrophoresis with normal and micellar solutions in the presence of organic modifiers. Miyahara. 138. Chromatogr. Toldra. L. FL.L. 140. J. R(−)and S(+)-a-(3-isothiocyanatopyrrolidin-1-yl)-7-(N. Matsubara. 269. ´ 152. S. Quantitation of organic and inorganic acids. Jap. Meth Enzymol. Food Irrad. 34.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 307 136. S. J. Electrophoresis 16. CRC Press. low molecular peptide and amino acid impurities of biotechnologically produced amino acids by means of CE..... 213–218. Boca Raton.). Puig. N.. 141. 143. S. Part A. Karam.. Novotny. K.. 9–32. Cassiano. Boca Raton. Biomed.. Determination of d-amino acids labelled with fluorescent chiral reagents.A. M. 11581–11585. Nollet. 55–65. Electrophoresis 11.. K.. 2009. Sci. Terabe.. Electrokinetic chromatography with micellar solutions separation of phenylthiohydantoin-amino acids. 475–486. Several applications of capillary electrophoresis for wines analysis. Miyahara. 151. 468. Cobb. 2002. Terabe. Oe. 1999. 385–397. et al. H. 149. J. Novatchev. et al. Otsuka. Moini. Essential amino acids. K. T. M. 3–8. et al. Chen. Otsuka. S. 1990. 28.C.. Formation of o-tyrosine by radiation and organic solvents in chicken tissue. Vigne Vin. Nagasawa. J. 2100–2103. D. FL. K..Y. 467–480. 150. Terabe.. 144. 117–122. Izumi. Biochem. 319–341.. et al. 332. J. Effect of methanol and urea on optical resolution of phenylthiohidantoinDL-amino acids by micellar electrokinetic chromatography with sodium N-dodecanoyl-l-valinate. 142.3benzoxadiazoles. Am. 147. L. Simeon.M. inorganic cations. K.V. 145. CRC Press. K. Nollet. Jin. Novotny. D.L. 1995.V. 327–333. 31.C. F. D. N.R. 219–226. Analysis of underivatized amino acid mixtures using high performance liquid chromatography/dual oscillating nebulizer atmospheric pressure microwave induced plasma ionisation-mass spectrometry. M. T. In: Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis. 139. A quantitative study on the effect of organic modifiers in micellar electrokinetic chromatography. L. ´ Toldra. 982–984. N. Rossetti. J. (Eds. Cobb.. 1999.. 270. Kwon. 265. Ando. F. in biological and food samples by liquid chromatography.V. H. Aristoy.G. Anal.).J.. Terabe. N. Anal.R.N-dimethylaminosulfonyl)-2. Separation and detection of amino acids and their enantiomers by capillary electrophoresis: A review. N. J. 1990. amino acids and biogenic amines. Chromatogr. (Eds. Aristoy. M. Micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Chem. 1995. Pharm. In: Handbook of Dairy Foods Analysis. Biol.. M. 1997.C. Optimization of phenylthiohydantoinamino acid separation by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography. New LASER fluorometric detection for ortho-tyrosine in gamma-irradiated phenylalanine solution and pork. 12.

.

...............1............2 Antioxidants...................................3 Occurrence of Vitamin E ............3..........................3 Marine Lipid Oxidation ......1..........................3.......313 18.........317 18........1......1 Vitamin E as an Antioxidant...........1.................................311 18................2 Vitamin E Determination ............310 18.317 18..................316 18......3.3 Occurrence of Ascorbic Acid in Marine Organisms ...................3.....316 18...............................1.314 18..........................3.........................317 18.................................................3........................1 Introduction ............................313 18........................................4.......................318 309 ............318 18............................................................2 Determination of Antioxidants and Antioxidant Capacity in Biological and Food Systems . 315 18...... 315 18..3.......3 Antioxidants in Seafood and Seafood Products .......2 Ascorbic Acid ..............................1........................................2 Lipid Peroxidation..1..........................1 Antioxidant Enzymes ..................311 18......310 18......................................................................3...................................................3..................................................................................4..................314 18..2........................1...............................................4........................Chapter 18 Antioxidants Nick Kalogeropoulos and Antonia Chiou Contents 18..............311 18..3.........................................2 Carotenoid Determination .....................................1 Ascorbic Acid Functions ...........................................1 Antioxidant and Other Functions of Carotenoids .....3 Vitamin E ...............3 Occurrence of Carotenoids ...310 18......................1 Oxidative Stress and Its Implications ....2 Ascorbic Acid Analysis ....3....................1 Oxidation and Its Implications.........................3..............3........2............................................................2.313 18..............................................3...........................................3....................................................................................3......4 Carotenoids .............314 18...............

.5. 320 18................. •)....1 Synthetic Antioxidants .... that is.................. as a defense against oxygen toxicity.......321 References ..............1 Oxidative Stress and Its Implications Oxidative stress occurs when the prooxidant–antioxidant balance becomes too favorable to the prooxidants.... they may oxidize several cell components............. electrically charged compounds that seek out and capture electrons from other compounds in order to neutralize themselves.......3.................319 18................ Humans and most animals cannot synthesize the majority of these antioxidants and depend on the dietary intake from plant consumption......................4 Added Antioxidants ...3. and the so-called reactive nitrogen species (RNS)............................... another free radical is generated in the process........................... and carotenoids............3 pollution. alkoxyl (RO •)........ more than 2 billion years ago..........4.................. This is also followed in the marine environment...........319 18.....................5..... and hydroxyl hydrogen peroxide (H2O2).......... nitric oxide (NO (OH•) radicals........... thousands of free radical reactions may occur within a few seconds....................................5........ Common free radicals in biological systems are the so• called reactive oxygen species (ROS).....2 Natural Antioxidants ... such as peroxynitrite (ONOO−).. 320 18...... where antioxidants are mainly produced by photosynthetic organisms and are consequently transported through the trophic web.... ROS production in organisms is related to both the basal metabolism and the influence of environmental factors2.. and proteins may be damaged by reactive oxidants.................3 Occurrence of Ubiquinone................6 Other Endogenous Antioxidants ............. nucleic acids..................1 Oxidation and Its Implications Oxidation is the transfer of electrons from one atom to another and represents an essential part of aerobic life. Aging.......................... resulting in a chain reaction.... which include among others superoxide anion radical (O2−).......... peroxyl (ROO •)...321 18.............................. polyphenols... if ROS are not immediately intercepted by antioxidants... being exposed to the oxygen they produce....................1.. Until subsequent free radicals are deactivated.. resulting in an increased antioxidant activity and antioxidants ..... lipids...... are rich in antioxidants such as vitamins C and E..... When the electron flow becomes uncoupled (transfer of unpaired single electrons)..........4....5 Ubiquinone . generation of free radicals occurs...............4 and environmental stress5...................... Under conditions of oxidative stress...........6 have been reported to cause oxidative stress to fish or bivalves...........319 18....................1.3....1 Function of Ubiquinone .... Although the initial attack causes the neutralization of the free radical..................2 Determination of Ubiquinone .....3..............................................310 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 18...........1 Indeed cyanobacteria and the laterevolved green plants............ since oxygen is the final electron acceptor in the electron flow system that produces energy...1................... 18..............319 18... 320 18...........1 Introduction Antioxidants evolved together with the emergence of photosynthesis by cyanobacteria... 18.....3........

antioxidants are molecules that protect macromolecules from being oxidized.3 Marine Lipid Oxidation Compared with other food lipids. including enzymatic systems and nonenzymatic antioxidants.Antioxidants ◾ 311 loss or oxidation product development. free radicals. because of their high degree of unsaturation. Nevradical oxidation propagators (LOO ertheless.1.7 18.2 Lipid Peroxidation A very damaging effect of oxidant reactive intermediates is lipid peroxidation. being the major cause of the development of off-flavor compounds and rancidity as well as a number of other reactions that reduce the shelf life and nutritive value of food products. that is.13 Antioxidants counteract oxidation in two different ways: They protect lipids from oxidation initiators. The major components of the antioxidant defense system together with their proposed mechanisms of action are presented in Table 18.1.1. Lipid oxidation is a complex procedure induced by oxygen in the presence of initiators such as light.). and storage. For food systems.1. 1O2. carcinogenic. Moreover. marine lipids are relatively more susceptible to oxidation.1. Nonradical photooxidation seems to be a minor reaction compared with the 3O2-induced radical chain autoxidation. in which polyunsaturated fatty acids on lipid molecules are attacked and oxidized. Autoxidation occurs through a three-phase process. heat.11 and unhealthy compounds that reduce their shelf life and nutritive value. and (3) enzymatic oxidation.2 Antioxidants Antioxidants are defined as any substance that when present at low concentrations compared with those of an oxidizable substrate. protect the cellular components from oxidative damage. There is increasing evidence that oxidative stress is implicated in the pathogenesis of many inflammatory and degenerative diseases and conditions.8 Studies on the pathological significance of dietary lipid oxidation products have indicated that some lipid oxidation products have cytotoxic. antioxidants often act via more than one mechanism that combines different types of antioxidant activity. significantly delays or prevents oxidation of that substrate.9 18. handling. This can be especially damaging to lipid-rich cell membranes. preventive antioxidants. and metal ions. antioxidants are .1. Chain-breaking antioxidants intercept •) or participate in halting radical chain propagation. and angiotoxic effects. chain-breaking antioxidants. mutagenic. Lipid oxidation of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA)-rich food products results in the development of particularly unpleasant off flavors. propagation. atherogenic.12 In biological systems various biochemical defense mechanisms. and they stall the propagation phase. and termination. etc. mainly of plant origin.10 Lipids deteriorate in seafood products during processing. 18. The health implications of tissue lipid oxidation are numerous and well documented. are essential for counteracting oxidative stress. Three reaction pathways have been proposed: (1) nonenzymatic chain autoxidation.9 Preventive antioxidants hinder ROS formation or scavenge spe• cies responsible for oxidation initiation (O2−. (2) nonenzymatic and nonradical photooxidation. for which the human sensory apparatus has a low threshold. antioxidants supplied by foods. In the first two cases a combination of reactions involving 3O2 and 1O2 occurs. initiation.3. In general.

lipoic acid.K.1 Major Components of Antioxidant Defense System and Proposed Mechanism of Action Antioxidant Species Mechanism of Action Enzymes Catalase Glutathione peroxidase Superoxide dismutase (SOD) Thioredoxin ROS detoxification (reduction of H2O2 to water) ROS detoxification (reduction of H2O2 to water) ROS detoxification (removal of superoxide radical) ROS detoxification (reduction of peroxides) Metal Ion Sequestration Transferrin Albumin Ceruloplasmin Ferritin Lactalbumin Phytochelatins Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe) Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe.312 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 18. et al. Zn. Cu) Transient metal chelators (chelates Cu) Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe) Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe) Transient metal chelators (chelates Cd. 2004. 275. EDTA. sex hormones melatonin. synergistic to vitamin E Transient metal chelators Transient metal chelators (the ones with o-diphenolic structure). regenerate oxidized vitamin E Chain-breaking antioxidant. Crit. 2-oxo acids. scavenges peroxyradicals. Food Sci. Cu) Low Molecular Mass Ascorbic acid (exogenous) Carotenoids (exogenous) Coenzyme Q (endogenous) Urate (endogenous) Phospholipids (endogenous) Polyphosphates. regenerates oxidized vitamin E 1 O2 quenchers.. chain-breaking antioxidants Synergistic to vitamin E Scavenges NO2 Transient metal chelators. ROS detoxification (hydroperoxides). anserine. J. . carnosine. 1O2 quencher Compounds with proven antioxidant activity in vitro. citric acid Polyphenols (exogenous) Chain-breaking antioxidant. 44. Rev. melanins (endogenous) Source: Adapted from Willcox. chain-breaking antioxidants.. but uncertain in vivo Vitamin E (exogenous) Bilirubin.

whereas Fe SOD were purified from red algae. 18.3.9 and 9. oxidative damage to macromolecules is controlled by two types of antioxidant systems. coenzyme Q.9 The determination of specific waterand fat-soluble antioxidants is discussed in Sections 18.22 whereas in nine Atlantic fish species total SOD values ranged between 157 and 796 U/g fish and Mn-SOD ranged between 45 and 751 U/g. and uric acid.2 Determination of Antioxidants and Antioxidant Capacity in Biological and Food Systems Analytical techniques developed for some of the common endogenous or exogenous antioxidants range from qualitative detection by color-developing reactions to semiquantitative and quantitative determinations by means of spectroscopic. kidneys. together with traces of phenolic compounds. which act as primary preventive inhibitors and catalyze the dismutation of superoxide anion • • (O2−) by reducing one O2− to H2O2 and oxidizing another one to O2.20 . and in red muscle compared with that in white.3. widely distributed in aerobic cells that help in preventing the accumulation of H2O2 within cells. tocopherols.15 Griffiths et al. cephalopods. glutathione (GSH). 18. Catalase activities ranged between 386 and 1523 mmol/ min/g tissue in several Atlantic fish and was higher in liver. and heart.18 In reviewing methods and tests for the assessment of lipid oxidation. The available methods for monitoring the antioxidant capacity in biological and food systems in vitro or in vivo were recently reviewed by MacDonald-Wicks et al. thiols. such as ascorbic acid.21 In several species of teleosts. the correlation of instrumental and sensory methods with multivariate data analysis should be followed. the latter including paper. column chromatography and the more sophisticated gas chromatography (GC). thin-layer.17 and Wood et al.20 Superoxide dismutases (SOD): SODs are metalloproteins.. At higher levels most of them behave as prooxidants possibly due to their involvement in the initiation reactions.2 and 18. Cu/Zn-SOD activities ranged between 1. bilirubin.1 Antioxidant Enzymes Catalases are metal-containing enzymes. Cu. blue-green algae.7 U/mg of protein. These antioxidants act in a concerted way to protect sensitive molecules such as the unsaturated fatty acids from oxidation.1 Cu/Zn SOD were purified from marine fish tissues.16 and Laguerre et al. polarographic. and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) alone or combined with mass spectroscopy. The available methods have been reviewed by Rajalakshmi and Narasimhan. spleen. carotenoids. one represented by enzymes and the second represented by low molecular mass compounds.Antioxidants ◾ 313